/

S*

1\

& \r*~0 *(a*p

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

LONDON.

VOLUME XXI.

LONDON:

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET :

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S HOUSE, SOHO - SQUARE ;
AND BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS, PATERNOSTER- ROW.

/£$ I ~- M.DCCC.LV.

CONTENTS,

PART I.— 1852.

I. On the Genus Atamisquea, belonging to the Family of the Capparidacese. By John

Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc page 1

II. On the Development of the Ovule in Orchis Morio, Linn. By Arthur Henfrey, Esq.,

F.L.S. fyc 7

III. On the Australian Species of the Coleopterous Genus Bolboceras, Kirby. By J. O.

Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. fyc 11

IV. Descriptions of some new or imperfectly known Species of Bolboceras, Kirby. By

J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. fyc 19

V. Experiments and Observations on the Poison of Animals of the Order Araneidea. By

John Black-wall, Esq., F.L.S. fyc 31

VI. On the (Economy of a new Species of Saw-fly. By John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S. fyc. 39

VII. On the Family of Triuriacese. By John Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc. . . 43

VIII. The Anatomy and Development of certain Chalcididse and Ickneumonidse, com-
pared with their special (Economy and Instincts ; with Descriptions of a new

Genus and Species of Bee-Parasites. By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S.,
F.L.S. 8fc 61

IX. Further Observations on the Genus Anthophorabia. By George Newport, Esq.,

F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc 79

vi CONTENTS.

PART II.— 1853.

X. The Anatomy and Development of certain Chalcididse and Ichneumonidse (con-

tinued). By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc page 85

XI. Further Observations on the Habits of Monodontomerus ; with some Account of a

new Acarus (Heteropus ventricosus), a Parasite m the Nests of Anthophora
retusa. By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc 95

XII. On the Development of the Spores and Maters of Marchantia polymorpha. By

Arthur Henfrey, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc 103

XIII. The Ternstrcemiaceous Plants of Song Kong. By Captain Champion, 95th Beg.
Communicated by the President Ill

XIV. On the Development of Ferns from their Spores. By Arthur Henfrey, Esq.,
F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc 117

XV. On Two Genera of Plants from Chile. By John Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc. 141

XVI. On Two New Genera of Fungi. By the Bev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S. 8fc. 149

XVII. On the BZabits and Structure of the Great Bustard (Otis tarda of Linnceus). By
William Yarrell, Esq., V.P. and Treas. Linn. Soc. 8fc. ...... 155

XVIII. On the Ocelli in the Genus Anthophorabia. By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S.,
F.L.S. 8fc 161

XIX. The Natural Sistory, Anatomy, and Development of Meloe (continued). By
George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc 167

PART III.— 1854.

XX. Notes on the Vegetation of Buenos Ayres and the neighbouring districts. By

Charles James Pox Bunbury, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc 185

XXI. On the Genus Aquilaria. By the late William Roxburgh, M.D., F.L.S. 8fc. ;
with Bemarks by the late Henry Thomas Colebrooke, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc.
Communicated by Robert Brown, Esq., D.C.L., F.B.S., President of the Linnean
Society ' 199

XXII. On Acradenia, a new Genus of Diosmese. ify Richard Kippist, Esq., Libr.L.S. 207

CONTENTS. Vll

XXIII. On the Genus Myrmica, and other indigenous Ants. By John Curtis, Esq.,
F.L.S. fyc Page 211

XXIV. Note on the Maters of Trichia. ByARTHVTL~H.wm,VY,Esq.,FR.S., F.L.S. 8fc. 221

XXV. Note on the Genus Ancistrocladus of Wallich. By G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq.,
F.L.S. fyc, Superintendent of the Botanic Garden of Peradenia, Ceylon. . 225

XXVI. Remarks relative to the affinities and analogies of natural objects, more parti-
cularly of Hypocephalus, a Genus of Coleoptera. By John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S.
8rc. 227

XXVII. On the Osteological relations observable among a few Species of the Bovine
Family. By Walter Adam, M.D. Communicated by Robert Brown, Esq.,
V.P.L.S. 8fC 237

PART IV.— 1855.

XXVIII. Observations on the Structure of the Seed and Peculiar Form of the Embryo
m the Clusiacese. By John Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc 243

XXIX. Extract from a Memoir on the Origin and Development of Vessels in Monocoty-
ledonous and Dicotyledonous Plants. By Dr. Francisco Preire Allemao, of
Bio de Janeiro. Translated and communicated by John Miers, Esq., F.B.S.,
F.L.S. 8rc 259

XXX. Description of Peachia hastata, a new genus and species of the Class Zoophtta ;
with observations on the Family Actiniadae. By Philip Henry Gosse, Esq.,
A.L.S. §rc 267

XXXI. Horse Carcinologicse, or Notices of Crustacea. I. A Monograph of the Leuco-
siadae, with observations on the relations, structure, habits and distribution of the
family ; a revision of the generic characters ; and descriptions of new genera and
species. By Thomas Bell, Esq., V.P.B.S., Pres. L.S. 8fc 277

XXXII. Extracts from the Minute-Books of the Lmnean Society of London . . .315

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society 317

Donations to the Museum of the Linnean Society 347

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

LONDON.

VOLUME XXI.
PART THE FIRST.

LONDON:

PRINTED BY RICHARD TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, TLEET STREET:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S HOUSE, SOHO-SQUARE ;

AND BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS, PATERNOSTER- ROW ;

AND WILLIAM WOOD, TAVISTOCK -STREET, COVENT-GARDEN.

M.DCCC.L1I.

CONTENTS.

I. On the Genus Atamisquea, belonging to the Family of the Capparidaceae. By John

Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc page 1

II. On the Development of the Ovule m Orchis Morio, Limn. By Arthur Henfrey, Esq.,

F.L.S. fyc 7

III. On the Australian Species of the Coleopterous Genus Bolboceras, Kirby. By J. O.

Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. fyc 11

IV. Descriptions of some new or imperfectly known Species of Bolboceras, Kirby. By

J. 0. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. fyc 19

V. Experiments and Observations on the Poison of Animals of the Order Araneidea. By

John Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S. fyc 31

VI. On the (Economy of anew Species of Saw -fly . By John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S. fyc. 39

VII. On the Family of Triuriacese. By John Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc. . . 43

VIII. The Anatomy and Development of certain Chalcididse and Ichneumonidse, com-
pared with their special (Economy and Instincts ; with Descriptions of a new Genus
and Species of Bee- Parasites. By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc. 61

IX. Further Observations on the Genus Anthophorabia. By George Newport, Esq.,

F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc 79

D\

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

I. On the Genus Atamisquea, belonging to the Family of the Capparidacese.
By John Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc.

Read January 18, 1848.

A TREE belonging to the Natural Order Capparidacece, growing in the arid desert
plain at the foot of the Cordillera de los Andes, which I examined with some attention in
1825, and which 1 then named Atamisquea emarginata (Travels, vol. ii. p. 529), was also
found about the same time by the late Dr. Gillies, from whose specimens Sir W. Hooker
subsequently first published its generic character (Botanical Miscellany, vol. iii. p. 143) ;
but as my Notes upon the living plant, illustrated by drawings made at that time, vary in
some respects from the excellent description given by that very distinguished botanist
from dried specimens, I have thought that my observations upon this little-known genus
may perhaps be acceptable to the Linnean Society.

Atamisquea, Miers.

Char. Difp. Sepala 2, magna, ovoidea, concava, aestivatione marginibus subimbricatis, cum toro car-
noso cyathiformi persistente demum indurate- dentibus erectis notato basi coalita, decidua. Petala 6,
e margine tori orta, inaequalia, lineari-spathulata, reflexa ; 2 superiora erectiora, aestivatione subim-
bricata; 2 lateralia breviora, exteriora. Stamina 9, quorum 6 fertilia, longiora; filamenta aestivatione
replicata, demum recta, declinata, glabra, basi glandulosa, lepidota ; anthera oblongae, 2-loculares,
basifixae, erectae, demum curvatae. Thecaphorum declinatum, basi glabrum, disco staminifero cinc-
tum, hinc geniculatum ; inde gracile, elongatum, et cum ovario lepidotum. Ovarium ovatum. Stylus
brevissimus. Stigma obtuse 2-lobum. Bacca ovoidea, subcarnosa, dense lepidota. Semina 2 (vel
abortu 1), exalbuminosa, cochleato-reniformia, funiculo libero erecto 2-furcato ex imo loculo orto late-
raliter appensa. Testa coriacea, loculo altera incompleto hilo opposito. Embryo campylotropus ;
cotyledones magnae, foliaceae, invicem plicato-convolutae ; radicula teres, infera, sursiim spectans.

Char. Nat. Sepala 2 (anticum et posticum), ovoidea, concava, aestivatione marginibus subimbricatis,
intus hirsuta, extus lepidota, decidua, basi (toro adnato) coalita. Torus ovalis, cyathiformis, car-
nosus, persistens, demum induratus, oblique gibbosus, margine superiori altiori, dente erecto sub-
VOL. XXI. B

2 MR. J. MIERS ON THE GENUS ATAMISQUEA.

2-fido, et lateraliter dente utrinque notatus. Petala sex, inaequalia, lineari-spathulata, intus villosa,
extus lepidota, reflexa, aestivatione subimbricata, duobus lateralibus brevioribus, exterioribus, et cum
sepalis alternis, duobus superioribus post anthesin reliquis erectioribus ; omnia e margine tori orta.
Stamina novem, quorum sex fertilia, disco gibbo tenui annulari thecaphorum cingenti adnata : fila-
menta glabra, aestivatione replicata, demum recta, sursum declinata, basi glandula libera, obovata,
carnosa, hirsutissima, et sparse lepidota munita ; tribus sterilibus reliquis brevioribus, fertilibus peta-
lis longioribus: antherae basifixae, loculis duobus coriaceis oblique adnatis intus longitudinaliter
dehiscentes, demum curvatae. Thecaphorum e basi tori sublateraliter ortum, declinatum, basi am-
pliatum, glabrum, disco annulari staminifero cinctum, hinc geniculatum, inde gracile elongatum, et
sursum inflexum, longitudine staminum, et cum ovario apicali lepidotum. Ovarium ovatum. Stylus
brevissimus. Stigma obtuse bilobum. Bacca ovoidea, stylo apiculata, dense lepidota, 1-locularis,
pulpa parca farcta, post siccationem in valvas quatuor pressione solubilis, sed non dehiscens ; replo *
epicarpio delapso persistente. Semina 2 (vel abortu unicum), exalbuminosa, cochleato-reniformia, in
pulpa subsuccosa funiculo libero erecto bifurcate ex imo loculo orto lateraliter appensa. Testa
coriacea, loculo altero incompleto hilo opposito. Embryo campylotropus : cotyledones magnae, folia-
ceae, incumbentes, invicem plicato-convolutae : radicula teres, infera, loculo simulate celata, et ob
embryonis curvaturam, hilum superne spectans.
Frutex durus, ramosus, America? Meridionalis extratropicas ; ramis abbreviatis, junioribus sublepidotis,
nonnunquam spinescentibus ; foliis e ramulis junioribus ortis, parvis, alternis, brevissime petiolatis,
canaliculatis, aestivatione conduplicatis, faciebus superioribus invicem applicitis, subtus lepidotis, costd
carinatd ; pedunculis axillaribus, solitariis, unifloris.

1. Atamisqtjea emarginata {Miers, Trav. ii. p. 529): foliis lineari-oblongis basi apice-
que emarginatis supra, viridi nitentibus subtus hirsutis incanis squamisque lepidotis
tectis.

Hab. In campis patentibus aridis, salinis, Travesia dictis, provinciae Mendozae.

The generic title is derived from the vernacular name, Atamisque. It is a tree of
withered and barren appearance, not exceeding 8 or 10 feet in height ; the trunk is very-
solid, and much bent ; the wood, hard and of close grain, is of a yellow colour ; the bark
is very thin and smooth, formed of several yellowish green, membranaceous laminae, peel-
ing off in flakes, and exposing the bare yellow wood. The branches are much bent and
tortuous ; the younger shoots, which are furfuraceous and of a whitish hue, alone bear
leaves. The leaves are alternate, broadly linear, emarginate at both ends, 3 hues long and
1 line broad, of a somewhat coriaceous texture, veinless, very entire, polished, and of a
dark green above, with a central longitudinal groove over the midrib : in the young state
their upper face folds inwardly, with the margins adhering closely together ; and when

* The term replum, used by Mr. Brown, Prof. Endlicher and other botanists for the indurated margins of seed-
vessels that remain after the valves have fallen away, has been objected to by Mr. Bentham (Hook. Journ. Bot. iv.
p. 326), who thinks that it is defective and unnecessary, as the word margo, the meaning of which is clear, answers
the purpose equally well. In the instance to which he refers (that of the persistent sutural margins of the legumes of
Mimosece), the latter expression is certainly well adapted ; but in the case above described, where no margin, nor any
true valve can be said to exist, the latter term does not apply ; for the thin epicarp appears entire and supported upon
the four fibrous ribs that, rising from the base and uniting in the style, serve to support this epicarpal envelope : and
although it may be assumed that its origin is due to the confluence of four carpellary leaves, of which these processes
may have formed the midribs, they certainly appear finally under a form that seems better expressed by the term
replum than by that of margo.

MR. J. MIERS ON THE GENUS ATAMISQUEA. 3

they at length open, the leaf always remains somewhat canaliculate : helow it is whitishly
furfuraceous, being covered with a tomentous down, that is almost wholly concealed by a
number of closely imbricate peltate scales with radiate ribs, which under a lens appear
like fish-scales : the petiole is short, white, and also lepidote. The flowers often axillary,
sometimes terminal, are altogether covered with imbricate scales ; the peduncles, one-fourth
to three-eighths of an inch in length, are usually solitary, but sometimes in pairs. The
sepals are rounded, very deeply concave, the margins being very slightly imbricate before
expansion ; they are at first reflexed, and soon break off transversely along the margin of
the torus ; they are covered within by tomentous whitish hairs, and are lepidote outside.
The torus is a fleshy deep oval cup, which after the fall of the flower becomes hardened,
and exhibits a somewhat bifid, erect tooth on its posterior or upper margin, and two other
smaller opposite teeth on its sides. The six petals arise in a single whorl from the inner
margin of the calycine cup, and are linear, and somewhat spathulate, being hairy within,
and covered on the outside with lepidote scales : four of these are of equal length, and
situated in pairs, opposite the sepals, while the two intermediate shorter petals are lateral,
and alternate with the two sepals ; in aestivation, the margins of the summits are some-
what imbricately disposed, those of the shorter pair being exterior to the others ; after ex-
pansion they are all thrown back, the upper pair remaining more erect. There are six
fertile and three sterile stamens, all seated upon a small gibbous ring, just above the gla-
brous thickened base of the thecaphore ; the sterile filaments are shorter than the others,
one of them being opposite to the upper petals, and the other two opposite to the lateral
petals, two fertile stamens interposing between them ; the fertile filaments are as long as
the petals, and though somewhat plicated before expansion, are afterwards erect, and de-
flected outwards near the summit ; they are quite glabrous, with a roundish fleshy gland
at the base, which is covered with whitish pubescence, and a few lepidote scales ; these
glands being seated upon the gibbous ring before mentioned, make it almost appear as if
the stamens were monadelphous, but they are in reality free to the base. The anthers,
which are oblong and basifixed on the apex of the filaments, are coriaceous, 2-celled, burst
inwardly by longitudinal furrows somewhat in front, and afterwards curl downwards in an
annular form. The thecaphore arises somewhat laterally from the bottom of the hollow
cup-shaped gibbous torus, and is inclined upon its shorter side ; the lower part, which is
glabrous, rises to the height of the cup, forming the staminiferous support above men-
tioned, one side of this support adhering to the lower and shorter portion of the cup, the
opposite side being free and channeled almost to its axis ; above this level the thecaphore
becomes more slender, is again inclined further downwards, and rising to the height of
the stamens bears upon its summit the ovarium, which, with the slender portion of the
thecaphore, is densely lepidote. The ovarium is of an oval form, somewhat nodding ; the
style is very short, and the stigma is almost obsoletely 2-lipped. The fruit is a somewhat
fleshy berry, covered with lepidote scales, about 3 lines long and 2 lines in diameter ; it is
unilocular, bearing generally two seeds, which almost fill the cavity ; the epicarp is thin
and somewhat coriaceous, and separable by pressure into four equal segments, leaving the
seeds, and the small quantity of enveloping pulp, contained within four slender cartilagi-
nous ribs, which arise from the base of the cell and unite in the apex ; these ribs corre-

b2

4 MR. J. MIERS ON THE GENUS ATAMISQUEA.

spond with the edges of the segments, which show by their laceration that their adhesion
with each other and with the ribs has been complete. Within and opposite to the lower-
most of these ribs arises a funiculus or placenta, which on reaching about two-thirds the
height of the fruit, branches off right and left, by two short threads, towards the hilum
of the two seeds, where they are respectively attached. The seeds are smooth, of a dark
red colour, reniform, or of a cochjeate shape, somewhat flattened on their adjacent sides,
and roundish without. The testa is coriaceous, having on one side, an incomplete cell,
formed by the convolution of the inner margin about the umbilical sinus ; the outer in-
tegument is brownish, opake, and striated, and adhering to the testa forms between the
flexure of the embryo an extension of the false dissepiment of the spurious cell, which
serves to inclose the radicle : the inner integument is membranaceous, and marked about
the middle of the cotyledons with a broadish thickened chalaza. The embryo is oblong,
and bent sharply inwards at both extremities, the ends of the cotyledons and of the radicle
being mutually turned towards each other, so that it may be said to be truly campylo-
tropous : the cotyledons are convolutely plicated, and somewhat white and foliaceous.

From the facts above stated it may be inferred, that the arrangement of the floral enve-
lopes in this genus is contrary to the usual structure of the Capparidacece, which offer
generally four sepals, four alternate petals, usually eight or more stamens, and a fruit,
usually of two cells, with two or more placentae. Sir W. Hooker, in his generic character
of Atamisquea (loc. cit. p. 143), regards its floral teguments as consisting of four sepals
and four petals, in conformity with the ordinary arrangement in this family : it will be
seen, however, that I have ventured to differ with that distinguished botanist in this re-
spect, as I regard the two outer valviform envelopes as the true calyx, while the six linear
segments appear to me to constitute the corolla, a view which I offer with much deference
against the opinion of so high an authority. It appears to me however warranted by the
fact, that these external broad leaflets form one entire whorl, as they are continuous at
their origin with the margin of the cup of the torus, while the insertion of the six narrower
segments (petals) is upon one line, within the margin of the same cup, which is proved
by the fact, that when the sepals and petals fall away, the rupture of the former is marked
by a clean line on the margin of the cup, while the remains of the claws of the petals are
distinctly seen within the line of the same margin as so many projecting indurated teeth,
as shown in fig. 9. This view, although opposed to the ordinary structure, is nevertheless
supported by' analogy in three other genera of this family, where only two sepals exist, or
an entire envelope that bursts into two valves, viz. in Busbeckia, Endl., Steriphoma, Spr.,
and Morisonia, Plum. The apparent inconsistency of this distribution will disappear, if
we consider the floral envelope as formed of three series, each consisting of two normal
parts, the inner series appearing double, from the cleaving of the lobes down to their point
of insertion ; for in the origin of each upper and lower pairs of petals upon the torus there
exists a manifestly distinct interval between them and the two lateral intervening shorter
petals, and when the former are pulled away from the cup they cohere together in pairs
by their base. Or we may still consider the normal structure as composed of two series,
each of four leaflets ; the sepals, from their shape and great width, may be considered to
constitute a complete whorl, and may be imagined to have been formed by the cohesion

TrcurvsXmn- Soc. ybl.JXl ,t.l.-p.6.

10

15

4

1

r r>

16

^k

CI

i4

_Z<?

77

J*

J JImts Ksq del .

G-. JarmcLTL Sc -

MR. J. MIERS ON THE GENUS ATAMISQUEA. 5

of four segments into two, while the inner series of six segments may be viewed as nor-
mally consisting of four leaflets, that is to say, with two of the opposite petals somewhat
depauperated, while the intervening ones are cleft nearly to their base. This latter view
is rendered somewhat the more probable, by the apparent insertion of all the six petals
upon one line, and by the cohesion of the upper and lower pairs by their claws, when torn
away from their place by force : the appearance of the teeth, or indurated remains of the
claws of the petals, that are distinctly seen on the inner margin of the persistent calycine
cup, corroborates this view of the case, which is further confirmed by the fact, that when
dried each of the sepals by pressure easily splits down the middle, by a clean line, into
two distinct segments.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Tab. I.

Atamisquea emarginata.

Fig. 1. The flower, shown in aestivation.

Fig. 2. The same, with the two sepals expanded, the petals still remaining closed.

Fig. 3. The same, fully expanded : — all of the natural size.

Fig. 4. A magnified view of fig. 2, to show the mode of aestivation of the petals.

Fig. 5. A magnified view of fig. 3.

Fig. 6. The same, with the sepals and petals fallen away, to show the mode of insertion of the stamens
and thecaphore in the calycine cup.

Fig. 7- The petals, showing the basal union of the two longer pairs.

Fig. 8. The six fertile and three sterile stamens, shown distinct, with the gland at the base of each fila-
ment : the mode of their aestivation, and the curled appearance of the anthers after dehiscence,
is also seen.

Fig. 9. A magnified view of the calycine cup, after the sepals, petals, and stamens have fallen away ;
showing the persistent teeth (which are the indurated remains of the claws of the petals), and
the portion of the thecaphore, with its glabrous base, and the discal ring, to which the filaments
are attached.

Fig. 10. A berry, of its natural size.

Fig. 11. The same, magnified.

Fig. 12. The same, with the epicarp and pulp removed, exhibiting the manner in which the two seeds are
suspended, and nourished by the placenta.

Fig. 13. The same, with the seeds removed also, to show the persistent replum and bifurcate placenta.

Fig. 14. The seeds magnified, seen edgeways, and in front.

Fig. 15. A longitudinal section of the testa, showing the nucleus, with its extremities curved inwards, and
inclosed within the false cell of the incomplete dissepiment.

Fig. 16. The same, with the nucleus removed.

Fig. 17- The nucleus extracted, showing the endopleura, with its chalaza.

Fig. 18. The embryo in its natural form, deprived of its integuments.

Fig. 19. The same, with the cotyledons expanded, to show the mode of their plicated convolution.

[ 7 ]

II. On the Development of the Ovule in Orchis Morio, Linn.
By Arthur Henfrey, Esq., F.L.S. 8fc.

Read April 3, 1849.

In the spring and summer of last year I made many observations on the young ovules
of various plants, with the view of testing the various doctrines on this subject, which
had acquired new interest from the recent researches of Amici, Mohl and others. Only
one series of my investigations attained anything like completeness ; but in Orchis Morio
I believe that I have seen and can confirm all that the above-mentioned observers have
described ; and I now present my results to the Linnean Society, partly because I believe
that in the present state of the question all evidence derived from careful observation is of
some value, and partly because I have succeeded in obtaining a more complete series of
figures illustrating the successive conditions of the ovule than has yet been published ;
Mohl, who gives the most complete account of the development in Orchis Morio, having
given no drawings. The following account is drawn up from my notes made during the
observations, principally in the month of May 1848.

May 3rd. In the ovaries of flowers which had just opened, and were without signs of
pollen upon the stigmatic surface, the ovules, about -^oth of an inch long, were just
curving over toward the anatropous position; in some the axis of the nucleus formed
nearly a right angle with the funiculus (Tab. II. figs. 4 & 5). The nucleus projected
beyond the cells, forming the single coat of the ovule, and consisted of a large central cell
(the embryo-sac), enclosed by a layer of very delicate cells of small size, constituting a
proper coat of the nucleus.

May 9th. The ovules of fully expanded flowers were not much altered, except in the
much clearer definition of the walls of the cells. The embryo-sac was filled with a clear,
colourless fluid, in which floated minute black atoms, scarcely large enough to deserve
the name of granules. In some flowers the stigmas were smeared with pollen, but often
from the anthers of other flowers, their own being still closed. These pollen masses sent
down numerous tubes, which differed much from any of the cells of the tissue in which
they were engaged. The pollen-tubes were always about Toooth of an inch in diameter,
at most one-fourth of the size of the smallest of the surrounding cells, which were also
short and often irregular in form, while the pollen-tubes always appeared as long, slender
filaments.

May 13th. The flowers withered and the stigmas covered with pollen. A dense bundle
of tubes lay in the midst of the lax tissue of the canal leading to the cavity of the ovary.
The ovules were considerably advanced, some being quite anatropous (fig. 6), others three-
fourths reversed ; those quite anatropous were about xootn of an mcn in length. The two
coats of the ovule (tegmen and testa) were now distinctly evident ; the length of the testa

8 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

varied ; sometimes it half enveloped the tegmen, in some ovules it had grown up further
over it. The inner coat, the tegmen, had not grown over the nucleus in all the ovules,
but in most it projected beyond. The nucleus was still covered by its own cellular coat,
and still contained only the clear, colourless fluid with black points.

May 16th. The ovaries more advanced ; the pistillary cords extended nearly to the base
of the ovary, lying in the grooves formed between the projecting placentas and the walls
of the ovary, apparently free, and composed of delicate tubes presenting all the characters
of pollen-tubes, and apparently continuous with these, as derived from the pollen on the
stigma. The ovules (fig. 8) exhibited considerable alteration. Most of them were en-
larged, and the outer coat had developed much in the chalazal region ; its cells were larger
and more clearly defined. The inner coat, which appeared to be tolerably independent of
the outer at the sides, as air passed freely between them, had grown up far beyond the
nucleus, and its cell-walls had acquired more consistence. The nucleus was much
changed ; the embryo-sac had lost its proper cellular coat, which had disappeared either
by solution or by pressure, probably the former, as a free space existed sometimes be-
tween the inner coat and the nucleus ; and in some cases the solution appeared imperfect,
extending only to the cross walls of the cells, so that the embryo-sac was contained in an
outer sac consisting merely of the outer walls of the cells of its coat. The embryo-sac
now had the aspect of a large ovoid sac attached by a cellular pedicle to the chalazal
region, and contained opalescent mucilaginous matter (protoplasm), in most cases accu-
mulated at the ends, chiefly at that next to the micropyle. There was no sign of a nu-
cleus or nascent cell yet.

May 20th. The embryo-sacs exhibited the collections of protoplasm at the two ends. At
the micropyle end new phenomena presented themselves : either one, two, or (and
usually *) three minute vesicles (figs. 11-14) had been formed from the protoplasm, and
always seemed to me to originate as cavities excavated in the mucilage, not as if formed by
the formation of membrane on the outer surface of a nucleus (cytoblast) or globule of
mucilage. These vesicles soon appeared as distinct cells, with exceedingly delicate walls,
lying at the micropyle end of the embryo-sac, and undoubtedly existed there before the
pollen-tubes entered the foramina of the ovules.

In some of the ovules examined this day the pollen-tubes had entered the ovules, and I
traced them down through the wide mouth of the outer coat and the narrow canal of the
inner, as far as the apex of the embryo-sac. They never entered this, but generally
appeared to be diverted a little to one side, and to he in contact with its outer surface t,
just over the place where the minute vesicles lie within.

May 31st. I examined a number of ovules in various stages, repeating the observations
on the earlier conditions with similar results. I traced the pollen-tube down to the em-
bryo-sac in several specimens (fig. 15) : in one case it appeared flattened against the mem-
brane of the embryo-sac (fig. 17) ; in other cases (figs. 15, 16, 19, 20) I traced it a little way

* It is probable that there are always three ; but as they vary in size and lie close together, one or even two of them
may be hidden in certain cases.

t The end of the pollen-tube exhibits dark contents when in contact with the embryo-sac.

OF THE OVULE IN ORCHIS MORIO. V

down the side of the summit of the embryo-sacs, which always contained the vesicles
within. In some embryo-sacs (figs. 20-26) one of the vesicles had begun to develope
further, dividing into two cells by a horizontal septum, the upper dividing again and grow-
ing out in a conical form through the endostome, to produce the confervoid filament which
was described by Mr. Brown, and which Schleiden has certainly mistaken for a develop-
ment of the pollen-tube.

June 3rd. Traced the pollen-tubes to the embryo-sac, and saw them lying on the out-
side, and again satisfied myself that the vesicle within the embryo-sac (the germinal ve-
sicle) is the first cell of the embryonic body. It generally exhibits a slight collection of
protoplasm at its base, and soon after the pollen-tube reaches the surface of the embryo-
sac divides into two cells, the upper dividing again and growing out into an articulated
filament, the cells of which are formed by the production of septa in the same way as in
Confervas, hairs of Phanerogamic/,, &c, the mucilaginous layer (or primordial utricle of
Mohl) being rendered very evident by the application of iodine (fig. 29). The lower part
of the embryonic body enlarges while the filament is growing out, and soon perfectly fills
the embryo-sac. It appears to me that the process of cell-formation in this lower part,
by which the embryo is produced, varies in different cases ; generally the lowest cell
enlarges very much and becomes filled with dark mucilaginous matter, and then this is
soon divided into a number of cells by the formation of septa. Nuclei were visible in all
the cells very soon after their origin, but I could not form an opinion as to their relation
to the cell-formation, or determine how or at what period they were really produced. In
the earliest condition they resembled clear vesicles, not granular bodies such as Schleiden
describes.

In some cases two confervoid filaments are produced, two of the germinal vesicles
undergoing development. I met with this several times, but omitted to draw them, in
the hope of subsequently finding a more favourable specimen, which I was not fortunate
enough to do.

The obvious conclusions from the foregoing observations appear to be, that the embryo
is really produced by the ovule itself; that a germinal vesicle exists within the embryo-
sac before the pollen exerts its influence ; that the pollen-tube penetrates the coats of the
ovule to reach the embryo-sac ; and that the passage of the pollinic fluid through the
intervening membranes impregnates the germinal vesicle and determines its development
into an embryo.

Since the investigations were made with every precaution, and their results are in per-
fect accordance with those of Amici, Mohl, Muller and others, I think that I am justified
in believing them to be a sufficient refutation of Schleiden's views, so far as the plant in
question is concerned ; but as to their positive value, as to the evidence they afford of the
actual nature of the process of impregnation, I still regard them as insufficient. I am
not convinced that the whole of the pistillary cords are composed of filaments directly
produced by the pollen-granules. It is not yet shown whether there is any relation
between the application of the pollen on the stigma and the development of the germinal
vesicles ; it is only clear that these last exist before the pollen-tubes enter the ovules.

VOL. XXI. c

10 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE OVULE IN ORCHIS MORIO.

Lastly, although the production of the confervoid filaments appears to be a normal pro-
cess, it is still a question open to doubt when only observed in ovaries containing such an
abundance of ovules as Orchis Morio.

The facts I have detailed above are, however, agreeable with what I have observed in
certain other plants, in some as yet imperfect investigations ; I hope to be able to complete
them, and to repeat the earlier examinations with especial reference to the doubtful points,
in the course of the ensuing summer.

EXPLANATION OP THE PLATE.
Tab. II.

(The Figures are all magnified about 200 times.)

Orchis pyramidalis.
Fig. 1. A young ovule.

Fig. 2. The same, somewhat more advanced. The ovule presents a single coat, enclosing the nucleus,
which consists of a layer of cells (the coat of the nucleus), surrounding a large central cell (the
embryo-sac).

Fig. 3. An end view of the summit of the last.

Orchis Morio.

Fig. 4. A young, almost erect, ovule with a single coat, from which the nucleus projects.

Fig. 5. A more advanced ovule, curving round and exhibiting the nucleus and embryo-sac more

distinctly.
Fig. 6. More advanced stage, ovule almost anatropous; both coats are now distinguishable, the inner

projecting out from the outer, and the nucleus beyond the inner.
Fig. 7- The inner coat has grown over the nucleus, which still retains its proper cellular coat (7 a).
Fig. 8. The outer coat has grown up further; the nucleus has lost its coat, and is now a simple sac filled

with a clear fluid in which float black granules (8 a).
Fig. 9. The outer coat almost completely covers the inner, which, with the nucleus, is indicated by

dotted lines. The endostome is now very narrow ; the nucleus contains mucilaginous matter

(protoplasm, 9 a).
Fig. 10 to 14. Embryo-sacs from ovules a little more advanced than in fig. 9, exhibiting the vesicles at

the micropyle end.
Fig. 15. An ovule with the pollen- tube penetrating. The exostome is a wide mouth, the endostome very

narrow. The blind extremity of the pollen-tube lies upon the outside of the embryo-sac, within

which is seen one large germinal vesicle.
Fig. 16 to 22. Embryo-sacs with pollen-tubes in contact, and with germinal vesicles within. In
Fig. 20 & 21 the germinal vesicle has divided into two cells by the formation of a transverse septum.
Fig. 23 to 29. Different stages of development of the confervoid filament from the pro-embryo. In

fig. 25 the pollen-tube lies beside it. In fig. 29 the upper cells of the filament exhibit the con-
- tracted mucilaginous layers (primordial utricles) detached from the cell-walls. The lower part,

which produces the embryo, is filled with opake mucilage, which appears to divide into

separate cells in various ways.

Trans IvnruSoc. TblUl t.2 p.W.

-d.litnfrey Esq. del

G- jcwmccn. So.

[ 11 J

III. On the Australian Species of the Coleopterous Genus Bolboceras, Eirby.
By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S.

Read March 21st, 1848.

JDOBBOCEBAS, a genus of Lamellicom beetles, was proposed by the Rev. "W. Kirby,
in his excellent memoir published thirty years ago, in the 12th volume of the ' Transac-
tions of the Linnean Society,' containing descriptions of New Australian Coleoptera col-
lected by Mr. Robert Brown. In his observations appended to the Latin characters given
of the genus, as contrasted with those of Geotrupes, Mr. Kirby more especially endeavoured
to point out the differences between these two genera, alluding, among other things, to the
structure of the outer lobe of the maxillae, but not mentioning (except in the Latin cha-
racter) the horny inner lobe, with its bipartite structure, a character (as Mr. MacLeay has
shown) of thes highest importance, as distinctly indicating a variety in the operation of
manducation, and consequently in the nature of the food of the insects. It is evident that
Mr. Kirby's description of the maxilla of Bolboceras was drawn from the inaccurate figure
of that part given in pi. 23. fig. 5d, which omits the upper portion of the lower lobe of the
maxilla, which is thereby reduced to a single horny point. The maxilla of Bolboceras is,
however, almost exactly similar to that of Athyreus ; indicating, in conjunction with the
general appearance of the insects, an analogous mode of life, although the difference in the
place of insertion of the middle feet must evidently be regarded as a proof of some distinc-
tion in the habits of the two genera.

Mr. Kirby's observations, it will be further seen, are directed to the structure of the
antennae and trophi alone. There are consequently two important characters derived from
the external structure of the other parts of the insects which separate the two genera,
rendering Bolboceras also as far removed from the type of the family Geotrupidce as Athy-
reus. These are, the entire structure of the eyes in Bolboceras, whilst each eye is divided
into two parts by a distinct septum in Geotrupes, and the want of a patch of orange
plush-like hairs on the thighs of the fore-legs, which exists in Geotrupes.

Mr. Kirby mentions as belonging to Bolboceras, " Sc. mobilicornis, Linn, (of which Sc.
testaceus, Fabr., is only a variety), quadridens, Linn., farctus, Fabr., Lazarus, Fabr., Cy-
clops, Oliv., &c," together with the new species which he described under the name of
Bolboceras australasice, a name now proved to be inapplicable, not only because we pos-
sess many Australian species of the genus, but also because the insect so described is but
the female of another species. Of the above-mentioned species, the first, Sc. mobilicornis,
does not belong to the genus Bolboceras, from which it is distinguished by its bipartite
eyes, although the structure of the maxillae and the want of a patch of plush on the fore
femora show its near approach to it. It will therefore be proper to apply the generic
name of Odontceus, given to this genus by Koppe, instead of Bolboceras, as it stands at

c2

12 MR. WESTWOOD ON THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES

present in English collections and books. The species, moreover, which it will be ad-
visable to regard as the type of Bolboceras, will be Sc. quadridens, Linn., as that was the
species dissected by Mr. Kirby.

In 1819 Mr. MacLeay published the description of his genus Elephastomm in the first
part of his * Horae Entomologicae,' founded upon the singular Australian Scarabceus pro-
boscideus, first described by Schreibers in the 6th volume of the ' Linnean Transactions.'
In this strange insect the crown of the head is extended forwards, so as to push the ordi-
nary front part of the head, including the clypeus, mandibles and labrum, quite under-
neath it ; just as if the human forehead were dilated over the entire face, and the nose and
mouth pushed between the chin and the throat ; with this difference, that in the insect
the horizontal upper lip and mandibles become perpendicular, whilst the opposite would
be the case in a human head so deformed. Referring again to the structure of the maxillae,
we find Mr. MacLeay's description of those of Elephastomm, " Maxillae corneas, arcuatae,
intus dente acuto et ad apicem lacinia obtusa ciliis spinosulis armatae," incorrect, omitting
to notice the upper portion of the inner lobe of the maxillae ; whilst the figure given of it,
pi. 2. fig. 10 e, is still more incorrect, omitting both the horny teeth of the lower lobe. In
this, however, and all its essential characters, this insect approaches so closely to Bolbo-
ceras Australasice, that, long ago, I had attached to a figure of El. proboscideus the follow-
ing note : "Is not Bolboceras australasice of Kirby the female ? The box-like clava of their
antennae agrees;" and in Dr. Klug's excellent Monograph on the genera Athyreus and
Bolboceras, published in the ' Transactions of the Berlin Academy ' for 1843, we find Sca-
rabceus proboscideus given as the first species of Bolboceras, with Bolb. Australasia as its
female. In fact, with the exception of the extraordinary formation of the head, and the
alteration consequent thereupon in the position of the trophi, we can find no variation in
the structure of these organs of higher importance (with reference to the question of the
retention of Elephastomm either as a genus or subgenus) than the greatly elongated maxil-
lary palpi and the identical structure of the two mandibles, which are bifid at the tips.

The number of the species of the genus Bolboceras was considerably increased by the
late Mr. Bainbridge, who published a short paper on some of the Australian species, from
the Collection of the Rev. F. W. Hope, in the ' Transactions of the Entomological Society';
by Messrs. Guerin-Meneville and Castelnau, in their several works ; and especially by Dr.
Klug, in the monograph above referred to.

As some confusion has been introduced into the nomenclature of the Australian species,
and as I have to add several hitherto undescribed ones from New Holland to the list, in-
cluding a closely allied new genus, I have thought it would be desirable in this paper to
concentrate the whole of the New Holland Bolbocerata. It may be proper to add, that
my quotations of the species described from the Collections of Messrs. Hope and Gory
have been made from an examination of the type specimens in Mr. Hope's Collection, with
which is now also incorporated that of M. Gory.

The circumstance of so many of the largest species of this genus being inhabitants of
New Holland, where, in consequence of the absence of the larger mammalia, it is impos-
sible for them to possess the same habit of burrowing into and under dung, as the Geo-
trupes of our moderate climates, is in itself a sufficient evidence that the Bolbocerata, like

OF THE COLEOPTEROUS GENUS BOLBOCERAS. 13

the Athyrei, must be regarded as very aberrant species in the family of which our Geo-
trupes is the well-known type.

It has been thought advisable that a continuation of this paper, containing descriptions
of many additional new species of Bolboceras from India and other foreign regions, should
be published as a distinct memoir, which accordingly appears as the following article.

1. Bolboceras (Elephastomus) proboscideus, MacLeay, ut supr. citat.

? Bolboceras Australasia, Kirby, loc. cit.

Obs. Caput et pronotum delineavi in Tab. III. fig. 1. ex individuo typico in Musaeo Societatis Entomo-
logical Londinensis.

Obs. 2. Figura maris in opere Griffith's Animal Kingdom, Ins. pi. 40. fig. 4, 4 a, 4 b.

Obs. 3. Varietatem maris (cum foemina Bolb. Australasia omnino congruenti copula captam) Societati
Entomologica? Londinensi communicavit D. F. Cox. Caput maris cornu perpendiculari infero caret,
angulo parvo prominente locum ejus occupante.

2. Bolboceras (Elephastomus) Kirbii ; castaneo-fulvus, capitis cornu antico porrecto

brevi truncato piano subtus in spinam bifidam haud producto, vertice carina brevi
transversa, prothoracis lateribus valde punctatis utrinque fossulatis ; disco postice
canali abbreviate longitudinali instructo. — Long. corp. lin. 9. (Tab. III. fig. 2.)

Bolb. {Elephastomus) Kirbii, Hope MS.

Hab. in Terra Van Diemen. In Mus. Hope.

El. proboscideo minor, corpus castaneo-fulvum. Caput elongatum; vertice carina transversa, quasi e
tuberculis conjunctis formata, in medio instructo ; parte ante carinam porrecta subquadrata gra-
nulosa antice parum latiori apice utrinque recte truncato, cornu antico abbreviato piano, antice por-
recto, apice truncato arcuato. Caput subtus parte antica tumida ; clypeo deflexo, labro ad apicem
ejus affixo. Mandibular angustae, fere similes, apice acuto denteque parvo subapicali armatae. Pro-
thorax antice laevis, nitidus ; lateribus punctatis et utrinque fossula rotundata instructus ; disco ante
medium carina tenui transversa (in medio interrupts) canalique tenui punctato longitudinali pone
medium ante marginem posticum obliterato. Elytra striato-punctata ; striis 14 in singulo elytro ad
apicem elytrorum extensis. Tibiae anticae dentibus 6 nigris extus armatae.

Fig. 2 a, caput et pronotum supra visa ; 2 b, caput a latere ; 2 c, labrum ; 2 d, mandibulas ; 2 e, maxilla *;
If, laciniae labii cum palpis labialibus.

This appears to be the insect given by Mr. MacLeay as the female of Elephastomus pro-
boscideus. It is however a male, and is given by Dr. Klug as a variety of the male of
that species. The insect above described appears, however, to me to be sufficiently distinct
as a species from the former f.

3. Bolboceras Beichii ; castaneus nitidus, capite cornu valde elongato erecto, prothorace

antice valde deflexo et subconcavo cornubus duobus crassis longitudine capitis por-
rectis lateralibus antice armato : singulo versus basin dente obtuso erecto instructo ;
prothoracis lateribus rude punctatis spatioque triangulari impresso et punctato ante
scutellum ; margine postico parum elevato, elytris striis gracillimis punctatis, tibiis

* The upper division of the inner lobe is multispinose ; Dr. Klug has represented it as distinctly bifid in both sexes
of B. Australasia.

t The variety of the preceding species, wanting the perpendicular horn in front of the mouth, received since this
sheet has been in type, seems to confirm Dr. Klug's opinion.

14 MR. WESTWOOD ON THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES

antieis extus 5-dentatis. <3 . — Long. corp. lin. 11 ; lat. prothoracis lin. 7. (Tab. III.
fig. 3.)

Hab. Port Essington. In Muss. Hope et Reiche.

c? Bolb. Reichii, Guerin, Voyage de la Favorite, p. 50, et Iconogr. du Regne Anim., Ins. p. 84.

Bold. Kirbii fa Hope in Proc. Ent. Soc., Nov. 1841, p. 43.

? Bolb. Kirbii, Bainbridge in Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. iii. p. 79.

Foemina differt capite minori ; vertice in tuberculum conicum apice bifidum elevato ; clypeo et vertic
carina tenui angulata separatis ; pronoto antice spatio subhexagono piano polito, in puncta duo pro-
funda antice lateraliter desinente, disco pone medium valde punctato, versus marginem posticum
elevato lsevi, spatio ovali mediano punctato et impresso relicto. — Long. corp. lin. 11.

Hab. ad Melville Island. Mus. Hope (etiam in Mus. Gory, nunc Hope, cum nomine B. Reichii inscriptus).

Fig. 3, mas magnit. naturalis; 3 a, caput supra visum; 3 b, caput et prothorax a latere visa; 3 c, man-
dibular maris ; 3 d, caput et prothorax foemina? supra, visa ; 3 e, eadem a latere visa.

Obs. The name given to the male of this species is here retained in preference to that of
the female, in accordance with the usual custom in such cases.

4. Bolboceras serricollis, Bainhridge, Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. iii. p. 80. c? .

Bolb. frontalis, Klug, Mon. Ath. et Bolb. p. 21. tab. 2. fig. 7 & 7 a. ( <? $ )
? Bolb. latus, Bainbridge, op. cit. vol. iii. part 2. p. 80.

? Bolb. frontalis, Gue'rin, Ins. Voy. Favorite, Mag. Zool. 1838, p. 51 ; Klug, tab. supr. cit. fig. 7b, c.
Hab. ad Swan River. Mus. Hope.

5. Bolboceras hastifer, Bainhridge, op. cit. p. 81. cT.

Athyreus recticornis, Guerin, Ins. Voy. Favorite, Mag. Zool. 1838, p. 49. pi. 232. fig. 1.

Bolb. recticornis, Klug, op. cit. p. 23. tab. 2. fig. 8.

Var. ^ Bolb. fissicornis, Bainbridge, op. cit. p. 82.

Differt cornubus capitis et pronoti parum brevioribus, hoc parum crassiori et apice fisso.

Fig. 4a, caput et pronotum hujus varietatis maris supra visa; 4 6, eadem a latere; 4c, pars anterior

capitis a latere ; 4 d, mandibulse.
Hab. ad Swan River. .<.

6. Bolboceras 3-ttjbercijlatus, Bainhridge, op. cit. p. 82. <$ .

Bolb. trituberculatus, Klug, op. cit. p. 24. no. 7.

Bolb. thoracicornis, Gory, MS. in Mus.

Bolb. Guerini, Reiche, MS.

Fig. 5 a, caput et prothorax maris supra visa ; 5 b, mandibulae maris ; 5 c, caput et prothorax fceminae

supra visa ; 5 d, eadem a latere.
Hab. ad Swan River.

Obs. Mr. Bainbridge mistook the porrected closed mandibles of the male for the clypeus ;
his description, " clypeus quadridentatus medio emarginatus," being drawn from the man-
dibles. The female was sent me from Paris for examination by M. Reiche.

7. Bolboceras 7-tttberctjlatus, Bainbridge, op. cit. p. 81. $ .

Bolb. excavatus, Klug, op. cit. p. 23. tab. 2. fig. 9. $.
Hab. ad Swan River.

Insectum hie describam, in Mus. Goryi olim conservatum, cum nomine manuscripto " Bolb. transversus,
Gory" inscriptum. Hoc insectum Bolb. 7-tuberculati foemineum existimavi, corpus totum fulvo-

OF THE COLEOPTEROUS GENUS BOLBOCERAS. 15

castaneum ; capite et pronoto punctatis ; clypei margine antico recto simplici, postice tuberculis 4 e
vertice separato, tuberculis duobus intermediis approximatis et paullo anterioribus, angulis lateralibus
ante oculos acutis et parum reflexis. Pronotum impressione parva oblonga in medio marginis antici ;
disco transversim bicarinato, carinis lateraliter convergentibus spatium transversum subconcavum
includentibus ; impressione parva ovali nigricanti utrinque versus angulos posticos. Elytra laevia,
striis gracillimis punctatis. (Tab. III. fig. 6 a, caput et prothorax supra visa; 6 b, eadem a latere.)
Obs. Bolb. *] -tuberculatum foeminam Bolb. hastiferi esse autumat D. Reiche.

8. Bolboceras coronattjs ; " testaceus, capite punctato antice medio 5- postice utrinque

1-tuberculato, thorace rugoso, postice transversim bicarinato dorso tuberculato, elytris

punctato-striatis." — Long. lin. 9.
Bolb. coronatus, Klug, op. cit. p. 22. tab. 2. fig. 10, 10 a.
Hab. ad litt. occid. Novae Hollandiae. In Mus. D. Hope individuum pinguedine saturatum vidi.

9. Bolboceras qtjadricornis ; " capite bicorni, thorace dorso cornubus duobus divaricatis

armato lateribus profunde excavato, rufus, elytris nigris." — Long. corp. lin. 7^.
Bolb. quadricornis, Klug, op. cit. p. 22. tab. 2. fig. 6.
Hab. ad litt. occid. Novae Hollandiae ; a me haud visus.

10. Bolbocebas Taurus ; castaneus nitidus, capitis vertice utrinque laminis duabus auri-
culatis erectis instructo cornubusque duobus elongatis curvatis nigris ante oculos
armato, pronoto in medio versus marginem anticum parum reflexo seu tuberculis
duobus transversis subelevatis instructo; lateribus punctatis. — Long. corp. lin. 8.
(Tab. III. fig. 7.)

Bolb. Mimax, Reiche, MS.

Hab. ad Swan River. In Mus. Hope (olim Gory) sub nomine manuscripto hie conservato ; etiam in Mus.
Saunders.

Corpus supra castaneum nitidum, pro latitudine parum magis elongatum. Caput sub lente granulosum,
tuberculis duobus erectis angulatis inter oculos ; verticis medio carina curvata parum elevata utrinque
in cornu porrectum curvatum nigrum (longitudine caput aequans) desinente. Clypeus declivis, gra-
nulosus. Mandibulae parvae, apice bidentatae, dextrae margine externo magis rotundato, et ante api-
cem inciso. Antennae, partes oris, et caput infra fulvae. Pronotum lateribus marginatis ciliatis et
serrulatis, utrinque intra angulum anticum profunde impressum, antice in medio versus marginem
anticum glabrum et parum elevatum, parte elevata in duas partes linea longitudinali impressa divisa,
lateribus oblique elevatis, rude punctatis, et impressione rotundata pariim profunda intra angulos
posticos instructis. Elytra valde convexa striis 7 punctatis ordinariis inter suturam et tubercula
humeralia ; lateribus etiam punctato-striatis. Scutellum laeve. Pedes crassi. Tibiae anticae extiis
dentibus 5 obtusis armatae.

Fig. 7 a, insectum magnitudine pariim auctum ; 7 b, caput et prothorax a latere visa ; 7 c, mandibulae.

11. Bolboceras capreoltjs ; castaneus nitidus, capite postice nigricanti ; vertice cornu
lato furcato 6-dentato erecto armato, pronoto antice retuso glabro, dorso carina trans-
versa pone medium instructo, mandibulis magnis extus denticulatis. <J . — Long. corp.
lin. 9. (Tab. III. fig. 8.)

Bolb. diadematus, Reiche, MS.

Hab. in Nova Hollandia, Swan River. In Mus. Hope (olim Mus. Gory), cum nomine supra conservato
designatum. Foemina in Mus. D. Reiche.

16 MR. WESTWOOD ON THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES

Corpus supra castaneum nitidum. Caput labro porrecto, clypei margine antico tenui elevato in medio
tuberculo minuto instructo ; frons glaberrima concava, supra in medio verticis in cornu latum elevata,
cujus apex antice in dentes 4 acutos desinet, dentibusque duobus majoribus posticis versus pro-
notum inclinatis. Mandibulas magnae, porrectae, concaves, difformes ; singula ante apicem externe
in dentem porrectum subacutum elongata. Antennarum clava lutea. Prothorax elytris latior, antice
declivis nitidissimus et glaberrimus lineaque pariim impressa longitudinali mediana. carina transversa
utrinque abbreviate pone medium disci extensa, pronoti parte postica lateribusque punctatis, his
versus angulos posticos utrinque impressione ovali instructis. Elytra nitida tenuissime punctato-
striata, striis ante apicem desinentibus. Tibiae anticae 6-dentatae, dentibus externis magnis acutis.

Fig. 8 a, mas magnitudine pariim auctus ; 8 b, prothorax et caput a latere visa ; 8 c, mandibulae maris ;
8 d, cornu verticale ; 8 e, prothorax et caput fceminae a latere visa.

12. Bolboceras neglecttjs, Hope, Proc. Ent. Soc. Nov. 1, 1841, p. 43.

Fcemina sub hoc nomine in Mus. D. Hope hospitatur, Portus Essingtonii, Novae Hollandiae, incola, quae
cum B. Reichii ? fere congruit, nisi magnitudine minori (lineas 9 tantum longitudine habens) spatioque
ovali depresso punctato ante scutellum carente ; structural capitis, parteque polita antica pronoti pone
oculos in puncta duo magna profunda desinente, cum specie praedicta convenit. An ejus varietas
minor vel fcemina speciei alterae ?

Fig. 9 a, caput et prothorax supra visa.

13. Bolboceras Bainbredgii ; piceus, capitis clypeo antice tridentato : dente intermedio
minori; vertice inermi, pronoto antice valde declivi dente erecto versus marginem anti-
cum ; parte declivi supra carina curvata marginata. — Long. corp. lin, 7. (Tab. III.
fig. 10.) '

Hab. in Nova Hollandia, ad Swan River. In Mus. D. Hope.

Praecedentibus minor. B. hastifero magis affinis, differt verb capite antice tridentato. Caput supra
planum ; vertice fere laevi et inermi ; clypeo antice declivi supra in lineam bisinuatam desinente,
dentes tres efFormante quorum laterales majores et magis porrecti. Mandibulae difformes, dextra
ante apicem externe lobo subrotundato instructa. Prothorax punctatus, punctis in medio disci magis
remotis ; parte antica valde declivi, medio versus marginem anticum dente brevi erecto armata, et
postice linea curvata vel carina arcuata e parte postica separata : utrinque versus angulos posticos
impressione rotundata instructus. Elytra punctato-striata, striis satis distinctis, sed ante apicem
evanescentibus. Tibiae anticae extiis 6-dentatae, dentibus duobus anticis (in specimine nostro unico)
oblique truncatis.

Fig. 10 a, mas magnitudine pariim auctus ; 10 b, caput et prothorax e latere visa ; 10 c, mandibulae.

Named in remembrance of the late Mr. W. Bainbridge, an assiduous collector of English
insects, by whom descriptions of some Australian species of this genus were published in
the 3rd volume of the Transactions of the Entomological Society of London.

14. Bolboceras rottjndattjs ; parvus rotundatus rufo-castaneus glaberrimus, clypeo
tuberculo elevato alteroque in medio verticis inter oculos, pronoto convexo vix punc-
tato punctis paucis et valde distantibus lineaque longitudinali mediana impressa
punctata. — Long. corp. lin. 4. (Tab. III. fig. 11.)

Bolb. rotundatus, Hope in Proc. Ent. Soc, Nov. 1, 1841, p. 43.
Hab. in Nova Hollandia, ad Port Essington. In Mus. D. Hope.

Praecedentibus multo minor et fere rotundatus. Corpus supra glaberrimum convexum vix punctatum.
Caput supra in medio tuberculo (vel potius tuberculis duobus parvis conjunctis) instructum, margine

OF THE COLEOPTEROUS GENUS BOLBOCERAS. 17

antico in tuberculum elevato, lineis 4 elevatis ex hoc tuberculo prodeuntibus, scil. duabus ad angu-
los clypei anticos, duabusque ad basin antennarum ; angulis 2 ante oculos rotundatis ; parte capitis
anteriori punctata. Mandibular difformes; dextra ut in multis aliis speciebus, lobo externo ante
apicem instructa. Prothorax linea parum impressa longitudinali mediana punctata, lateribus etiam
versus angulos posticos impressionibus duabus rotundatis instructis. Elytra punctato-striata; striis
ad apicem elytrorum extensis. Pedes antici longiores ; tibiae anticae extiis 5-dentatae.
Fig. 11a, caput et prothorax supra visa ; 1 1 b, mandibular.

15. Bolboceras rtjbescens ; fulvo-rufus glaberrimus, clypeo integro e vertice linea ele-
vate separato, vertice tuberculis duobus minimis, prothorace convexo nitidissimo vix
punctato ; canali abbreviate) in medio marginis antici punctisque nonnullis in lineam
longitudinalem posticam dispositis fossulaque rotundata utrinque impressa instructo.
—Long. corp. fere lin. 3. (Tab. III. fig. 12.)

Bolb. rubescens, Hope, in Proc. Ent. Soc, Nov. 1, 1841, p. 43.

Hab. ad Port Essington Novae Hollandiae. In Mus. Hope.

B. rotundato valde affinis ; differt magnitudine minori, colore pallidiore, lineaque impressa pronoti fere

obliterate.
Fig. 12 a, caput et prothorax supra visa.

16. Bolbocebas COBNICULATTJS ; rotundatus rufus glaberrimus, verticis margine antico
fere recto in medio subtuberculato ; disco convexo utrinque inter oculos cornu erecto
triangulari armato, pronoto sparsim punctato cornubus duobus contiguis versus mar-
ginem anticum tuberculisque duobus conicis lateralibus armato medioque fossula
parva longitudinali, elytris striato-punctatis. — Long. corp. lin. 3. (Tab. III. fig. 13.)

Bolb. corniculatus, Reiche, MSS.

Hab. ad Swan River Novae Hollandiae. In Mus. D. Reichii, Parisiis.

Parvus, rotundatus, rufus ; elytris magis fulvis. Caput castaneo-rufum, supra valde concavum glaberri-
mum; verticis margine antico subrecto, tuberculo minuto medio instructo, ejusdem angulis antici3
subacutis, utrinque etiam prope marginem oculorum internum spina conica erecta armato. Antennae
fulvae. Pronotum valde convexum, glaberrimum, tenuissime marginatum, punctis paucis notatum ;
cornubus duobus contiguis apice obtusis prope marginem anticum, spatio transverso pone cornua
impresso utrinque in tuberculum conicum desinente, dimidio postico, fossula tenui media longi-
tudinali punctata impresso, utrinque etiam versus marginem lateralem impressione parva rotundata
punctata notato. Elytra glabra, valde convexa ; singulo striis decern punctorum, tribus externis cum
tribus suturae magis approximatis ad apicem conjunctis, intermediis abbreviatis. Pedes castaneo-
rufi ; tibiae anticae extus 6-dentatae, dentibus obtusis, calcari anticarum elongato gracili, apice obtuso.
An B. rotundati mas ?

Fig. 13 a, caput et prothorax supra visa ; 13 b, eadem a latere visa.

STENASPfDius, Westw. Subgenus novum.

Corpus magis elongatum quam in Bolboceratis veris ; scutello elongato (nee triangulari) ;
elytris striis tantum quinque inter humeros et suturam ; mesosterno porrecto. Dif-
fert etiam colore antennarum.

17. Bolbocebas (Stenaspidius) nigricornis; ovalis niger nitidus sparsim punctatus,
capite tuberculo conico inter oculos, pronoto canali punctato medio aliisque duobus

VOL. XXI. D

18 MR. WESTWOOD ON THE COLEOPTEROUS GENUS BOLBOCERAS.

abbreviatis pone oculos, elytris striato-punctatis. — Long. corp. lin. 3^. (Tab. III.
% 14.)

Hab. in Nova Hollandia. In Muss. D, Hope (olim Gory, cum nomine supra indicato inscripto), Reiche
et Westw.

Corpus supra nigrum, nitidum. Caput mediocre. Clypeus e vertice lined elevata vel carinata in medio
pariim angulata divisus, lineisque duabus brevioribus ad angulos posticos labri extensis. Antenna?
nigra? ; articulis parvi3 intermediis piceis. Mandibulae ut in plurimis, dextra ante apicem externe
lobo rotundato corneo instructa. Vertex tuberculo elevato inter oculos instructus ; angulisque ante
oculos rotundatis. Prothorax convexus, sparsim punctatus, lmea longitudinali mediana punctata im-
pressa alterisque duabus e margine antico pone oculos oblique extensis at abbreviatis spatioque utrin-
que angusto pariim elevato, laevi, cum margine postico fere parallelo, in fossulas 2 obliquas pariim
profundas versus angulos posticos prothoracis desinente. Elytra striato-punctata, striis 5 inter
humeros et suturam, aliisque 4 lateralibus. Tibiae anticae extiis 5-dentatse. Scutellum elongato-
triangulare. Mesosternum pariim angulato-porrectum.

Fig. 14 a, insectum magnitudine auctum ; 14 b, caput, prothorax et mesosternum, a latere visa ; 14 c, cly-
peus cum labro et mandibulis.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

Tab. III.

Fig. 1. Bolboceras {Elephastomus) proboscideus, MacL.

Fig. 2. Bolboceras (Elephastomus) Kirbii, Hope.

Fig. 3. Bolboceras Reichii, GueV.

Fig. 4. Bolboceras hastifer, Bainbr. var.

Fig. 5. Bolboceras 3-tuberculatus, Bainbr.

Fig. 6. Bolboceras 7-tuberculatus, Bainbr. ? ?

Fig. 7' Bolboceras Taurus, Gory.

Fig. 8. Bolboceras Capreolus, Gory.

Fig. 9. Bolboceras neglectus, Hope.

Fig. 10. Bolboceras Bainbridgii, Westw.

Fig. 1 1 . Bolboceras rotundatus, Hope.

Fig. 1 2. Bolboceras rubescens, Hope.

Fig. 13. Bolboceras corniculatus, Reiche.

Fig. 14. Bolboceras (Stenaspidius) nigricomis, Westw.

[ 19 ]

IV. Descriptions of some new or imperfectly known Species of Bolboceras, Kirby.

By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S.

Read June 6, 1848.

X1AVING in two previous communications described a number of new species of Atlvy-
reus, ebiefly from South America, and given a synopsis of the Australian species of Bolbo-
ceras, I shall on the present occasion continue the descriptions of the species of the latter
genus, especially such as are natives of the East Indies.

With the view of showing the generic as well as sexual distinctions existing between
the Bolbocerata and Odontcei, I have given figures of the head and front of the prothorax
of both sexes of Odontceus mobilicomis and Bolboceras JEneas, Pz. (quadridens, Dftschm.)
from Austria, together with the side of the head (showing the eyes), maxillae and fore
femora of both these insects. (Tab. IV. fig. 1 & 2, with the details.)

1. Bolboceras Cyclops, Eabr. Ent. Syst. i. p. 15 ; Oliv. Ent. i. 3. 1. 15. f. 140 ; ferrugi-

neus, clypeo antice carina transversa tuberculisque duobus acutis instructo, vertice
linea tenui parum elevata inter oculos, pronoto utrinque excavatione profunda sub-
rotunda antice cornu acuto alteroque minori versus medium armato ; spatio inter
cornua intermedia piano punctato; antice linea semicirculari parum elevata cincto
canali vix distincto longitudinali ante scutellum terminato, elytris punctato-striatis
striis tenuibus, tibiis anticis 8-dentatis. (Mas.) — Long. corp. lin. 9. (Tab. III. fig. 15.)

Variat mas magnitudine cornuum capitis et pronoti necnon profunditate excavationum hujus lateralium.

Hab. in Java, Assam, et India centrali. Muss. Hope (olim Lee) et nostr. {Hearsey).

Fig. 15, insectum magnitudine paullo auctum ; 15 'a, caput et prothorax lateraliter visa.

Obs. The figure and description are made from the original specimen described from
Lee's Collection by Eabricius, now in the Cabinet of the Rev. E. W. Hope.

2. Bolboceras grandis, Hope MSS. ; rufo-castaneus, capite dentibusque tibiarum anti-

carum nigricantibus, clypeo carina tenui semicirculari, vertice carina transversa inter
oculorum partem anticam, pronoto convexo carina semicirculari tuberculisque duo-
bus versus marginem anticum lineaque tenui longitudinali impressa media in parte
postica. (Ecem.) — Long. corp. lin. 9. (Tab. IV. fig. 3, caput et prothorax supra visa.)
Hab. in India orientali ? In Mus. D. Hope.

Caput supra sub lente granulosum, mandibula dextra extiis ante apicem incisa, pronotum antice puncta-
tum, postice laeve nitidum, versus angulos posticos utrinque pariim impressum. Elytra tenuissime
punctato-striata, striis ad apicem elytrorum extensis. Tibiae anticas 7-dentatae. Corpus subtus con-
color, pilis fulvis hirtum.
Individuum e Calcutta vidi (pro fcemina sp. praecedentis, B. Cyclops, e Parisiis, a Domino Chevrolatio
mihi transmissum) in quo carina antica clypei magis recta et transversa evadit, lineaque impressa

D 2

20 MR. WESTWOOD ON SOME NEW OR IMPERFECTLY

pone carinam verticalem ; prominentiis in parte antica pronoti minus distinctis, lineaque longitudinali
postica obliterate ; capiteque corpori concolori. — Long. corp. lin. *]\.

Obs. Captain Parry possesses a rather smaller specimen, with the central impressed lon-
gitudinal line of the prothorax less distinct, the lateral tubercles near its anterior angles
not so large, but covered with minute punctures, as is also the front of the prothorax, and
the front of the head has the angles more emarginate.

3. Bolboceras SUBGLOBOSUS *, Westw. ; fere globosus castaneo-rufus, capite et pronoto

punctatissimis, margine capitis elevato, clypei margine antico recto carinaque trans-
versa inter oculos, pronoto carina curvata prope marginem anticum. (Foem.) — Long,
corp. lin. 8^. (Tab. IV. fig. 4, caput et prothorax supra visa.)
Hub. in India orientali. D, Boys, in Mus. Westw.

B. grandi valde affinis at magis globosus, capite et pronoto magis granulato-punctatis. Caput latum,
carina recta' transversa ad basin clypei alteraque abbreviate recta inter partem anticam oculorum.
Mandibular latae, dextra ante apicem profunde incisa, lateribus tenuibus, recurvis, nigris. Pronotum
versus marginem posticum parum laevius, carina curvata mediana prope marginem anticum, tubercu-
lisque duobus elevatis et sublaevibus inter carinam et angulos anticos, et impressione circulari parum
profunda et sublaevi in medio lateris utriusque. Elytra laevia, gracillime striato-punctata. Tibiae
anticae latae, dentibus 7 nigris obtusis.

The insect which has served for the above description appears to be a female, and is
closely allied to the preceding. I am unable, however, to surmise whether the male is
one of those described in the subsequent portion of this memoir, or is still unknown.

4. Bolboceras ftjrcicollis, De Laporte, An. Art. Coleopt. vol. ii. p. 104. No. 3 ; castaneo-

rufus sub lente granulosus, clypeo maris quadrato piano antice bisinuato angulis late-
rabVbus anticis in cornua duo porrectis, pronoto postice elevato ; disco in medio cor-
nubus duobus erectis distantibus recurvis alterisque duobus intus concavis versus
angulos posticos ; canali lsevi mediano versus marginem posticum, elytris punctato-
striatis, tibiis anticis extus 6-dentatis. — Long. corp. lin. 10. (Tab. III. fig. 16, 17.)

B. Lecontei, Dej. Catal. Coleopt. p. 149.

Differt mas longitudine et magnitudine cornuum clypei et pronoti.

Hab. in America boreali (test. De Laporte et Muss. Hope et Gory) an recte ?

Obs. Mr. Melly possesses a specimen exactly agreeing with the male in Mr. Hope's Col-
lection, figured above, which he received from Comercolly, in the East Indies. He also
possesses a second specimen, from Thibet, very slightly smaller, having the cornuted pro-
cesses on the prothorax very slightly smaller, the space between the two porrected points
of the clypeus nearly straight, and not sinuated, agreeing in its colour with Mr. Hope's
Assamese specimen of B. Cyclops, except that of the tips of the spines of the fore-legs and
of the pronotum and clypeus, which are black. A third specimen is also in Mr. Melly's
Collection, from Thibet, of an intermediate colour, exactly agreeing with them in general
character and punctation, but having the anterior angles of the clypeus very slightly por-

* This species, as well as Nos. 9, 22, 24, 25, 26 and 27, have been added subsequently to the reading of
the paper.

KNOWN SPECIES OF BOLBOCERAS. 21

rected, the two horns of the pronotum much smaller, and the conical tubercle on each side
scarcely evident, appearing as a slight carina.

Fig. 16, insectum supra visum ; 16 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa ; 17 a, caput et prothorax individui
alteri masculi supra visa ; 17 b, eadem a latere ; 17 c, labrum cum mandibulis.

5. Bolboceras ferrtjgineus, De Laporte, Hist. Nat. An. Art. Col. vol. ii. p. 104. No. 4 ;

castaneo-fulvus sub lente granulosus, capite antice carina sinuata antica tubercu-
loque subbifido transverso inter oculos, pronoto ante medium spatiis duobus parum
elevatis laevibus linea tenui impressa punctata (fere ad marginem posticum extensa)
divisis utrinque etiam versus angulos posticos impressione obliqua supra carina lsevi
marginata, elytris punctato-striatis, tibiis anticis 6-dentatis. — Long. corp. lin. 9^.
(Tab. III. fig. 18, caput et prothorax supra visa ; 18 a, mandibulae.)
Hab. in India orientali? In Mus. Gory (nunc Hope).

Obs. M. Gory's specimen, from which Count De Laporte drew his description, is now in
Mr. Hope's Collection before me, bearing a label, " Bolboceras ferrugineus, Fabr., Ind. or."
Fabricius, however, described no Scarabceus under such a name, whilst the Scarabceus fer-
rugineus of Olivier (Ins. 1. Gen. 3. p. 148. pi. 23. fig. 202) does not belong even to the
present genus, and is from Senegal. It is possible that it may prove to be the other sex
of B. furcicollis, De Lap.

6. Bolboceras carinicollis, De Laporte, Hist. Nat. An. Art. Coleopt. vol. ii. p. 104. No. 2 ;

B.ferrugineo affinis sed magis castaneus, sub lente granulosus, capite carina tenui
marginali curvata verticeque tuberculis duobus parvis conicis inter oculos carina con-
nexis, pronoto obscuro in medio carina transversa abbreviate instructo maculaque
nigra utrinque versus angulos posticos, elytris striatis striis punctis minutis, tibiis
anticis 5-dentatis. — Long. corp. lin. 10. (Tab. IV. fig. 5, caput et prothorax supra
visa.)
Hab. in India orientali? In Mus. Gory (nunc Hope).

7. Bolboceras Calantjs, Hope MSS. ; fulvus vel rufo-castaneus, clypeo postice bicornuto,

prothorace cornubus 4 versus marginem anticum duobus intermediis contiguis et a
reliquis cavitate rotundata utrinque separatis. — Long. corp. lin. 7-8-j. (Tab. III.
fig. 19; IV. fig. 6, 7.)
Hab. in India orientali, Bombay. In Muss. Melly et Hope.

Variat colore, interdum luteo-fulvus, interdum rufo-castaneus ; vertice concavo, parte antica tuberculis
duobus elevatis armata, postice linea vix elevata et in medio interrupta instructs. Prothorax dorso
vix punctato, .lateribus punctulatis, versus marginem anticum cornubus 4 armatus ; duo contigua
elevata subobtusa, alterisque duobus lateralibus majoribus, e prioribus utrinque excavatione plus nri-
niisve profunda separatis ; canali tenui longitudinali mediano. Elytra tenuissime punctato-striata.
Tibiaa anticae 7-dentatas ; dentibus plus miniisve acutis.
Foemina? Rufo-fulva nitida; capite et lateribus pronoti punctatissimis, hujus disco et parte postica fere
impunctatis. Clypeus margine postico acute elevato et parum curvato, carinaque parum arcuata
inter oculos instructus. Pronotum antice vix retusum carina curvata parum distincta versus margi-
nem anticum, utrinque tuberculo parvo lineaque impressa mediana ad marginem posticum extensa.

22 MR. WESTWOOD ON SOME NEW OR IMPERFECTLY

Tibiae anticae subangustae 7-dentatae, dentibus externis acutis, elongatis, curvatis, denticulisque pedum
posticorum apice nigris. — Long. corp. lin. 7-

Hab. in India orientali. D. Boys, in Mus. Westw.

Fceminae var. ? (B. tumidulus, Westw.) Obscure castaneo-rufa, carinis transversis ut in praecedenti nigris ;
parte capitis postica tumidula. Pronotum antice vix retusum, glabrum, lateribus lineaque longitu-
dinali impressa punctatis ; spatio parvo medio antico laevissimo, utrinque impressione pariim pro-
funda e lateribus pronoti separato ; tibiis anticis spinis 7 robustis armatis. — Long. corp. lin. 6.

Hab. in India orientali, Borhendshukur. D. Bacon, in Mus. Lnferle.

Tab. III. fig. 19, mas magnitudine paullo auctus; 19a, caput et prothorax a latere visa; 19 5, clypeus,
labrum et mandibular maris. Tab. IV. fig. 6, caput et prothorax fceminae supra descriptae ; 7 o,, caput
et prothorax foeminae varietatis supra descriptae ; 7 b, eadem a latere visa.

8. Bolboceras l^evicollis, Westw. ; fulvo-castaneus, vertice ante medium bidentato,

prothorace glabro tuberculis 4 versus marginem anticum sequidistantibus duobus
intermediis carina tenui curvata conjunctis. — Long. corp. lin. 9^. (Tab. IV. fig. 8,
caput et prothorax.)
Hab. in India orientali. In Mus. Hope.

Corpus supra fulvo-castaneum, capite obscuriori ; clypeo linea tenuissima elevata omnino circumcincto ;
vertice concavo, ante medium tuberculis duobus acutis erectis armato. Prothorax convexus, laevis,
nitidus, ante medium tuberculis 4 acutis armatus, aequidistantibus, intermediis duobus linea tenui
(versus caput curvata) elevata conjunctis, spatio inter haec et lateralia utrinque pariim concavo;
canali tenui longitudinali in parte postica polite. Elytra tenuissime punctato-striata. Tibiae anticae
dentibus 8, duobus anticis multo majoribus.

9. Bolboceras punctatissimtjs, Westw. ; fulvus punctatissimus, capite tuberculis duobus

transversis inter antennarum basin, pronoto vertice parum retuso, parte antica lunula
subelevata mediana transversa e postica separata. — Long. corp. tin. 4. (Tab. IV. fig. 9.)

Hab. in India orientali, Moradabad, vespere ad lumen volans. D. Bacon, in Mus. D. Laferte.

D. lavicolli affinis, omnino flavescenti-fulvus, margine tenuissimo capitis et pronoti et apicibus tubercu-
lorum capitis castaneis. Caput et pronotum punctatissima. Vertex tuberculis duobus parvis rotun-
datis transversis inter antennarum basin ; lateribus capitis inter antennas et oculos rotundatis. Pro-
notum antice subretusum, punctatissimum ; parte retus& e postica lunula curvata separata lineaque
pariim profunde impressa pone lunulam versus marginem posticum ducta impressionibusque duabus
parvis lateralibus ; scutellum et elytra punctis minutis notata, his striato-punctatis ; striae secundas
e sutura parte quarta postica obliterate, lateribus elytrorum magis rugosis striisque lateralibus minus
distinctis. Subtiis pallidior, pilis longis flavis obsitus. Tibia; anticae dentibus 7 acutis armatae.

Fig. 9, caput et prothorax supra visa ; 9 a, eadem a latere.

10. Bolboceras lateralis, Westw. ; castaneus, capite pedibusque nigricantibus, capite in-
ermi, prothorace fere laevi ; excavationibus duabus lateralibus rotundatis singula supra
tuberculo acuto armata. — Long. corp. tin. 6. (Tab. IV. fig. 10, caput et prothorax.)

Hab. in India orientali, Gogo. In Mus. Hope.

Caput nigrum, sub lente punctatum, supra inerme, angulis clypei anticis tuberculo rudimentali instructis,
verticeque inter oculos linea vix elevata transversa. Prothorax convexus, fere laevis, lateribus prope
angulos posticos excavatione rotunda tuberculoque conico supra armatis, lineaque tenuissima' canali-
culate in medio instructus. Elytra tenuissime punctato-striata. Tibiae anticae 9-dentatae, dentibus
obtusis.

KNOWN SPECIES OF BOLBOCERAS. 23

11. Bolboceras nigeicans, "Westw. ; piceo-niger nitidus, clypeo tuberculo conico antice
armato, verticis marginibus lateralibus utrinque bituberculatis discoque carina ele-
vata inter oculos instructo, prothorace glabro nitido antice retuso 4-dentato dentibus
subaequidistantibus. — 'Long. corp. lin. 6. (Tab. IV. fig. 11, caput et prothorax.)

Hab. in Bengalia. In Mus. Hope.

Affinis B. 4-dentato e quo differt armatura capitis. Corpus supra nigricans vel nigro-piceum, nitidum,
parum punctatum. Capitis vertex inter oculos carina elevata, supra parum sinuata; margineque
antico 5-tuberculato, tuberculo medio antico majori acuto. Prothorax paullo ante medium disci 4-
dentatus, dentibus brevibus subaequidistantibus, utrinque etiam versus angulos posticos impressione
parva. instructus. Tibiae anticas extus 5-dentatae.

12. Bolboceras politus, Westw.; nitidus fulvus, capite et pronoto magis castaneis,
capite antice tricorni cornu antico majori erecto, prothorace excavatione maxima dor-
sali postice trisinuata, elytris punctato-striatis, tibiis anticis 5-dentatis dentibus
anticis magnis acutis. — Long. corp. lin. 6^. (Tab. IV. fig. 12.)

Hab. in Senegalia. In Mus. Hope (olim Gory nomine 'Athyreus porcatus, Lap., Senegalensis, Dej./ haud

recte inscriptus).
Corpus supra nitidum, caput vertice subconcavo, clypeo tricorni, cornu antico suberecto et majori, lateri-

bus ante oculos rotundatis. Mandibular difformes ; dextra apice obtuso intus dente duplici armato ;

sinistra pone medium marginis externi angulata, apice oblique truncate. Antennas luteo-fulvae.

Prothorax nitidissimus, remote punctatus, excavatione magna e margine antico fere ad scutellum

extensa: margine ejus postico trisinuato; excavatione parva utrinque versus angulos laterales pro-

thoracis. Elytra brevia, luteo-fulva, punctato-striata; striis 7 inter humeros et scutellum aliisque

lateralibus. Tibiae anticae acute 5-dentatas.
Individuum parvum (lin. b\ long.) e Prom. Bonae Spei in Mus. Chevrolat Parisiis vidi.
Fig. 12, insectum magnitudine paullo auctum; 12 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa.

13. Bolboceras Coryph^us, Eabr. Ent. Syst. i. p. 9 ; Oliv. Ent. i. 3. tab. 16. f. 150 ; rufo-
fulvus, capite supra piano, clypeo antice bicorni cornubus recurvis apice nigris postice-
que mucrone elevato brevissimo nigro, pronoto antice retuso cornubus duobus bre-
vibus approximatis antice porrectis apice nigris in medio disco positis postice gibbere
obtuso in excavatione parum profunda instructo, elytris punctato-striatis, tibiis anticis
6-dentatis. — Long. corp. lin. 8. (Tab. IV. fig. 13.)

Hab. ad Cap. Bonae Spei (teste Fabricio). In Mus. Hope (olim Lee).

Fig. 13, insectum magnitudine vix auctum; 13 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa.

Obs. My figure and description are derived from Lee's typical specimen described by
Eabricius, now in Mr. Hope's Cabinet.

14. Bolboceras scabricollis, Chevrol. MS. ; ferrugineus, capite et pronoto magis piceis,
his punctis minutis plus minusve confluentibus scabriusculis, capite in medio carina
brevi transversa sub-3-lobata, pronoto impressionibus tribus longitudinalibus fere
obliteratis. — Long. corp. lin. 8.

Hab. apud Caput Bonae Spei. In Mus. Dom. Chevrolat.

B. Capensi, Klug, multo major magisque punctatus. Caput undique margine tenui elevato, disco punc-
tate, verticeque in medio carina brevi transversa quasi e tuberculis tribus conjunctis, armato ; man-
dibular extus regulariter rotundatae. Antennae rufae. Pronotum piceo-ferrugineum, punctatum,

24 MR. WESTWOOD ON SOME NEW OR IMPERFECTLY

impressione fere indistincta utrinque ad raarginem anticum (pone oculos), alteraque longiori media,
quae in lineam tenuissimam longitudinalem elevatam extendit. Elytra ferruginea, punctato-striata.
Pedes ferruginei ; tibiis anticis dentibus 5 obtusis nigris.

15. Bolboceras capitatus, Westw.; obscure castaneus subnitidus, capite et pronoto mi-

nutissimfe punctatis : hoc utrinque excavatione maxima cornubus duobus compositis
magnis separata, tibiis anticis obtuse 6-dentatis.— Long. corp. Hn. 10-|. (Tab. III.
fig. 20, 21.)

Hab. in Assam, India? orientalis. Muss. Melly et Saunders.

Species magna et pronoto valde armato distincta. Caput nigricans obscurum vix punctatum, utrinque ad
marginem internum oculorum carina tenui (quae ad clypeum extendit) instructum, lateribusque inter
antennas et basin clypei elevatis ; inter antennas etiam carina parum curvata transversa exstat.
Prothorax maximus supra postice valde elevatus; lateribus excavatione maxima profunda notatis
qua? ad angulum anticum extendit, ubi dente infero armata. Pars media pronoti magis punctata, in
cornua duo crassa et obtuse dentata divergentia, plus ininusve elevata et elongata extendit, spatio
intermedio inter cornua etiam excavata est, parteque postica laevior. Elytra magis castanea, tenuis-
sime punctato-striata. Femora castanea, fulvo-hirta. Tibia? et tarsi picei ; tibiae anticae extus obtuse
6-dentatae. Antennarum clava et setae fulvae.

Variat mas cornubus intermediis pronoti brevioribus et antice parum oblique porrectis. (Mus. West-
wood. India; D. Boys.)

Foemina rufo-castanea, mandibulis apice nigris; dextra extus magis rotundata et ante apicem incisa.
Clypeus margine antico recto parum elevato. Vertex inter oculos carina elevata transversa abbreviata.
Prothorax antice valde retusus et fere laevis, in medio carina transversa paullo curvata, utrinque
tuberculo elongato curvato carinaque curvata ad angulos anticos extensis ; cum impressione rotundata
versus angulos posticos. Aliter mari similis. Mus. Westwood. India ; D. Boys.

Tab. III. fig. 20, mas magnitudine vix auctus; 20a, caput et prothorax a latere visa; fig. 21, foemina
paullo aucta; 21 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa.

16. Bolboceras in^qualis, Westw. ; rufo-castaneus, antennarum clava fulva, capite

supra concavo carina transversa in parte postica, pronoto antick valde retuso supra
quadridentato fossulaque media profunda, elytris striato-punctatis, tibiis anticis
6-dentatis. — Long. corp. lin. 6$. (Tab. IV. fig. 14.)

Hab. in India orientali. Bom. J. B. Hearsey. In Mus. Westw.

Caput nitidum, supra concavum, sub lente punctis minutissimis, carina verticem e clypeo separante
elevata et valde angulata, carina etiam transversa inter partem posticam oculorum instructum ; lobi
laterales ante oculos rotundati, margine antico reflexo. Antennarum clava et setae fulvae. Prothorax
glaber, valde elevatus, parte antica valde excavata dentibusque 4 erectis armatus, duobus intermediis
approximatis spatioque medio (pone dentes intermedios) excavato*; lateribus etiam impressione
ovali versus angulos posticos. Elytra concolora, glabra, striato-punctata ; striis gracillimis. Tibiae
anticae 6-dentatae.

Tab. IV. fig. 14, mas magnitudine auctus ; 14 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa.

17. Bolboceras bicarinatus, "Westw. ; castaneo-fulvus, capite inter oculos et ad basin

clypei carinis duabus transversis nigris, pronoto tuberculis duobus parvis parum ele-
vatis ante medium, tibiis anticis 7-dentatis. — Long. corp. lin. 8|. (Tab. IV. fig. 15.)

* The excavation of the front of the pronotum may perhaps be better described as having its hind margin 6-sinuated,
with two elevated horns in the middle.

KNOWN SPECIES OF BOLBOCERAS. 25

Hab. in India orientali. Mus. Melly.

Castaneo-fulvus. Caput et pronotum disco lateribusque punctatis ; inter oculos carina elevata transversa
alteraque ad basin clypei quae ad marginem externum oculorum extendit, nigris. Prothorax punctatus,
parte postica laevi ; utrinque pone oculos impressione parum profunda instructus, tuberculisque duo-
bus transverse positis vix elevatis ante medium pronoti lineaque tenui longitudinali fere ad basin
scutelli extensa. Elytra ut in B. Lecontei punctato-striata : striis quinque mediis ad basin elytrorum
magis impressis. Tibiae anticae 7-dentatae. Femora subtiis pallide fulva.

Tab. IV. fig. 15, insectum magnitudine paullo auctum; 15 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa.

18. Bolboceras dorsalis, Westw. ; rufo-castaneus, capitis vertice et medio pronoti nigris
punctatis, capite in medio verticis tuberculis tribus conjunctis instructo, pronoto
punctatissimo fere regulari, tibiis anticis 8-dentatis. — Long. corp. lin. 7i- (Tab. IV.
fig. 16, caput et prothorax.)

Hab. in India orientali. Mus. W. W. Saunders.

Forsitan fcemina speciei cujusdam haud rite determinatae. Caput punctatum, margine tenui elevato ad
marginem internum oculorum extenso ; vertice in medio tuberculis tribus transverse positis et con-
junctis. Pronotum irregulariter punctatum, medio nigrum, lateribus rufo-castaneis : dorso fere
regulari, linea impressa vix distinguenda e margine antico versus medium extensa alterisque duabus
obliquis anticis cum impressionibus duabus ordinariis versus angulos posticos fere inconspicuis.
Elytra rufo-castanea, tenuissime punctato-striata. Tibiae anticae 8-dentatae.

19. Bolboceras nigriceps, "Westw. ; obscure castaneus punctatus, capite nigricanti carina

arcuata ad basin clypei tuberculisque tribus verticalibus, pronoto linea longitudinali
impressa et utrinque cum tuberculo parum elevato, tibiis anticis 7-dentatis. — Long,
corp. lin. 7|. (Tab. IV. fig. 17, caput et prothorax supra visa ; 17 a, eadem a latere ;
17 b, tibia antica.)
Affinis praecedenti et forsitan foemina speciei diversae. Caput linea tenui elevata marginatum, ad basin
clyp'ei curvata, et ad marginem internum oculorum extensa; vertice tuberculis tribus conjunctis
parum elevatis et transverse positis instructo. Pronotum linea pariim impressa centrali longitudinali
et utrinque tuberculo parvo parum elevato instructo, disco minute punctato. Femora subtiis fulva.
Tibiae anticae 7-dentatae.

20. Bolboceras transversalis, Westw. ; fulvo-castaneus, capite lato carina recta trans-
versa elevata inter oculos, pronoto linea longitudinali antice dilatata impresso. — Long,
corp. lin. 4£. (Tab. IV. fig. 18, caput et prothorax.)

Hab. in India orientali. Mus. Melly.

Obscure fulvo-castaneus. Caput latum irregulariter et valde punctatum, margine tenui elevato ad mar-
ginem internum oculorum extenso, vertice carina recta transversa elevata instructo. Pronotum
minus punctatum, linea media longitudinali impressa laevi antice dilatata notatum. Elytra striato-
punctata ; antennarum clava pallide lutea.

21. Bolboceras Indicus, Hope, MS. ; fulvo-rufus, capite antice tuberculis duobus conicis
erectis armato, pronoto laevissimo antice excavatione semicirculari parum profunda
notato, calcari pedum anticorum elongato obtuso, tibiis anticis 9-dentatis. — Long,
corp. lin. 4 (Tab. IV. fig. 19, caput et prothorax.)

Hab. in India, orientali centrali. In Muss. Saunders et Hope.

Nitidissimus et, nisi sub lente visus, laevis. Caput tamen magis evidenter punctatum, ante medium tuber-
VOL. XXI. E

26 MR. WESTWOOD ON SOME NEW OR IMPERFECTLY

culis duobus conicis elevatis armatum ; lineaque tenui elevata marginali ad basin clypei recta, et ad
latera interna oculorum extensa. Pronotum antice impressione parum profunda, semicirculari, disco
omnino regulari. Elytra punctato-striata. Tibia? anticae 9-dentatae.
Hoc insectum pro foemina haberi possit,.attamen dentes duo verticales sexum masculinum forsitan indi-
cant. Individuum alteram (masculinum ?) etiam possidet Bom. Saunders huic magnitudine, colore,
forma et patria simillimum; differt vero capitis carina tenui transversa ad basin clypei breviori,
tuberculis verticalibus nullis, carina autem transversa inter oculos; pronoto etiam antice pariim
excavato tuberculisque duobus rotundatis vix elevatis armato. (An species diversa ?)

22. Bolboceras TRIANGULUM, Westw. ; rufo-fulvus nitidus parce punctatus, clypeo carina

curvata (in medio angulata), verticeque tuberculis tribus, pronoto antice retuso : parte
retusa e postica lunula semicirculari separata. — Long. corp. lin. 4^. (Tab. IV. fig. 20.)

Hab. in India orientali, Mussooree, in stercore bovino. D. Bacon, in Mus. Laferte.

Rufo-fulvus, punctis magnitudine variis impressus ; elytris sub lente punctis paucis minutissimis, serieque
ordinaria striarum punctatarum ; scutello punctata. Antennas fulvae. Mandibular castaneo-nigrae.
Clypeus margine antico elevato, in medio angulato, linea tenui elevata ad verticem ducta ; tuberculis
duobus inter basin antennarum alteroque posteriori triangulum formantibus ; angulis lateralibus ante
oculos obtusis. Pronotum antice retusum, medio marginis antici pariim angulato ; parte retusa fere
circulari subconcava, et e postica lunula parva separata ; canali tenui media longitudinali e lunula
versus marginem posticum extensa. Tibiae anticae 8-dentatae ; dentibus apice castaneo-nigris.

Tab. IV. fig. 20, caput et prothorax supra visa; 20 a, eadem a latere.

23. Bolboceras lineatus, Melly, MSS. ; fulvus nitidus, capite nigro punctato inter oculos
tuberculo apice subbifido armato, pronoto simplici macula discoidali nigra, elytris
convexis sutura spatiisque intermediis longitudinaHbus elevatis nigris, tibiis anticis
8-dentatis.— Long. corp. lin. 3f . (Tab. IV. fig. 21.)

Hab. in insula Ceylon. In Muss. Melly et Templeton.

Species quoad colores insignis. Caput nigrum, punctatum ; vertice inter oculos tuberculo parvo conico
apice subbifido instructo. Pronotum convexum, integrum, antice vix retusum, nitidum, punctis
minutis distantibus, disco in medio plaga parva nigra. Scutellum nigrum. Elytra fulva, valde
gibbosa, singulo sutura et spatiis tribus intermediis longitudinalibus convexis nitidis nigris, apicibus
fulvis ; singulo spatio convexo utrinque serie punctorum marginato, spatiisque intermediis depressis
serie longitudinali punctorum ; margine laterali elytrorum nigro, parum marginato, serieque puncto-
rum intra marginem lateralem instructo.

Corpus subtus cum femoribus obscure fulvis, pilis longis pallidioribus. Tibiae anticae extus 8-dentatae.

Obs. Tbis and the four following species present a peculiar facies, owing to tbe longitu-
dinal alternately raised spaces on the elytra, and the narrow curved club of the antennae ;
but I have not thought it necessary to form them into a separate subgenus.

24. Bolboceras nigerrimus, Westw. ; niger nitidus, capite punctato, vertice cornu brevi

erecto armato, prothorace antice retuso excavatione transversa ovali ; disco sparsim

punctato, elytris striato-punctatis : spatiis intermediis convexis. — Long. corp. lin. 4.

(Tab. IV. fig. 22.)
Hab. in India orientali, Landour. B. Bacon, in Mus. Laferte.
Caput latum punctatum, angulis ante oculos rotundatis; vertice inter oculos tuberculo conico glabro

instructo. Oculi septo, nisi in spatio minuto postico, in duas partes divisi. Mandibular piceae ;

partes reliquae oris castaneo-rufae. Antennae fulvo-rufae, clava oblonga curvata pallide fusca setosa.

KNOWN SPECIES OF BOLBOCERAS. 27

Prothorax niger, nitidus, punctis perpaucis in discum irregulariter dispositis, antice retusus, parte
retusa brevi transversa, subovali, et parum impressa. Elytra valde convexa, singulo striis 13 punc-
torum ; spatio inter suturam et striam lam convexo nee non spatio latiori inter strias 3m et 4m et inter
6m et 7m ; punctis striae 7mae ad basin elytrorum extensis, 8va3 et 9nae sub humero evanescentibus,
lOmae et llmae extiis ad humerum conjunctis, 12mae et 13mae intus marginem lateralem ad basin
elytrorum extensis. Corpus subtus nigrum, setis griseo-fuscis vestitum; jugulum pallide luteum.
Tibia? anticae extiis 8-dentatae.
Tab. IV. fig. 22, insectum multd auctum; 22 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa; 22 b, antenna.

25. Bolboceras plagiattjs, Westw. ; niger nitidus, vertice punctato tuberculoque parvo
conico postico, prothorace in medio longitudinaliter impresso sparsim punctato
utrinque maculis duabus magnis fulvis rotundatis conjunctis, elytris basi late fulvis
striato-punctatis : spatiis intermediis convexis. — Long. corp. lin. 3. (Tab. IV. fig. 23.)

Hab. in India orientali, Landour. D. Bacon, in Mus. D. Laferte.

Caput nigrum, latum, punctatum, angulis ante oculos rotundatis ; vertice inter partem posticam oculorum
tuberculo parvo conico instructo. Antennae fulvo-castaneae, clav& ut in specie praecedenti. Prothorax
niger, nitidissimus, sparsim punctatus, disco in medio longitudinaliter impresso, impressione punctata,
ad marginem posticum vix extens&, utrinque maculis duabus magnis rotundatis fulvis conjunctis.
Elytra valde convexa basi late fulva colore lateraliter magis extenso, striis 13 punctatis notato ; spatio
inter suturam et striam lam polito convexo, stria 2nda punctorum vix ad basin extensa, 3tia ad
basin, inter 3m et 4m spatio latiori convexo nitido ; 5a ad basin haud extensa, 6a ad basin producta
spatio inter hanc et 4m eodem ac spatium inter 3m et 4m ; 7a ad basin, 8va ante humerum evanes-
centi, 9na extus humerum at basin elytri non attingenti, lOma propius ad basin accedente, lima
valde abbreviate, 12ma ad angulum basalem extensa, versus basin subcurvata, 13ma intramarginali.
Tibiae anticae 9-denticulatae.

Tab. IV. fig. 23, insectum multo auctum ; 23 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa.

26. Bolboceras posticalis, Westw. ; niger nitidus, capite tuberculo inter oculos, pro-
thorace integro fulvo gutta parva discoidali nigra, nitido sparsim punctato ; elytris
fulvis plaga maxima postica communi et sutura nigris striato-punctatis : spatiis in-
termediis convexis. — Long. corp. lin. 3. (Tab. IV. fig. 24.)

Hab. in India orientali. D. Boys, in Mus. Westwood.

Caput latum, nigrum, nitidum, punctatum ; clypeo antice rotundato, angulisque ante oculos rotundatis,
vertice inter oculos tuberculo conico nigro nitido instructo. Mandibulae et labrum piceae. Antennas
luteas. Prothorax nitidus, sparsim (praesertim ad latera) punctatus, antice vix retusus, dorso haud
canaliculars, fulvus, gutta parva dorsali nigra. Scutellum nigrum. Elytra convexa, fulva, suturd late
nigricanti plagaque maxima postica communi piceo-nigra, margineque laterali a medio ad apicem
piceo, spatiis inter suturam et striam lm, 2m et 3m, 4m et 5m latioribus et convexis striis 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
ad basin elytri extensis, striis 24 cum 5a, et 3tia cum 4ta postice conjunctis, stria 6ta in medio tantum
apparente, stria 7ma pone humerum evanescente, 8va et 9na antice et postice conjunctis serie brevi
punctorum (circiter 6) in spatio intermedio inclusa, lOma valde abbreviate, lima pone humerum
evanescenti, versus basin pariim curvata intramarginali. Tibiae anticae extiis 7-denticulatae. Corpus
subtus cum femoribus castaneum ; tibiis obscurioribus.

Tab. IV. fig. 24, insectum multo auctum ; 24 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa.

27. Bolboceras ljettjs, "Westw. ; niger nitidus, capite cornu brevi inter antennas armato,
protborace rufo-fulvo antice retuso postice canali tenui impresso, elytris fulvis, scutelli

e 2

28 MR. WESTWOOD ON SOME NEW OR IMPERFECTLY

lateribus sutura margine tenui externo plagaque laterali nigris. — Long. corp. lin. 5.
(Tab. IV. fig. 25.)

Hab. in Ins. Ceylon. Capt. Champion.

Caput nigrum, irregulariter rugoso-punctatum ; clypeo rotundato, medio marginis antici et lateribus parum
elevatis ; vertice tuberculo conico inter basin antennarum armato. Antennae castanea?, clava oblonga
curvata. Labrum et mandibulas nigrae. Prothorax nitidus, vix punctatus, fulvus, lunula minima
utrinque supra pedes anticos nigra, antice retusus, parte retusa tuberculis 4 e parte postica separata,
tuberculis 2 intermediis transversim confluentibus, spatio inter haec et tubercula lateralia undato ;
disco linea tenuissima media longitudinali impresso. Scutellum nigrum, laeve, medio fulvum. Elytra
fulvo-rufa, margine omni tenui suturaque anguste nigris, plagaque oblonga ejusdem coloris versus
marginem lateralem : singulo striis 13 punctorum, spatiis inter strias fere aequalibus et convexis, stria
2da, 5ta, 8va et lima antice et postice abbreviatis. Pedes nigri, tibiis anticis extiis 9-denticulatis.

Tab. IV. fig. 25, insectum multo auctum ; 25 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa.

Subgenus Eucanthtjs, Westw.

Corpus minus depressum quam in praecedentibus ; pronoto antice haud retuso. Tibia
anticae dentibus duobus apicalibus magnis aliisque minutis externis versus basin
arcnatae. Elytra punctato-striata ; singulo striis 5 tantum inter humeros et sutu-
ram, punctis profundis.

28. Bolbocebas (Eucanthtjs) Melibosus, Eabr. Ent. Syst. i. p. 20 ; rufo- vel piceo-niger,
clypeo carina transversa plus minusve elevata (quasi e tuberculis duobus conjunctis
formata) verticeque cornu brevissimo truncato (parum emarginato) instructis, pro-
noto subdepresso inaequali, canali punctata longitudinali in medio (marginem anticum
haud attingente) impressionibusque lateralibus curvatis punctatis tuberculoque utrin-
que instructis, elytris glaberrimis punctato-striatis, mandibula dextra extiis ante api-
cem profunde incisa ; sinistra integra. — Long. corp. lin. 4 — f>\. (Tab. IV. fig. 26.)

Bolboceras concinnus, Dejean, Cat. Coleopt.

Hab. in America boreali. In Mus. D. Hope.

Tab. IV. fig. 26, insectum multo auctum ; 26 a, caput et prothorax a latere visa ; 26 b, mandibular.

Obs. The figure and description are made from the typical specimen formerly in Lee's
Cabinet, described by Eabricius, now in the Cabinet of the Rev. E. W. Hope. Count De
Laporte and Dr. Klug appear to have described this species under the name of B. Lazarus.

29. Bolbocebas Lazarus, Eabr. Syst. Ent. p. 11 ; Ent. Syst. i. p. 14 ; Oliv. Ent. i. Gen. 3.
pi. 16. f. 146.

This species was originally described by Eabricius as a native of North America, from
the Collection of Mr. Yeats. His description is too concise of itself to allow of identifica-
tion. " Sc. scutellatus, thorace trituberculato, capitis cornu brevi emarginato. Statura
parva Scar, mobilicomis, capitis clypeus emarginatus utrinque sinuatus. Thorax fuscus
canaliculars tuberculis tribus, medio transverso. Elytra striata rufa." The figure of the
species given by Olivier is also equally insufficient ; it however shows the elytra to have but
few striae. His description is, however, more precise, the species being stated to be in the
Collection of Mr. Lee. He describes the clypeus as terminated by two " dentelures tres-

KNOWN SPECIES OF BOLBOCERAS. 29

petites ; " and on the crown is a " corne courte, large, obtuse ou echancree," and the
prothorax with four " petites elevations obtuses a la partie anterieure et une ligne longi-
tudinale enfonc6e a la partie superieure." Erom these characters it appears to me that
the species is very closely allied to, if not identical with, Scar. Melibceus, Eabr. ; indeed,
since the above remarks were written, M. Chevrolat of Paris has sent me a specimen
labelled "Lazarus, Eabr. c?," which differs only from the typical specimens of Scar. Meli-
bceus, Eabr., in being rather larger and apparently rather broader. I can, however, detect
no specific distinctions between them.

DESCRIPTION OP THE PIGURES.

Tab. III.

Fig. 15. Bolboceras Cyclops, Fabr.

Fig. 16. Bolboceras furcicollis, De Lap., mas.

Fig. 17. Bolboceras furcicollis, var.

Fig. 18. Bolboceras ferrugineus, De Lap.

Fig. 19. Bolboceras Calanus, Hope, MS.

Fig. 20. Bolboceras capitatus, Westw., mas.

Fig. 21. Bolboceras capitatus, Westw., foem.

Tab. IV.

Fig. 1. Details of Odontceus mobilicornis.

Fig. 2. Details of Bolboceras jEneas.

Fig. 3. Bolboceras grandis, Hope, MS.

Fig. 4. Bolboceras subglobosus, Westw.

Fig. 5. Bolboceras carinicollis, De Lap.

Fig. 6. Bolboceras Calanus, Hope, MS., foem. ?

Fig. 7. Bolboceras Calanus, Hope, foem. var. ?

Fig. 8. Bolboceras Icevicollis, Westw.

Fig. 9. Bolboceras punctatissimus, Westw.

Fig. 10. Bolboceras lateralis, Westw.

Fig. 1 1 . Bolboceras nigricans, Westw.

Fig. 12. Bolboceras politus, Westw.

Fig. 13. Bolboceras Coryphaus, Fabr.

Fig. 14. Bolboceras inaqualis, Westw.

Fig. 15. Bolboceras bicarinatus, Westw.

Fig. 16. Bolboceras dorsalis, Westw.

Fig. 17. Bolboceras nigriceps, Westw.

Fig. 18. Bolboceras transversalis, Westw.

Fig. 19. Bolboceras Indicus, Hope, MS.

30 MR. WESTWOOD ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF BOLBOCERAS.

Fig. 20. Bolboceras triangulum, Westw.

Fig. 21. Bolboceras lineatus, Melly, MS.

Fig. 22. Bolboceras nigerrimus, Westw.

Fig. 23. Bolboceras plagiatus, Westw.

Fig. 24. Bolboceras posticalis, Westw.

Fig. 25. Bolboceras Icetus, Westw.

Fig. 26. Bolboceras (Eucanthus) Melibceus, Fabr.

Trims. Linn.Soc, V.2I. PLS.Jj 18.

Tmm.Lmn Jon. Vol. Zf. PlU . hug. 30:

[ 31 ]

V. Experiments and Observations on the Poison of Animals of the Order Araneidea.

By John Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S. 8fc.

Read December 19, 1848.

M.UCH has been written about the deleterious property of the transparent colourless
fluid emitted from the minute orifice situated near the extremity of the fangs of spiders
on the side next to the mouth, when those instruments are employed to inflict a wound.
The numerous accounts which have been published by various authors of the singular
effects induced in the human species by the bite of the Tarantula {Lycosa tarantula apu-
liw, Walck.), and of the still more extraordinary mode of cure, together with the serious
and sometimes fatal consequences which have been attributed to the bite of the Malmig-
natte {Latrodectus malmignatus, Walck.), must be regarded as amusing fictions in the
natural history of the Araneidea ; and if the opinion, prevalent among arachnologists of
the present day, that insects pierced by the fangs of spiders die almost instantaneously,
should be found on examination to be at variance with well-ascertained facts, it must in
like manner be deemed fanciful.

For the purpose of testing the validity of this opinion, which I had reason to doubt,
and in order to determine with a nearer approximation to accuracy than had previously
been done, some of the effects produced under divers circumstances by the poison of spiders,
more especially the degree of influence it exercises in destroying the vital functions of ani-
mals, in the summer of 1846 I commenced an experimental investigation of the subject,
the particulars of which are comprised in the following pages.

To avoid confusion, the experiments have been arranged under four distinct heads,
corresponding to the objects upon which they were made; namely, the human species,
spiders, insects, and inanimate substances. It may be proper to premise that all the
animals were adult individuals in vigorous health, and that the temperature of the atmo-
sphere, in every instance recorded, was ascertained by means of a thermometer graduated
according to Fahrenheit's scale, and exposed to the open air in a shady situation having a
northern aspect.

1. Experiments on the Human Species.

On the 19th of July 1846, a female Epeira diadema was induced to bite me on the inner
side of the left hand, near the base of the forefinger ; it continued to force its fangs deeper
into the flesh during a period of many seconds, and at last quitted its hold voluntarily,
when a little blood issued from the wounds it had inflicted. Though the spider was in a
state of great excitement from previous irritation, yet I did not experience more inconve-
nience from its bite than from a puncture made near it at the same time with a fine
needle ; indeed, allowing for a considerable degree of compression in the former case, the
effects of both injuries appeared to be very similar. The thermometer, while the experi-

32 MR. J. BLACKWALL ON THE POISON OF

ment was in progress, stood at 76° ; the air throughout the day was sultry, and an exten-
sive thunder-storm occurred in the evening.

A highly exasperated female Epeira diadema was allowed to seize me on the inner side
of the left fore-arm, near the carpus, on the 30th of July 1846. It continued for more
than a minute to bury its fangs deeper in the flesh, and on quitting its hold voluntarily a
little blood flowed from the wounded part, near which a puncture was made simultaneously
with a fine needle. The air was sultry, the temperature at the time being 75°, and distant
thunder was heard. No difference was perceptible between the results of this and the
preceding experiment.

At llh 30m a.m. on the 22nd of August 1846, the thermometer at the time indicating a
temperature of 65°, a powerful and much-irritated female Epeira quadrata bit me on the
inner side of the left fore-arm, near the carpus. It retained its hold for the space of five
minutes, occasionally forcing its fangs deeper into the flesh, and on quitting it voluntarily
blood issued freely from the punctures. Due allowance being made for the strong degree
of compression employed by this robust spider, the effects of its bite did not differ mate-
rially from those of a wound made near it at the same time with a needle of an average
size, the intensity and duration of the pain being very similar in both instances.

On several occasions, in the month of August 1846, spiders of various species were in-
duced, under the influence of excited feelings, to seize a piece of clean window-glass with
their fangs, when the transparent fluid which escaped from the small aperture near their
extremity was deposited upon it. The application of this fluid to the tongue did not pro-
duce any sensible effect on that organ ; but the result was very different when the poison
emitted under like circumstances from the sting of the common Wasp, Vespa vulgaris ;
the Hive-bee, Apis mellifica; or the Humble-bee, JBombus terrestris, was so applied, a
powerfully acrid pungent taste being the immediate consequence. A contrast equally
remarkable was evinced when these fluids were transmitted into a recent wound ; that
secreted by the insects caused inflammation accompanied by acute pain ; effects, which if
produced at all by that secreted by the spiders, were scarcely appreciable.

The legitimate conclusion deducible from the experiments seems to be, that there is
nothing to apprehend from the bite of the most powerful British spiders, even when in-
flicted at a moment of extreme irritation and in hot sultry weather, the pain occasioned
by it being little, if any, more than is due to the laceration and compression the injured
part has sustained.

The manner in which spiders are affected when pierced by the fangs of animals of their
own order demands attention in the next place.

2. Experiments on Spiders.
On the 22nd of July 1846, a male Tegenaria civilis, in a violent struggle with a female
of the same species, deeply inserted his fangs near the middle of the dorsal region of her
abdomen, and retained his hold for several seconds ; from the punctures thus made a
brown fluid issued copiously, and in a few minutes coagulated. The injured spider ap-
peared to suffer very little from the severe wounds it had received, as it speedily constructed
a small web in the phial in which it was confined, and continued for more than a year to

ANIMALS OF THE ORDER* ARANEIDEA. 33

feed freely on the flies introduced to it. The thermometer, at the time the experiment was
made, indicated a temperature of 74°.

In a hostile encounter between two female spiders of the species Segestria senoculata,
on the 29th of July 1846, one of them was pierced by the fangs of her opponent on the
under side of the abdomen, near the spinners. A transparent colourless fluid oozed from
the wounds for many minutes, and ultimately coagulated ; but the spider seemed to expe-
rience little inconvenience from the injury, being lively in its motions and preying eagerly
upon the insects with which it was supplied. The temperature at the time was 76°, and
the atmosphere was highly electrical.

A female Ciniflo atrox was bitten by an exasperated female Lycosa agretyca near the
middle of the cephalo-thorax, on the 29th of July 1846, the temperature by the thermo-
meter being 76°. The Lycosa retained its hold for many seconds, and on quitting it volun-
tarily a transparent colourless fluid flowed from the punctures and coagulated. The
wounded spider, apparently regardless of the injury it had received, spun a web with
which it long continued to ensnare its victims.

On the same day, the mercury in the thermometer denoting a temperature of 75°, a
female Epeira diadema, in a violent struggle with a female Ccelotes saxatilis, pierced her
abdomen in the medial line of the dorsal region, about a third of its length from the
spinners. The wounded spider did not exhibit any marked symptoms of distress and
speedily resumed its accustomed habits.

In an attack made by a female Ciniflo ferox upon a female Lycosa agretyca, on the
30th of July 1846, the temperature being 74°, the latter was wounded by the fangs of its
assailant at the base of the coxa of the left posterior leg, and a transparent fluid, which
soon coagulated, issued from the injured part. Nothing occurred afterwards to indicate
that the Lycosa had suffered from the encounter.

Two female spiders of the species Epeira diadema engaged in a severe contest on the
30th of July 1846, the thermometer standing at 73°, when one of them was seized by the
fangs of her antagonist near the middle of the right side of the abdomen. A brown fluid
flowed from the punctures and soon coagulated, but the spider appeared to be only slightly
and very briefly affected by the injury.

A female Epeira diadema, in a highly excited state, bit itself near the middle of the
femur of the left anterior leg, on the 5th of September 1846. The temperature at the
time was 69°, and a transparent fluid flowed copiously from the wounded part ; coagula-
tion, however, quickly ensued, after which the spider manifested no unfavourable symptom
whatever.

Extensive mechanical injuries commonly prove fatal to spiders, whether received in
conflicts with their congeners or otherwise, the extinction of life being more or less rapid
in proportion to the vitality of the part lacerated ; but no evidence supplied by the fore-
going experiments indicates that the fluid emitted from the orifice in the fangs of the
Araneidea possesses a property destructive to the existence of animals of that order when
transmitted into a recent wound ; in short, it does not appear to exercise any greater de-
gree of influence upon them than it does upon the human species.

I now proceed to show how insects are affected when pierced by the fangs of spiders.
VOL. xxi. p

34 MR. J. BLACKWALL ON THE POISON OF

3. Experiments on Insects.

1846. August 7th. A female Epeira diadema inflicted a severe wound on the mesono-
tum of a common Wasp, near the base of the right anterior wing, at llh a.m., the tem-
perature at the time being 74°. The wasp, though disabled from flying, survived the
injury for the space of thirteen hours.

August 7th. At lh 30m p.m., the temperature being 72°, a female Epeira diadema
pierced a Humble-bee, Bombus terrestris, with its fangs near the posterior part of the
mesosternum. The wound deprived the humble-bee of the power of flight, but did not
terminate fatally till llh p.m. on the 10th.

August 8th. Temperature 68°. A female Segestria senoculata seized a Flesh-fly, Musca
vomitoria, near the middle of the tibia of the right posterior leg, and did not quit its hold
for several seconds. A transparent colourless fluid issued from the wounds made by the
fangs of the spider, but the fly retained the use of its wings, and did not expire till even-
ing on the 10th.

August 13th. Temperature 64°. At 5h 15m p.m. a female Segestria senoculata inserted
its fangs about the middle of the abdomen of a large Green Grasshopper, Acrida viridis-
sima, and retained its hold, which it quitted voluntarily, for many seconds. A greenish-
yellow fluid flowed copiously from the punctures, yet the insect continued to be lively in
its movements, leaping with agility up and down the glass vessel in which it was confined,
and ceased not to exist till midnight on the 15th.

August 14th. Temperature 66°. A female Epeira diadema pierced a large Green Grass-
hopper at 4h 43m p.m., burying one fang at the base of the antenna on the right side, and
the other in the right eye. The spider retained its hold for several seconds, and on quit-
ting it a greenish-yellow fluid issued from the former wound and a dark brown fluid from
the latter. Notwithstanding the serious injuries the grasshopper had received, no dimi-
nution of its activity was apparent, and it did not expire till afternoon on the 16th.

August 29th. Temperature 69°. At lb 22m p.m. a Hive-bee had its abdomen extensively
lacerated near the middle of the left side by a female Epeira quadrata. A large quantity
of transparent fluid flowed from the wound, but death did not ensue till 3h 18m p.m.

September 3rd. Temperature 68°. A common Crane-fly, Tipula oleracea, punctured
by the fangs of a female Segestria senoculata, at 4h 35m p.m., about a quarter of an inch
from the posterior extremity of its abdomen, survived till 8h 7m p.m.

September 7th. Temperature 69°. At lb 45m p.m. a Flesh-fly was bitten by a female
Epeira diadema on the under side of the abdomen, near its posterior extremity, and a
brownish fluid continued to ooze from the wounds till 5h 18m p.m. on the 8th, when the fly
expired.

September 7th. Temperature 68°. A common Crane-fly was seized near the posterior
extremity of the abdomen, at 4h 54m p.m., by a female Epeira quadrata. A brownish fluid
issued from the punctures made by the fangs of the spider, and the existence of the insect
terminated at 6h 9m p.m. on the 8th.

September 10th. Temperature 64°. Pierced a Flesh-fly through the middle of the left
side of the abdomen with a fine needle, at 12h 14m p.m.; a transparent fluid issued from the
wound, which the fly survived till 4h 20m p.m. on the 11th.

ANIMALS OF THE ORDER ARANEIDEA. 35

September 10th. Temperature 65°. At lh 13m p.m. a common Crane-fly was pierced
through the left side of the abdomen, near the middle, with a fine needle ; the insect ex-
pired on the same day, at 5h 29m p.m.

September 10th. Temperature 65°. The point of a strong needle was deeply inserted
into the right side of the abdomen of a large Green Grasshopper, near its anterior extre-
mity, at lh 20m p.m. Though the injury was severe, the life of the insect did not become
extinct till 7h 41m p.m. on the 12th.

September 10th. Temperature 66°. The right side of the abdomen of a common "Wasp
was penetrated near the middle with the point of a fine needle, at 2h 5m p.m.; a transpa-
rent fluid oozed from the puncture, and the life of the wasp terminated at 10h 20m p.m.

September 18th. Temperature 60°. A male Tegenaria civilis deeply inserted its fangs
near the middle of the mesonotum of a House-fly, Musca domestica, at 10h 10m a.m., and
retained its hold for more than an hour and a half. The victim continued to manifest
unequivocal signs of life till 10h 44m a.m., and appeared to sink gradually from mere ex-
haustion. All the time it was in the grasp of its enemy, with the exception of short
intervals, it was perceived to have a slight nodding motion, which was discovered to be
caused by the act of deglutition on the part of the spider, a synchronous motion being
always observed in the fluid suddenly and copiously propelled into the spider's mouth,
and then by degrees reduced in volume in exact proportion to the continuance of the
nutation. Whenever the fluid was withdrawn from the mouth a fresh supply was speedily
introduced, and after mingling with that extracted from the body of the fly, was conveyed
into the stomach of the spider by a repetition of the act of swallowing, thus occasioning
the nodding motion with intervals of repose apparent in its prey.

September 18th. Temperature 61°. At 10h 20m a.m. a female Tegenaria civilis seized a
House-fly with its fangs near the middle of the mesonotum, and did not relax its hold for
more than an hour. The struggles of the fly became gradually more feeble, till they
ceased altogether at 10h 47m a.m. The nodding motion of the victim, and all the attendant
circumstances, were as conspicuous in this instance as in the preceding one.

September 18th. Temperature 64°. A female Segestria senoculata penetrated with its
fangs the right side of the mesonotum of a House-fly at lh p.m., but did not deprive it of
life till lh 29m p.m. The spider kept its hold about an hour ; and a nodding motion of the
fly, regularly accompanied by the act of deglutition in its destroyer, with brief and simul-
taneous pauses in both, was observed during the entire period.

1847. July 15th. Temperature 71°. At 5h 3m p.m. a brilliant Green Fly, Musca cmsar,
was pierced by the fangs of a female Agelena labyrmthica near the posterior extremity of
the abdomen, on the under side. After retaining its hold about ten minutes the spider
transferred it to the middle of the mesosternum, perforating the part and rapidly extract-
ing the fluids of its prey, whose existence terminated at 5h 26m p.m. A nutation of the fly
was constantly observed to accompany the action of swallowing in its adversary.

July 19th. Temperature 70°. A female Agelena labyrinthica struck its fangs into the
left side of the mesonotum of a Mesh-fly, at 12h 23m p.m., and eagerly extracted its fluids,
the act of deglutition being attended with the usual nodding motion of the victim. After
ineffectual efforts to escape the insect became exhausted, and finally expired at 12h 43m p.m.

f2

36 MR. J. BLACKWALL ON THE POISON OF

These experiments do not present any facts which appear to sanction the opinion that
insects are deprived of life with much greater celerity when pierced by the fangs of spiders
than when lacerated mechanically to an equal extent by other means, regard being had in
both cases to the vitality of the part injured, as the speed with which existence terminates
mainly depends upon that circumstance. It is true that the catastrophe is greatly acce-
lerated if spiders maintain a protracted hold of their victims, but this result is obviously
attributable to the extraction of their fluids, which are transferred by oft-repeated acts of
deglutition into the stomachs of their adversaries.

From the entire mass of evidence supplied by the experiments taken in the aggregate,
it may be fairly inferred that whatever properties characterize the fluid emitted from the
orifice in the fangs of the Araneidea, it does not possess that degree of virulence which is
commonly ascribed to it, neither is it so destructive to animal life when transmitted into
a recent wound as it is generally supposed to be. "Were I disposed to speculate upon the
manner in which it affects insects on being introduced by the fangs into their vascular
system, I might conjecture that it has a tendency to paralyse their organs of voluntary
motion, and to induce a determination of their fluids to the part injured ; but I refrain
from dwelling upon a suggestion, however plausible it may appear to be, which in the
present state of our knowledge of the subject can only be regarded as hypothetical.

4. Experiments on Inanimate Substances.

In the month of September 1846, litmus paper presented to spiders belonging to several
genera when in a state of extreme irritation, having their fangs extended, and the trans-
parent fluid which issues from the fissure near their extremity conspicuously accumulated
there, on being seized invariably became red as far as the fluid spread round the punctures
made in it, a result clearly proving that this animal secretion, though tasteless, is an acid.
Care, however, must be taken, in conducting the experiment, not to suffer any fluid from
the mouth to blend with that which proceeds from the fangs, either before or after it has
been transferred to the litmus paper, the former, rendering the blue colour of the test
more intense, and restoring it after it has been converted to red by the action of acetous
acid, being decidedly an alkali ; consequently, if both combined in due proportions, they
would neutralize each other ; but as there is usually a much more copious supply of the
alkaline than of the acid fluid, its agency would predominate, and scarcely a trace of red
would be discerned on the litmus paper.

Submitted to the same chemical tests, the fluid contained in the stomachs of spiders
and that which flows from wounds inflicted on their bodies and limbs were found to be
alkaline. Now if the frequency and suddenness with which large quantities of fluid are
propelled into the mouths of spiders when occupied in extracting nutriment from their
prey be borne in mind, the conclusion that they must be ejected from the stomach through
the narrow oesophagus and pharynx seems to be inevitable*, as there is not any other

* The statement of Savigny, that some spiders have three pharyngeal apertures, does not appear to he applicable
to several of our larger indigenous species, as I have not been able to detect more than one such aperture in Cinifio
ferox, Ccelotes saxatilis, Tegenaria civilis, Agelena lahyrinthica and Ep'eira quadrata, on the most careful inspection.

ANIMALS OF THE ORDER ARANEIDEA. 37

source known whence they could be derived ; and it has been ascertained that if they are
applied to litmus paper, which has or has not been reddened by acetous acid, they always
produce upon it effects precisely similar to those caused by the gastric fluid, or rather by
the fluid contents of the stomach, when subjected to such tests. I may remark that the
yellow colour of turmeric paper is rendered brown by the application of the fluids from
the mouth and stomach, and that it is restored again by the agency of the fluid secreted
by the poison-glands, changes which afford another proof, in addition to those already
advanced, of the respective alkaline and acid properties of these animal products.

The instruments employed by the Araneidea to seize and destroy their prey are im-
properly denominated mandibles ; I say improperly, because they actually do not consti-
tute any part of the oral apparatus, as Mr. W. S. MacLeay has plainly asserted * ; indeed,
many eminent zootomists, judging from their position and from the origin of the nerves
distributed to them, entertain the highly probable opinion that they are the analogues of
the. antennae of hexapod insects, and in accordance with this view of the subject M. La-
treille termed them chelicera ; but so widely do they differ from antennae in structure and
function, that the propriety of bestowing upon them a distinct appellation which does not
imply anything hypothetical will scarcely be questioned : I propose, therefore, to name
them falces.

Much of the misapprehension that exists among arachnologists relative to the falces
has been occasioned, in all probability, either by the prevailing belief that spiders are
destitute of a labrum, or by mistaken notions as to its precise situation. That they pos-
sess the organ in a low state of development is undeniable, as I have distinctly observed
it in species belonging to the genera Lycosa, Dolomedes, Salticus, Thomisus, Olios, Dras-
sus, Clubiona, Ciniflo, Agelena, Tegenaria, Ccelotes, Theridion, IAnyphia, Upeira, Dysdera
and Segestria f. It is attached by its base to the superior surface of the palate, but the
extremity, which is free and usually round or somewhat pointed, can be slightly elevated,
depressed, extended, retracted and moved laterally at will. To apply the term mandibles
to organs originating above the labrum, and therefore not situated within the mouth,
must evidently be erroneous; and I venture to anticipate, upon anatomical considera-
tions, that future investigations will lead to the conclusion that the mandibles of the
Araneidea are confluent with the palate.

* Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. ii. p. 2, note *.

f Professor Owen has detected a rudimental labrum in spiders of the genus Mygale. See his ' Lectures on Com-
parative Anatomy,' Lecture XIX. Arachnida, p. 257.

[ 39 ]

VI. On the (Economy of a new Species of Saw-fly. By John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S. fyc.

Read January 15, 1850.

XHE general attention which is now paid to Natural History almost daily brings to light
some hidden treasure to interest the public and satisfy the inquiring mind. The subject
of this communication appears to be one of these novelties, for a knowledge of which I am
indebted to a friend who has lately been admitted a Fellow of the Linnean Society.

The insect alluded to belongs to the family Tenthredmidce, a group of Hymenoptera so
different in oeconomy from the rest of that Order, that some entomologists have been
inclined to separate it from the aculeate families. In general habits the Saw-flies resemble
the Lepidoptera in their second or larva-state, usually feeding on the leaves of plants ; but
there are many instances of their living on the pith in the stems of shrubs *, in fruit f,
and evidence is not wanting to lead to an opinion that some are parasitical J, whilst others
form galls §.

It is not my intention now to enter farther upon these curious anomalies, but to give
the ceconomy and descriptions of the species before us, which I propose naming, in honour
of its captor, Viscount Goderich,

Selandria Robinsoni.

On the 19th of June, 1848, Lord Bipon's gardener at Putney, Mr. Joseph Jerwood, sent
me, by the request of Lord Goderich, forty or fifty caterpillars the size of those figured,
which for two years had devoured the leaves of the Solomon's Seal ; eating enormous holes
in them, and leaving only portions of the fibres, as exhibited in the drawing (fig. 1) . During
the present year Lord Goderich forwarded to me the following memoranda : —

" Three years ago (1846), about the month of July, I observed that the only plant in
our garden of Solomon's Seal (Convallaria multiflora, L.) was completely covered and
almost entirely devoured by larvae, which I easily perceived must belong to the family of
Tenthredinidce. They had at that time almost consumed the entire membrane of the
leaves, and many bf them were even feeding on the stalks. In a short time after, they
had eaten the plant nearly to the ground, leaving only the stronger branches. They did
not appear to touch any of the surrounding flowers or foliage, but upon the Solomon's
Seal they were extremely numerous, amounting I should think on one small plant to full
one hundred.

" The next year they re-appeared in the same numbers, and then, being much struck by

* Dr. Maclean has discovered a larva in the succulent shoots of rose-trees, which may possibly be the offspring of
Emphytus varipes, a species I have reared from the stems of dog-roses.

t I have found the larvae of Selandria testudinea 1 feeding in apples, and of S. Morio in plums.

X Bielocerus Ellisii, Linn. Trans, vol. xix. p. 249. § Nematus internes causes the rosy galls on willows.

40 MR. CURTIS ON A NEW SPECIES OF SAW-FLY.

the circumstance, I sent you some specimens, which I helieve were dead before you got
them, owing to your absence from home. Last year they again appeared, and I then sent
you those from which you have so fortunately been able to obtain the perfect fly.

" I have not, as you know, been much at this place of late years, and therefore it is
possible they may have existed here before 1846; but I am sure when I was more at
Putney, from 1840 to the end of 1843, there were none of them to be found, although the
plant was then in the same place as at present. They have never killed the plant, although
they have often eaten up all its leaves and tender fibres. It is now the 8th of June, and
none have as yet shown themselves this spring."

By a subsequent letter, however, I find that on the 14th Lord Goderich noticed them,
but in smaller numbers than in previous years.

The caterpillar has 22 legs, viz. 6 pectoral, 14 abdominal, and 2 small anal feet : it is
of a pale greyish green, shagreened, with very narrow transverse folds, and there is a slight
tint of ochre about the fourth segment and towards the tail, with an indistinct greyish fine
down the back : the head and six horny pectoral legs are deep black and shining : there is
a double row of minute black dots down the back, formed of short spiny tubercles, with
a row of similar dots down each side, as well as along the spiracles, which are black, and
the folds of the thighs are freckled with minuter spines (2, 2) : the trunk or fore-part looks
dilated when viewed from above ; these larvae were nearly f of an inch long on the 28th
of June, when many of them had cast their last skins, which were left sticking to the
leaves (fig. 3), and they disappeared in succession, burying themselves from 2 to 4 inches
deep in the earth, where they formed small oval cocoons like a coating of glue, but often
perforated in places (fig. 4).

In the present year I had the satisfaction of breeding a male fly on the 30th of April ;
on the 3rd of May another hatched, and also two females, and these were succeeded by
several more of the latter sex which emerged from their tombs. They were as black as
ink, and appear to be allied to Selandria fuliginosa of Schrank ; but the male antenna?
approach those of Cladim, and altogether these Saw-flies are different from any I have seen.
The entire body is shining black ; the male being smaller than the female (fig. 11) : the
head is transverse, with two lateral eyes, and three ocelli on the crown, forming a slightly
depressed triangle (fig. 5) : the mouth (fig. 6) is composed of a semicircular, ciliated la-
brum (a), of two bifid mandibles (b, b), of two elongated maxillae (c, c), towards the extre-
mities of which are attached long, slender, pubescent palpi, composed of six joints, the
basal one short, the remainder tolerably equal in length (figs, d, d) : the mentum is small,
producing a nearly orbicular, tripartite, membranous labium (fig. f) ; from the superior
angles of the chin arise the short labial palpi, which are stout, pubescent and 4-jointed,
the third and fourth joints the stoutest, the latter slightly notched at the apex (figs, g, g).
Antennae 9-jointed ; those of the male (fig. 7) are nearly as long as the body, filiform and
densely ciliated internally ; the basal joint is short and ovate ; second subglobose ; third
elongated, clavate, the following rather longer; the apical joint slender, incurved and
pointed : in the female they are nearly as long, but more slender, and not ciliated, but
pilose : the abdomen is elongate-ovate and the apex bilobed in the male ; stouter and conical
in the female, the testaceous ovipositor being received into a groove beneath : the ample

MR. CURTIS ON A NEW SPECIES OF SAW-FLY. 41

wings are entirely black, with the costa and stigma thickened and darker, as well as the
nervures, the surface being iridescent ; the superior (fig. 8) have two marginal and four
submarginal cells ; the first minute, the second twice as large, the other two very large,
the third receiving the transverse nervures which divide the marginal and discoidal cells ;
the inferior have only one discoidal cell (fig. 8*) : the legs are moderately stout and
pubescent ; the tibise are spurred at the apex, the spur of the anterior pair notched at the
apex ; tarsi 5-jointed, the first four lobed beneath ; the last joint terminated by two bifid
testaceous claws and simple pulvilli (fig. 9).

Although the elongated antennae of this Selandria resemble those of Nematus, and still
more those of Cladius, this species is not only distinguished from those genera by the
divided marginal cell, but the heavy habit of the females especially shows at once the
groups to which it is naturally allied, and these affinities are supported by its trophi, which
are intermediate between Atlialia\ and Tenthredo\. I may observe that the number of
discoidal cells in the inferior wings varies in the species of Selandria, a character hitherto
unnoticed, but which may supply admirable distinctions for reducing the genus into sec-
tions. 1st, Those with two discoidal cells, the marginal cell receiving one transverse
nervure, of which 8. serva, Fab., is an example (fig. 13). 2ndly, S. stramineipes, Klug,
in which both transverse nervures are united with the marginal one (fig. 14). 3rdly, Those
with one discoidal cell, as shown in S. Robinsoni (fig. 8*) ; and 4thly, Those having no
discoidal cell, as in S.fuliginosa, Schr. (fig. 15). The variations in the position of the
nervures and the magnitude of the cells will also be found very useful in identifying the
species ; and although occasionally the nervures are not symmetrical, and occasionally the
recurrent ones are wanting, such exceptions will not invalidate the divisions I have traced,
but will, I trust, lead to a more careful investigation of this fine and interesting family.

EXPLANATION OE THE PLATE.

Tab. V.

[Obs. Those figures with a * attached are magnified.]

Fig. 1 . A portion of the stem of Convallaria multiflora, as eaten by the larvae of Selandria Robinsoni.

Fig. 2, 2. The larvae feeding in two different skins.

Fig. 3. One of the skins cast off" and sticking to a leaf.

Fig. 4. The cocoon, with the end opened by the fly when it hatched.

Fig. 5*. Head of the male viewed above.

Fig. 6*. The trophi or mouth.

Fig. a*. The labrum or upper lip.

Fig. b, b*. The two mandibles or jaws.

Fig. c, c*. The two maxilla.

t Curtis's Brit. Ent. fol. & pi. 617. X MM. fol. & pi. 692.

VOL. XXI. G

42 MR. CURTIS ON A NEW SPECIES OF SAW-FLY.

Fig. d, d*. The two palpi or feelers.

Fig.,/*. The labium or under lip arising from the mentum or chin.

Fig. g, g*. The two palpi attached to the mentum.
Fig. 7*. Antenna, or horns of the male.
Fio-. 8*. Superior wing of Selandria Robinsoni.
Fig. 8* Inferior wing of ditto.
Fig. 9*. A fore-leg of ditto.
Fig. 1Q. Natural dimensions of the male fly.
Fig. 11*. The female, represented flying.
Fig. 12. Natural dimensions of that sex.
Fig. 13*. Inferior wing of Selandria serva, Fab.
Fig. 14*. Inferior wing of Selandria stramineipes, Klug.
Fig. 15*. Inferior wing of Selandria fuliginosa, Schr.

Belitha Villas, Barnsbury Park,
November 1849.

Trans. Lintv. Sac. Vol XXI . 1.6. p 4Z.

12

21

10

^— ^

u

Sx

U

/J

J Curtis del..

G-. Janruvn. Sc.

[ 43 ]

VII. On the Family o/Triuriacege. By John Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc

Read April 2 and 16, 1850.

IT is now about nine years since I offered to the notice of the Linnean Society the descrip-
tion of Triuris hyalina, which was honoured by a place in its Transactions *. Upon that
occasion, after giving the details of its structure, I remarked, that as it could not be
referred to any known natural order, it might be received as the type of a distinct family,
which I suggested as holding a place near Fluviales, or Burmanniacece, but whose positive
rank in the system could not be known until we obtained some information relative to the
structure of the seed and its embryo f.

The subsequent discovery, by my much lamented friend Mr. Gardner, of a very analo-
gous plant with female flowers only, differing in no respect from Triuris, except in having
six divisions instead of three in the perianthium, and in a more lateral and less pointed
style, supplied an interesting fact ; but as its carpels were not in a more advanced state of
development, it afforded no insight whatever into the structure of the seed. That inde-
fatigable botanist, whose recent loss we must all greatly deplore, in the paper he presented
to the Society on this subject %, offered several speculations upon the affinities of his plant
and of Triuris, tending to show, as I will prove, erroneously, that they were allied to Smi-
lacece ; and upon such unestablished data he drew out § a diagnosis of the family I had
previously suggested. In that memoir he stated, that in juxtaposition with his plant he
found another of similar size, presenting a single petiolar blade, much resembling the leaf
of a Cissampelos || . Although he failed in tracing any underground connexion between the
roots of these two plants, he concluded too hastily that the one appertained to the other,
and hence he inferred that his plant was related to Menispermacece or Smilacece. He
offered at the same time an opinion, that I had overlooked a similar distinct leafy append-
age in Triuris ; but this certainly was not the case, for on quitting the Organ Mountains
in 1838, 1 carefully gathered all the specimens I could find, with the soil and moss attached,
keeping them well moistened for two months, until I embarked for England, hoping to
witness a further development of the ovaria : at the same time, I examined the moss for
any remains of seed or seed-vessel of previous growth : and hence I feel assured that had
any such leafy appendage existed in connexion with Triuris, it could not have escaped my
frequent and searching observation. The stem of Triuris, in the living state, is quite hya-
line and transparent, appearing composed of simple cellular tissue, without any visible
longitudinal vessels, except toward the centre, where it is somewhat more compact. On
comparing Mr. Gardner's plant with Triuris in the dried state, both exhibit a similar struc-
ture, appearing quite translucent externally, with central darker axile lines. The stem of

* Linn. Trans, vol. xix. p. 77.

f Ibid. p. 80.

X Ibid. p. 155.

§ Ibid. p. 160.

|| Ibid. p. 156. tab. 15. fig. 4.

g2

44 MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACE^E.

the leaf, however, offers a very different appearance ; it is far more opake, not darkened in
the centre, but altogether traversed by numerous longitudinal vessels, which can be traced
distinctly in continuity with the radiating nervures of the leaf-blade : this blade has the
same texture, similar nervures with finely reticulated venations, even to the same peculiar
excurrent free veins terminating abruptly in the centre of all the areoles, and the midrib
is excurrent in a long mucronate point, as in the leaf of a Cissampelos. Again, the mem-
branaceous tubes that surround the base of the petiolar support do not exist in the plant
allied to Triuris ; these sheaths consist of a simple cuticle with lacerated margins, without
nerves or veins, but marked by several parallel fines, which under a lens are seen to be
those peculiar ducts formed of dotted spiral walls so frequently seen in the Menispermacece,
and of which no signs are visible in the accompanying plant, or in Triuris. The inference
hence is irresistible, that the leaf-bearing stem has no connexion with the singular plant
that accompanied it, and that it is only a young seedling of some other plant, probably of
a Cissampelos. It has been necessary to be thus precise upon a point involving the validity
of all Mr. Gardner's views regarding the aifinities of Triuris.

Under these circumstances, the name of Peltophyllum can apply only to the Menisper-
maceous plant, and not to the other, for which a new appellation must now be given. As
it differs from Triuris only in having six instead of three segments to its perianth, the
name of Hexuris appears the most appropriate ; and in order to retain the name of its
discoverer in connexion with it, I propose to call it H. Gardneri. Its generic character
may hence be reformed as follows : —

Hexuris, Miers. Peltophyllum, Gardn.

Char. Gen. Flores dioici. Masc. ignoti. Fern. Perianthium profunde 6-partitum, hyalinum, per-
sistens ; laciniis obovatis, praefloratione valvatis, singula infra apicem cornu subulato duplo longiore
gyrato incluso, demiim patentibus, marginibus reflexis. Ovaria indefinite numerosa, minima, den-
sissime in gynaecium aggregata, sessilia, gibboso-ovata, 1-locularia, 1-ovulata. Stylus subulatus, ad
faciem internam sublateralis, apice paulum incrassatus, oblique truncatus et stigmatosus. Fructus
ignotus.

Planta pusilla, Brasiliensis, diaphana, albescens ; rhizomate fibrosa ; caule erecto simplici vel subramoso ;
foliis bracteiformibus paucis, basilaribus, ovatis, acutis, adpressis, hyalinis ; floribus solitariis vel sub-
racemosis; pedunculis \-floris bast bracteatis.

1. Hexuris Gardneri, Miers.

Peltophyllum luteum, Gardn. in Linn. Trans, vol. xix. p. 157. tab. 15.

Planta sub-2-pollicaris, hyalina ; caule imo foliolis 2 minimis donato ; pedunculis 2-3-4 alternis, flore

3-plo longioribus ; bracteis folio aequalibus.
Hab. in arenosis umbrosis humidis prov. Goyaz, Brasilia?. Gardn. No. 3570.

Three years subsequently to the presentation of Mr. Gardner's paper, a memoir by Cap-
tain Champion appeared *, describing two plants which he had discovered in Ceylon, one
of which was evidently allied to the Sciaphila of Blume, and both of very analogous struc-
ture to the foregoing genera. These, soon after his arrival in Ceylon, he had shown to

* Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 463.

MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACEjE. 45

Mr. Gardner, who at first was much struck with their resemblance to Triuris and his Pel-
tophyllum ; hut on account of their manifest affinity to Sciaphila he renounced that idea,
and in some observations which he annexed to Captain Champion's memoir, he suggested
their position as being in Artocarpece, that being the station assigned to Sciaphila by
Endlicher. Captain Champion, on the contrary, was more inclined to place them in TJrti-
cacece, among the Morece, because of their aggregated carpels on a common receptacle.

The first plant described by Captain Champion is the Uyalisma ianthina ; it greatly
resembles Triuris liyalina in habit, and agrees with it, and with Hexuris, in being dioecious.
The perianthium is cup-shaped at its base, with the border divided into eight pointed seg-
ments of equal size, being valvate in aestivation, with the apical points inflected in a ver-
tical umbilicus. The male flowers have four stamens placed opposite each alternate seg-
ment, and almost sessile upon a fleshy prominent disc, as in Triuris ; but the lobes of the
anthers, instead of being distinct, are here confluent, at first four-celled, but afterwards
bursting into two valves, by a transverse line across the apex on one of the cross pollini-
ferous dissepiments. The ovaria are numerous and aggregated in the female flowers, but
the style, instead of being subterminal and sublateral, as in Triuris and Hexuris, is here
nearly basal upon the ventral face. The whole plant, as in those genera, is covered with
prominent vesicles, forming a bullulato-cellular epidermis. The more important con-
sideration of the structure of its seed will be noticed in a subsequent page.

The second plant described by Captain Champion, under the name of Aphylleia eru-
bescens, is very similar in general habit and structure to Uyalisma ianthina, differing only
in the number of the segments of the perianthium, which are six, as in Sciaphila, with six
stamens opposite to them in the male flowers. The carpels in the female flower do not
differ much from those of Uyalisma, excepting that the style is shorter and ciliately fringed,
not long, simple and pointed. In all the pistilliferous flowers I have seen they are con-
stantly somewhat polygamous, with three or fewer stamens, placed opposite the alternate
segment, among the outer row of carpels ; but whether they are polliniferous or other-
wise, I have not been able to determine. The structure of the seed is exactly that of Uya-
lisma.

In Sir William Hooker's herbarium I found a plant of Mr. Cuming^s collection from
the Philippine Islands, that bears a great resemblance to Aphylleia erubescens : like it,
the perianthium is 6-cleft, but the segments are not altogether glabrous, being furnished
within at the apex with a tuft of long articulated hairs, and the stigma is radiate with
similar cilia. I have noticed that all the flowers here are hermaphrodite, the three sta-
mens being intermixed with the carpels, as in Captain Champion's plant above mentioned.
The fruit is utricular, and of similar structure.

In the same herbarium is another plant, found by Purdie in Venezuela ; it agrees with
the two plants last mentioned in the form of its perianthium, and in having its flowers
hermaphrodite, that is to say, with only one or two stamens, placed on the margin of a
clustered heap of carpels : here, however, the segments are alternately somewhat narrower,
the broader segments only having ciliate margins, but all are furnished at the apex inter-
nally with long articulated hairs, and the segments, as well as the bracts and bracteiform
leaves, are marked with long red spots, as in the two preceding species.

46 MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACE^.

From these facts we may safely conclude, that neither the Aphylleia of Champion, nor
Cuming's specimen from the Indian Archipelago, nor Pur die's from Venezuela, differ gene-
rically from the Sciaphila tenella of Blume, a very similar plant from Java, long before
described in the ' Bijdragen ' of that celebrated botanist.

Being compelled to impugn the accuracy of the observations of others, it is essential
that I should detail minutely those facts which alone can guide us to a knowledge of the
true affinities of these singular plants, and I therefore proceed to describe the structure of
the seed, as I have found it in Sciaphila. Captain Champion, in the memoir above quoted,
figures and describes the embryo as a comparatively large body lying across, and near the
vertex of the albumen, with a pointed radicle as long as the cotyledonary portion ; but the
whole seed, he says, " is so minute, and difficult of dissection, that it is hard to say whether
the cotyledons are one or two;" the radicle, he adds, "is slightly curved, and pointed
towards the hilum ; the albumen, which is originally liquid, becomes hard as the seed
ripens, and usually causes the testa to burst on the side opposite the raphe." Gardner
adds, " The radicle is short, conical, and of a brownish colour ; the cotyledons elliptical,
compressed, and white ;" the embryo lies " on the outside of a t\xm fleshy albumen, or but
slightly covered with it, on the side of the seed opposite the raphe, nearly straight, and
with the radicle directed towards the hilum," which he states to be on the dorsal face of
the seed. The albumen, which according to Gardner is " fleshy," is said by Champion to
be somewhat " corneous " in Hyalisma, and " rather hard " in Sciaphila. It is remarkable
that such circumstantial details are not only inconsistent with each other, but decidedly at
variance with the structure of the seed, as I have observed it.

My observations upon the seed of Sciaphila are to the following effect. The outer coat
is a distinct utricle, composed of cellular tissue with intervening merenchyma, the inner
face being marked with muriform lines, the outer surface formed of large, prominent, sub-
spherical and somewhat overlying vesicles. This bursts along the whole dorsal side, the
apex and part of the ventral face, by a gaping line, displaying an entirely free, erect,
obovoid body, connected only by its conical support with the base of the utricle. This
body, in the dried state, is marked by several (about eight) prominent, dark-coloured,
longitudinal ribsj with intervening hollow spaces, which are pellicular and transparent,
the ribs being connected with transverse dark bars, and the membranous intervals marked
with spots of a dark crimson colour ; in the centre, the opake seed is readily distinguished.
This structure is rendered more apparent by making a transverse section of the whole,
when the seed appears as if enclosed within a second indehiscent utricle : the ribs all
spring from the conical support of the seed, and after running parallel are arched over,
and all again are united in a dark tumescent strophiole, which is attached to the apex of
the seed. This second envelope appears to partake somewhat of the nature of an arillus,
in which the longitudinal ribs convey the nourishing vessels, and from whose common
points of union the seed is both supported and suspended. The testa of the included oval
seed is of a deep crimson colour, marked by several longitudinal lines, with very numerous
transverse hexagonoid areolae, forming an almost scalariform structure ; it is hard, testa-
ceous, and lined within by a fine, transparent, reticulated, adhering membrane ; but not the
smallest trace of any nervure, or distinct raphe, on the surface of the testa, can be distin-

MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACE^. 47

guished, nor any mark of hilurn, as described by Capt. Champion. The inner space is
wholly filled by a translucent, hyaline nucleus, of so firm a texture, that the hard testa
may be broken, without rupturing it ; it is quite free, or perhaps connected by a mere
point, at the apex of the testa. This nucleus is covered by a thin transparent integu-
ment, which is marked with large and somewhat longitudinally hexagonal reticulations,
through the areoles of which are seen a number of included spherules of small size, and
on making sections in different directions across this nucleus, it will be found to consist of
an aggregation of homogeneous, spheroidal, or rather angular cells, which, by pressure,
exude a transparent oil, and a quantity of most minute dark grains of solid matter : the
cells appear all of equal size, and this arrangement was found to be constant in upwards
of thirty very careful sections in various directions, sometimes in clean longitudinal slices
cut parallel with the axis, or transversely, by which the whole internal structure was made
distinctly apparent : these again were subjected to the compressorium, and examined under
the simple and compound microscope of considerable power, but every effort to detect the
slightest indication of a distinct embryo, or even to find one cell darker or larger than the
others, has completely failed. The uniformity of these results, obtained from the seeds of
the two species of Sciaphila, those of Hyalisma, and also of another genus yet to be
described, warrants the conclusion that the nucleus, in all these cases, is deficient of an
embryo. The fact that the seeds thus examined were nearly, if not entirely, ripe, is indi-
cated by the bursting of the utricular covering, and their detachment in many cases from
their basal support, both in Sciaphila and Hyalisma, as well as by the hardness and deep
colouring of the testa, and the firmness of the nucleus.
The genus Sciaphila may be characterized as follows : —

Sciaphila, Blume. Aphylleia, Champ.

Char. Gen. Flores monoici vel polygami. Perianthium in utroque sexu simile, 6-partitum, basi cyathi-
forme ; laciniis oblongis, acutis, reflexis, aestivatione valvatis, persistentibus. Masc. Stamina 6, in
hermaphroditis abortu 3-1, in androphorum carnosum fere sessilia; filamenta brevissima; anthera
transversim oblongae, quadratim 4-loculares, apice rima transversali 2-valvatim hiantes. Fcem. Ovaria
plurima, in gynaecium carnosum subglobosum dense aggregata, obovata, sessilia, 1-locularia ; ovulo
solitario erecto. Stylus lateralis fere basalis, plus minusve papilloso-subciliatus. Stigma truncatum,
papilloso-plumosum, raro simpliciter obtusum. Carpidia plurima, densissime aggregata, obovata,
styli basi persistente notata, monosperma. Pericarpium utriculare, subtenue, papilloso-rugosum,
sutura dorsali 2-valvatim hians. Caryopsis obovata, brevi-stipitata : endocarpium arilliforme, 8-10-
costatum, costis basi apiceque confluentibus, transversim cancellatis, interstitiis membranaceis.
Semen ovatum, basi apiceque endocarpio sufiultum et suspensum : testa colorata, testacea, striis paucis
longitudinalibus, aliisque creberrimis transversis scalariformibus signata, apice saturatius colorata ;
integumentum externum pelliculare, reticulatum, testae adnatum ; integumentum internum tenuissimum,
areolis hexagonoideis magnis oblongis reticulatum, nucleum arete cingens. Nucleus (embryo proto-
blasteus) indivisus, homogeneus, carnoso-cereus, opalinus, cellulosus; cellulis parvis, subglobosis,
materie grumosa succoque oleoso farctis.

Herbae pusillce, utriusque hemisphcerm indigence, hyalince ; rhizomate fibroso ; caule erecto, simplici vel sub-
ramoso ; foliis paucis, bracteiformibus, alternis, ovatis, acutis, adpressis, venis destitutis, celluloso-
rugosis; floribus simpliciter spicatis, monoids, $ superioribus, § inferioribus ; pedunculis l-floris,
basi bracteatis; bractea/bfto conformi.

48 MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACE^E.

1. Sciaphila tenella, Blume, Bijdr. 514; "tenerrima carnosa aphylla, scapo simplicissimo

erecto, floribus nutantibus, perigonii laciniis reflexis apice villosiusculis, stigmate
sessili punctiformi, baccis pluribus glandulis pellucidis tectis, semine sub-triquetro ;
testa subcoriacea."
Hab. Java.

Obs. Nothing is known of tbis plant beyond the above description ; it was placed by
Endlicher among the doubtful genera at the end of his order Artocarpece, with the remark,
" affinitas plane obscura."

2. Sciaphila maciilata ; hyalina, caule simpHci, foliis bracteiformibus adpressis 1 in pis

interruptis rubris maculatis, perianthii laciniis sublanceolatis reflexis apice intus bar-
batis: alternis margine ciliatis, floribus inferioribus staminibus 3 cassis?, carpelhs
densissime congestis, utriculo hiante.
Hab. in insulis Philippinis ; Cuming, No. 2088.

This plant has a very slender erect stem, and is altogether about 3 inches in height ; the
flowers are alternate and nodding, upon filiform pedicels, 3 lines in length, each with a
bract at base ; the size of the cauline leaflets is half a line long : the spike forms two-
thirds of the length of the whole plant. The structure of the seed has already been
described : the length of each utricle is -^th of an inch ; the included caryopsis is ^gth
long, •g'jth broad ; the testa is ^th long, xxoth inch broad : the size of each cell of the
nucleus is about -fo-th of its breadth, or -0-5-th inch in diameter.

3. Sciaphila picta ; hyalina, caule subramoso erecto flexuoso, foliis bracteiformibus ma-

culis longis rubris pictis, perianthii laciniis oblongis acutis patentibus rubro-maculatis
apice intus barbatis : alternis sub-latioribus ciliatis ; tubo basique laciniarum lineis
punctatis creberrimis violaceis ornatis, floribus hermaphroditis (an semper ?), carpeUis
plurimis densissime supra discum carnosum congestis staminibus 2 vel unico munitis.
Hab. in Venezuela, ad fluv. Apure, a cl. Pur die lect. Octob. 1845.

A single specimen only of this plant exists in the herbarium of Sir William Hooker, and
is about 5 inches in height ; it is dichotomous, throwing up from near the base two sub-
flexuose erect stems, with short, few-flowered, terminal spikes ; the pedicels are scarcely
2 lines long, the flowers are very minute, and drooping.

4. Sciaphila ertjbescens ; hyalina tenerrima, foliis bracteiformibus bracteisque acutis

rubro-pictis, floribus punctis rubris maculatis, perianthii laciniis sequalibus oblongis
acutis glaberrimis reflexis ; superioribus masculis ; inferioribus foemineis interdum
hermaphroditis, staminibus 3 cassis ?, utriculo bivalvi.

Aphylleia erubescens, Champ, in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 468.

Hab. Ceylon, ad Narawalla, prope Galle, in sylvis umbrosis.

This plant is about the size of 8. picta, throwing up from the base a second scape, as
soon as the first has matured all its seeds. The flowers, which are hyaline, with reddish
long spots, become purplish when the fruit is well formed ; the ovaries and utricles are
sanguineous red, and covered with prominent pellucid areoles ; the bracts and leaflets are

MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACELE. 49

half a line long, the pedicels 2 lines, and the flowers \ to f of a line in diameter. Capt.
Champion states that he has occasionally found all the flowers pistilliferous, and that the
utricles do not burst until some time after the fruit is fully ripe.

Hyalisma, Champion.

Char. Gen. Flores monoici vel dioici. Perianthium in utroque sexu simile, 8-partitum ; laciniis lanceo-
latis, aequalibus, patentibus, celluloso-rugosis, basi in urceolum coalitis, sestivatione valvatis, persis-
tentibus. Masc. Stamina 4, in androphorum carnosum prominulura fere sessilia, laciniis alternis
opposita ; filamenta brevissima ; antherm quadratim 4-loculares, peltatae, apice linea transversali
2-valvatim hiantes ; pollen sphaericum, simplex. Pistilli rudimentum nullum. — Fern. Stamina nulla.
Ovaria plurima (50 ad 60), densissime in gynaecium carnosum liberum aggregata, obovata, 1-locularia ;
ovulo unico erecto. Stylus fere basilaris, ovario 3-7-pl6 longior, subulato-filiformis, celluloso-articu-
latus, apice subobtuso, stigmate inconspicuo. Carpidia plurima, utricularia, obovata, breviter stipi-
tata, structura omnino Sciaphike.

Herba Ceylanica, pusilla, hyalina ; rhizomate fibroso ; caule simplici erecto ; foliis bracteiformibus,
alternis, ovatis, acutis, venis destitutis, celluloso-rugosis ; spica terminali ; floribus pedicellatis,
sapissime dioicis, interdum monoids, et tunc superioribus masculis, inferioribus femineis; pedicellis
\-floris, basi bracteatis.

1. Hyalisma ianthina, Champion (loc. cit. p. 466, cum icone) ; hyalina, caule erecto
striato, foliis paucis bracteiformibus acutis, floribus purpurascentibus, perianthii
laciniis patentibus marginibus subreflexis bullulato-rugosis.

Hab. Ceylon, prope Galle, in sylvis humidis.

This plant is from 4 to 8 inches in height ; the stem is slender, erect, and often flexuose.
Capt. Champion states that the flowers are generally monoecious, but his specimens are
all, without exception, distinctly dioecious. The leaves and bracts are a line in length ; the
capillary pedicels 4 lines long, the male flowers \\ line, the female 2 lines in diameter ; the
stamens are fixed upon the margin of a somewhat quadrately conical roundish receptacle,
very analogous to that of Triuris, from which genus Hyalisma differs in the form of its
anthers, the cells of which are here confluent. It is very easily distinguished from Scia-
phila, by the extreme length of the persistent style, and its much longer pedicels.

Among the specimens recently sent from Para by Mr. Spruce, is one much resembling
the foregoing plants. The stem is in like manner simple and erect, the flowers spicate
and monoecious ; the perianth is however here 4-cleft, with only two stamens in the male
flowers : in the female the carpels are very numerous and densely aggregated, with a lateral
and basal style, as in SciapHla. The fruit is of the same shape, but is not utricular, as
the pericarpial and endocarpial envelopes are glued together with woody matter, and are
separated, with some difficulty, from the crimson-coloured testa, which, together with the
included nucleus, coincides with that above described of Sciaphila. I have proposed for
it the name of Soridium, from <rog og, because of its aggregated carpels.

Soridium, gen. nov.

Char. Gen. Flores monoici. Perianthium in utroque sexu simile, 4-partitum, basi cyatbiforme ; laci-
niis ovatis, acutis, patentibus, celluloso-rugosis, asstivatione valvatis, persistentibus. Masc. Stamina
VOL. XXI. H

50 MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACE^E.

2, supra discum minimum inclusum fere sessilia, laciniis alternis opposita ; filamenta brevissima;
antherce transversim elongatae, compressae, quadratim 4-loculares, rima verticali longitrorsum 2-valva-
tim et septicidim hiantes: pollen globosum, irregulariter sub-3-valvatim rumpens. Pistilli rudi-
mentum nullum. — Fern. Stamina nulla. Ovaria plurima, in capitulum dense aggregata, obovata,
sessilia, 1-locularia; ovulo solitario, erecto. Stylus lateralis et fere basilaris, pilis longis clavatis plu-
mosus. Stigma obconicum, truncatum, piloso-plumosum. Carpidia plnrima, baccata, radiatim
aggregata, obovata, stylo persistente basilari notata, monosperma. Pericarpium siccum, subcoria-
ceum ; semen ovale ; testa colorata, nucleoque omnino Sciaphilce.
Herba Amazonica in uliginosis umbrosis indigena, hyalina ; rhizomate substolonifero, jibras radicantes hinc
inde emittente ; caule simplici, erecto ; foliis paucis, bracteiformibus, alternis, ovatis, acutis, venis desti-
tutis, celluloso-rugosis ; floribus spicatis, masc. superior ibus, fern, inferioribus ; pedunculis \-floris, basi
bracteatis.

1. Soredium Sprtjceanum, Miers.

Planta subhyalina ; rhizomatis fibris elongatis, ciliatis, incanis ; caule erecto, sulcato ; foliis paucis, mini-
mis, adpressis ; spica simplici terminali ; floribus foemineis circiter 7, infimis ; bractea lineari, acuta,
pedicello aequilonga.

Hab. Para, ad Caripi in sylvis umbrosis.

At first sight this plant bears much the habit of Dictyostega orobcmchoides. Its rhi-
zoma appears somewhat stoloniferous, and to creep along the ground, throwing out at
short intervals bunches of long hairy rooting fibres, each fibre springing out of a small
cupuliform node, thus showing its endorhizal structure ; the prostrate intervals are of the
same thickness as the culmiform portion, and bear similar bracteiform leaflets. The spike
occupies one-third of the length of the single erect stem, which is slender, sulcated, some-
what flexuose, and from 8 to 10 inches in height ; the leaflets are few, and mostly towards
the base ; they are linear, pointed, 1| line long. The bracts are also linear, about the
length of the pedicels, 1 bine long ; the flowers expanded measure 2 lines in diameter ; the
ovaria are from twenty to thirty in each of the female flowers, of which there are from five
to seven at the lower portion of the spike. Although the pericarpial and epicarpial cover-
ings of the seed are here glued together into one coriaceous mass by the deposition of
woody matter, yet upon making a longitudinal section, the same nervures, basal support,
and apical strophiolar process, that form so conspicuous a feature in the arilliform cover-
ing of Sciaphila, may here be distinctly traced, and the darker-coloured basal support, and
apical strophiole, adhere so firmly to the testa, that they are with difficulty removed
from it.

Having thus enumerated the facts connected with the history and structure of these
remarkable plants, I will now offer a few remarks upon their affinities. They evidently
belong to one common group, and coincide with Triuris in their general habit, their hya-
line cellular texture, the absence of any green colour throughout their substance, their
growth in damp shady places, their underground rhizoma, furnished with numerous long
delicate fibrillse, which probably derive much sustenance from the roots of other plants :
they also agree in their simple erect striated stem, composed chiefly of cellular tissue and
devoid of woody deposit, in their bracteiform veinless leaves, spicate bracteated inflo-

MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACEjE. 51

rescence, unisexual flowers, simple perianthium, similar in both sexes, nearly cleft to its
base into regular segments, with a valvate aestivation and a cellular epidermis ; the male
flowers furnished with few stamens, which are seated opposite the segments upon a fleshy
disc, or more or less prominent androphorum ; very numerous distinct carpels in the female
flowers, having a more or less lateral style, and a single erect ovule, and offering a seed of
most peculiar structure. These characters do not conform with any other natural family ;
for which reason, when Trinris only was known, I suggested it should form the type of a
new order. In regard to the affinities of this group of plants, it is manifest that they
bear no analogy with Menispermece or Smilacece, as Mr. Gardner at first inferred ; nor can
they be held related to Artocarpece, where that zealous botanist, following the example
of Endlicher, referred Sciaphila and Hyalisma. Their structure, totally different habit,
simple style, erect ovule, arilliform envelope, and acotyledonous seed, distinguish them in
the most decided manner both from Artocarpece and Urticece. In order to arrive at their
real position in the natural system, we must first determine in what class to seek their
nearest alliance.

The facts before shown lead to the inference, that the seed of the Triuriacece is not only
acotyledonous, but inembryonal, a fact not singular in the history of Phsenogamous plants.
But does the absence of the usual elements constituting an embryo, viz. cotyledon, radicle,
and plumula, imply the want of the ordinary function of the reproductive power of the
plant from its seed so constituted ? It appears that the presence of such elementary parts
is not always a necessary condition to the capacity of vegetable reproduction. According
to the views of modern physiologists, the embryo is but a normal condition of a leaf-bud
and stem, whose gradual increment is due to certain secretory deposits, regulated by fixed
laws of cellular expansion, thus producing a highly complicated or low degree of vascular
development in every pheenogamous plant, from the smallest herb to the most gigantic
tree of the forest. But in those plants destitute of real leaves, and composed of little more
than simple cellular tissue, void of green colour, and of the fibres and ducts that enter into
the structure of most other vegetable substances, we can hardly expect to meet with a
reproductive embryo organized in the form of such a normal bud ; and it is only consist-
ent with so simple a structure, to expect a nucleus equally simple in its nature, formed
merely of an aggregation of cytoblasts, which, under favourably-exciting influences, are
endowed with the faculty of self-development. Indeed, we have no satisfactory evidence
of the existence of an embryo, in the ordinary sense of this term, in the seeds of Burman-
niacece, &c, notwithstanding that we know they must be constantly reproduced from their
seeds.

Mr. Robert Brown, in his learned memoir upon Rafflesia, in the nineteenth volume of
the Society's Transactions, has shown that the seeds of that genus, although albuminous,
possess an embryo of the most simple and reduced form ; but the Balanophorete, which
that most distinguished botanist holds to be quite a distinct and even distant family from
the Rafflesiacece, have been shown by Mr. Griffith to be truly inembryonal ; and in his
paper on Balanophora * he describes the structure of its nucleus, and the contents of its
cells, as being precisely similar, even in words that answer in every respect for all that is

* Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xx. pp. 98, 101 and 102.

H2

52 MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACEjE.

seen in Sciaphila, Hyalisma, and Soridium, and the figures he gives of it * quite corre-
spond with the details now offered of the seminal nucleus in these genera. Prof. Lindley
has long contended that these two families belong to a distinct class, which he calls Rhi-
zcmths or RUzogens ; but Mr. Griffith, in his able memoir above-quoted, wholly accords
with Mr. Brown's views on this subject, and states that these plants, though with inem-
bryonal seeds, or with what he calls a homogeneous-embryo-form structure, may, without
violating the rules of classification, be considered as aberrant forms of an imperfectly
developed state of exogenous or endogenous organization. Thus, Mr. Brown has always
considered the Rafflesiacece to be allied to the Aristolochiece, and Mr. Griffith contends
that the Ralcmophorece should be placed near the JJrticece.

The considerations before stated naturally lead to the inquiry, if in such plants no em-
bryo exist, using that term in its ordinary signification, how is their propagation effected
by a seed with a simple nucleus of aggregated cells ? According to the views of most
modern physiologists, the earliest development of an embryo within the ovule is the forma-
tion of a germinal vesicle (primordial utricle of Mirbel), generated by the action of the
pollen-tube upon the embryonal sac, and the degree of perfection in the organization of
the cotyledon, radicle, and plumula, is evidently proportioned to the function requisite to
the future elaboration of the leaves, or a more or less complex stem ; but in the case of
leafless plants, the same amount of development would be useless for so simple an economy
of structure. This is even seen in plants of a very high degree of floral development, as
in Cuscuta, for instance, where the embryo of its seeds is altogether deficient (apparently)
of the usual requisites of cotyledons, radicle, and plumule f, as it consists of a simple
spiral thread, not germinating in the usual manner from two fixed points, but from which
pullulating vesicles are produced, indifferently from any point of its surface, thus proving
that the organization of the embryo bears an evident relation to the economy of the future
plant. The Orobanchece also present a very small undivided embryo, and the Monotro-
pece have a minute nucleus, in which neither cotyledon nor radicle is perceptible ; and this
is included in a reticulated arillus, as in Rurmcmniacece. Another instance, still more
striking, occurs in Cactece, where in the leaf-bearing genera the cotyledons are fully deve-
loped in the embryo, while in the leafless species the embryo is sobd and undivided. In
the same manner it is probable that in the Rurmcmniacece, Ralcmophorece, Triuriacece, &c,
the inembryonal nuclei, consisting of a series of germinating cells or cytoblasts, pullulate
at certain points, and thus perform all the requisite purposes of reproducing their very
simple forms of structure, in a somewhat analogous way to that in which the ordinary
embryo effects the more complex organization of vascular fibres and elaborate tissues in
the higher orders of Phsenogamous plants.

If we admit the existence of an organ, thus endowed with the function, but wanting
the usual structure of the embryo, it should hold some adequate designation, and for this
the term Protoblastus does not seem inappropriate, as it effects the same purpose as the
gemmule or plumula J. The word used by Mr. Griffith for this organ, "homogeneous
embryo," would require that the ordinary embryo, in contradistinction, be called hetero-

* Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xx. pi. 8. fig. 9-14. f Lindley, Introd. to Bot. p. 217.

J In a similar sense, Richard has applied the term llastus to the plumula of the seed in Gramineee.

MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACEjE. 53

geneous, which would not accord with its nature ; but if these denote only different con-
ditions of the embryonary form, the one may be considered as a protoblastous, the other
as a cotyledonous embryo. On surveying other peculiar embryonal forms, some will be
better understood by this view of the subject ; for instance, we may conceive that the pro-
toblastus, instead of forming one compact mass of spherules, as in Balanophorece, Trm-
riacece, &c, may be somewhat less aggregated, so as to assume the shape of elongated
bundles of cells, such as have been termed paraphysiform : such a form is actually met
with in Ceratophyllum, where the exterior series of unequal size have been assumed to be
an unusual number of cotyledons, and the very numerous inner series have been held to
be a highly developed plumule, while the common point of their union is considered
as the radicle. The development of this embryo has been well analysed by Scldeiden,
in his memoir on Ceratophyllum *. Professor Lindley remarks t, that " in this instance,
as in Nelumbiacece, the highly developed plumule may be a compensation for the want
of albumen, enabling the embryo to germinate without assistance, as soon as it is ex-
posed to the fitting conditions." The leaves of Ceratophyllum appear destitute of all
nervures, consist of confervoid parallel cells, and dichotomously divide themselves into
simply articulated hair-like segments, thus denoting a lower order of development than
has been assigned to it. Independently of this cellular texture, we must bear in mind
that this genus possesses monoecious flowers, with a simple perianth, having a valvate
aestivation, almost sessile stamens, an unilocular carpel with a solitary ovule ; and if,
in addition to these characters, we regard the construction of its embryo, in the view
above contemplated, its position in the system would rank near Fluviales, as was long
ago suggested by Bernard and Antoine de Jussieu, followed by Jaume St. Hilaire and
Agardh, and therefore, as will be seen, not far from Triuriacece. Conterminous with the
■Fluviales we find another family, the Aroidea?, which offers many circumstances bearing
upon this subject. Blume describes Amorphophallus% as possessing an exalbuminous
simple nucleus, homogeneous in texture, with one of its extremities pullulating at one,
two, or three points, and throwing out fleshy lobes, which overlap each other. The same
botanist records, that in Aglaonema the seed has a solid nucleus, which, in germination,
throws out several squamulse at one end § ; and Schott states that the nucleus of Crypto-
coryne emits several gemmulae in a similar manner ||. This fact has been confirmed
and illustrated in an admirable manner by Mr. Griffith, in a very interesting
memoir upon Ambrosinia (Cryptocoryne) ciliata%, where he has shown, that at an early
period the ovule presents an embryo, which then appears to be quite homogeneous, and
" entirely cellular," and that its development is first marked by the production, upon a

* Linneea, vol. ii. p. 512. f Vegetable Kingdom, p. 263.

t In Rumphia, i. 138 : "in quo ad extremitatem inferiorem umbilicum spectantem una rarius 2 vel 3 minutse gem-
mulae germinantes observantur ; gemmulae ejusmodi constant squamulis aliquot carnosis sibi oppositis et sese amplec-
tentibus." (Kunth. Enum. iii. 32.)

§ "Embryo semini conformis, exalbuminosus, solidus, ad extremitatem radicularem squamulis aliquot munitus."
— Rumph. i. 130. (In Endl. Gen. PI. Suppl. p. 1370.)

II "Embryo cotyledonibus (protophyllis ?) plurimis."— Schott, Meletem. Bot. (In Kunth. Enum. iii. 12 ; et Trans.
Linn. Soc. vol. xx. p. 266.)

^f Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xx. p. 263,

54 MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACE^E.

small area of its surface, of several minute oblong cellular bodies, wbich soon enlarge,
others in great numbers being successively formed in their centre. These rudimentary
processes soon become more and more elongated, their growth being very rapid, until they
acquire five or six times the length of the original globular nucleus, from which, when
fully developed, they finally detach themselves, the nucleus remaining enveloped in the
swollen integuments. This new production thus assumes the form of a large plumula,
still more highly developed than that of Ceratophyllum, and separates in the manner above
described, as the germ of a future plant, consisting of an immense number of subulate
thread-like processes, at least an inch long, which are furnished with vessels, but their
chief bulk is cellular, the cells containing a number of green globules. Mr. Griffith re-
marks, that the cells of the nucleus, as well as of the processes, in an early stage of their
development, abound in active molecules, possessed of an exceedingly rapid oscillatory
motion; and it is obvious, from the universal presence of these corpuscles during the
formation of tissue, that they play an important part in this most obscure process. Mr.
Griffith considered the nucleus to be the cotyledon, the processes as forming a plumula,
and the neck, which united them at base and which is seated upon the globular cotyledon,
to be the radicle ; but these parts do not seem to bear any analogy to such elementary
portions of the ordinary embryo of phsenogamous plants, as is evinced by the quite unusual
position of what is here considered a radicle, between the cotyledon and plumula, and by
the fact of the detachment of such cotyledon, which has always been held to be necessary
to the completion of the germinating functions of the radicle and plumula. Mr. Griffith
endeavoured to explain these contradictions by ingenious reasonings, which, however, are
far from being satisfactory, as he was forced to acknowledge that this case forms a re-
markable exception to the general law of the absolute necessity of a cotyledon in a distinct
embryo, and that it is only to be accounted for on the plea that the presence of such a'
highly developed plumula obviates that necessity. These anomalies, however, appear to
me more satisfactorily explained by considering the original nucleus in the light of a
simple protoblast, from which a certain number of its cells, animated by the oscillatory
motion of the active molecules, as described by Mr. Griffith, pullulate and attain a rapid
increment, by the production of a number of thread-like cellular processes (or protophylla)
united at their base by the common centre of the original germinating cells (or epiblast).
The plumula of Griffith may thus be considered simply as an aggregated bundle of proto-
phyls, destined to form the germs of future leaves ; and his radicle may be viewed merely
as an epiblast, which, however, performs all the functions of a radicle, by subsequently
generating from its former point of attachment other cells to constitute future rooting
fibres ; and his cotyledon remains only the original protoblast, which having thus performed
its function of elaborating a gemmiferous prototype, becomes detached from its offspring.
Under this point of view the embryo of Cryptocoryne may be considered as protoblastous,
and not as cotyledonous, and the anomalies above shown vanish without calling in aid
forced exceptions to the ordinary laws of development.

The Pistiece, considered as a suborder of the Aroidece, present some circumstances ana-
logous to the structure of Sciaphila. On examining the seed of Pistia obcordata, I find
that what has been described as its testa is in fact an arillus, which in some degree may

MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACE^. 55

be compared with the arilliform covering above described in the genus just mentioned.
The embryo of Pistia is cylindrical, nearly half the length of the albumen, in the summit
and in a longitudinal cavity of which it is placed, with its apex quite bare, the whole being
enveloped by a thin pellicular integument, and this again by a thin and somewhat coria-
ceous reddish testa, marked much after the manner of that of Soridium. This testa is
fixed upon a long, thickened, stipitate support, and is crowned at its apex by a dark
pulvinate process, suspended by a cylindrical plug or strophiole, the point of which is seen
in the umbilical apex of the seed. The external covering is a thick, wrinkled, fungous or
pithy substance, lined inside and outside by a thin adhering membrane, and enclosing the
stipes, the testa and the strophiole, and it can be considered in no other light than an arillus,
and as analogous to the peculiar covering of the testa seen in Sciaphila. In the Zingibera-
cece the seed is also covered by an arillus somewhat similar to that of Pistia, while in Rave-
nala, by its numerous ribs, it approaches yet nearer to the seminal envelope of Sciaphila ;
here, however, as well as in Pistiece, the albumen is of peculiar structure, being farinaceous
when dry but becoming distinctly cellular when moistened, and the cells are separable
from each other without bursting ; they are then translucent, and bear altogether a very
different aspect from those seen in the nucleus of Sciaphila, in which they are more
opake, as if filled with dark grumous matter. The facts here brought together are inter-
esting, as presenting some analogies bearing upon the question, and they serve to show
that we have yet much to learn concerning the nature of the more simple forms of em-
bryonal structure, and of the functions of reproduction.

In respect to the position of the Triuriacece in the system, if we follow the rules of
classification founded upon the three great divisions of Acotyledonous, Monocotyledonous,
and Dicotyledonous plants, a plan now quite untenable, they must of course range in the
same group as the Balanophorece, although they hold but little relationship with them. But
if we regard the condition of the embryo, not as a basis, but merely as a frequent indication
of the three great divisions, founded on the structure and development of vegetable fibre,
viz. Acrogens, Endogens and Exogens, and if we accord with the views of Mr. Brown and
Mr. Griffith, in considering what the latter calls the homogeneous-embryo-form state of
the seed merely as an imperfect condition of development, common alike to all these
groups, then the Triuriacece must take their place among the Endogens.

Here, the family that at first sight appears most approximate is the Alismac'ece, with
which the Triuriacece agree, in their simple stem, sometimes spicate unisexual flowers,
and their numerous carpels ; but Alismacece differ in having leaves with parallel nerves,
in their floral envelope being distinctly biserial, the outer calycine, the inner petaloid, and
both with imbricated aestivation ; they are also dissimilar in their bilocular anthers, with
parallel cells, dorsally affixed to long filaments ; ovules often two in each carpel, one being
superimposed ; carpidia opening by their ventral suture, and seeds with large hippocrepi-
form embryo.

With Fluviales, Triuriacece accord in their soft cellular structure, their monoecious
flowers, simple perianthium with valvate aestivation, often 4-locular anthers, several
distinct ovaria, with a single erect ovule in Caulinia and Najas, baccate fruit, with a
pericarpial utricle bursting on one side in Althenia, Zoster a, Najas and Cymodocea ; but

56 MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACEjE.

the plants of this family differ wholly from the Triuriacece, in having distinct, entire,
large leaves, with long amplexicaul petioles, and intrapetiolar vaginant stipules, in their
female flowers arising from the superior axils, in the frequent absence of any perianthium,
ovules often suspended from the ventral suture, and very delicate membranaceous testa.
Their exalbuminous macropodous embryo may be considered as an approximation to the
structure of the nucleus of Sciaphila.

With the Juncaginece they agree in their inconspicuous spicate flowers, numerous
carpels, with a solitary erect ovule and exalbuminous seeds ; but these again differ in their
large leaves, with parallel nervures, 2-serial floral envelope, extrorse stamens upon long
filaments, and sometimes two ovules in each carpel. The Juncaginece, however, have been
considered by some as a suborder of the Alismacece, by others to be more nearly allied to
Fluviales and Aroidece, on account of their spicate flowers : indeed, though placed at so
great a distance in the system by Endlicher, they are really so closely allied, that the
genera Ruppia and Potamogeton are placed by some botanists in Fluviales and by others
in Juncaginece.

If we agree in placing these four families in closer juxtaposition in the system*, the
Trvuriacece will find a place near them; but, upon the whole, the greatest amount of
approximative characters will be seen to lean towards the Fluviales, especially through
Potamogeton (which genus is arranged by Mr. Brown among the Alismacece), and which
possesses a simple perianth of four segments in a single series, with valvate aestivation,
and four stamens opposite to them, globose simple pollen and uniovular carpels ; and
although it bears hermaphrodite flowers, it must be remembered that Sciaphila is some-
times bisexual. Najas and Caulinia, as before observed, present also carpels with a soli-
tary erect ovule.

It now only remains to define the characters of this small order.

Tritjriace^;, Miers (1841). Triuracece, Gardn. (1843). Triuridacece, Lindl. (1846).

Herbm parvulae, subhyalinae ; rhizomate fibroso, interdum substolonifero ; caule subsimplici, textura cellu-
losa, vasis deferentibus in axi centralibus ; foliis alternis, bracteiformibus, sessilibus, nervis destitutis.
Flores monoici, vel dioici, rarius polygami, spicati ; pedicellis alternis, 1-floris, basi bracteatis.
Perianthium in utroque sexu simile, 3^1-6-8-partitum, hyalinum, textura celluloso-bullata, vel
papilloso-rugosa ; laciniis ovatis, acutis, basi in tubum brevissimum coalitis, apice interdum processu
elongato donatis, aestivatione valvatis. Stamina numero varia, pauca, in fundo perianthii fere sessilia,
supra androphorum saepissime magnum carnosum inserta; anthera 4-loculares, 2-valves, rarius in
lobos 2 sejunctae. Ovaria plurima, in gynaecium toro adnatum densissime aggregata, 1-locularia ;
ovulo unico, e basi erecto. Stylus excentricus, introrsum lateralis, saepissime fere basilaris, glaber
aut plumoso-fimbriatus. Stigma obsoletum, vel truncato-clavatum. Carpidia plurima, baccata,
radiatim excentrica, obovata, stylo persistente fere basilari notata, coriacea et indehiscentia, vel
interdum utricularia dorso valvatim dehiscentia ; caryopside obovata, tela arillaeformi donata : testd

* This we find adopted in the ' Prodromus Floras Novee Hollandise ' of Mr. Robert Brown, where the Aroidece,
Fluviales, Alismacece, and Juncaginece are placed in contiguity, with the intervention of Pandanus alone, of which it
is worthy of remark that it also offers the peculiarity of an entire and simple embryo : and nearly the same arrange-
ment occurs in the system of De Jussieu.

MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACEjE.

57

ovata, dura, testacea, colorata, transversim scalariformi-striata. Nucleus (embryo protoblasteus)
opalinus, integumento areolis elongatis reticulato inclusus, textura mollis, cellulosus ; cellulis materie
oleosa grumosa farctis.
Triuriaceee in locis humidis umbrosis sylvarum intertropicarum totius orbis epigeae.

The family may be thus divided : —

§ 1. Triukie^e. Perianthii laciniae appendice lineari, aestivatione spirabter torta et inclusa, demum
exserta, munitae. Stylus cum ovario gibboso lateraliter continuus. Antherarum lobi disjuncti,
singuli 2-locellati.

Perianthii laciniae 3. Stamina 3. . . 1. Triuris.

Perianthii laciniae 6. Stamina ignota . 2. Hexuris.

§ 2. Sciaphile^e. Perianthii laciniae ecaudatae. Stylus fere basilaris. Antherarum lobi confluentes, et
inde 4-locellati, rinia transversali v. verticali 2-valvatim hiantes.

Perianthii laciniae 4. Stamina 2. . . 3. Soridium.
Perianthii laciniae 6. Stamina 6. • . 4. Sciaphila.
Perianthii laciniae 8. Stamina 4. . • 5. Hyalisma.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.

Fig. 7-
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.
Fig. 13.
Fig. 14.
Fig. 15.
Fig. 16.
Fig. 17.
Fig. 18.
Fig. 19.
VOL.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. ♦

Tab. VI.

A plant of Sciaphila erubescens : — of the natural size.
A single male flower.
The same: — magnified.

A section of the same, showing three of its stamens placed opposite the segments, upon the cen-
tral fleshy androphore.
An anther before dehiscence : — more highly magnified.
The same, burst open ; showing its transverse mode of dehiscence, and the cruciform septa which

form the divisions of its four cells.
A female flower of the same plant, after expansion : — magnified.
A single pistil, showing its lateral and nearly basal style.
A fruit : — of the natural size.
, The same, showing its persistent style : — magnified.

The same, showing the mode in which the pericarp opens and displays its single erect seed.

A plant of Sciaphila picta : — of the natural size.

A single male flower, in bud : — much magnified.

The same, expanded.

A female flower of the same, expanded : — equally magnified.

An anther, before and after dehiscence.

A single pistillum, showing its lateral style.
i A plant of Sciaphila maculata : — of the natural size.
XXI. I

58 MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACEjE.

Fig. 20. A single hermaphrodite flower.

Fig. 21. The same, in bud, and inverted upon its slender pedicel, with its corresponding bract : —
magnified.

Fig. 22. The same, reversed, in order to show the position of its three stamens among its numerous
pistilla.

Fig. 23. An anther, expanded.

Fig. 24. The style.

Fig. 25. A single flower of the same plant, after the ripening of its fruit:— of the natural size.

Fig. 26. A single fruit : — natural size.

Fig. 27. The same, exhibiting its persistent lateral style : — magnified.

Fig. 28. The same, with the pericarp burst open, exhibiting its single erect seed inclosed in its peculiar
endocarpial covering.

Fig. 29. The pericarp, after bursting, with the seed removed .

Fig. 30. The endocarpial covering of the seed, as seen from above, showing its eight prominent ribs.

Fig. 31. A side view of the same, showing the cancellated structure of the endocarp and the markings of
its areolae.

Fig. 32. The same, with half of the endocarpial covering removed, in order to show the mode of attach-
ment of the summit and base of the seed to the ribs of the endocarp.

Fig. 33. A transverse section of the seed and endocarpial covering.

Fig. 34. The seed removed, showing the markings of its testa.

Fig. 35. The nucleus, as seen after the removal of the testa, inclosed in its reticulated integuments.

Fig. 36. A transverse section of the same, showing the granular or cellular structure of the hyaline nucleus.

Tab. VII.

Fig. 1. A male plant of Hyalisma ianthina.

Fig. 2. A female plant of the same : — both of the natural size.

Fig. 3. A single male flower with its pedicel and bract : — of the natural size.

Fig. 4. A bud of the same, seen from above, in order to show the mode of aestivation of its eight

segments.
Fig. 5. The same, expanded; showing the position of its four stamens upon its fleshy androphore : — much

magnified.
Fig. 6. An anther, before and after dehiscence.
Fig. 7- A female flower, expanded : — equally magnified.

Fig. 8. A single pistil, with its elongated basal style : — more highly magnified.
Fig. 10. A plant of Soridium Spruceanum : — of the natural size.
Fig. 11. One of its male flowers expanded: — much magnified.
Fig. 12. A side view of one of its stamens : — more highly magnified.
Fig. 13. The same, seen edgeways.
Fig. 14. A section of the same, showing its two cells.
Fig. 15. The same, seen sideways, in order to show its mode of dehiscence.
Fig. 16. A transverse section of the same.
Fig. 17. Grains of pollen, still more highly magnified.
Fig. 1 8. A female flower supported on its pedicel and bract : — magnified.
Fig. 19. A pistil: — of the natural size.
Fig. 20. The same : — much magnified.

MR. J. MIERS ON THE FAMILY OF TRIURIACEjE. 59

Fig. 21 . A longitudinal section of a pistillum, with one half removed, in order to show its single erect

ovule.
Fig. 22. A fruit : — of the natural size.

Fig. 23. The same, with its persistent basal style: — much magnified.

Fig. 24. A longitudinal section of the same, exhibiting its single seed enclosed in its fleshy pericarp.
Fig. 25. The seed removed, showing the particular reticulated surface of the testa.
Fig. 26. The same, after the removal of the testa, exhibiting the reticulated texture of the nuclear

integuments.
Fig. 27. A transverse section of the same, showing the granular texture of the nucleus.
Fig. 28. A longitudinal section of the entire fruit, exhibiting the structure of the whole.
Fig. 29. A section of the fruit of Pistia obcordata, showing its single seed, enveloped by its pithy arillus,

its apical strophiolar attachment, its testa upon a basal support, and its embryo placed in the

summit of its albumen.
Fig. 30. The embryo of the same.

i2

Trans. JzmuSoc. Tbl.XZL t.6.-p 58

'*r<

Miers Esq. del.

G. JccrmtbtL Sc .

TroTis. Lmn.Soc VolJiJCl.l. 7. -p. 58.

J Miers £sq. del.

G. JaTTftJZTl Sc .

[ 61 ]

VIII. The Anatomy and Development of certain Chalcididse and Ichneumonidse, compared
with their special (Economy and Instincts ; with Descriptions of a new Genus and
Species of Dee-Parasites. Dy Geokgb Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.D.S. fyc.

Read March 20, 1849.

Preliminary observations.

A. HE parasitic Hymenoptera include, in their larva state, some of the most imperfectly
organized conditions of life to he found in the whole of the Articulata. They leave the
ovum delicate, apodal, almost motionless, and entirely incapable of locomotion, and are
injured and perish by slight accident, as an abrasion of surface allows the fluids of their
bodies to escape quickly and fatally by the wound; and yet these very beings, having
passed unhurt through this scarcely other than foetal condition, acquire a perfection of
organization, a degree of activity and power, and an acuteness of instinct, fully equal, and
perhaps superior to the organic and the functional endowments of other tribes of insects.
One section of them, — some of which I shall make the subjects of this paper, — are nourished
entirely by suction, and subsist on the fluids of other insects ; and either attached singly
to the external surface of the bodies of their victims, or, located internally, between the
tissues, they drink up the life-blood prepared for another, without entirely destroying the
means of its production. Other species are gregarious and reside in the same cell with
their victim ; and while that subsists on vegetable food, — pollen mixed with honey and
stored up for it by its parent, — it is attacked on all sides by its insidious enemies, succumbs,
and dies as they become nourished. Yet the general form of body, and of the digestive
organs, at the earlier periods of growth, is almost precisely the same in most of these de-
scriptions of parasite, and the special development of each is regulated by the same laws.
They cast their skin at succeeding stages of growth as certainly as do the larvae of Depi-
doptera ; but the thrown-off covering is of such extreme tenuity, and is so gradually and
almost imperceptibly removed, without interfering with the form or the enlargement of
the body, that, hitherto, the deciduation of the tegument of the apodal larvae of Bymeno-
ptera has always escaped the observation of naturalists. I have, however, witnessed its
repeated occurrence in the genus Paniscus, as I shall show in this paper ; so that these
species do not constitute, as was supposed, an exception in this respect to one general law.
Much as they resemble each other in external appearance, they do so still more in the
structure of their organs of nutrition. The digestive apparatus in the whole of them is at
first but a simple, capacious sac or bag, rounded and closed at its larger extremity, with
an imperforated intestine proceeding from it, without an anal outlet. It has this form
in most of these insects during the earlier periods of the larva state, when the organizing

62 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

powers of the system are most energetic, and when nearly the whole of the food is appro-
priated to the enlargement of the body. Very little undigested substance then remains,
after the assimilation of the nourishment imbibed, and consequently no excretory outlet
to the organ is required. But when the assimilation of food begins to be arrested, and
the rapidity of growth is diminished, as is the case when the larva is approaching its
maturity, — changes which seem to lead to the inference, that the forces of combination in
the primary organisms of the body become less and less energetic in proportion to the
degree of stimulus to which they are submitted,- — the digestive apparatus then assumes a "
new form : it is narrowed and elongated, and being connected with a column of granu-
lated cell-masses, which, derived originally from the yolk, are continuous with those that
constitute the walls of the digestive cavity at one end, and at the other with the tegu-
ment, the csecal extremity of the sac becomes perforated, and the cells separating in the
axis of the column form a tube, that is quickly lined with epithelial membrane, to allow
the passage of the refuse of digestion, the tegument having previously separated also at a
given point, by which an excretory or anal outlet to the canal is completed. The mate-
rial first removed is composed chiefly of disintegrated epithelial cells, which bine the digest-
ive cavity, and are thrown off as they become aged and worn-out, during the elaboration of
nutrient fluid, like the cells which form the cast layers of tegument. This change of struc-
ture does not take place in any of the parasitic larvae, so far as I am aware, until the indi-
vidual is replete with nourishment, and ceases to feed, preparatory to more extensive alter-
ations of form. When this marked period of its existence has arrived, it is first necessary
that the unassimilated portions of food, together with the worn-out materials of the body,
should be removed, and this necessitates the change from a closed receptacle to a canal.
But further reason for this late completion of the organ, as well in those larvse which are
confined to a given space with their food, and in those still more confined between the
tissues of other insects, at once suggests itself. In the one case the food stored up must
remain pure and uncontaminated, for the support of the larva preyed upon ; in the other,
the fluids of the victim must not be changed from nutrient to noxious aliment by the
engenderment of disease within it, through contact with effete matter from the body of
the parasite, and thus destroy what otherwise it would nourish. But the primary object,
the healthy maturity of the larva, being attained, the development of the canal is then
completed.

PART I. CHALCIDID^.

The two species I am about to describe are parasites in the nests of the wild-bee, Antho-
phora retusa. They seem to differ in their particular economy as in generic character.

The first species is generically distinct, so far as I am able to ascertain, from any hitherto
described genus ; the other is a species of Monodontomerus, which may prove to be iden-
tical with a known species, but of which there is some doubt ; so that the name which I
propose for it must be regarded as provisional.

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDID^E AND ICHNEUMONIDiE. 63

Fam. CHALCIDID^.
Gen. Anthophobabia, Newp.

Char. Gen.* Fern. Caput thorace latius. Antenna 6-articulatas (?), pilosae; articulis 2do 3tio 4to
5toque subaequalibus, 6to clavam elongato-ovalem efformante. Thorax abdomenque longitudine
aequales. Alee vena mediana bifida. Tarsi 5-articulati.

Mas. Antenna 4-articulatag ; articulo basali arcuato, magnopere dilatato, inferne excavato ; 2do cylindrico,
3tio magno globoso, 4to elongato-ovali. Oculi stemmatosi. Alee abbreviatae.

As the females of this species are the most numerous, and are most likely to be met
with, I have regarded this sex as affording good generic characters, although those of the
male are the most extraordinary. The name I propose for the species is

Anthophobabia betusa ; Fern. (Tab. VIII. fig. 2.) JEneo-viridis, capite magno, oculis
compositis nigris, abdomine nitido ovali, alis magnis rotundatis, pedibus flavescenti-
bus. Mas. (fig. 1.) Flavus vel saturate ferrugineus, capite magno rotundato ocello
utrinque unico tribusque in vertice instructo nigrescente, pedibus robustis. — Long.
lin. 1.

Hab. in cellulis Anthophora retusce, apud Rutupium in Comitatu Cantio.

In the month of August 1831, while examining the dry clay bank beneath the ruins of
the Roman castle at Kichborough, near Sandwich in Kent, in search of the larvse of Meloe
in the cells of Anthophora retusa, with which the bank was thickly perforated, I found
many cells filled with an abundance of minute parasitic larvse, about one line in length,
and apparently full-grown ; but scarcely a cell contained any vestige of its original inha-
bitant, the larva of Anthophora. During that autumn and the following spring I met
with these parasites so frequently in the cells, in different stages of development, that
although I regarded them at that time as a new species of Chalcididce, I took little heed
of them, as my chief object then was to obtain the Meloes, and as I expected to find them
on future occasions in equal abundance. Indeed they were so common as to occasion me
considerable annoyance in finding the cells filled with these intruders instead of the larvse
of Anthophora or Meloe. I took care, however, to make very precise drawings of both
sexes, in the perfect state, and of the larva, and also entered some notes of description.
In the following years, 1832 and 1834, I again met with them, more especially on the
21st of August in the latter year, but not in such profusion as at first ; but I have not
been able to procure them since that period.

The larva (fig. 3) is completely apodal, of a subcylindrical form, a little attenuated at each
extremity, and composed of fourteen segments. The head is small, like that of the wasp,
or hornet, and the mandibles are short and acute. It occurred in the bee-cells to the num-
ber of thirty or fifty in each. I found it not only in the autumn, but also in the winter
and early spring, in this state, but in some cells the larvse had changed to nymphs before
the month of September.

* These generic characters were published in full, together with short specific characters, in the ' Gardeners' Chro-
nicle,' March 24, 1849, No. 12. page 183, in the report of the reading of the first part of this paper.

64 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

When the nymph (fig. 6) state was attained, at the end of August, the change to the imago
occurred in about ten or twelve days afterwards, and the perfect insect hybernated during
the following seven or eight months. In most instances, however, no change took place
until the spring, the period of hybernation being passed in the state of larva. The fact of
the larvae being full-grown at the end of August, and the cell otherwise entirely empty,
seems to indicate that the species is carnivorous and feeds on the young of the Bee.

The imago. — The two sexes of this insect differ much in their anatomy and general
appearance, and the dissimilarity is so great, that if they were found in separate cells, in-
stead of being constantly together, they might readily be taken for distinct species. The
males are heavy and creeping in their movements, scarcely ever making use of their wings,
or attempting to escape, but the females are lively and very active.

Description of the species. — The male (fig.l) is of a deep yellow colour, very different from
the female, which is of a shining bronze-green. }t has a large rounded head, somewhat
wider than the thorax, with a single ocellus on each side, instead of the usual large com-
pound eyes of the tribe, and it has also a transverse row of three ocelli on the vertex.
The antennae (fig. 1 a & b), as I have shown, differ so much from these organs in the other
sex, that they might easily be mistaken for those even of an entirely different genus. The
prothorax is conical, and the head is supported on it as on a pivot. The mesothorax is
somewhat quadrangular, and the scutellum very large. The abdomen in both sexes has
seven distinct segments : it is sessile and of a suboval form. The legs are more robust
in the male than in the other sex, the tibia and femur being well developed, and the tarsi
are five-jointed. The wings are small, narrow, and extend backwards, when folded, as
they usually are, to about one half the length of the abdomen. I never have seen the
male unfold, or attempt to use them.

The female (fig. 2) is of a shining bronze-green colour, with a large head, and large com-
pound eyes at the sides. The antennae (fig. 2 a), as in most of the tribe, are each formed of
a long basilar joint, about one half the length of the entire organ, the remaining portion
composed of five joints being somewhat clavate. The prothorax and mesothorax resemble
those of the male, as also does the abdomen, excepting that it is highly polished. The
ovipositor is concealed. The wings are large, rounded, and iridescent, and the insect is
exceedingly active on them. The legs (fig. 5 d) in this sex are yellow, and less developed
than in the male. The number of females in each nest was as six or eight to one of the
other sex, the number of the whole in each nest being from thirty to fifty.

I have been unable to find any description in the works of entomologists of this curious
genus of parasites. Mr. Walker, our most assiduous monographer of the Chalcidida, is
unacquainted with it ; and the only naturalist, so far as I can ascertain, who has made
reference to an insect which possibly may have some affinity with this, is Mr. Westwood,
who, in his work * published in 1839, mentions a species found by M. Audouin in Prance,
in the nests of " Odynerus, Anthophora and Osmia," but he adds that " the species has
not yet been described." Since then he has again alluded to M. Audouin's insect f, as

* Introduction to Modern Classification of Insects, vol. ii. part xi. p. 160. (March 1839.)
f Proc. Entom. Soc. Lond., July 5, 1847, p. xviii, in the Transactions, vol. v. part 3. 1848.

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDIDjE AND ICHNEUMONIDjE. 65

having " singularly distorted antennse, and the wings almost rudimental," thus offering,
he says, " a strikingly opposite analogy to other hee-parasites." But without describing
M. Audouin's insect, either generically or specifically, or explaining in what its " stri-
kingly opposite analogy" consists, this naturalist has proposed to designate that insect
Melittobia Audouinii. A name thus given without a description, either generic or spe-
cific, cannot, however, be adopted ; even if that insect should ultimately prove to be iden-
tical with mine. The necessity for precise description when a name is imposed will at
once be perceived, in the fact that both Reaumur and DeGeer long ago found Chalcidi-
dous parasites in the nests of mason-bees, and yet, up to the present time, their species
have not been clearly made out. Reaumur * found more than thirty larvae of one species,
and in other nests ten or twelve of a larger species. DeGeer f also found twenty speci-
mens of another kind in a single cell, and which he reared to the perfect state. He re-
marks, too, that the larvae of mason-bees are very subject to be destroyed in their cells by
the larvae of different species of Ichneumon. The species found by DeGeer seems to have
been a Pteromalus, or nearly allied to that genus. These facts are interesting, as showing
that mason-bees are infested by many parasites. The occurrence of Audouin's insect in
the nest of Odynerus, as well as of Osmia and Anthophora, as stated, renders its identifica-
tion with the insect I have discovered very doubtful. I have never found my species in
any other than the nests of Anthophora.

The habits of this insect may be inferred from the peculiar organization of the male.
From both sexes being found in the closed cells of the bee, and from the absence of a long
ovipositor in the female, we may conclude that the eggs are deposited while the nest is
being provisioned, or immediately before it is closed ; and that, like the true Ichneumons,
the parent either plunges her eggs into the body of the newly-hatched bee-larva, or
attaches them to its skin. The bee-larva, like many other species similarly circum-
stanced, continues to feed, and grow, and supply nourishment to the parasites ; and by
the time it has consumed the whole of its provision, these also are far advanced in growth.
When the young bee is entirely destroyed these are matured, and prepare for their change
to the state of nymph, which they assume lying loosely in the cell, without spinning sepa-
rate cocoons.

Erom the circumstance that although both sexes are found moving about freely in the
cell, the male is by far the least active, and especially from the fact that his organs of
vision are merely single ocelli, instead of large compound eyes, as in the other sex, I am
led to the conclusion that impregnation is effected before the insects quit their habitation ;
because ocelli, being different in their structure from the individual parts of the com-
pound eyes, are fitted only for near vision. The difference of structure consists in this :
the cornea, or external surface of each part of the compound eye, which is individually as
perfect, as an organ of vision, as the ocellus, or single eye, is less convex than the cornea
of the latter ; while the chamber of the eye, or space between the cornea and the termina-
tion of the nerve at the bottom of the structure, is of much greater length in the com-

* Memoires pour servir a l'Histoire des Insectes, tome vi. part. i. p. 98. 12mo. Amsterdam, 1748.
t Memoires, tome ii. part. 2. p. 887-8. pi. 30. fig. 23-25.
VOL. XXI. K

66 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

pound eye than in the single. The result of these two conditions is, that the compound
eye is fitted for viewing objects at a considerable distance, but with little magnifying
power ; while the ocellus has great magnifying power, but is fitted only for viewing near
objects. The male with his single eyes may thus be regarded as acute, but short-sighted,
the very opposite of his partner. But this condition is essential to him, and fully suffi-
cient, if, as presumed, the greater portion of his existence is passed in a closed cell, not
half an inch in diameter, and from which perhaps he never wanders more than to the
distance of a few inches. But stemmata or ocelli only would be insufficient for the other
sex, who has not only to seek out the proper locality for her eggs, but also to elude the
vigilance of the bee in whose nest she is seeking to introduce her own progeny. Instead,
therefore, of mere stemmata, the eyes of the female are multiplied, and occupy, as in most
other perfect insects, a large portion of the surface on each side of the head. Each of
these aggregated eyes has a much greater length of sight, or distance of vision, than is
afforded by the different structure of stemmata ; while the multiplicity of these organs at
one spot supplies to the insect at once long focal distance, or long-sightedness ; and their
multiplicity more than compensates for the narrowness of the field of each cornea.

The conclusions, then, which are deducible from the structure of the organs of vision
seem to be, that whenever an insect is provided only with stemmata, the habits of the
species, in that state of existence, are restricted to a few objects or requirements ; or that
the species is limited in perception and locality ; while, on the contrary, when the organs
of vision are multiplied and aggregated to form what we designate a compound eye, as in
the imago state of most perfect insects, the field of vision, as well as the focal distance, or
length of sight, and with these the range of the insect, are greatly extended.

Other facts in the comparative anatomy of this parasite confirm these conclusions. The
short closed wings of the male, as noticed by Mr. Westwood in regard to the undescribed
insect Mellitobia *, contrasted with the wings of the female, lead us to infer that the
former sex rarely or never employs them in flight, and confirm the opinion that impreg-
nation is the sole requirement for the male, and is effected within the cell.

This condition of the sexes affords a remarkable contrast to that of Stylops, which I for-
merly had the honour of bringing before the notice of this Society, Jan. 19, 1847 f. In that
genus, as will be remembered, the worm-like female is sought out by the active male, in
which the organs of vision, as in the equally active males of the Hive-bee and Glow-worm,
are enormously multiplied, yet merely for one single act of existence — the continuation of
the species.

Thus it may be seen that under every form of body, and of each individual organ, the
special anatomy of a species is an index to its natural history and economy.

The second Chalcididous parasite, which I have found in the nest of Anthophora, is an
insect of different character from the one just described, but equally illustrates the gene-
ral views now proposed.

* Compare Mr. Westwood's remark on M. Audouin's insect above referred to, Introduction, &c, vol. ii. p. 160.
f Linn. Trans, vol. xx. p. 347-349.

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDIDJE AND ICHNEUMON IBM. 67

MONODONTOMERTJS NITIDUS.

On the 12th of September, 1847, I detected, in several cells of Anthophora retusa, in a
dry clay-bank at Gravesend, a number of white Hymenopterous larva?, which at first I
mistook for those just described. There were from twelve to twenty-five in each cell, appa-
rently full-grown, and measuring each about one quarter of an inch in length. The body,
in these larvae (fig. 7 & 8), was formed of fourteen distinct segments, each divided trans-
versely on the dorsal surface into two, and covered with exceedingly fine, scattered, brown-
ish hairs. The head was small, and provided, as in all parasitic Hymenoptera, with short,
transverse, corneous mandibles, and the larvae had considerable power of locomotion, by
the extension and shortening of the segments. The whole of the food that had been pro-
vided for the bee-larva was already consumed, and the bee-cell contained only the para-
sites and the dried tegument and head of the young bee, which seemed to have been
starved. It was a question with me whether the bee-larva had not been killed by the
other larvae piercing it, and abstracting its fluids from without ? This query, then,
seemed to be answered by the circumstance that the number of the parasites was dis-
proportioned to the size of the victim, which, had it served as food for them, would in all
probability have been entirely consumed. Besides which, one anatomical fact showed that
they were external feeders, — their bodies were covered with a few scattered hairs, appre-
ciators of contact ; a condition which I have never yet observed in the soft-bodied, inter-
nal-feeding larvae of other Hymenoptera, and one which is as little required by them, as it
doubtless would be inconvenient. Added to this, the great power of locomotion pos-
sessed by these larvae, — which is neither possessed nor required by internal feeders, which
remain almost constantly in the same spot, — suggested the opinion that it is on the food of
the bee that these larvae subsist, and not on the young bee itself, which may perish merely
by deprivation of its proper nourishment. The larvae also exhibited some indications of the
formation of an anal outlet to the alimentary canal, which are not apparent in internal
feeders at this stage of growth.

I preserved these larvae, in the cells in which they were found, through the following
winter, and although the remains of the bee were left with them in the cell, it continued
untouched, and they exhibited no further change until the middle of May 1848. At that
time some of the specimens gave signs of approaching transformation, in the shortened
and more shrivelled appearance of their bodies. Each of the larvae then spun some very
delicate silk, in small quantity. Shortly before they were ready to enter the nymph state,
the alimentary organs became perforated, and faeces were then passed for the first time
during the whole period of the insect's previous existence. The faeces passed were little
solid brown masses, that closely resembled the faecal masses passed by the pollinivorous
larva of Anthophora, which, like its parasites, as I have constantly found, passes nothing
from its alimentary canal until it is about to change to a nymph. These faecal masses
seemed to indicate the supposed nature of the food, — pollen and honey ; and to support
the opinion formed of the habits of these larvae from some points in their external anatomy.
From twelve to twenty masses were passed by each larva : these were composed of the
refuse of digestion and of epithelial cells accumulated during the period of feeding, and

' k2

68 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

retained in the digestive sac until the period of its perforation. In this way the food and
abode of the insects are maintained pure and uncontaminated, and the digestive apparatus
is completed, and the refuse of nutrition ejected only when the whole of the food has been
consumed. Thus we find the most perfect concordance between the internal as well as
external anatomy, and the functions and economy of the animal, exemplifying in every
particular the harmony of creation.

I have stated that the digestive cavity is at first a closed sac. This species has enabled
me to demonstrate the fact, and further to illustrate the manner in which it is changed
from this form to that of a tube or canal.

On dissecting this larva, I found that nearly the whole interior is occupied by the di-
gestive apparatus, which has the form of a bag, or rather of a Florence flask (fig. 9). Pro-
ceeding from the mouth and pharynx is a narrow short oesophagus (a), which suddenly en-
larges into the common cavity (b) : this occupies nearly the whole of the interior, and has
extremely thick walls, formed of large packets of granulated cell-masses, inclosed between
an exceedingly delicate muscular envelope on the external surface, and an equally fine, gra-
nulated membrane on the internal. It is divided from the oesophagus internally by a thick
fold of its mucous and celliform tissues, which here constitute a complete cardiac valve (c),
and prevent the regurgitation of the food. At the posterior, or larger end (d), it is con-
nected with a column of cell-masses (dd), which have partially coalesced on the exterior,
in the formation of a fibro-cellular envelope, and which, proceeding backwards, are united
with the common tegument of the body in the fourteenth, or anal segment (/). In the
centre of this segment, on the external surface, the skin and muscles separate at a definite
point in the formation of the anal outlet. When the change is about to commence, the
cell-masses that form the csecal end (g) of the cavity also separate and recede, and this
separation extends backwards to the fourteenth segment in the axis of the column of cells.
By the centrifugal expansion of these, and the consequent widening of the tube, the canal
is completed, and quickly becomes lined with a delicate membrane, like the interior of the
larger cavity. The digestive organ is enveloped in a thick layer of granulous matter, in
which the Malpighian vessels (h) and the organs of reproduction are developed. At its
anterior and inferior surface it covers two large sacs, the silk-glands (i). These are the
first developed organs of this class of structure, and are needed thus early for the produc-
tion of the silk which the larva spins before its change.

The nymph state (fig. 11) was assumed by two of my specimens at the end of May. On
the 30th of that month I found that three others also had undergone their change, and that
the remaining ones were preparing to do so. The nymph had the usual form of the tribe,
and the sexes were now for the first time distinguished. The male nymph was smaller, more
slender, and with the apex of the body acute ; while the female was much larger than the
male, with a short projecting keel at the posterior of the abdomen — the ovipositor.

The imago (fig. 12). — On the 27th of June, about four weeks after entering the nymph
state, one of the female specimens threw off its envelope and became perfect, and proved
to be a species of the genus Monodontomerm. A few days afterwards one of the males
appeared ; and in the course of a week, before the 3rd of July, most of my specimens had
become perfect.

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDIDjE AND ICHNEUMONID^E. 69

Of fifteen specimens allowed to complete their changes, there were only two males, with
thirteen females. The remaining specimens I had preserved in their larva and nymph
states for dissection. This small number of males coincides with the small number of
this sex in other bee-parasites ; but the deficiency in numbers is fully compensated for by
the activity of the individuals.

The fewness of the males, and their great activity, lead me to believe that the females are
impregnated, not before, but shortly after they have left the cell, and in the hot sunshine.
Like the Chrysididce, these insects are active only in strong light. Both sexes of my speci-
mens always became dull and motionless when removed from the light ; but when exposed
to the sun they immediately resumed their activity. They seem to live but a short period in
the imago state. The males died within a few days, and the females in about a fortnight.

I have proposed for this species the name of nitidus *, from its elegant and glistening
appearance. It may be described as follows :

MONODONTOMERTJS NITIDUS.

Male. — Head and thorax brilliant shagreen, with fine short hairs : head broader than the thorax, face
bluish; labrum emarginated ; eyes and ocelli large, dark brown; antenna? 11-jointed, basal joint
coppery. Prothorax compressed and slightly excavated at the sides. Metathorax and scutellum
large. Abdomen green bronze, hairy, petiolated, very much compressed at its base, and keeled on
the ventral surface ; first and second pairs of thighs green ; third pair large, copper-coloured ; tibiae
and tarsi fuscous, very hairy. Wings hyaline, hairy, with black costal spot. Length two lines and
a half.

Female (fig. 12). — Head and thorax brilliant shagreen, hairy : head large ; face blue, punctured ; eyes and
ocelli large, brown; antennae pubescent, 11-jointed, with the basal joint coppery, as in the male.
Thorax compressed laterally. Scutellum very large. Thighs green, shining. Tibiae and tarsi hairy,
fuscous, with an acute spine at the articulation of the tibiae. Abdomen coppery, polished, with a few
white hairs, subsessile, compressed at its sides, and strongly keeled ; ovipositor exserted, longer than
the abdomen, and very acute. Wings dusky iridescent, hairy, and with dark marginal spot. Length
of body two lines f.

From the length of the ovipositor in this insect, we may conclude that the female does
not enter the bees' nest to deposit her eggs ; but that she perforates the cell and conveys
them into it, after the cell is closed, and probably after the young bee is hatched. Every
part of the anatomy of this insect, as of the preceding, and of every other species when
attentively considered, will thus be found to exemplify its general economy, and to indi-
cate how closely the one is connected with the other, — how intimately associated is the
instinct of a living being with special conformations of its organism. Some other families
of Hymenopterous parasites are marked instances of the unfolding of peculiar instincts
subsequent to the development of particular structures. Amongst these we may notice
two of the true Ichneumonidte, Paniscus virgatus and Ichneumon Atropos.

* This name was proposed for the insect at a Meeting of the Entomological Society, on the 3rd of July, 1848, and
the discovery of the larva in the nests of Anthophora retusa was then mentioned. See Proceedings, Ent. Soc. Trans,
vol. v. part 5. p. xlii. 1848.

f Mr. Walker has recently re-described this species as " Monodontomerus Anthophorce, Newp." See Ann. and
Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. ix. No. 49. Jan. 1852, p. 43.

70 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

Postscript to the foregoing Section of this Paper.

Read May 1, 1849.

I am desirous of appending a few remarks to the section of this paper that has already-
been communicated to the Society, before proceeding with the remainder.

These refer to the second bee-parasite described, and provisionally named Monodonto-
merus nitidus. The parasitism of insects of this genus on Anthophora had not previously
been ascertained. M. obsoletus had been suspected of infesting the genus Osmia *, like
one of its affinities t, but its larva, so far as I am aware, was unknown. I found the
larva of M. nitidus in the nests of Anthophora, on the 27th of September, 1847, and men-
tioned the fact to an entomologist, Mr. F. Smith, who, some time afterwards, as he him-
self informed me, obtained specimens of it from the same locality. From a note on its
habits, which he has recently communicated to this Society J, it appears that the larva is
carnivorous, and feeds on the bee-larva, and not on its food, as I had believed. I am
thankful for this correction of observation. The mistake arose in my haste to furnish
part of this paper for reading to the Society by a given time, which obliged me to forego an
examination of the parts of the mouth, which are difficult to observe, and compelled me to
rely on the appearance of the faeces, and on the fact of having found my full-grown speci-
mens in the cell of the bee with the dried-up remains of the bee-larva. I have now made
the required observations on the oral organs, and also have microscopically examined the
contents of the digestive apparatus, and these lead me to agree with Mr. Smith in regarding
the larva as carnivorous, and not as pollinivorous. The mandibles are slender, arched
and acute, and are fitted only for piercing, and not for comminuting food ; the labium and
maxillae are thick, large and membranous, somewhat like those of the larva of Paniscus.
The contents of the digestive apparatus I found to consist of large and small nucleated
cells, consolidated together, and darkened in appearance, conditions induced probably by
admixture with secretions from the parietes of the apparatus during digestion.

Thus further examination of this larva tends but to confirm, instead of to confute the
general view which I have constantly maintained, — that structure, when carefully and
accurately investigated, is an infallible index to function and habit. My incorrectness in
opinion as to the particular kind of food of the larva of Monodontomerus was the result of
hurried and incomplete inquiry, and it is now rectified by direct observation on the habits
of the insect, and by closer attention to its anatomy. Yet the main object of this paper
was but little affected by the error, my aim being to show not merely that Hymenopte-
rous parasites may differ in their kind of food, but the more general fact of a concordance
between structure and kind of life ; — and also that whether the Hymenopterous parasite is
shut up in the same cell with an insect that continues to feed, or whether it preys on the
surface or interior of such insect, its alimentary canal is closed and incomplete until it has
ceased to take food and has acquired its full size, when the canal becomes perforated, and
allows a passage for the ejection of the refuse of nutrition ; the necessity for this late com-
pletion of the organs of digestion having reference to the preservation of the food of the
parasite in a condition fitted for its proper nourishment.

* Westwood's Introduction, &c, vol. ii. p. 160. t Id. % Proceedings, vol. ii. p. 29.

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDID^E AND ICHNEUMONIDjE. 71

PART II. ICHNEUMONIM.

Read May 1, 1849.

Paniscus virgatus, Fourc.

The parasites of the genus Paniscus, and their affinities Ophion, which are some of the
most active and percipient of insects in their perfect state, are examples of one of the
very lowest forms of life as larvae, as well as of one of the most curious modes of nutrition.
In the earlier stages of growth they more resemble cotyledonous vegetables, in general
appearance, than animal organisms which are destined to become some of the most perfect,
and most active of their Class. I have traced Paniscus virgatus from the bursting of its
egg to its assumption of the imago state, and have watched its growth and the formation
of its tissues.

The earliest notice I am acquainted with on the habits of an insect of this family is
of Ophion luteum, by Goedart*, who found five specimens of the imago produced on
the 29th of June from the hard cocoon formed in September of the previous year, by
the larva of Cerura vmula, L. Bonnet f afterwards, as quoted by DeGeer J, made some
observations on the singular economy of this insect. He remarked that the eggs of Ophion
are attached to the outside of the body of the caterpillar of the Puss-moth, by a short
pedicle or footstalk inserted into the skin, and that the parasite when hatched is nourished
on the outside of the body, still attached to its shell and pedicle like a vegetable growth.
DeGeer § found the same insect on the Puss-moth larva, and ascertained that several indi-
viduals subsist on the same caterpillar, which dies of exhaustion after it has formed its
hard wooden cocoon. More recently the eggs of this genus have been the subjects of a
memoir by Dr. Hartig, as mentioned by Mr. Westwood ||, but this memoir I have not yet
seen. I do not pretend, therefore, to claim entire originality for the few observations which
I have made on Paniscus, but merely to state what I have myself observed, in accordance
with the views I have proposed.

On the 26th of September, 1847, I found many nearly full-grown larva? of the Broom-
moth, Mamestra pisi (fig. 13), feeding on that plant in the hot sunshine. On the following
day I detected a number of little shining black-looking bodies (a) on one of these larvae,
attached to different parts of its three thoracic segments. On examining these bodies more
closely, I found to my surprise that they were black shining eggs (a), inserted at one end
into the skin of the caterpillar. These eggs were somewhat oval, or rather pear-shaped,
the attenuated footstalk being lodged under the skin. There were eight thus attached.
But what fixed my attention closely was, that most of the eggs had already burst, or were
in the act of bursting longitudinally (14 c), precisely as I have formerly seen and described
in the eggs of the Iulidce %. Each egg had divided in the middle line, at its anterior ex-
tremity, and the two halves of the shell were separating like the cotyledons of the seeds of

* Metamorphoses Naturelles, 12mo, torn. ii. p. 162. pi. 37. A la Haye, 1700.

t Memoires de l'Academie des Sciences de Paris. % Memoires, torn. ii. p. ii. page 851.

§ Ibid. p. 852, 853. || Introduction, &c, vol. ii. p. 146. ^ Phil. Trans. 1841.

72 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

leguminous plants, whilst the head of the little white larva was slowly passing out between
them (14 a&b), like the germ-roots, to become affixed by its mouth to the skin of the cater-
pillar, the body being retained within the shell. As the parasites became attached, the fated
caterpillar moved about with increased rapidity, twisting and turning its body in every direc-
tion, and evidently endeavouring to get rid of its new-born enemies, but to no effect. The
little beings, securely affixed by their shells, giving no evidence of sensation, and scarcely
even of vitality, were unaffected by these endeavours to displace them, and retained firm
hold. The cleavage of the shell was chiefly on the under surface, so that the two halves
formed a kind of bivalve covering or cloak to the larva, and clasped its body as the head
emerged! The head at first was the only portion of the larva that was exposed. But
the little creature grew rapidly, deriving its nourishment by slight puncture and suction
through the skin of the caterpillar, with scarce an abrasion of the surface. The rapidity
of its growth in this way was truly astonishing, the whole of the nutriment thus imbibed
being appropriated to its increase, excepting only the very little expended by cutaneous
transpiration; for respiration at this early period can scarcely be proved to have com-
menced, as I was unable at this stage to detect the respiratory organs, while the digestive
cavity, as we have already seen in other parasites, was imperforate. Within two hours
from the bursting of the shell there was a marked increase of size in the larva. In the
course of the first day the prothorax and the head were extended from the shell, and early
in the second day the three thoracic segments, as well as a large portion of its ventral sur-
face, were exposed, the larva (fig. 15) then being nearly twice its original size in the ovum.
When examined by a lens it seemed to be almost entirely formed of an immense stomach,
connected with the mouth by a short and very narrow oesophagus, as in the larva oiMono-
dontomerus. The motions of the stomach, vermicular and incessant, were distinctly seen
through the tegument. As the insect increased in size, it was more and more extended
from the shell. Its anterior part grew the most rapidly, the largest segment being the
first, or prothoracic.

It was not until after the completion of the second day that I was able to detect the
respiratory organs through the tegument, although I had previously sought for them with
much care. The little vegetating being then seemed like an embryo, which, — instead of
deriving its means of growth, bike other embryos of its class, in the unburst egg by imbi-
bition of fluid from without, through its shell and membranes, — had been prematurely
exposed by the sudden rupture of its envelope, and left to perish, or to absorb adventitious
nourishment from other bodies. I could not help regarding it among insects as the
representative of the embryo Kangaroo among quadrupeds, prematurely liberated from its
foetal coverings, and extruded from the body of its parent, to continue existence attached
externally to the teat in the marsupium. But still more closely did it resemble the em-
bryo of the inferior Ifyriapoda, — the Iulidce, in which the young, after bursting its shell
longitudinally, as in Paniscus, is detained within it, and continues to grow by imbibition
of nourishment through its membranes from the surrounding medium. There is, how-
ever, this difference. In the Iulida? the retained embryo is inclosed in its membranes
after the shell is burst, and does not throw them off until it has acquired organs of loco-
motion and is able to move about and seek food. But the young Paniscus bursts its

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDIDjE AND ICHNEUMONID.E. 73

membranes with its shell, although it is completely apodal and incapable of locomotion,
and has to derive nourishment, not by simple endosmosis through its foetal envelopes into
the tissues of its body by similar means, but by the direct abstraction of fluid from another
living body into its own. To ensure this, the larva requires to be attached by its terminal
segments to its shell during the whole period of its growth, and like the larvae already
described, it passes no faeces until it has attained its full growth, and becomes detached
from its shell, to prepare for its change to a nymph.

After the second day I was accidentally prevented for some time from making any very
precise observations on these insects, further than noticing that they grew rapidly from
day to day, and that they retained their connexion with the shell.

On the 4th of October, the ninth day of their existence, I was enabled to resume my
examinations of them, and then found that several of them had perished, and that three
only remained healthy and thriving. The caterpillar on which they had fed had become
shrunken and wasted, but still retained sufficient irritability and muscular power to
contract its body with a quick lateral motion when touched. The larvae that remained
healthy were now at least twelve times their original size (fig. 16). The head (16 a) of
the larva, which at first was the most ample region of its body, was now the smallest,
relatively to other parts which had increased more rapidly, and but little exceeded the
size of the ovum. The parasites were attached, one on the dorsal surface and one on each
side of the caterpillar, the latter one coiling round the inferior surface of the thoracic seg-
ments (fig. 17). Their bodies, enlarged and fattened, were of a dark pea-green colour, and
were formed each of fourteen segments, all of which, more especially the anterior ones,
were distinctly marked. The stomach in each was in a state of incessant to and fro ver-
micular motion, and had become enveloped in a thick tissue of little white follicles, which
have been regarded as the rudiments of fat-vesicles. No anal outlet had yet been formed,
nor was there, so far as I could discover, any perforated intestine. In the interval of
seven days, during which I had been prevented from following up my observations, each
larva had three times cast its tegument. This, I believe, is the first time that the soft-
bodied Hymenopterous larvae have been noticed to undergo this change. These larvae,
therefore, as I have already pointed out, are not exceptions, as they have been suspected
to be, to the general rule of development in hexapods, in so far as refers to the casting of
the skin ; although, as the body is still connected with the egg-shell, the cast teguments
are not entirely got rid of until the larva is detached to become a nymph. The skin is
fissured in Paniscus, as in other larvae, along the dorsal surface of the anterior thoracic
segments, and is gradually removed from the dorsal, lateral, and inferior surfaces of the
head and succeeding segments, by the growth and expansion of the new tegument beneath
it, the fissure being extended, and the covering slipped off from above downwards and back-
wards, as much by the rapidity of growth in the parts beneath, as by the occasional slight
muscular contractions of the segments. When I re-examined my specimens on the ninth
day, neither of the cast layers had been removed further than to the posterior segments of
the body, which they partially inclosed. The first shed skin (fig. 16 a) was attached to the
anal segment, and enveloped this part, surrounded by the shell, and covering the inferior
surface. The second (b), within the first, but larger and more corrugated, partially sur-

VOL. XXI. l

74 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

rounded the twelfth and thirteenth segments : and the third (c), the deciduation of which
I had the good fortune to witness, while examining the larva for other purposes, was in-
ternal to, and partly covered by, the second, and was not forced back further on the
ventral surface than to the ninth segment, although, like the preceding, it was entirely
removed from the dorsal surface. The whole thus formed a kind of treble sheathing to
the posterior segments of the body, until the period when the larva, full-grown to reple-
tion, was to prepare for its transformation, become detached from its shell, and leave its
deciduated coverings in connexion with it. On the tenth day, October 5th, the larvae
had further increased in size, were more raised from the body of the caterpillar, and lay
coiled up in a more circular form. Each one was still attached to its egg-shell, although
now more than twenty times its size, and each adhered to the caterpillar by its oral
organs, exhausting and impoverishing it of its juices. The skin of the parasite again
appeared tense and dull, as when about to be cast. The head and thorax had a whiter
and more fibrous appearance, the stomach was less easily distinguished through the tegu-
ment from other viscera, excepting at intervals, and the heart was seen in motion along
the dorsal surface, but with little regularity in its contractions. Its movements appeared
to be greatly influenced by the motions of the digestive apparatus, which seemed to induce
the tissues around it to contract, and thus excite a reflected action in the circulatory organ,
the movements of which appeared to be greatest in the middle of its chambers. The tissue
which has hitherto usually been regarded as the adipose — and which I may hereafter have
occasion to notice more particularly — was now much extended and augmented in size, and
the respiratory organs, although extremely simple, were become well marked. On the
eleventh day the larva was still larger, and became detached from the egg-shell; but
whether this resulted from accident, or from the completion of its growth, I was not then
able to determine. Its tegument had become more opake, and there were tubercular pro-
jections at the sides of its abdominal segments, immediately below the line of longitudinal
tracheal vessels. On the twelfth day I found that the separation of the specimen from its
shell was accidental and premature, and that the larva was unable to re-affix its oral
organs to the skin of the caterpillar and perished. This is usually the case when a larva
is prematurely detached ; and this result explains the necessity for the continuance of its
connexion with the egg-shell, which, as DeGeer has observed of the eggs of Ophion, is so
firmly inserted into the caterpillar that it cannot be removed without lacerating the skin.
My further observations were now continued on the other specimens of the same brood,
which had been more slow of growth. On the fifteenth day one of these was mature, and
separated from the shell, leaving its cast teguments forced into a little mass attached to
it. DeGeer* formerly noticed that the larva of Ophion left something connected with the
egg-shell, but he does not appear to have been aware that it was the entire cast skin of
the larva. My specimen of Paniscus now measured somewhat more than half an inch in
length, was of a curved form, and was smallest at each extremity. Mr. Westwood f has
already indicated this as the general form of body of the larva of this tribe of parasites,
and has mentioned that they have lateral fleshy tubercles. He has described the parts of
the mouth as consisting of " two obliquely deflexed horny mandibles, very small, slender,

* Mt'moires. t Introduct. vol. ii. p. 147.

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDIDjE AND ICHNEUMONID^E. 75

and acute, beneath which is a curved fleshy lobe, formed by the union of the dilated
maxillae and labium." In this account he is perfectly correct. But while challenging
the description given by Reaumur of the head of the larva, he appears himself to have
fallen into the singular error of mistaking the rudiments of the future antennae for ocelli.
He says*, "The head is furnished with two distinct round points — resembling ocelli,"
but he makes no allusion to the existence of antennae. No organs of vision exist in any
of the parasitic Hymenoptera at the "points" he has indicated in his text and figure of
the head of these larvae, the parts referred to being the apices of the antennae of the future
imago. I have traced the antennal nerves into these parts in the larva of Ichneumon
atropos, which closely resembles in this respect that of Paniscus. The small size and
deflection of the mandibles partly account for the difficulty which this larva has in re-
attaching itself to the caterpillar when detached from its shell, and the consequent neces-
sity for this attachment for its preservation, — premature removal resulting in starvation,
as with my first specimen. My second specimen, which left the shell only when matured,
I placed on some bight mould, in a covered glass vessel, to observe its changes. I ex-
pected to have seen it bury itself in the earth, knowing this to be the habit of the larva on
which it feeds ; but in this I was disappointed. Its instincts were more limited and im-
perfect than I had imagined. On the day after placing it on the mould, it was lying in a
slight hollow on the surface, made by contracting and turning its body, and was in the
act of spinning a delicate web of silk, under which it was lying, and where I hoped to
have seen it change to a nymph. It attached a few grains of earth to the inside of the
web, and between the threads scattered here and there, like the particles of earth inter-
woven with its threads by the caterpillar of Mamestra, but after remaining at rest for a
couple of days, I found it discoloured and dead.

Thus checked in my observations, I had no hope of being able to complete this inquiry
by tracing the insect to its imago state, until, on the 6th of April, 1848, I found, on exa-
mining the earth in a breeding cage, in which I had kept many larvae of Mamestra pisi,
to obtain the pupae of that insect, — in several earthen cocoons formed by the caterpillar,
— from two to three cylindrical leather-bike cases of a black colour, applied so closely
together that their walls formed angular surfaces, precisely bike the cells of a honeycomb,
or wasp's nest. There were from two to three of these cylindrical cases in each earthen
cocoon of Mamestra. Each cylinder measured about six-tenths of an inch in length. In
some cocoons there were three cylinders, and in one only I found four. In the latter
instance they were smaller than when the cocoon contained but two, as if the inmates
had not been sufficiently fed. This was markedly the case with two of the four speci-
mens found together, which were scarcely more than one-half the size and length of the
others. Each of the cocoons of Mamestra was completed in the usual mode of this larva,
its earthen walls being smoothed on their interior, agglutinated together, and lined with
silk ; and each contained, besides the cylinders of the parasitic insects, the dried-up remains
of the caterpillar.

Erom these facts it seems to follow, that the economy of the parasite is this : the parent
Ichneumon-fly deposits her eggs on the caterpillar when this is nearly full-grown, and

* Introduct. vol. ii. p. 147, fig. 76. 14, p. 140.

L2

76 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

will soon enter the earth, which it does, as I presume must have been the case with these
insects, while the parasites are very young and small, otherwise they may be injured or
detached while the caterpillar is burrowing and making its cell. The fated insect, ex-
hausted by the parasites, has but sufficient strength to complete and tapestry its earthen
chamber before it dies, leaving its newly -formed abode to the occupation of its enemies,
which grow rapidly, as we have- seen, pass through the changes I have traced, and then
form their own cocoon in which they are metamorphosed to nymphs.

On examining one or two of the cylinders at the time of obtaining them in the begin-
ning of April, I found that the inmates had very recently changed to nymphs (fig. 18).

On the 8th of May one of these assumed the imago state (fig. 19), but escaped on my
incautiously opening the box that inclosed them. On the 14-th two more appeared, and I
now had the means of identifying the species. It proved to be as I have stated, Pcmiscm
virgatus.

It is probable that these insects may have come forth at a period earlier than in their
natural haunts, having been kept in a warm room, and the temperature of the season, at
the time of their evolution, being considerably higher than usual. It is worthy of remark,
however, that the moth, or the larva of which this Paniseus is a parasite, kept during its
pupa state under precisely similar circumstances, had already made its appearance a week
at least previously; so that, under similar conditions of locality and temperature, the
parasites came forth at the latest period.

Trans Lwjl. Soc Vol XXI. t8j>16.

G-M«wport, ViTCmg.&u

cora * "W*»<-,I.iuiogrii^>«ro. Si.EiTOn CUi-dsi

■WWmg.lii

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDID.E AND ICHNEUMONIDjE.

77

DESCRIPTION OP THE PIGURES.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig,
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig,

Fig
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig
Fig

Tab. VIII.

1. Anthophorabia retusa, Newp. (male).

a. Antenna of the male, upper surface.

b. Antenna of the male, inferior surface.

2. Anthophorabia retusa (female).

3. The larva of Anthophorabia retusa.

7. Larva of Monodontomerus nitidus, Newp., early stage.

8. Larva of Monodontomerus nitidus, Newp., full-grown.

9. Alimentary canal of the larva.

(a). (Esophagus.

(b). Stomach, or digestive cavity.

(c). Cardiac valve.

(a*). Pyloric valve.

(e). The undeveloped celliform future intestine.

(/). Future anal outlet.

{g). Cascal end of the digestive cavity, the centre of which is the future pylorus.

(h). The Malpighian vessels or bile-ducts.

(i). The silk-glands.

10. Inferior surface of the head of the larva of Monodontomerus.

11. The nymph (male).

12. The imago (female).

13. The larva of the Broom Moth, Mamestra pisi, infested with the eggs (a) of the Ichneumon fly,
Paniscus virgatus.

14 a 8s. b. The larva of Paniscus recently burst from the egg and still retained between the two halves
of the shell.

15. Larva on the second day.

16. Larva on the ninth day.

16. Magnified larva to show the deciduation of the skin, a, b, c.

17. The dead and exhausted larva of Mamestra pisi, with the parasitic larva of Paniscus attached.

18. The nymph of Paniscus in its oval cocoon.

19. The imago.

[ 79 ]

IX. Further Observations on the Genus Anthophorabia.
By George Newport, Esq!, F.E.S., F.L.S. 8fc.

Read February 3, 1852.

.HAVING had the good fortune, in September last, to re-discover in the nests of Antho-
phora, at Gravesend, the Chalcididous parasite Anthophorabia, which, twenty years ago,
I found at Richborough in Kent — and an account of which is given in my paper on the
Chalcididce and Ichneumonidce — I feel it necessary to offer a few additional observations on
this insect ; since one of the most remarkable peculiarities of its male sex — and on account
of which the genus was characterized and named in that paper — has been denied to be a
fact — the denial being printed in the " Proceedings " of the Linnean Society*, and else-
where!. The peculiarity to which I allude is the possession of a single stemmatous eye,
in the place of a compound eye, at the sides of the head in the male.

At the time of communicating my paper on the Chalcididce, &c, to this Society, I was
not in possession, as was then pretty well known, of specimens of the insect itself, but
only of delineations which I had made in the year 1831 from living specimens, and at
which time, and for two or three years afterwards, I found the insect in such abundance
that, expecting to be able to obtain it at pleasure, I neglected to preserve it. Through
the long interval of time which has since elapsed, up to September last, I have not
again been able to find it. It was upon the very fact of the existence of stemmatous
eyes, in the place of compound ones, in this insect, that some important physiological
deductions in my paper are founded ; and thence it was reasonable to expect that every
inquirer would have believed that of this fact, at least, I must have been quite certain,
before venturing to deduce conclusions. Yet this has been repeatedly questioned by Mr.
Westwood, and even in the " Proceedings " of the Society itself $.

As I am now in possession of specimens of the insect, which I beg to lay before the
Society §, I am enabled to prove that not only do stemmatous eyes, instead of compound
ones, exist in the male, as I have stated, but also that the principal characters given in
my paper as marking the genus, — the enlargement and excavation of the basilar joint of
the antenna, as well as the enlargement of the middle joint, — are correct. The male has a
single stemmatous eye on each side of the head, and three stemmata on the vertex, so

* Vol. ii. p. 37.

t Gardeners' Chronicle, May 12, 1849, p. 295. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. (2nd ser.) No. 19, vol. iv. p. 39,
July 1849. Trans. Entom. Soc. vol. v. part 7, 1849, p. lxv.

X " The asserted possession of stemmatous eyes by the male was regarded as erroneous, there being no instance of
such a structure, throughout the whole range of winged insects, whilst it is essentially a character of some of the wing--
less tribes." — Westwood in Proceedings of the Linnean Society, vol. ii. p. 37.

§ Specimens of both sexes of the insect were exhibited at the Meeting.

80 MR. NEWPORT'S OBSERVATIONS ON THE GENUS ANTHOPHORABIA.

that, with the insect before us, we are now enabled to demonstrate that this little creature
really does possess the eyes stated*. It is but just, however, to mention, that with regard
to some other details of less importance, my former description admits of revision ; but
any occasion for this, although asserted, could only have been guessed at as vaguely as
with regard to the eyes, by those who have never seen my insect. Thus I now find that
the club of the antenna, in both sexes, is formed of a plurality of closely-united immovable
segments, instead of being but a single joint; a circumstance which affects the declared
number of parts of which the antenna is composed ; and the possibility of which I have
elsewhere admitted f. Further, the number of joints in the tarsi may either be regarded
as five, as I have described them, if, as anatomists, we consider as a distinct joint the pad-
like terminal portion of the foot ; or as four only, if this part be discarded, and the number
be computed in the way usual with entomologists.

With regard to the supposed identity J of Anthophorabia with the insect mentioned in my
paper of the 20th March, 1849, p. 64, on the Chalcididce, and which had been named Me-
littobia, but which, up to that period, had not been described §, there cannot be much diffi-
culty in arriving at a conclusion in the negative ; if the description in the accounts given by
the entomologist who has since repeatedly characterized the latter insect be correct. Thus
the male of Anthophorabia has stemmatous eyes, while that of Melittobia is described as
having " eyes and stemmata wanting ||," or as " omnino caecus^f," or " caecus**." And
again, the male of Anthophorabia has the middle joint of the antennas " large and globose"
or subangulated, while that of Melittobia was first stated to have " 2nd and 3rd joints
small, nearly equal, 4th, 5th and 6th very small and subannulosettj" aud afterwards these
characters were revised by the omission of all reference to the second and third joints, the
statement being simply " articulis 4to, 5to et 6to minimis J J." So that, presuming these
several descriptions to express the fact, the question must be looked upon as decided.

Thus much then with regard to the identity of the genus Anthophorabia. In respect
of the species there appears to be even less difficulty, Anthophorabia retusa being described
both generically and specifically in my former paper, while no specific characters whatever
have even as yet been published of Melittobia Audouinii.

I now propose to revise the generic description of Anthophorabia in the following
manner : —

Earn. CHALCIDIDjE.

Gen. Anthophorabia, Newp.

Fern. Caput latitudine thoracis. Antennm 9-articulatse, pilosae ; articulo 3tio ad 6tum subsequalibus ;
reliquis clavam solidam ovalera efformantibus. Thorax abdomenque aequales. Tarsi (4-?) 5-articulati
in utroque sexu ; articulo 5to minimo pulvillo simili, fere obsoleto.

* Page 63. f Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. August 1849, p. 123. J Proc. Linn. Soc. vol. ii. p. 37.

§ See Mr. Westwood's "Introduction," &c., vol. i. p. 18. "The species has not yet been described." Also,
Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. v. part 3, 1848 (Proceedings), p. xviii. || Gardeners' Chronicle, May 12, 1849, p. 295.

^f Transactions of the Entomological Society, vol. v. part 7, p. Ixv. 1849.
** Proceedings of the Linnean Society for May 1, 1849, vol. ii. p. 37.
ff Gardeners' Chronicle, ubi suprh. %% Trans. Ent. Soc. and Proc. Linn. Soc. ubi suprh.

MR. NEWPORT'S OBSERVATIONS ON THE GENUS ANTHOPHORABIA. 81

Mas. Caput magnum. Oculi stemmatosi. Antennce 10-articulatae ; articulo lmo globoso, minutissimo;
2do arcuato, magnopere dilatato, dimidio anteriore subtus excavato ; 3tio magno ; 4to adhuc majore,
globoso v. subangulato ; 5to, 6to, 7moque minimis, cyatbiformibus ; 8vo, 9no, lOmoque auctis, clavam
solidam ovalem efFormantibus. Aim abbreviatae.

As the specimens which I now possess afford some specific characters which I do not
remember to have observed in the specimens formerly obtained at Kichborough, and as I
do not possess any of those to compare with them, I propose to name the species I have
obtained at Gravesend, provisionally, in the event of its proving to be distinct, Anthopho-
rabia fasciata, and to describe it as follows : —

Anthophobabia fasciata ; Mas. Fulva, fasciis 5 transversis abdominalibus saturatiori-
bus, antennarum articulis anterioribus oculis prothoracis margine posteriore macu-
laque subalari utrinque in mesothorace nigrescentibus, pedibus subarcuatis robustis
ambulatoriis, trochantere femorumque paris secnndi parte terminali subtus spinulis
minutis dense barbatis, tibiis tarsisque omnibus fortiter spinosis. — Long. lin. 1. —
Fcem. Mgro-aenea nitida, lineis 2 longitudinalibus in mesothorace scutelloque albi-
dis, abdomine ovali elongato acuto fasciis transversis saturatioribus pilis albidis mar-
ginatis, oculis rufescentibus, pedibus flavescentibus, femoribus saturatioribus, tibiis
rectis elongatis pilosis, tarsis pilosis fortiter spinosis.

Hab. in nidis Anthophorce retusce, juxta Gravesend in com. Cantio.

These insects were found while myself and a friend were searching for the larvae of
Monodontomerus nitidus, on the 14th of September, 1851, at Gravesend ; and although
met with in only one bee's nest, I was fortunate in securing nearly one hundred and fifty
specimens. Most of these were still in the nymph or pupa state, but some of them had
already become imagos. On examining them on the following day, I found that several
more had recently changed ; and while I was engaged in watching them, I had the satis-
faction to observe two males throw off their coverings. Having placed the whole in a
shallow vessel covered with glass, I was enabled to watch their proceedings. These males
began immediately to traverse round the interior of the vessel leisurely, but very assi-
duously, touching and turning many of the yet undeveloped female nymphs with their
antennae. Occasionally they raised their rudimentary wings, but made no attempt to fly,
or even to leap, as the females frequently do, although they were in no way confined for
room. In this manner they continued to roam about, without making the slightest effort
to escape, their sole attention being evidently directed to the unhatched females.

The males appear to be very few in number in proportion to the females, as out of the
hundred and fifty specimens obtained I could only find eleven. They are also very short-
lived, as the whole of those which came forth in the afternoon of the day subsequent to
that on which they were found, were dead on the following morning. The females were
much longer-lived, and not only crept about freely, but occasionally leaped to a consider-
able distance.

I was not able to observe any direct communication between the sexes, notwithstanding
the apparent attentions of the males in the way I have mentioned. Yet there afterwards
appeared reason to believe that some of the females had been fecundated, probably, as for-

VOL. XXI. M

82 MR. NEWPORT'S OBSERVATIONS ON THE GENUS ANTHOPHORABIA.

merly suggested, while they were still included in the closed bee's nest. I had placed
nearly a hundred females, including some which had been hatched in the closed cells, and
others which I afterwards saw change from the nymph, in a glass tube, secured, as I be-
lieved, completely with a cork. For a few days the insects remained quiet, occasionally
voiding faeces ; thus showing that the females, at least, are destined to take food, and sur-
vive for some time. But at the end of ten days or a fortnight I found, to my surprise,
that the glass tube had become nearly empty, almost the whole of the insects I had
inclosed in it having escaped, although the cork had not once been removed during the
interval. They had contrived to insinuate themselves into slight depressions in the sides
of the cork, between it and the glass, as I found one or two thus in the act of escaping ;
while others, which had obtained their liberty, were noticed in different parts of the room,
one or two being found in the window and elsewhere. This fact, trifling as it is, is inter-
esting, as probably illustrative of the penetrating, fossorial habits of the species, and,
with other circumstances, leads me to believe that the insect penetrates into the closed
cell of the bee to deposit her eggs on the nearly full-grown larva within.

Happening about the 20th of November, seven or eight weeks after this observation, to
examine a box in which I had placed some larvae of Anthophorce in partially opened cells,
I noticed a small parasite attached to the surface of one of them, and which, from its size,
I at first mistook for a larva of Monodontomerus. But on opening the box again, about a
week afterwards, I remarked that the parasite had but slightly increased in dimensions ;
while, on closer examination, I found within the cell, beside the bee-larva, three perfect
female Anthophorabice ; and on watching these for a few minutes, two of them seemed to
be engaged in oviposition. I then saw that instead of there being only one or two para-
sitic larvae attached to the skin of the young Anthophora, there were many, in very different
stages of growth ; from that which I had first observed, and which had nearly attained its
full size, to others which did not exceed the fifth of a line in length. I now concluded
that these were not the larvae of Monodontomerus, as I first supposed, but oiAnthopho-
rabia, an opinion which was confirmed by subsequent examination with the microscope ;
and this further induced me to think that the females noticed were, as they appeared to
be, depositing ova. I did not observe any of these larvae parasites on the young Antho-
phorce at the time of procuring them from their natural haunts in September, when the
cells were first broken and their inmates exposed, at which time they appeared to be quite
healthy. Nevertheless, one or two of the parasites now upon them were nearly full-grown,
and measured nearly a line in length, while others were so small as to be hardly recog-
nizable ; thus giving further reason to suppose that the eggs had been deposited and
hatched at different periods. The way in which this appeared to be capable of explana-
tion was, that some of the female Anthophorabice which had escaped from the glass tube,
as just stated, had sought out these larvae of Anthophorce, which lay exposed in their cells
in the box near to where I had placed the tube from which they escaped, and insinuating
themselves into the box, had at different times deposited their eggs on the young bee-
larva ; and that, owing to the gradually decreasing temperature of the season, the para-
sites produced from the eggs last deposited had been more delayed in their growth, a high
temperature being as necessary to the development of them as to that of the young bee.

MR. NEWPORT'S OBSERVATIONS ON THE GENUS ANTHOPHORABIA. 83

From the circumstance that each parasite was attached to the surface of the bee, and
fed upon it from without, like the larva of Monodontomerus, it was evident that the female
does not insinuate her eggs into the body of the bee, but merely attaches them to its skin ;
while from the circumstance of nearly the whole of the females I had confined in the tube
having escaped by insinuating themselves between the sides of the cork and the glass, and
forcing their way through chinks which appeared much too small to admit of their passage,
there seems reason to think that the usual habit of this species may be to penetrate into
the cell of Anthophora after it has been closed, and deposit her eggs c# the nearly full-
grown inmate. This supposition is further countenanced by the acute and denticulated
form of the mandibles of the female, and by the absence of an exserted ovipositor, which
structure would perhaps be necessary under other circumstances. Further, also, that the
bee is infested not by a few, but by an abundance, — a whole brood of these creatures, —
which entirely destroy it.

I have allowed my bee-larva, with its parasites, to remain in a cold room up to the
present time, but the latter have scarcely at all increased in size, and yet they remain
firmly attached to their victim, appearing scarcely even to vegetate.

This is precisely the condition in which the bee itself remains during winter ; both that
and its parasites requiring a high temperature of the sand-bank, heated by the sun's rays,
for their evolution.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES.

Tab. VIII.

Fig. 4. Anthophorabia fasciata, male: — magnified.

a. The antenna of the male.

b. Posterior leg.

c. Inferior surface of the middle leg.
Fig. 5. A. fasciata, female : — magnified.

a. The same, with the wings expanded.

b. The antenna.

c. The mandible.

d. Posterior leg.
Fig. 6. The pupa, or nymph.

M2

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

LONDON.

VOLUME XXI.
PART THE SECOND.

X4

LONDON:

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S HOUSE, SOHO- SQUARE;

AND BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS, PATERNOSTER - ROW ;

AND WILLIAM WOOD, TAVISTOCK -STREET, COVENT- GARDEN.

M.DCCC.LIII,

CONTENTS.

X. The Anatomy and Development of certain Chalcididse and Ichneumonidae. By

George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. Sfc page 85

XI. Further Observations on the Habits of Monodontomerus ; with some Account of a

new Acarus (Heteropus ventricosus), a Parasite in the Nests o/Anthophora retusa.
By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc 95

XII. On the Development of the Spores and Elaters of Marchantia polymorpha. By

Arthur Henprey, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc 103

XIII. The Ternstrcemiaceons Plants of Song Kong, ify Captain Champion, 95th Beg.
Communicated by the President Ill

XIV. On the Development of Ferns from their Spores. By Arthur Henfrey, Esq.,
F.B.S., F.L.S. 8rc 117

XV. On Two Genera of Plants from Chile. By John Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. &fc. 141

XVI. On Two New Genera of Fungi. BytheBev.M.. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S. tyc. 149

XVII. On the Habits and Structure of the Great Bustard (Otis tarda of Linnaeus). By
William Yarrell, Esq., V.P. and Treas. Linn. Soc. 8fc 155

XVIII. On the Ocelli in the Genus Anthophorabia. By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S.,
F.L.S. 8fc 161

XIX. The Natural History, Anatomy, and Development of Meloe [continued). By
George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc 167

[ 85 ]

X. The Anatomy and Development of certain Chalcididse and Ichneumonidse. By

George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc.

PART III. ICHNEUMONTD^ (continued).

Read June 5, 1849.

Ichneumon Atropos, Curtis.

oEVERAL years ago, chiefly in the year 1829, 1 obtained many specimens of Ichneumon

Atropos (fig. 1. Tab. IX.), hoth in the larva and perfect states, in the neighbourhood of

Canterbury, but I have not yet met with it in any other locality, nor since the year 1834*.

Mr. Curtis, to whom we are indebted for the description, and an admirable figure of the

species f, states it to have been bred by Miss Giraud at Eaversham, from the larva olAche-

rontia Atropos ; that the perfect insect, from which his drawing was made, was taken at

Rochester by Professor Henslow ; and that another specimen had been taken at Darent

Wood by Mr. Davis, so that the insect appears to be a truly Kentish species. It was by

no means uncommon in the neighbourhood of young ash plantations, at Canterbury, in

the month of July, at the period I have referred to, when I took it on the wing ; and I

have several times reared it from the pupa of Sphinx ligustri, and very frequently have

found the larva within the body of the larva of this Sphinx. It seems in fact to be

a parasite common to this Sphinx ; much more so perhaps than to Acherontia Atropos.

Mr. Curtis, when describing the species, suggests that the true Ichneumons "prefer

naked caterpillars, and probably puncture them after they have descended into the earth,

but before they have changed into chrysalids." But this is not the habit of Ichneumon

Atropos, as I have often found the Ichneumon-larva (fig. 2 a, b, c) within the body of the

Sphinx caterpillar several days before this had acquired its full growth, or had ceased to

feed, and consequently long before it would have entered the earth to change to a pupa.

I suspect that the egg of the Ichneumon is deposited quickly after the caterpillar has

changed its skin, and has entered its last period of growth ; since, at about the middle of

that period, I have found the parasite within it more than a quarter of an inch in length ;

and consequently, it must then be at least two or three days old. This length of time,

added to a similar period, which we may suppose to be necessary for Ihe hatching of the

egg after deposition, will bring us to the commencement of the last stage of the caterpillar,

when its tegument is soft and pierced with least difiiculty. I am not aware whether the

Ichneumon-egg is deposited on the surface of the skin through which the larva eats its

way into the body, when hatched, like the larva of Sty lops, or whether, as seems to be most

probable, the egg is plunged at once into the caterpillar. The latter opinion seems to be

* Since this paper was read, I have obtained two specimens of the imago from pupae of Sphinx ligustri during the
past summer, 1852.

t British Entomology, vol. v. p. 234.
VOL. XXI. N

86 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

supported by the fact that I have never yet met with even the youngest larvae between the
skin and muscles of the caterpillar, but always internal to the muscles, imbedded in the
so-called fatty tissue, between them and the alimentary canal, and always on the dorsal
surface, and usually with its head in the direction of that of the caterpillar. I have found
it in different stages of growth, from one-fourth to three-eighths of an inch in length (a),
as early as the middle of August, when it is of a light pea-green colour; but I have obtained
full-grown specimens (c, d) only from the pupa of the Sphinx, sometimes as early as the
end of October, but more frequently not until the commencement of March, and sometimes
as late as the end of April. Usually, one egg only is deposited in each caterpillar, but
sometimes there are two, and both become hatched, although of the parasites one only
arrives at maturity, as one is invariably destroyed by the other. I have the following
entry of a fact of this kind in my note-book with the date " March 13, 1832," which shows
that two larvae may exist in the pupa of the Sphinx up to a late period, but that one is
then destroyed. " The pupa now examined was one in which Ichneumon Atropos had
deposited two eggs. Two larvae had been hatched, and these were located in the lower
part of the abdomen of the pupa. One of them was very small, being scarcely more than
one-fourth of an inch in length, and appeared to have been dead for some time. The
other was a fat well-fed specimen, about three-quarters of an inch in length and one-sixth
in diameter. It seemed to have destroyed part of the fatty sacculi of the Sphinx, and
was lying in the cavity of the body, but it had not injured the upper part of the digestive
apparatus, the stomach, behind which it lay so imbedded that I had almost mistaken it at
first for the intestine and colon, which had not undergone their proper change. The
nervous system of the pupa had not been injured by the larvae, although its changes had
been retarded. It thus appears that the Ichneumon sometimes deposits more than one
egg in the body of the caterpillar, as several times before this I have found two of these
larvae in the same insect, although, I beHeve, never more than one of them comes to
perfection." All my subsequent observations have confirmed this conclusion.

The usual situation of the parasite in the Sphinx-pupa is in the tissue of the middle
part of the body beneath the dorsal vessel and above the stomach, on which it often rests.
This is the position of the full-fed larva in the drawing and preparation (fig. 3), and this
is the specimen alluded to and partly described in my second memoir on Meloe, printed
in the Society's Transactions, vol. xx. p. 335. It was obtained at almost the latest period
of the larva state, on the 18th of April, 1832. The other specimens exhibited were pro-
cured between that period and the month of October, so that the insect continues to sub-
sist on the Sphinx, and probably passes into a state of hybernation with it, during the
long interval of six months. One specimen found on the 20th of March, and removed
from the body of the pupa into water, lived several days, while another, not placed in
water, spun a few delicate threads to prepare for its change to a nymph. This change
usually takes place in April, but when placed in water at that period it soon perishes, as
its respiration has then become more active, as the following entry from my note-book
shows : — " April 21, 1832. On dissecting a male pupa of Sphinx ligustri, a few days ago,
I found, somewhat to my mortification, one of my old friends, the larva of Ichneumon. It
was a large and full-fed specimen, and laid with its anterior portion in the thorax, and its

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDID^ AND ICHNEUMONIDiE. 87

posterior in the abdomen of the pupa. I put it by for future examination in a vessel of
water, having first made a drawing of it (fig. 2 d). The spiracles, on each side of its body,
are oval, corneous, and slightly project from the tegument, and are situated one at the
anterior part of each segment, a little above the longitudinal trachea, and immediately
anterior to the trachea that supplies the dorsal surface of each segment. The whole of
the tracheal vessels are distinct and distended with air. On looking at it this morning I
found it dead." So that although the parasite may reside for many months bathed by
the fluids of the Sphinx, it perishes when a change occurs in the degree of activity of its
respiratory functions. The length of time which it remains in the nymph-state is about
a month or six weeks at the utmost, as most of the specimens I have bred from the pupa
have appeared in June. The perfect insect makes its way out of the dead pupa of the
Sphinx by perforating the case with its mandibles, on the dorsal surface, and sometimes,
as in the preparation now exhibited, it becomes fixed in the orifice and unable to escape
(fig. 4).

The body of the larva (fig. 2 a to d) is composed of fourteen segments, or, if the pedal
process of the last segment be reckoned, of fifteen. It is elongated, somewhat tapering,
and curved in its earlier stages of growth; but is thick, fat, and pointed at its anal
extremity, when mature. The pedal or terminal portion of the last segment is pointed and
projecting, and is opposable to a process from the inferior margin of the thirteenth seg-
ment, with which it forms a kind of forceps, or prehensile organ by which the larva may
affix itself, and change its position in the body of the Sphinx The lateral margins of all
the segments are thinned and project as tubercles. These are well-marked in the pro-,
meso-, and metathoracic and pre-abdominal segments, but are most distinctly tubercular
from the fifth to the eleventh inclusive. These latter segments have also distinct tubercles
or segmental appendages on each side of the ventral surface in the shape of mammae, and
in the position of the false feet of the Terebrantiate Hymenoptera to which they may be
regarded as analogous, and as subservient to the movements of the larva within the Sphinx.
The lateral tubercles of the Ichneumon-larva have already been noticed by naturalists, but
I believe this is the first time that ventral tubercles also have been discovered. In the
very young larva they are situated nearer to the side of the body than in the full-grown,
and become more and more approximated to the median line, as the growth of the larva
proceeds, by the greater extent of growth and development of the dorsal than of the ventral
portion of the segments ; thus beautifully illustrating the corresponding process of growth
of the segments, and the approximation of the limbs to the median line of the body, in the
Myriapoda. But although pedal tubercles exist along the ventral surface of the abdominal
segments, the future true legs of the perfect insect are indicated only by six white points
on the ventral surface of the thoracic segments, in the precise situation, however, of the
tubercles on the abdominal.

The head (fig. 5) and mandibles (d) of the larva are strong, corneous and of a yellow
colour, with the margins and apices of the mandibles black, curved and sharp-pointed,
fitted only for piercing and suction, and not for manducation. The maxillae (e) are three-
jointed, with the terminal joint broad, triangular, soft and membranous, the second joint
very short, and the basal joint strong and elongated. The labium (/) is triangular, with a

N 2

88 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

slight median ridge, and a narrow membranous border, admirably fitted with the margins
of the maxilla? for suction. The strength of the mandibles, and the consolidation of the
parietes of the entire head, prove to us that the force necessary to overcome the contractile
power of the tissues in the Sphinx, in obtaining nourishment, is by no means inconsider-
able ; yet this force appears to be little, if at all, under the power of volition, since the
Ichneumon-larva, like that of Paniscus, exhibits only the very slightest indications of
sensation, when touched or pressed. It makes no distinct effort to escape, but merely
contracts its body, perhaps simply by reflected action, without any intervention of con-
sciousness. This is precisely the condition, as regards the consensual functions of its
nervous system, (fig. 9.) under which we might have expected it to exist. Shut up in
the body of another animal, and subjected to the compression of its tissues, the endow-
ment of sensation would only entail on it an amount of suffering proportioned to the
degree of its perception. Vegetative, or simple organic life, therefore, is, as yet, sufficient
for all the requirements of its existence ; although afterwards it is to become endowed, as
certain of its consensual organs are developed, with perceptions and instincts the most
acute. Thus we find in this larva that organs of vision, totally useless to it in its intra-
abdominal abode, do not yet exist ; and the place of their future development is scarcely
even indicated ; while the antennae, almost equally useless to it in its present condition,
exist only in the most rudimentary state, merely as slight homy elevations, on the front
of the head, (fig. 5 a) on each side of the clypeus (b), formed of a series of concentric rings
(fig. 6) the centre of which is the apex of the future tactile organ. Into this centre I
have succeeded in tracing the termination of the antennal nerve ; the optic nerves, for the
future eyes, being in their usual situation at the sides of the cerebral ganglia. I have
also succeeded in tracing this nerve into the corresponding part in the larva of Anthophora,
in which the antenna is more developed than in Ichneumon, and forms a little cone of
concentric rings. In Monodontomerus the same part is terminated by a single hair (fig. 7),
precisely as hairs and spines originate in the central nuclei of tegumentary cells in the
larva of Meloe.

I have elsewhere shown* that the form of the digestive apparatus is very similar, at the
earliest periods of growth, in all parasitic Hymenoptera, whether they are enclosed in the
same cell with their victim, as in Monodontomerm, whether carried about with it attached
to its surface like Paniscus, or whether shut up within its body bike Ichneumon. In each
of these instances there is not merely a general similarity in the form of its parts, but
there is also a concordance in their function. The intestinal portions continue small and
imperfect, and no faeces are passed until the larva has arrived at its maturity. I may now
further state that this principle, or law, is not confined to the strictly parasitic, or carni-
vorous larvae, but operates, as I believe, among the omnivorous, and certainly among the
true pollinivorous. The digestive apparatus in the larva of Ichneumon (fig. 8), is a pear-
shaped elongated sac (/), with only a very short intestine (g, h, i), through which, I have
reason to believe, no faeces are passed until the larva has ceased to take food. It differs
from the great digestive organ in the Hornet chiefly in its larger diameter as compared
with its length. Hence we might expect to find but little variation in its function. In

* Linnean Transactions, vol. xxi. p. CI.

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDIDjE AND ICHNEUMONID^. 89

Anthophora, as I ascertained many years ago, the chief portion of the digestive organ is
an elongated stomach, and although in this instance a short intestine and colon exist, not
an atom of faeces is passed, as I have many times, to my complete satisfaction, proved,
until the whole of the food is consumed, and the larva has attained its full size.

IV. Development of the Alimentaey Canal and its Appendages.

These remarks on the anatomy and development of parasitic Hymenoptera, compared
with their economy and instincts, lead us to inquire into the mode in which the alimentary
canal in Insects is formed. The first developed portions of the parietes of the body in the
embryo are the ventral and lateral divisions of the segments. These are produced before
the alimentary canal is commenced, the space between them being occupied by the yolk,
which supplies the means of growth to the whole. The lateral portions of the segments
grow from below upwards, and their free margins gradually more and more approach
each other, until at last they meet along the median line of the dorsal surface of the
body. The parts which first meet are those of the cephalic, and afterwards those of the
anal segments, and the junction of the remaining segments then proceeds in gradual suc-
cession from behind forwards, as I have witnessed in very numerous observations in the
embryo of Forficula. The whole of the remains of the yolk, composed entirely of masses
of nucleated cells, is thus gradually enclosed within the body, by the successive union
along the dorsal surface of the two sides of the segments, from behind forwards, the last
portion included being in the prothorax. The fact of the yolk entering the body at this
point of the thorax in the Crustacea was first pointed out by Rathke. From the remains
of the yolk thus included the alimentary canal is entirely formed, the external portion
giving origin to muscular tissue and basement membrane, and the internal, besides sup-
plying nutriment for the further development of the embryo, becoming organized into an
elaborating tissue, which for a time retains the general character of the original cell-
masses of the yolk, as shown in Monodontomerus. The termination of the future ali-
mentary canal is thus the result of a folding on itself of the first portion of the yolk included
by the completion of the anal and penultimate segments, and is the commencement, poste-
riorly, of the column of cells which, becoming perforated, constitute the future colon and
small intestine, and which retain the celkeform structure to so late a period in some larvae,
as in the instance we have seen in Monodontomerus. In this way, formed from the
included yolk, the digestive apparatus becomes a hollow cavity, closed, at first, at its
abdominal end by the approximation of the whole of its component structure, but com-
municating anteriorly with a canal which is formed between the parts of the future mouth,
and which becomes its inlet or oesophagus, the connexion of the yolk with the dorsal
surface of the body in the prothorax being entirely obliterated. As the growth of the
body proceeds, the walls of the alimentary canal become thinner, lose much of their cellse-
form condition, and acquire a more organized structure. The column of cells which
connect the great digestive cavity with the anal segment, as in Monodontomerus, are
gradually transformed into muscular tissue, from without inwards, and constitute the
future intestine, or colon and ilium. These parts being chiefly for the transit of the faeces,
and further elaboration of the contents of the stomach, are later developed, but acquire a

90 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

more muscular structure than the great digestive cavity, which longer retains its cellae-
form condition, its lining cells becoming changed into secreting or glandular structures, of
two kinds ; one of which elaborates the juices required for digestion of food, while others
take up the results and diffuse them through the body for the general purposes of
nutrition.

Hence we find that the general form of the great digestive cavity is very similar in all
embryos of a given class, at the earliest periods ; and similar in all which pursue a like
habit of fife, as in Hymenopterous parasites ; the chief structural differences being in those
parts which become small intestine and colon. Different species, even among the para-
sites, differ slightly in regard to these parts, both as to form and as to period of completion.
In Monodontomerus we have found that the whole of the digestive canal long retains its
cellseform condition, its muscular tissue being completed very late. In Ichneumon (fig. 8),
and Microgaster (fig. 11), which feed within the body of their victims, the intestinal por-
tion (g, h, i) of the digestive apparatus is completed more early, and a canal, paved with
epithelium, is formed in it, but continues almost completely closed, and does not admit
into it a particle of the matter to be rejected until the growth of the parasite is complete.
In Microgaster the small intestine (g) and colon (h) are ready to convey the faeces more
early than in Ichneumon ; and this seems to have some reference to the special require-
ments of this species for a more early rejection of the waste of nutrition. In like manner
the more or less early completion of the appendages of the digestive apparatus in the
advanced growth of the embryo, or of the larva, immediately precedes the unfolding of
some speciality of function or of instinct. I have already shown, in the first part of this
paper, that the earliest completed glandular organs connected with the digestive apparatus
in the larva of Monodontomerus, are the salivary. So we find also in Microgaster (fig. 11),
in which they are not only early, but most extensively developed (d), for the production
of that abundance of silk which is formed by this larva in the construction of its cocoon
quickly after it has issued from the body of the insect it has devoured. In Ichneumon
Atropos also, I have found the salivary organs (d) extensively developed in the larva at
an early period, doubtless for a similar purpose. Dufour was unable to detect these
organs in the perfect Ichneumon, although he correctly believes in their existence. The
Malpighian structures (k), attached to the commencement of the intestinal portion of the
digestive apparatus, and the function of which is still a question with some physiologists,
although usually believed to be that of the liver, are completed, as we might fairly have
anticipated, at a much later period in these parasites than in the vegetable-feeding larvae,
in which the food requires greater elaboration to assimilate it with the animal tissues, than
in the carnivorous feeder, which imbibes the ready-formed animal juices of another body.
In Monodontomerus, the Malpighian organs, even at the close of the feeding period, still
exhibit evidences of their original mode of formation by the longitudinal junction and
coalescence of cells to form tubes ; while in Ichneumon and Microgaster these parts are
more early and more extensively developed, although even in them they are incomplete.
On the contrary, in the true vegetable-feeding larva?, the herbivorous caterpillars, these
organs exist well-formed almost from the period at which the insect leaves the egg and
begins to feed ; and, in many instances, have their secretory capacity increased by the deve-

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDIDJE AND ICHNEUMONIDjE. 91

lopment of caeca over their whole surface, from their opening into the alimentary canal to
their distal terminations, which, in all insects, are csecal, and do not, in any way, anastomose
with any other structure ; as some have erroneously supposed them to do with the so-called
adipose, or splanchnic tissue.

Thus we find that in proportion to the more or less early development of any structure
or organ, the function or instinct associated with that organ is more or less early evolved ;
and that in proportion to the completeness of a tissue, such is the degree or perfection of
each special function or instinct in the animal.

Additional Note.

Read February 15, 1853.

The change of form and condition which the alimentary canal undergoes, after the para-
site has ceased to feed (fig. 8) and is assuming its imago state (fig. 10), is as remarkable as that
which takes place in the vegetable-feeding caterpillar, in changing to the chrysalis of the
future butterfly or moth. The short narrow oesophagus (e) becomes considerably elongated,
and instead of terminating, as in the larva, in the third or meso-thoracic segment, it is
extended, in the imago, through the meta-thoracic, into the abdominal region. In the
anterior portion of the abdomen, the fifth, sixth and seventh segments, it is then dilated
into a conical-shaped crop (/), which, by a constriction at its termination, and a reflexion
inwards of its tissues to form the cardiac valve, is separated from the true digestive cavity,
the stomach. This portion of the canal, the chylific ventricle (/,/), which occupied nearly
the whole interior of the body of the larva, is now restricted to the eighth, ninth and tenth
segments. It is a powerful muscular structure, of a somewhat elongated oval shape, and
the length of which is scarcely more than thrice its diameter. Around its termination are
inserted, externally, the hepatic or Malpighian organs, from twenty to thirty in number
(k), where, internally, by a reflexion of the tissues, is formed a second valve, the pylorus.
The canal then becomes narrowed into what may be regarded as duodenum and ilium, or
small intestine (g). Beyond this it is again dilated into a more muscular structure (h, i),
the colon or rectum, which is usually filled with ejecta, and terminates at the anal valve.

The canal in the imago, as in the larva, is formed of distinct layers or tissues, a muscular,
a glandular, and a mucous ; and is invested, externally, by a distinct, transparent, perito-
neal membrane, which appears to be homologous with the peritoneal covering of the
viscera in the Vertebrata, and processes, or reflexions of which, in these Invertebrata, clothe
every internal organ, the salivary and hepatic glands, the organs of circulation and repro-
duction, and the adipose tissue, and tracheae ; as expressly mentioned, in regard to the
latter, in my article ' Insecta*.'

The tissues of the alimentary canal are, however, much changed in condition in the
imago, from that in which they exist in the larva, — a change which is accompanied by
some alteration of function in the entire organ. In the larva, in which the canal is little
more than a capacious bag, the external or muscular tissue is imperfect, and consists of

* Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiology, vol. ii. part 18, p. 965 (Oct. 1839).

92 MR. NEWPORT ON THE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT

only a very few longitudinal and transverse fibres, which are separated by wide inter-
spaces (fig. 12 a) ; the one extending throughout the whole length of the organ, and the
other encircling every part of it ; and these are crossed obliquely by a few fibres which
attach the canals loosely to the tegument, and aid its peristaltic movements. But the
glandular or middle tissue is more complete. It is composed of the cells before alluded
to*, which are large, hexagonal in shape, and, in most instances, correspond to the inter-
spaces formed by the decussation of the muscular fibres (b). Each cell in its interior has
a very large granular nucleus. The mucous, or lining tissue of the canal, is formed by a
layer of somewhat flattened cells, which have small granulated nuclei, are loosely aggre-
gated together, and have all the characters of epithelial cells (c). In the imago, however,
the muscular tissue is composed of very strong longitudinal and transverse bands, crossed
as in the larva by a few delicate oblique ones ; while the glandular tissue is less marked,
the mucous tissue being most developed; thus, preceding in its changed condition, the
change of food of the perfect insect.

Every part of the canal is supplied with tracheae, the trunks of which, one in each
segment, passing transversely inwards, divide into branches, which, again subdivided,
penetrate into and ramify through the structure. These, like all other tracheae, are formed,
as described by Sprengel, of three tissues, an external membranous, and an internal
mucous, which enclose between them a strong spiral fibre. The external, as I formerly
showedt, so loosely invests the middle, or spiral, that, usually, there is some interspace
between them; and, as also mentioned J, this external tissue is simply a reflexion and
extension of the common peritoneal membrane. The ramifications of tracheae which
penetrate the structure of the canal, or of any other organ, become, as I have since found,
denuded of this covering as they enter, and then seem to be formed only of two tissues,
the spiral and mucous, — if, indeed, there be not also, as I have reason to think there is,
an extremely delicate serous, or basement membrane, closely adherent to, and uniting the
coils of fibrous tissue, on its external surface. The tracheae which penetrate the muscular
layer of the canal terminate in the glandular or adipose layer, where a few of the branches
anastomose; but, as elsewhere stated §, "they do not ramify in the internal or mucous
membrane." The ultimate divisions of these tracheae are always distributed separately,
and do not anastomose. They end in extremely minute, filiform, blind extremities, as
noticed by my friend Mr. Bowerbank, E.B.S. This I find is their condition in all struc-
tures, in the nervous and tegumentary equally as in the glandular and muscular.

These facts may, perhaps, assist us to understand the nature of the injection of the
tracheae by M. Blanchard||, and also the mode of nutrition in insects; — the ultimate
branches of tracheae in the tissues of the alimentary canal operating, possibly, as absorbent
structures, and inducing the chylific fluid elaborated around them to flow, in its transit
outwards, along the channels formed by their loose peritoneal covering, into the regular
circulatory currents^", — a view which, in part, — so far as refers to the presumed absorbent
operation of the tracheae, — was long ago held by Dr. Kidd, in his paper on the Anatomy

* P. 89. f On the Respiration of Insects, Phil. Trans. 1836, p. 530. pi. 36. fig. 1.

% Article ' Insecta,' loc. cit. p. 965. § Loc. cit. Phil. Trans. 1836, p. 532 and 564, pi. 36, fig. 4.

|| Annales des Sciences Nat. 3me Serie, torn. xi. p. 372, et seq. ^[ Article ' Insecta,' p. 979.

OF CERTAIN CHALCIDID^E AND ICHNEUMONIDjE. 93

of the Mole Cricket* ; although the precise structure and mode of termination of the
trachea? now described appear to have been unknown to him. Further, they may assist
to explain the mode of coloration of the tracheae in the experiments of MM. Alessandrini
and Bassif, and M. BlanchardJ, and also in others, yet unpublished, by myself, made
on the larvae of Clissocampa Neustria, in July 1837.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Tab. IX.

Fig. 1. Ichneumon Atropos, imago state.

Fig. 2. a, b, c, d, larvae of Ichneumon in various stages of growth.

Fig. 3. Full-grown larva (a) between the adipose tissue (b) and stomach (c) of a pupa of Sphinx ligustri.
(d) brain ; (c) muscles of the thorax ; (f) heart ; (g) testes.

Fig. 4. Perfect Ichneumon escaping through the back of a destroyed pupa.

Fig. 5. Upper and under surface of the head of the larva, (a) antenna; (b) face or clypeus ; (c) labrum ;
(d) mandible; (e) maxilla; (/) labium.

Fig. 6. Magnified view of antenna of larva of Ichneumon.

Fig. 7- Antenna of larva of Monodontomerus.

Fig. 8. Alimentary canal, &c. of larva Ichneumon, (a) antenna; (b) brain; (c) optic nerves; (d) salivary
glands ; (e) oesophagus ; (/) stomach ; {g) intestine ; (h} i) colon and rectum ; (k) Malpighian
organs.

Fig. 9. Nervous system of the larva.

Fig. 10. The imago Ichneumon dissected ; letters as before.

Fig. 11. Alimentary canal and appendages of Microgaster.

Fig. 12. Tissues of the alimentary canal in the larva Ichneumon, (a) muscular layer or tissue; (6) glan-
dular; (c) mucous.

Fig. 13. Respiratory system in the abdomen of perfect Ichneumon.

* Phil. Trans. 1826, p. 235.

t Gazette Medicale de Milan, t. vi. and Annales des Sciences Nat. 3me Serie, torn. xv. J hoc. cit. torn. xv.

VOL. XXI.

TraJis Luvjv. Soo VolJXl Tab. II p 34

CNwjon 4J yfVm£ ]ai

IWiAffpU rm. H»ttor Gudll

[ 95 ]

XI. Further Observations on the Habits of Monodontomerus ; with some Account of a
new Acarus (Heteropus ventricosus), a Parasite in the Nests of Anthophora retusa.
By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc.

Read March 5, 1850.

As some of the details of a paper on " certain Chalcidida? and Ichneumonidce," which I
had the honour of communicating to the Linnean Society, in March 1849, drew forth, at
that time, the criticism and dissent of some entomologists who had paid considerable
attention to those groups, I was desirous, during the past summer, of repeating my ob-
servations, and, having the ascertainment of strict truth for my object, sought to correct,
if erroneous, whatever might have been questioned, and to confirm by further observations
what I had already correctly stated. Accordingly, on the 16th of September last, I
revisited the spot at Gravesend, where, two years before, I discovered the larvae which
proved to be those of Monodontomerus, and of which an account was given in the paper
above referred to.

On this second occasion I had the good fortune to obtain an abundance of these larvae.
Some idea may be formed of the number discovered by the fact that I brought away with
me two hundred and forty-seven specimens, independent of many that were accidentally
lost in the search. These larvae were found, as on the previous occasion, in the closed cells
of Anthophora retusa, either in those which still contained the larva (Tab. X. fig. 1) or
nymph (fig. 2) of that bee, or in others in which the original inmate had been destroyed.
The number of larvae of Monodontomerus found in the first five cells opened was nineteen
in the first; twenty-three in the second; thirteen in the third; nineteen in the fourth,
and thirty-four in the fifth. In each of these cells I had full proof that the parasites had
fed on the Anthophora itself, as stated by another observer in correction of my first sup-
position, and as I had already been convinced by examination of the organs of nutrition.
The emptied and dried-up tegument alone was all that remained of the body of the
original inhabitant in each cell. In order however that there should be no mistake on
this fact, I removed three of the cells, which contained larvae of Monodontomeri, without
opening them further than to ascertain the presence of the parasites, and placed each in
a separate small box to examine the contents at leisure, and more accurately than I could
do on the spot. This examination was made on the following day, and each cell was then
found to contain the dried-up remains of a single larva of Anthophora, with a variable
number of the larvae of Monodontomerus, — nineteen in the first cell, twenty-three in the
second, and thirteen in the third as just stated. In neither of these instances had the
parasites been contained or fed within the body of the bee-larva, but had exhausted it
from without, and had drained the body of its contents in the same way as the larva of
Paniscus drains that of the body of the caterpillar. In those cells in which the parasites
were of largest size, the remains of the bee-larvae had been most completely exhausted ;
while in two of the cells the tegument was still soft, and not quite emptied, but in each

o2

96 MR. NEWPORT'S FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON

instance it was shrivelled up and lay at the larger end of the cell. In a fourth cell, which
I took home with me almost entire, there were eighteen larvae of Monodontomerus, and
the remains of a nymph of Anthophora. In this cell the parasites were scarcely more
than one-half grown, and the remains of the nymph were very complete. The head, limbs,
and parts of the mouth were still uninjured, but the thorax and abdomen were nearly
emptied. The parasites had pierced the body in both these regions, and were ranged on
each side of it. This specimen therefore confirmed Mr. Smith's statement*, that the
Monodontomeri feed on the nymph of the bee, as I had previously shown that they feed
on the larva. It also afforded the fullest confirmation of my original opinion, — that these
parasites are external feeders, — a view to which I was led, — not, as erroneously stated by
Mr. Westwood, in the printed Proceedings of the Society t, from the simple fact of my
having found that the bodies of these parasites have an armature of hairs ; but, as ex-
plicitly stated in my paper J, as read to this Society, because I have never yet found hairs
on the bodies of internal feeding parasites. External feeders, nevertheless, may be deficient
of this armature, as in the instance of Eulophus Nemati cited by this observer.

As the whole of the tegumentary portion of the body of the nymph of Anthophora,
obtained by myself, like that of the larva, remained in the cell, although partially
shrivelled up, there seems to have been some error also, in part of Mr. Smith's observa-
tions, as given in the following words § : " When first observed the pupa of the bee was
about one-third consumed, and at last not a vestige of it remained ; all that the cell
contained, besides the larvae, being a small portion of yellow dust, or small granules."
I cannot help regarding this statement as having originated in oversight or mistake, as in
every cell which I have examined the tegumentary remains of the destroyed bee-larva
have invariably been present ; while in neither of the many cells which I opened very
carefully at the moment of finding them in their natural haunts, nor in the four which I
preserved for still closer examination at home, could I detect any " yellow dust or gra-
nules." There were only the parasites and the more or less dried-up tegumentary remains
of the destroyed insect. Neither was there any "yellow dust or granules" in the cell
with the nymph of Anthophora. All which this contained were the parasites and the
remains of the nymph ; together with the larva skin it had thrown off on assuming this
condition ; while the larger end of the cell was coated with a perfectly smooth layer of
ejecta ; a coating which, as I formerly stated, it always gains after, the larva has ceased
to feed, and before it changes to a nymph. I mention these circumstances the more par-
ticularly, because, as Mr. Smith's remarks on Monodontomerus were communicated to the
Linnean Society in correction of mine on this insect, previously read, and as the abstract
of that paper has since been published in the " Proceedings," it is incumbent on me to
notice his statements with care, and to show in what we agree or differ. In his com-
munication to the Society, he states that he obtained the larvae of this insect "in the
summer of 1848 1|," and also remarks: — "I then made a drawing of the larva of the
parasite, which I enclose." On this drawing is written the following confirmatory note : —
" Larva found feeding on the pupa of Anthophora retusa, July 1848." The following

* Proceedings, vol. ii. p. 29, April 3, 1849. f May 1, 1849, vol. ii. p. 37. X Transactions, vol. xxi. p. 67.

§ Proceedings, vol. ii. p. 29, April 3, 1849. || Loc. cit. p. 29 ; also Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. August 1849, p. 124.

THE HABITS OF MONODONTOMERUS. 97

passage from the Proceedings of the Entomological Society*, printed in 1848, records the
exhibition, by myself, at that time, of specimens of the Imago insect, reared from the
larvse mentioned at p. 67, found on the 12th of September, 1847 : — " July 3rd, 1848.
Mr. Newport exhibited a new species of the genus Monodontomerus, belonging to the
family of the Chalcididce, reared from larvse which he had found in the nests of Antho-
phora retusa. He proposed for it the name of M. nitidus."

Thus my recent observations on Monodontomerus in its natural haunts, supported by
further examination of the anatomy of its digestive organs (figs. 3 & 4), have fully
confirmed my former opinions as regards the nature of the larva, that it is an external
and not an internal feeding parasite, and that some remains of the destroyed bee-larva
are always found in the cell. They confirm too the observation that the bee-nymph
is preyed upon ; as well as that the larva of Monodontomerus is carnivorous ; but they do
not support the statement, and the inference to be deduced from it, that "not a vestige"
of the bee is left in the cell. Further, they give strength to the opinion I have advanced
respecting the mode and time of introduction of the eggs of the parasite ; viz. by perfora-
tion of the cell. The circumstance of the bee-nymph being preyed upon, as well as the
larva, goes far to establish this, as in each instance the parasites with the nymph were
scarcely more than one-half grown. This seems to show that they had been introduced
at the time of change, or at a very late period of the larva state. There seems reason
to believe also that the eggs are seldom conveyed into the cell until long after this has
been closed, and consequently when the bee-larva within has far advanced in growth, as
in no one instance could I discover a particle of the food of the larva.

Being desirous, however, of ascertaining facts by direct observation, rather than of
arriving at views by inference, I placed, on the 17th of September, twenty of the most
healthy middle-sized specimens of the larval Monodontomeri with a single larva of Antho-
phora, in one division of a glass tube ; and twenty smaller specimens, with a nymph of
this bee, in another division of the same tube, separating the two sets with a piece of
sponge, and closing the tube with a cork. On the following day the parasites had arranged
themselves with their heads towards the body of the larva, but they did not appear to have
commenced their attack, probably from a cause which I shall presently mention. On the
next day, however, the third of inclusion in the tube, I saw one individual attack the
nymph, and in precisely the same way in which the larva of Paniscus attacks the caterpillar,
by piercing the skin, and imbibing the fluid as it transudes. On the 22nd of September,
the fifth day of inclusion, I was surprised to find that some of the specimens were changing
colour, and looking unhealthy, and that not one of them appeared to be feeding. On the
following day the whole Avere slightly discoloured ; and, on very close inspection, I then
first noticed that their bodies were covered with multitudes of little spherical bladder-like
objects, exactly similar, at first view, to microscopic drops of fluid transuded through
punctures in the skin. My hope to follow out a series of observations on these larvse was
now at an end, as it was evident to me that they were diseased and perishing. But I was
entirely at a loss to imagine the cause of this failure, as at the time the specimens were
collected, the whole were perfectly healthy and strong. On the 24th September they were

* Trans. Entomological Society, vol. v. part 5, 1848, p. 42.

98 MR. NEWPORT'S FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON

still further discoloured, and many of them were dead, and all were covered with the
hladder-like bodies in greater abundance.

On examining other specimens of these larvae, which I had placed in separate bee-cells,
I found that these also were in a similar condition ; and on inspecting my collection of
larvae and pupae of Anthophora, these too, to my utter astonishment, were covered in the
same manner. I noticed also that the vesicles first observed on the larvae in the glass tube
had become much larger, during the past two days ; and on inspecting them very carefully
with a lens, I found that the bladder-like bodies were either the nidi of parasites, or living
parasites themselves attacking and exhausting the enemies of the young bee, as the bee
had been attacked by them (fig. 5). Thus in less than eight days from the time when my
specimens were collected, the whole were irretrievably destroyed by objects which now
covered them in multitudes, but which at first were so microscopic as entirely to escape
observation. As it was now evident that my whole collection of larvae of Monodontomeri
would soon entirely disappear, I placed a number of them, together with the parasites that
covered them, in spirit for future examination. Out of nearly two hundred and fifty
specimens of these, and of a still greater number of larvae and nymphs of Anthophora, the
result of the persevering labour of several hours' search, I was not able to save even
a single specimen. Wherever I placed them in the room appropriated to my investiga-
tions, they became covered with these microscopic enemies, whether secured in wooden or
tin boxes, or covered earthen pots. I now began to suspect the cause of this mischief.
During the time I was collecting the larvae, on the 16th of the month, I found some bee-
cells nearly filled with a large mass of vesicle-like bodies. These were completely new to
me. The body of the bee-larva seemed to have been changed into this mass of spherical
nondescripts (fig. 1), which, although quite distinct from each other, were aggregated
together, and somewhat resembled a microscopic bunch of grapes. Each of the bodies was
opake and clouded on its upper surface, and seemed to include other bodies. On its under
surface it was clear and transparent. They varied greatly in size, from that of a minute
pin's head to nearly one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter. Having found several of the
cells filled with them, I collected these cells, for the purpose of ascertaining, if possible,
the nature of their contents. I found also one cell in which these bodies, as well as the
remains of the bee-larva, were almost dried up. The instant this cell was opened and
exposed to light, I noticed, on examining the interior with a lens, that it was partly filled
with what looked at first like dust ; but more closely observed this was seen to consist of
crowds of little brown objects (fig. 6), in a state of the most vivid and incessant motion.
These were so exceedingly minute that I could only recognise them to be living creatures
by means of the lens, and even then with difficulty, without being able to distinguish their
form, as they were of the same colour as the clay-soil of the nest. They reminded me
very forcibly, by the vivacity of their movements on exposure to light, of the larvae of Meloe,
although scarcely one-third the size of those diminutive creatures when first hatched.

No Pandora's box could ever have been more fatal to man, than this bee-cell and its
contents became to my store of larvae. I placed it together with those which seemed to
contain only vesicles in the same case, which I did not again examine until the following
day. and then found, to my surprise, that but very few of the dust-like objects remained in

THE HABITS OF MONODONTOMERUS. 99

the cell. The majority, as was afterwards proved by what I have just stated, had crept
out and distributed themselves over the room. Many probably had escaped into my other
collecting boxes while being conveyed home.

It was in the afternoon of the following day that I placed my larvae of Monodontomerus
with that of the bee, in the closed glass tube, as already mentioned ; so that, in all pro-
bability, it was during the few hours that my boxes which contained the young bees and
their parasites remained near that which enclosed the cell, that these little creatures
escaped and affixed themselves to the larvae. This was at a stage of existence when the
whole brood of nondescripts had been recently matured, and probably soon after there had
been communion of their sexes (?) within the cells,— if, indeed, males, which I have not
been able to identify, are produced, — and before the bodies of the fertilized females, which
the vesicles in the other cells, as well as those afterwards found on my larvae, all proved
to be, had begun to be enlarged. These diminutive objects I soon found to be Acari
of a new type (fig. 7).

I have said that the bladder-like bodies were fertilized females. There seems to be
full proof of this in the. following circumstances. At the time when I enclosed the larval
Monodontomeri in the glass tube, the temperature of the atmosphere of the room was above
55° Fahr., and very frequently during the ensuing fortnight was more than 60° Fahr. The
growth of the Acari was then very rapid. Within ten days from the time when they affixed
themselves, indeed within eight from my first observing them, the bodies of some were
enlarged to the size of the head of a small pin, and the ova within them were readily and
distinctly identified with the microscope. They increased in bulk most rapidly during the
first fortnight, after which their enlargement was less perceptible. On the contrary, I fancied,
but was not certain, that they became somewhat smaller. Several of them at first were
more opake, and afterwards became of a brownish colour. In about three weeks, during
which time the tube had been frequently exposed to the sun, there was full proof that some
of these specimens had produced young. The interior of one end of the tube was then
covered with a great number of Acari, such as I had originally seen in the bees' nest (fig. 6) ;
not with the abdominal portion of their bodies enlarged, but short, narrow, and somewhat
tapering at its extremity. These little beings appeared to have only recently come forth,
as they were of a much lighter colour, and somewhat smaller than those which were found
in the cell. Some of them placed on a micrometer plate measured only sixteen thousandths
of an inch in length. The glass tube being tightly stoppered with a cork, so that nothing
could enter or escape, it was fair to conclude that these were the young of some of the
females attached to the bodies of the larvae, although I neither saw them come from their
parents, nor was able to find that any ova had been deposited from which they might have
been hatched. Nevertheless they had already undergone the change common to the tribe,
— that of obtaining an additional pair of legs, as they had the full complement — four
pairs. It is well known that this is not the condition in which Acari are usually pro-
duced, each having at first but three pairs. It remains for future inquiry, therefore, to
show in what condition this species first makes its appearance, — whether ova are at
any time deposited and afterwards become hatched, whether ova are produced at one
season and living young at another, or whether, as I have most reason to conclude, the

100 MR. NEWPORT'S FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON

species is viviparous. The females, already fertile when they quit the cell, move at first
with great celerity, the abdomen being then the smallest portion of the body. But as
soon as they have penetrated into other bee-nests, and affixed themselves to the bodies of
the inmates, and begun to drain them of their fluids, the posterior three or four segments
of the bodies of the little nondescripts become rapidly more and more enlarged, and
assume the spherical bladder-like appearance seen on the bee-larva or its parasite. This
enlargement is carried to such an extent, that this portion of the body of the gravid
Acarus soon becomes at least ten, or twenty, or even more times its original size, and
at first sight seems alone to constitute the entire being (fig. 8). The Acarus in the
meantime loses its power of locomotion, and becomes affixed to one spot, or changes
its place so little, and so imperceptibly, as to appear to be immoveable. Gorged with
the nutriment imbibed, it sinks into a state of almost vegetative existence, and seems
to lose all the energy and power of motion it originally possessed ; strongly reminding
us of a similar degradation of animal function which the active little Meloe undergoes
before it attains its full growth as a larva ; and which the Stylops also passes through,
before it is re-developed in the one sex as one of the most lively of beings, or diverges
still further in the other, from the usual condition of an animal, as a mere nidus for
the production of new existences. This approach to the vegetative type is the form
in which these pregnant Acari are found in the bees' nest, crowding over, and hiding the
remains of the larva they have destroyed. From all which I have as yet been able to
observe, these Acari appear to become nidi for the development of the eggs formed within
them ; and I have much reason to believe that, as in Stylops, the young pass through their
earlier stages within the bodies of their parents, and escape from them in an active con-
dition, possibly at first as hexapods. The common cheese mite, according to Lyonnet, pro-
duces living young at some temperatures, and ova at other more reduced ones ; and this,
as we know, is the case with the whole tribe of Aphides among insects. Whether the
female Acari perish before their young are hatched, or whether, as I believe, the birth of
these is the immediate prelude to their parents' death, I have not yet ascertained. It is
certain, however, that the largest-sized females become discoloured earlier than the smaller,
and this too I believe in proportion to the temperature of the season. The temperature of the
season, or of the locality in which the Acari are placed, greatly influences, not only the
more or less rapid enlargement of the bodies of the females themselves, but, as I believe,
the hatching of the ova within them. This has been proved to me by the fact that a very
large proportion of the females, with the abdomen of full size, early in the autumn, but
when the temperature of the season was gradually subsiding, — and which I was careful
not to expose to the sun, — have remained alive during the winter to the present time, a
period of five months, without producing young, or, so far as I can discover, depositing
any eggs. In some of these specimens which I examined a few days ago, I found the
ova still immature, and even the germinal vesicles within them still present, and easily
detected. We may conclude, therefore, that a rather high temperature is required to
complete the development of the ova and produce the embryo. This high temperature is
always found during summer in the natural haunts of the Anthophora. The clay banks
in which these insects construct their cells become heated by exposure to the morning and

• THE HABITS OF MONODONTOMERUS. 101

mid-day sun, sometimes to as much as 84° Fahr. at a depth of one inch and a half, as I
have elsewhere shown*, and much of this heat is retained throughout the whole twenty-
four hours ; so that, in all probability, the growth of the pregnant Acari, and the hatching
of their ova, then proceed very rapidly; while, on the contrary, these, as well as the
changes of the bee-larvse, are entirely arrested during winter. This will explain, what
might otherwise seem to be discrepant, that some young Acari were produced after expo-
sure to the sun, and in a warm room in October, while others not exposed to the sun, and
the season becoming colder, have remained until the present time undeveloped.

Having stated thus much respecting the economy of this microscopic parasite, I will
now endeavour to describe it, and to show that it constitutes a new genus of its class. It
belongs to the section Tyroglyphus of Latreille and Gervais, the tribe Sarcoptides of Koch,
which has the Sarcoptes scabiei of the human subject as its type, and which includes also
the Demodex folliculorum of Simon and Owen, a parasite in the follicles of the hairs in
Man. It is most nearly allied to Koch's genus Dermaleichus, most of the species of which
are parasites on birds ; but it is perfectly distinct from that, as well as from the genus
Trichodactylus of Dufour, a parasite on the Mason-bees of the genus Osmia. It is equally
distinct from the Ansetus of Dujardin, which also is a parasite on bees, although it
approaches these two genera in certain particulars. It resembles the latter in the general
elongated form of body and in the size of the haunches of the legs ; but it differs in the
body being articulated throughout, in having a somewhat cordiform moveable head, the
prothorax distinct from the trunk and abdomen, and the anterior pair of legs palpiform,
while the three posterior pairs are equal, and terminated by four-jointed slender tarsi, the
last joint in each being cordiform and pad-like, as in the larva of Sty lops. In this latter
respect it has affinity with the genus Sypopus of Duges, as it has also with Trichodac-
tylus in the legs being covered with a few very long hairs.

With regard to the change and enlargement of the body in the female sex of the Acarus,
every one will remember that its parallels are to be found amongst true hexapods, in the
Termites and the Pulex penetrans.

The characters I would assign for the new Acarus are : —

Class ACARI.
Fam. Sabcoptides, Koch.
Gen. Hetebopus, Newp.
Corpus elongatum, subarticulatum. Caput mobile. Thorax a trunco distinctus, ad latera
corpusculis clavatis munitus. Pedes anteriores palpiformes ; reliqui (parium trium
posteriorum) sequales, arcuati, attenuati, tarsis gracilibus 4-articulatis, articulo
terminali lato vesiculari.

H. ventbicostts (figs. 6, 7 & 8), pallide ferrugineus, capite saturatiore, prothorace paribus
2 pilorum longorum, pedibus subrobustis ; articulis omnibus longe pilosis : tibiae
articulo apicali corporis dhnidium aequante. — Long. \ — \ lin.
? gravida? abdomine magnopere inflato vesiculari.

Hab. in nidis Anthophoree retusce, apud Gravesend, in comitatu Kent, meuse Sept. 1849.

* Phil. Trans. 1837, p. 279.
VOL. XXI. P

102 MR. NEWPORT ON THE HABITS OF MONODONTOMERUS.

The importance of a thorough examination of these microscopic pests is at once evident,
in the fact that the type of the family to which the whole of them belong is the noisome
parasite of the human subject ; that another, as yet undetermined form of the same tribe,
is thought by some to be connected with one of the most fatal ailments of our frame,
dysentery ; that two distinct Sar copies yet undescribed affect the horse and sheep ; and that
even the common sparrow, and our little pet the canary, are infested by others of this class.

When, therefore, we reflect on the ailments which these produce, and on the diminutive
size of the creature I have just characterized, and which in its effects are so destructive
to other tribes, and bear in mind that this mere speck, this particle of dust, is organized
for all its purposes as completely as the most perfect of any of the whole sub-kingdom to
which it belongs, — even to the flexor, the extensor, and the rotator muscles of its truly
atomic limbs (fig. 9) and tarsi, — while the entire body of the creature, when first produced,
measures scarcely more than sixteen thousandths of an inch in length ; — and then call to
mind that the mere foot alone of the Dinomis, or of the JPalapteryx, the ancient colossal
birds of the Antipodes, measures, as shown by the most renowned anatomist of our age,
Professor Owen, more than twelve inches — nearly seven hundred and fifty times the whole
size of this little body : — who can but feel astonished at this range of Creation ? — who can
but feel that the study of natural history, — not as the amusement of an hour, but as a
sober contemplation, — must tend to exalt as well as to expand the human intellect ; and
that the most microscopic atom of organized life, considered as part of the world, is as
deserving of our fullest attention as the most gigantic ?

DESCRIPTION OP THE PLATE.

Tab. X.

Fig. 1. A cell containing the larva of Anthophora attacked by larvae of Monodontomerus. (a) natural size ;

(b) magnified two diameters.
Fig. 2. A cell containing the nymph of Anthophora attacked by the parasites : — magnified.
Fig. 3. Further details of the anatomy of Monodontomerus. Digestive system of the larva, (a) salivary

organs ; (b) section of the oesophagus, (c) of the stomach, and {d) of the pylorus ; (e) the Mal-

pighian vessels.
Fig. 4. Digestive system of the nymph, (a, b, c & d) oesophagus and stomach, as above ; (e) Malpighian

vessels, exhibiting their cellaeform structure and mode of termination.
Fig. 5. Larva o{ Monodontomerus attacked by parasitic Acari. (a) natural size; (b) magnified three diameters.
Fig. 6. Newly developed adult Acarus, Heteropus ventricosus : — magnified.
Fig. 7- Pregnant female Heteropus ventricosus during the development of her ova : — magnified.
Fig. 8. Several fully developed Acari attached to part of the proboscis of the nymph of Anthophora.
Fig. 9. Posterior leg of the Acarus : — magnified.
Fig. 10. Magnified view of the head of the male Anthophorabia fasciata, Newp., as seen by transmitted

light, exhibiting the structure of the antenna? (a), showing the flexor (1) and extensor (2) muscles,

and (3) the cellaeform structure in the cavity of the basilar joint ; (b) the lateral, and (c) the

vertical ocelli ; (d) the brain ; (e) the labrum ; (/) the mandibles.

TmihsLvruw Sx>. Yob. XXI Tdb.X.
j> Mi 165.

■i Nmpurt . ad W Wti»| , lull

ftrt feW«t. Bnp, Hattce Guun

C 103 ]

XII. On the Development of the Spores and Maters of Marchantia polymorpha.
By Arthur Henfrey, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc.

Read November 20, 1849.

M. MIBJBEL*, in the first of his celebrated essays on the structure and development of
Marchantia polymorpha, expresses himself in a note in the following terms : — " The
origin of the elaters would, I think, be a curious discovery. I should not be astonished
if most direct and positive observations led one day to the conclusion that these organs
are but one of the numerous modifications which the utricles undergo. Such a result would
decide many questions which we have long been endeavouring to solve."

In his second memoir on the same subject f, he announced the fact that he had
observed the development of these bodies from the utricles ; and the progress of vegetable
anatomy since that time has made it a matter of certainty, that all the forms of the
elementary tissues are to be referred to a cellular type. But so far as I can discover, all
observers, who have hitherto investigated the development of the spores and elaters of the
Hepaticce, have overlooked certain important points. In the course of a series of observa-
tions on the development of spores, made in reference to the theories of cell- development
in general, my attention was strongly attracted to a very peculiar condition which I met
with in the young sporangia of M. polymorpha, and as I can find no notice of the phe-
nomena in the works of previous authors, I am induced to publish an account of them.

The spores of Marchantia are produced, as is well known, in sporangia enclosed in
peculiar receptacles or involucres situated at the base of the rays of the stellate body
borne on the pedicel, on the under side. It is unnecessary to notice the characters pre-
sented by the envelopes of the sporangia, as these have long since been well described
and figured ; the whole course of development of these parts is beautifully illustrated in
the memoirs of M. Mirbel already referred to.

The first indication of the production of the sporangia is the appearance of the organs
called pistillidia, exactly resembling those of the other Sepaticce and of the Mosses.
Within the enlarged base of the pistillidium a small globule of a green colour is soon met
with; this is the nascent sporangium, and in its subsequent development it enlarges
within the expanding cavity of the pistillidium, acquiring a pyriform shape, and exhibit-
ing at one period a little filamentous process at its apex. The nature or import of this
process I cannot make out, but I found it also in Sphcerocarpus terrestris, and it is

* Recherches anatom. et physiol. sur le Marchantia, &c, Mem. de l'Acad. Roy. des Sc. de l'lnstitut de France,
vol. xiii. p. 337.

t Complem. des Observ. sur le Marchantia, &c. loc. cit. xiii. p. 375.

p2

104 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPORES

represented in the figures of most of the Ricciacece in Lindenberg's Monograph*.
While the enlargement of the nascent sporangium tends to fill up the cavity of the pistil-
lidium, the single layer of cells composing the wall of the latter is developed still more
rapidly than the sporangium ; its elongated neck disappears, and it is found in the nearly
ripe fruit as a loose cellular envelope immediately enclosing the sporangium ; when quite
ripe it bursts above, exhibiting irregular teeth. The envelope of the globular sporangium
of Sphcerocarpus terrestris appears to me identical in its nature, but it remains green
and does not burst : a little orifice in the apex, corresponding to the base of the neck-like
portion of the pistillidium, may permit the escape of the spores ; otherwise they can only
become free by the decay of this involucre.

The walls of the sporangia of Marchantia are composed of a single layer of cells, at
first almost cubical, and filled with chlorophyll- vesicles ; but as they enlarge they become
elongated in the vertical direction, the chlorophyll disappears, and spiral fibres, or more
frequently annular bands, make their appearance upon the walls. These bands are of a
flattened riband-like form, and of a yellow colour, the membrane of the walls of the
perfect cells is hyaline, and the cavity contains only a few yellow granules. This structure
of the wall of the sporangium of annular fibrous cells is analogous to that of the Junger-
marmice and to the spiral tissue of anthers, and is for a similar purpose, namely by its
elasticity to cause the rupture of the mature parts as they become dried by evaporation.

No similar elastic tissue presents itself in the Ricciacece, in which moreover the elaters
are absent f.

In all the foregoing points, my observations agree perfectly with those of M. Mirbel.
Before proceeding to detail what I have seen in the development of the spores, it will be
as well to give an account of what had been observed by preceding authors.

Mr. Griffith, in a note appended to M. Mirbel' s first memoir J, stated, with regard to
Targionia hypopliylla, that "in the young ovaries the elaters are not visible, and the
seminules, united by a gelatinous substance, form as it were a continuous mass. They
then seem to be vesicles filled with corpuscules, although when mature each is evidently
a cellular body."

M. Mirbel § remarks on the same plant : — "The nascent seminules are contained in the
cells of a tissue which fills the young ovary ; each cell contains three or four seminules.
As the ovary advances in age, its internal tissue becomes dislocated, and is broken up
into as many distinct utricles as there were cells, so that the little groups of seminules
each have a utricle for an envelope.

" The seminules, young or old, are themselves simple utricles, which contain colourless
spherules attached to their walls. This observation does not agree with the opinions of
Mr. Griffith ; according to him, the mature seminules are formed of cellular tissue.

" The elaters do not display themselves until some time after the dislocation of the tissue.
They are slender, colourless, perfectly closed tubes, always with blind terminations {en

* Lindenberg, Monographie der Riccien, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. xviii.

f According to M. Mirbel, the cellular tissue of the sporangium of Targionia (which has elaters) is not annulated,
but the cells have half-rings on the internal and lateral walls, like the Jungermannice.

% Loc. cit. p. 371. § Loc. cit. p. 371-2.

AND ELATERS OF MARCHANTIA POLYMORPHA. 105

ccBCum), and often curved like a hook. At this epoch they contain colourless spherules
which subsequently disappear.

" When the elaters are older they have acquired a yellow colour, and one would say that
each served as a sheath to two long, very narrow bands, rolled concurrently and parallel,
like a corkscrew, with very loose convolutions. There is an optical illusion here ; the
bands do really exist ; but instead of being free in the interior of the tube, they are an
integrant part of it."

In his second memoir*, M. Mirbel gives an account of the development of the elaters
of Marchantia polymorpha : — " It (the sporangium) is at first merely a mass of tissue,
composed of utricles filled with green spherules. But when the pistil had attained the
degree of development last indicated, the internal utricles had become detached from one
another, while those of the superficies remained closely united, and constituted a balloon-
like sac, completely closed, in which the internal utricles were imprisoned. These were
not all of one kind ; some had been developed into long slender tubes, pointed at both
ends, which most certainly still adhered by one of these ends to the internal surface of
the sac; the others, in much larger numbers, polyhedral at first, had passed into a
spherical form by the gradual rounding off of their angles. To each utricle elongated into
a tube, a double series of utricles were feebly adherent. Both kinds were still filled with
green spherules.

"As they advanced in age, the utricles composing the sac and those elongated into tube*
underwent modifications, to which I must draw the attention of physiologists." [Three
or four flattened rings, arranged parallel, appear on the walls of the cells of the sac ; these
become better defined, and at last acquire a yellow colour. My own observations on this
point agree perfectly with those of M. Mirbel.] " The utricles elongated into tubes only
differed from the others in form at first ; they then possessed a delicate, simple, diapha-
nous, entire, uncoloured, membranous wall, but they soon became thickened, lost then-
transparency, and became marked all round, throughout their whole length, with two
parallel streaks, closely approximated and describing helices. Then, increasing in size,
their streaks became slits which cut the wall of each, from one end to the other, into two
filaments, and the convolutions of these filaments separated, resembling the turns of a
corkscrew. Finally, the two filaments acquired a rusty yellow colour, and the metamor-
phosis was so complete, that if I had not followed the modifications, step by step, I
should now be afraid to say that these two filaments were at first one simple utricle ; but
the fact is constant, and I am convinced that whoever repeats the series of my observa-
tions, with the firm determination to let nothing escape which it is possible to see, will
arrive at the same result as myself."

Bischoff gives no account of the development of the elaters, and evidently mistakes
their origin, for he saysf : — "Where we find among the spores, elaters which, arising
originally as elongated cells from the internal wall of the sporangium, He among the
parent-cells of the spores, I should rather compare them to the cellular filaments which
occur in the capsules of Mosses, e. g. in Buxbaumia, Funaria, &c, running across
between the outer and inner membranes of the sporangium ; and in Polytrichum, in part

* Loc. cit. p. 382. f Bemerkungen iiber die Lebermoose ; Nova Acta Ac. Nat. Cur. xvii. p. 909 et seq.

106 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPORES

between the latter and the columella ; while in the Hepaticce where the inner membrane
is wanting, they run in free among the parent-cells of the spores."

Von Mohl* gives no account of the development of elaters ; with regard to certain of
his views on the development of the spores, I shall allude to the papers just cited,
further on.

Gottschet does not describe the development of the elaters, nor indeed the earlier
conditions of the spores.

I now proceed to the results of my own researches on this subject.

The little green cellular body which is found within the pistillidium increases in size,
and in the course of its growth its cells are differently modified ; the external layers, over
the whole surface, adhere together into a membrane, which becomes the spiral-celled
membrane of the capsule ; the cells contained within this layer produce the spores and
elaters. I have not been able to determine satisfactorily the earliest conditions of the
enclosed cells. In the youngest specimens I found it impossible to ascertain the true
nature of the structure, on account of its delicacy, but I believe that Bischoff is certainly
wrong in supposing the young capsule to be filled with a mucilaginous fluid (brei).
Mr. Griffith and M. Mirbel state, that there exists a continuous tissue in Targionia ; and
Mr. Pitt J states that the apparently gelatinous contents of the capsule of Sphcerocarpus
terrestris exhibited a cellular appearance, when dried up, on the object-glass. From these
facts and from analogy, I am inclined to believe that the young capsule is at first
formed of a continuous cellular structure, and that the cells of this tissue become parent-
cells, producing new cells within them, which they set free by becoming dissolved;
exactly as occurs in the production of the parent-cells of the pollen-grains, in the con-
tinuous cellular tissue of anthers.

However this may be, it is certain that cells do become free in the cavity, producing the
elaters and spores, and the condition and form in which they present themselves is very
remarkable. M. Mirbel states that he found minute elongated cells, the young elaters,
mingled with small squarish cells, the spores, which afterwards acquired a globular form.
It is evident from this that he missed the earlier stages of the metamorphoses. I found
the young capsules to contain elongated cells alone, and these of two sizes. The whole
cavity of the capsule was filled up by elongated cells arranged side by side, and apparently
radiating from the centre; a portion of these elongated cells were narrow, and were
interposed between much longer and broader ones of the same form, in such a manner
that scarcely any interspaces existed. The narrow cells are the young elaters, while the
broader ones are the parent-cells of the spores. The subsequent development I have
followed out clearly. The young elaters are elongated, slender tubes, attenuated toward
each extremity ; they are at first filled merely with an almost colourless, coagulable pro-
toplasm. After a short time starch-granules make their appearance in them, the true

* Ueber die Entwiekelung und den Bau der Sporen der Crypt-Gewachse, Flora 1833; Vermischte Schrift. 67.
Ueber die Entwiek. der Sporen von Anthoceros lavis, Linnsea 1839 ; Verm. Schrift. 84.

t Ueber Haplomitrium Hookeri, Nova Acta, vol. xx. Ueber die Fructification der Jungermannise Geocalycese,
Nova Acta, vol. xxi.

% London Journal of Botany, vol. vi.

AND ELATERS OF MARCHANTIA POLYMORPHA. 107

nature of these bodies being readily determined by iodine. The starch-granules frequently
lie within the young tube, in such a manner that they may easily be mistaken for the
rudiments of the spiral fibres, but they are quite distinct from these, and disappear before
the fibres begin to be deposited. I believe that the accounts given by some authors of
the formation of spiral fibres in spiral vessels from rows of minute granules are incorrect,
and have arisen from observation of starch-granules lying in rows, often running obliquely
across the tubes. As the tubes grow they enlarge more in length than in diameter, and
appear as very long, slender filaments; the starch-granules, and finally the protoplasm
disappear, and faint streaks, denoting the nascent fibres, are at length to be perceived
upon the walls. These gradually become more and more distinct, until in the mature
elaters they present themselves as strong, flattened bands. In Marchantia there are two
fibres, and the ends of these are confluent at the extremities of the tubes in which they
are contained. More properly speaking, therefore, the fibre is one endless fibre twisted
upon itself; the best possible condition of structure for the purpose. We may represent
the condition of the fibres by a piece of string doubled, and with its ends tied together ;
this, when twisted up, unrolls immediately one end is set at liberty ; or, if both ends are
let loose at once, the whole piece springs away as it unrolls, just as the elaters of Marchcmtia
spring out when the capsules burst. In unrolling the fibre it tears up the membrane of
the wall of the tube, and when the elaters are examined after they have been discharged,
the fibres are found somewhat unrolled, and the torn membrane is often no longer to be
detected.

While the elaters are passing through these stages, the larger elongated cells exhibit a
very remarkable series of changes, which appear to differ from everything that has yet
been observed in analogous structures. They are at first filled, like the elaters, with a
delicate, colourless protoplasm, in which float exceedingly minute granules ; this substance
is coagulated even by water, and still more strongly by alcohol, acids, and iodine. It is
apparently the same substance that occurs in all young cells which increase by self-division.
I have found it unmixed, as here, in young hairs, in the parent-cells of pollen before the
formation of the septa, in the confervoid body which grows out from the embryonal vesicle
of the Orchidacece, in the Yeast Eungus, &c. In most cells it very soon becomes mixed
with starch and chlorophyll vesicles.

The elongated cells soon exhibit transverse streaks of a lighter colour, from the proto-
plasm separating into a number of portions, and cross membranes are produced at these
places, dividing the tubular ceDs into a row of cells, all of square form, except the two end
ones, which are attenuated toward the free point, and thus appear triangular in the side
view. I could not make out whether the septa were formed by gradual growing in of the
membrane ; if so, the process must go on very quickly. Neither could I detect a double
membrane ; but this must exist, as the cells afterwards separate from each other at these
points. Vertical septa often occur, producing a double row of cells from the original tube.
M. Mirbel appears to have made his earliest observations subsequently to the breaking up
of these rows of cells, and thus to have missed them. They are a constant phenomenon,
and I know of no analogous structure, unless we compare them with the single rows of
cells which first appear in the tissue of the anthers, and by subdivision become the parent-

108 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPORES

cells of the pollen ; but the cases are very dissimilar, since in Marchcmtia these rows of
cells are produced from free tubular cells, in great numbers, after the dislocation of the
tissue of the cavity of the sporangium.

About the time the cells separate from each other, the contents undergo a great change,
which exactly resembles the change that occurs in the contents of the parent-cells and
special-parent-cells of pollen when the formation of free cells is about to take place in
their interior. The mucilaginous matter, or protoplasm, which was at first almost colour-
less, acquires a deep yellow colour, becomes much thicker, and exhibits a quantity of
globular bodies which look like drops of oil. These globules are often described as gra-
nules, and some authors have mistaken them for drops of oil; others regard them as
vesicles or vesicular cavities in the protoplasm ; I believe them to be globular drops of the
yellow protoplasm ; they sometimes d ecome confluent, but are not oil, since they acquire
a brown colour, like the rest of the contents, with iodine, and are not dissolved by ether.
They may acquire the appearance of vesicles by becoming coagulated on the surface, as
this yellow protoplasm is readily coagulated even by water, but very strongly by alcohol
or acids. The cells become filled with globules of this kind of all sizes, sometimes occu-
pying half the cavity of the cell, but neither before nor after their formation did I meet
with nuclei.

Soon after the cells become free, the yellow contents exhibit lighter streaks running
across, which denote that they are separating into four portions ; these are at length com-
pletely isolated and become coated by a proper membrane. They are the spores, and by
the solution of the membrane of the parent-cells they become free. When free the con-
tents become again clear and almost colourless, then the membrane becomes thickened
and of a bright yellow colour, and the contents are changed into globules of pretty regular
size which fill up the cavity. I never saw any trace of septa dividing the parent-cells into
chambers, such as we meet with in the special-parent-cells of pollen. When the parent-
cells in which the contents had parted into four portions were ruptured at one place, all
the contents passed out and the membrane remained as a simple sac. When iodine was
applied at the same stage, the portions were strongly coagulated, while the parent-cells
expanded, but no trace of septa appeared.

Mohl states that the parent-cells of the spores of Anthoceros Icevis are first divided into
four chambers by septa, and that the same occurs in Jungermannia epiphylla, in the last of
which the parent-cell divides into four separate cells, each containing a spore ; which con-
dition Mirbel asserts to be universal in the formation of spores. I could find no evidence
of it ; and Gottsche says, with regard to Haplomitriwn Hookeri, that the empty parent-
cells present marks which make them look as if they were chambered, but that all the
spores pass out at one opening. It is quite possible that the enlarging spores cause the
marks by their pressure against the enclosing membrane.

I could only distinguish a single coat to the ripe spore, and this grows out into a tube
at one point in geraiination. The entire spore with its contents becomes colourless
during this process, the yellow colour and the globules disappear, and after a short time
chlorophyll- vesicles appear, which, when iodine is applied, are seen to be imbedded in a
coagulable, colourless protoplasm. Mohl states that the spores of Anthoceros have two

AND ELATERS OF MARCHANTIA POLYMORPHA. 109

coats, while Gottsche says that Pellia and Blasia have a single-coated spore, and Fim-
briaria and Preissia apparently have two coats. I believe that this point can only be
determined with certainty when the spores are germinating, and observation of this pro-
cess leads me to the result that the membrane is simple in Marchantia polymorpha.

In conclusion, I cannot refrain from directing attention to the striking circumstance,
that I met with no nuclei throughout the whole course of development. Mohl, in his
essay on Anthoceros Icevis, describes a series of phenomena connected with the appearance
of nuclei, of which I saw nothing in Marchantia ; neither did I see any nuclei during the
development of the spores of Sphcerocarpus terrestris, which I partially traced last spring.
Sometimes the globular bodies in the yellow protoplasm present appearances which might
be mistaken for nuclei, but careful investigation always led me to believe that these
appearances were deceptive; and as I obtained clear and well-defined views of all the
various stages, with fully sufficient magnifying powers to see nuclei if present, I am com-
pelled to deny their existence here.

The main point, however, to which I wish to direct attention in this paper, is the
singular manner in which the subdivisions of the cells take place, in order to produce the
very dissimilar forms of long filiform elaters and spherical spores, from a tissue originally
homogeneous.

London, Nov. 10th, 1849.

DESCRIPTION OE THE PLATE.
Tab. XI.

Fig. 1. A pistillidium containing the nascent sporangium at the bottom.

Fig. 2. More advanced sporangium a, enclosed in the membranous involucel, b, formed from the pistil-
lidium. c. The outer involucre laid open.

Fig. 3. Portion of the wall of the sporangium 2 a, formed of cubical cells filled with chlorophyll.

Fig. 4. a. Two ripe capsules with their burst proper involucels, displayed by laying open the outer invo-
lucre ; b and c. bursting sporangia.

Fig. 5. a. Portion of the elastic wall of the capsules 4, b and c. b. Two cells from the same, one with a
spiral fibre, the other annular.

Fig. 6. Contents of the sporangium 2 a, consisting of broad and slender tubes.

Fig. 7- a. One of the broad tubes with the contents coagulated; b. one of the narow ones (elater).

Fig. 8. More advanced condition, with cross lines indicating the formation of septa : a. coagulated in
water ; b. by iodine.

Fig. 9. More advanced stage : a. fresh ; b. with iodine.

Fig. 10. Later stage ; the protoplasm becoming thickened in some cases. Vertical septa forming in some
cells : a. in water ; b. with iodine.

Fig. 1 1 . Single and double rows of cells formed from the tubes, 7 «.

Fig. 12. a. Rows of parent-cells; b. young elater containing starch-granules; c. part of the same with
iodine.

Fig. 13. Parent-cells in which the contents are beginning to produce the spores; the single one a free
parent-cell in which the portions exhibit a membrane.
VOL. XXI. Q

110 MR. HENFREY ON MARCHANTIA POLYMORPHA.

Fig. 14. Free parent-cells about to produce the spores.

Fig. 15. Parent-cells treated with iodine ; the portions of contents coagulated and the membranes swelled ;
some cells burst and emitting contents. No trace of septa.

Fig. 16. a. Young spores become free, or adhering together in twos and fours, after the solution of the
parent-cells ; contents almost colourless ; b. elater with the fibres appearing ; c. portion of an
elater more magnified to show the undefined appearance of the fibres.

Fig. 17. Ripe spores, bright yellow and filled with granules.

Fig. 18. Perfect elater.

Fig. 19. Portion of the same more enlarged.

Fig. 20. The end, to show the continuous condition of the fibre.

Fig. 21. Germinating spores: a. the membrane brownish, no contents visible; b, b, b. membranes
hyaline, a few chlorophyll-vesicles formed; c. treated with iodine which colours the whole
brown, and shows granular contents. The dark spots are the deep brown chlorophyll-vesicles.
The measurements are fractions of an inch.

Trans. ZvrutSoc. VoLJOFl, pJ20, tjl.

-A. Sen/ray Ms q d&l

G.Jarmajt sc.

\

[ 111 ]

XIII. The Termtroemiaceons Plants of Song Kong, _5y Captain Champion., 95th Beg.

Communicated by the President.

Read November 5, 1850.

CONSIDERING the great success of the Camellia Japonica as an ornamental green-
house plant, it appears remarkable that but little attention should have been paid to the
introduction into England of other plants of that order from India and China. Both the
Camellias and Gordonias are trees or shrubs of very great beauty, and of rather hardy
growth ; in tropical climates restricted to elevations, where the climate bears affinities to
more northern temperatures; and in China they flower alongside of the Azaleas so
successfully introduced into England. Polypetalous, they hold out to the horticulturist
the probabilities of increased beauty through judicious and successful cultivation.

The species of Camellia at present best known in England has 'been principally intro-
duced from Chinese gardens. Without detracting from the good taste of that nation, in
having selected elegant species, and brought their flowers to a degree of improvement
which alone might have been expected from English industry, it is to be presumed that
many species (some of which have been described by Loureiro) remain, in the wilds of
Southern China, uncultivated.

The Chinese are in some respects bizarres in their admiration of plants; they have
their favourites, and they are permanent favourites ; not the fashion of the day, but of
centuries; and these alone they cultivate, although we are acquainted, through Mr.
Reeves and through Mr. Eortune, with other plants of great beauty, which are less
admired by that nation. Should at any period English taste extend itself to others of
the Camellia tribe, we must principally look for them from the Celestial Empire. The
plants about to be described are indigenous to one small island.

Genus Camellia, L.

1. Camellia spectabilis; arborea, foliis lanceolatis acuminatis glabris crenatis sub-
tus reticulatis, floribus solitariis magnis albis axillaribus et subterminalibus, sepalis
coriaceis fructibusque pomi magnitudinis sericeis.

Hab. in insula Hong Kong, Sinarum, in sylvis.

A small tree; flowering also as a shrub. Branchlets light ferruginous. Leaves
alternate, short-petioled, elongate-lanceolate, with a long acumination, crenated and
pellucid on the margin, coriaceous, smooth and shining; pale beneath and reticulately
veined. In dried specimens the leaves turn yellow like those of a Symplocos ; they are
under 5 inches long by 14 lines broad. Elowers about 2\ inches across ; sepals 9-11,
imbricated, obtuse, yellowish green and very sericeous, coriaceous. Petals about 7,
white, roundish-obovate, emarginate. Stamens very numerous, gamboge-yellow. Style

Q2

112 CAPTAIN CHAMPION ON THE TERNSTRCEMIACEOUS

sericeous, splitting a quarter of its length into 3-4 styles. Ovary 3-ceUed, each cell
2-ovuled. Fruit the size of a small apple, retaining at base the persistent sepals, and like
them very sericeous. Seeds several, pretty large ; the outer coating chestnut-coloured.
Flowers in May, and fruits in November. It is a very handsome species, quite distinct
from C. oleifera (Abel), of which I have seen specimens, through the kindness of Mr.
Bennett. The petals of dried specimens turn dark yellow. I have endeavoured to intro-
duce this species.

2. Camellia Japonica, Linn.

Of this but two trees are at present known in Hong Kong, growing wild, and discovered
by Lieut.-Colonel Eyre, of the Royal Artillery. It is a moderate-sized smooth tree,
loaded in October with single pink flowers. The fruit is smooth and much smaller than
in the last species, rather above an inch in diameter. The petals, about 7, adhere at
base into a ring, and are soon detached and fall off. The sepals are slightly sericeous,
and the leaves more elongate than in most of the cultivated plants.

3. Camellia salicifolia ; arbuscula, ramulis pubescentibus flexuosis, foliis subsessilibus

elongato-ovatis acuminatis serratis pubescentibus, floribus parvulis albis, sepalis
acuminatis pubescentibus, capsulis glabris parvis rostratis 1 — 3- sgepius mono-
spermis.
Hab. in insula Hong Kong, Sinarum, in sylvis.

Sepals 5-7, subulate, hairy exteriorly, imbricated and subtended by imbricated, hairy
bracteoles. Petals 5 ; white, oblong-ovate to obovate, gamopetalous at base, sericeous
exteriorly. Stamina very numerous, in four rows ; outer rows united into a tube ; two
inner with nearly free filaments. Style hairy, simple, elongate. Stigmas 1-3, filiform.
Ovary hairy, 2-3-celled, each with a double row of 3 anatropous ovules. Capsule roundish-
rostrate, usually by abortion 1-seeded; rarely 3-celled, 3-seeded. Leaves nearly sessile,
softly hairy. Flowers nearly sessile, about an inch in diameter. Fruit from 5-7 lines in
diameter. Flowers pendulous, scentless, white. It is a rather pretty undertree with
long, weeping, rather brittle branches ; the young leaves are reddish. Seed usually sub-
globose, with large, almost conferruminate, plano-convex cotyledons and a minute radicle.
As species, it and the next are near to C. caudata, Wall. Mr. Braine has lately intro-
duced a plant of it into the Kew Gardens. It flowers throughout autumn (October to
January), and the fruit succeeds the flowers very rapidly. Tricondyle pulchripes, White,
frequents this tree.

4. Camellia assimilis ; frutex, ramulis glabris, foliis subsessilibus lanceolatis acuminatis

serratis glabris, floribus parvulis pendulis albis, sepalis sericeis obtusis, capsulis
glabris parvis rostratis.
Hab. in insula Hong Kong, Sinarum, in Monte Victoria et Monte Gough.

I have seen this species growing almost alongside of the last, and the general resem-
blance is very striking. Its smooth habit, shorter and wider leaves, and more especially
the difference of shape in the sepals, form the distinction. Its form is more stunted, and

PLANTS OF HONG KONG. 113

it grows amongst rocks and ravines. Its pretty pendulous flowers come out about
January.

Thea Bohea, Linn., is cultivated in Hong Kong, but is not indigenous to it. It fre-
quently forms borders to garden beds, just as we employ the Box. As a genus there
seems to be no good distinction from Camellia.

Genus Etjrva, Thunb.

1. Eurya Macabtneyi ; dioica frutescens glabra, foliis majusculis coriaceis subellipticis

margine revolutis serrulatis, floribus majusculis ; <J staminibus 19-22 ; ? stylis
distinctis revolutis, fructibus purpureis, circiter 14-spermis.
Hab. in insula Hong Kong, Sinarum, in sylvis rupibusque. Floret et fructus fert ab Augusto usque ad
Novembrem.

It is easily distinguished from 2$. Japonica, Thunb., by its larger (4 in. 2 lin. by 1 in.
7 lin.), more slightly serrated and revolutely margined leaves, their venation (grossly
reticulated), and the size of its flowers ; also by the styles of the female flowers being free
to near their base. There are frequently black glands on the under part of the leaf. The
male flowers are 3^-4 lines in diameter, 2-5 on each peduncle, and slightly fragrant. Sepals
orbicular, purplish, fimbriated, emarginate. Petals oblong-obovate, obtuse, white ; patent
in the male and revolute in the female flowers ; the latter only 1^ to If line in diameter.
Male flowers without remains of an ovary. Anthers oblong, shortly apiculate. The petals
are united at base into a tube, like those of Symplocos. The ovary of the female is 3-celled,
each cell 5-10-ovuled ; the ovules in place of being suspended are attached horizontally to
the central axis.

It is a shrub 6 to 8 feet high, and as a species comes near to E. elliptica of Gardner.

This species has also been brought from China by Lord Macartney, and exists without
name in the Herbarium of the British Museum.

2. Eurya Japonica, Thunb.
Eurya Chinensis, B. Br.

These two species I find mixed up indiscriminately in my collection, and believe them
to be identical. It is a species subject to considerable variety, flowering profusely about
October.

The fruit is dark purple, and the size of a pea, 9-10, or, in poor specimens, fewer-
seeded, and crowned by the styles, which remain, even then, combined two-thirds of their
length ; their revolute free portions eventually falling off.

The male flowers are first greenish, then white, and have a nauseous smell ; 2-3 together
on each peduncle, and 2f-3f lines in diameter. Stamina 13-15 in one series. Ovary
of the male flowers abortive with remains of one style. Specimens grown on barren hills
are fewer-flowered than those growing in damp woods, and often smaller-leafed, and then
constitute Mr. Brown's E. Chinensis, collected by Abel. The fruit is pea-shaped, 3-celled
with about 3 seeds in each cell, attached at first to a placenta suspended from the apex
of the axis. The berry is then succulent and nearly dry ; finally, it becomes filled with

114 CAPTAIN CHAMPION ON THE TERNSTRCEMIACEOUS

purple mucilage, which nearly obliterates the cells. Seeds small, triquetrous, wrinkled.
Flowers and fruit, October, November and December. The female flowers are one-third
less than the male flowers in size, and scentless. The pubescence or smoothness of the
ultimate branches I believe to be entirely local.

I obtained excellent specimens of male and female flowers and ripe fruit, all within
a few yards of each other, on December 6th, 1848.

Genus Pentaphylax, Gardn. & Champ.

1. P. euryoedes, Gardn. & Champ. (Tab. XII.)

This new genus is described by Dr. Gardner in Hooker's ' Journal of Botany,' No. 8.
p. 244-246. The species grows to an undertree of great beauty when in flower, and is
exceedingly common in the Hong Kong woods. The flowers are small and white, and
owing to those lowest on the branch expanding first, the pseudo-racemes when coming
into flower present a pyramidal form with the leaves at their extremity, and have a very
peculiar effect. The tree blossoms most profusely. The seed is dry, and its coating
membranaceous ; the embryo conduplicate ; its radicle terete and cotyledons plano-
elongate-cylindric. Flowers in summer and fruits in autumn. The definite 5 stamina,
anthers opening by terminal pores, and the fruit resembling that of a Gordonia on a small
scale (but with the embryo conduplicate), render it a very interesting genus.

Genus Ixionanthes, Jack.

1. Ixionanthes Chinensis ; subarborea, foliis petiolatis alternis glabris integris elongato-
ellipticis apice emarginatis reticulatis, corymbis longe pedicellatis axillaribus pluri-
floris dichotomis, staminibus 10 longissimis, capsulis supra-uncialibus. (Tab. XIII.)

Hab. in insula Hong Kong, Sinarum, in sylvis.

A small tree with reddish brown bark ; the leaves nearly 5 inches long by 1^ inch
broad, much reticulated and chartaceous. The 5 cells of the ovary are 2-ovuled (pendu-
lously arranged by pairs), and in the fruit the seeds are naked, winged, and like those of
a Gordonia, to which genus its capsule approaches. The tree was originally referred to
CedrelacecB, but is now very properly classed with Ternstrcemiacea?. Its sticky flowers
and long filiform stamina are very peculiar. Several of the seeds which I sent to Kew
have vegetated.

Upon referring to Dr. Jack's description of the Sumatran species, Ixionanthes reticulata,
Jack, I feel some doubts as to the Hong Kong plant proving a new species. It differs in
the increased size of the leaves (5 in place of 3 inches long), and probably on comparison
will do so in some other particulars.

Genus Gordonia, Ellis.

1. G. ANOMALA.

Polyspora axillaris, Sweet.

This highly ornamental tree is very common wild on the hills and in the woods of
Hong Kong, and is much cultivated in that colony. Its large, white, sleepy, Cistus-like

PLANTS OF HONG KONG. 115

flowers are sweet-scented, and nearly 3 inches in diameter. Its capsule large and woody.
Flowers in autumn, in cold weather.

Genus Schima, Reinw.
1. S. stjperba, Gardn. & Champ.

Already described in Hooker's ' Journal of Botany,' No. 8. p. 246. Flowers in May,
and fruits in October to December. Its bunches of large white flowers resemble Mesua at
a distance. The fruit is nearly 10 lines in diameter, subglobose and splits into 5 valves,
each containing 3 compressed reniform seeds. The embryo is curved, radicle terete, coty-
ledons large, and conforming to the shape of the seed.

A very rare tree in Hong Kong, except in the woods near the top of the slopes over
Little Hong Kong, where it grows abundantly.

Genus Cleyera, Thunb.

1. Cleyera fragrans ; arborea, tota glabra, ramulis di-tri-chotomis, foliis lanceolatis

margine integriusculis leviter revolutis coriaceis, ramulis floribundioribus, floribus
axillaribus pallidis fragrantibus fugacibus solitariis bibracteolatis, sepalis fimbriatis
petalisque glabris parvis, staminibus brevibus glabris ; connectivo acuto, stylis 2 pro-
fundi divisis; stigmatibus reniformibus, fructibus globosis diametro subsemi-unci-
alibus.
Hub. in insula Hong Kong, Sinarum, in sylvis. FL Maio et Octobri. Fruct. Octobri et Novembri.

A small tree, with numerous sweet-smelling pale yellow flowers, which blow in the
morning and fall off before evening ; the petals are combined into a ring, and are 2^-2^-
lines in length. The leaves (about 3 inches long by 13 lines broad) are bright green
above, pale or rust-coloured beneath. Peduncles longish, reflexed, 1-flowered. Sepals 5,
oblong, fimbriately crenated. Bracteoles 2, ovate, fimbriated on the margin. Petals
gamopetalous, oblong-emarginate, smooth, margin uneven. Stamina very numerous,
filaments about a line long. Anthers bursting longitudinally ; connective small, acumi-
nated. Ovary conical, 2-celled ; each cell with 2-3 collateral pendulous ovules. Style
profoundly cleft ; stigmas reniform.

Fruit usually 5 lines in diameter, dry and finally hard, orange-brown with reddish
spots, globose, 2-celled, each cell 1-2-seeded. Seeds thickish, small (2\ lines long), and
covered with a thin coating of oily scarlet mucilage, dying as in Bixa. Testa hard and
bony, with a conduplicate embryo ; radicle terete ; cotyledons plano-cylindric.

This may prove to be an Anneslea, Dr. Wallich's genus ; his species is described with
a 3-celled ovary. This tree constitutes much of the woods of Hong Kong.

2. Cleyera dtjbia ; frutescens, tota glabra, foliis lanceolatis margine integriusculis laeviter

revolutis coriaceis, floribus majoribus (8£ lin. diametro) axillaribus pallidis bibrac-
teolatis, sepalis fimbriatis petalisque glabris, staminibus brevibus ; connectivo acuto,
stylo ssepius trifido, fructibus globosis diametro supra-uncialibus.
Hab. in insula Hong Kong, Sinarum, in Monte Victoria. Floret Februario et Martio. Fruct. Junio.

116 CAPTAIN CHAMPION ON THE TERNSTR(EMIACEOUS PLANTS OF HONG KONG.

I have doubts as to this being really different from the last. Their general resem-
blance is very striking, and the only specific differences I can perceive are, that here the
branchlets are more swollen, ash-coloured, and less compact, the flowers larger, nearly
scentless, and the petals less fugacious. The fruit and seeds are much larger ; differences
which might also be effected by situation. The fruit is usually 3-celled, and the seeds
4J lines long. The species of Cleyera are of very difficult discrimination. This species
occasionally flowers when the young leaves are coming out.

EXPLANATION OP THE PLATES.

Tab. XII.

Fig. 1. Flowering branch of Pentaphylax euryoides: — natural size.

Fig. 2. Fruit : — natural size.

Fig. 3. Front view of a flower : — magnified.

Fig. 4. Stamen and two petals : — magnified.

Fig. 5. Bracteoles, sepals and style: — magnified.

Fig. 6. Ovary, cross section : — magnified.

Fig. 7« Fruit: — magnified.

Fig. 8. Fruit, vertical section : — magnified.

Fig. 9. Seed : — magnified.

Fig. 10. Seed, section showing the embryo: — magnified.

Tab. XIII.

Fig. 1 . Flowering branch of Ixionanthes Chinensis : — natural size.

Fig. 2. Flower: — magnified.

Fig. 3. Young fruit : — slightly magnified.

Fig. 4. Cross section of ovary : — magnified.

Fig. 5. Vertical section of ovary, showing the torus.

Fig. 6. Fruit burst : — nearly natural size.

Fig. 7. Seed: — magnified.

Fig. 8. Embryo : — magnified.

Ashhurst Lodge, Sunning Hill,
November 1st, 1850.

Irons. l,vmi.Soc. Vol 3iX2, pjje t.JZ-

G-J <zrrrLo,TL sc.

#&M

[ 117 ]

XIV. On the Development of Ferns from their Spores.
By Arthur Henfrey, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc.

Read June 15, and November 2 & 16, 1852.

1 HE remarkable discoveries published by Count Leszczyc-Suminski in 1848, together
with those to which they may be supposed to have led, in the allied families of the Crypto-
gcmia, in the researches of Messrs. Hofmeister and Mettenius, are of a character to excite
the strongest interest among vegetable physiologists, from the important changes which
they appear to necessitate in our general views of the reproduction of plants. It is cer-
tain, moreover, that they equally deserve the attention of animal physiologists, since the
phenomena which have been described seem to point directly to a much closer relationship
between the characters of the sexual reproduction of plants and animals, than has of late
years been considered probable; for, while the facts which have been demonstrated in
reference to the mode of fertilization in flowering plants seemed to remove the possibility
of tracing any satisfactory analogy, — the pollen-tube differing so widely from the sperma-
tozoon,— a new set of conditions have been revealed in plants, which present the strongest
resemblance to those met with in the' fertilization of animals. Still more, the remarkable
biological conditions known in the Animal Kingdom under the title of ' Alternations of
Generations ' are found to occur in the Vegetable Kingdom in a much more definite
manner than was supposed, presenting all the distinctness which characterizes them in
animals, and by no means confined within the debateable territory in which they were at
first sought, namely, in the metamorphoses of the organs of single plants.

The observations of Suminski naturally attracted the attention of the more active vege-
table anatomists, and have already been repeated by several German botanists, whose
results, however, not only differ in many points from those of Suminski, but also among
themselves ; and opinions are divided both as to the actuality of the existence of the most
important point of all, viz. the process of impregnation, and as to the period and circum-
stances of its occurrence. Thus, while Von Mercklin confirms Suminski' s statements in
regard to the act of impregnation taking place at an early period, Schacht and Wigand
deny it altogether ; and, again, Hofmeister and Mettenius assert the fact of the impregna-
tion of a germ-cell by spermatozoids, but declare that Suminski mistook the structure of
the organs and the modus operandi of the phenomenon.

Under these circumstances I believed myself performing a useful task in subjecting
the question to minute investigation. These researches were indeed commenced imme-
diately after the publication of Suminski' s treatise, but were left imperfect until the past
winter and the present spring, during which I have carefully repeated all my former
observations, and traced the development entirely through from the spore to the young
leafy plant, applying every available means to clear up the anatomical conditions in each

VOL. XXI. R

118 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

stage of the progress. The extreme delicacy of the young prothallium renders dissection
a matter of some difficulty, and, as in the embryotomy of flowering plants, the anatomist,
with all the skill acquired by practice, must be content to obtain decisive observations in
but a very small proportion of his preparations.

The drawings which accompany this Memoir were nearly all made by means of the
camera lucida eye-piece, so that they represent preparations actually seen ; the unimport-
ant details alone, such as the green colouring matters, &c, being given in a conventional
manner, except in a few separate figures devoted to the special illustration of these
points.

The first part of the Memoir is devoted to an account of my own observations ; to this
is added a critical examination of those of preceding authors ; and, in conclusion, a few
remarks on the general bearing of the results upon vegetable physiology.

As some foreign vegetable anatomists have been inclined to lay great weight on the
quality of their microscopes, in discussing the points in dispute between different observers,
it may be as well to state, that my investigations were made with one of Ross's large
microscopes, with his 1-inch, ^-inch, ^-inch and ^-inch objectives (about seven or eight
years old), and the drawings sketched in with the camera lucida eye-piece, after the pre-
parations had been fully observed with various other eye-pieces. The ^-inch objective
sufficed for most purposes ; the ^-inch was useful for the spermatozoids, but in regard to
anatomical points was chiefly used on account of the short focus, which is often advan-
tageous where the lines of cell- walls cross above one another. The most important point,
however, is the clearness of the preparations observed, and on these I place my depend-
ence as to the accuracy of my statements, since there can be no doubt of my microscope
being quite equal to those of foreign investigators.

I. The Prothallium.

The specimens which I investigated were obtained from the Chelsea and Regent's Park
Botanic Gardens, consisting in a great measure of self-sown plants collected from the pots
of ferns growing in the stoves. Hence I am unable to give a very definite statement as
to the species of ferns on which I made my observations, and can only say that they were
chiefly species of Gymnogramma, Adiantwm, Tteris and Asplenium ; this is of the less
consequence, since the phenomena appeared to differ very little in the different specimens
in which specific distinctions were certainly known to exist.

Plants of Gymnogramma chrysophylla and of an unknown fern were obtained in the
earliest condition, for among the tufts of young prothallia placed beneath the simple mi-
croscope for separation, I often found the burst capsule of the parent plant, with the
spores germinating within and growing out from it. Examination of these showed that
the first change which occurs in the spores is the bursting of the outer tough coat and the
protrusion of the delicate inner membrane as a kind of pouch, like a pollen- tube from the
pollen-grain; this tubular process grows longer, and sooner or later becomes divided by I
cross partition into two cells (figs. 1 & 2) ; this is sometimes formed near the spore ;
other cases the first cell is produced into a long filament before the cross-wall is forme
and the latter then partitions off a small portion at the end. The second cell become

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 119

elongated in like manner and again divided, and sometimes this goes on until a row of
five or. six cells is formed (figs. 3 & 4) : when the first cell grows out into a long filament,
fewer cells are formed in the simple row. Chlorophyll granules show themselves, in-
creasing in quantity in the newly -formed parts. The first formation of radical fibres often
occurs in the earliest stages, consisting in the growth outward of the wall of one or more
of the cells of the filamentous prothallium into a slender tube, which attains a great
length, remaining narrow and uniform in diameter, and never having its cavity cut up by
partitions. All the roots met with on full-grown prothallia exhibit the same characters ;
they are tubular prolongations from the inferior walls of cells of the green, vegetating,
frondose expansion, and their tubular cavities are freely open into those of the cells from
which they arise.

After a time the youngest cell of the growing prothallium becomes more expanded in
the transverse diameter, and after the next transverse subdivision of the cavity we find a
new mode of increase, namely, a division of the newest cell in a direction parallel to the
original direction of growth ; by the frequent repetition of these two modes of extension
the prothallium gradually acquires a somewhat three-sided figure, with the angles rounded
off (figs. 5, 6 & 7). When it has attained a certain size a difference begins to present itself
in the degree of expansion of the new cells continually formed by subdivision ; those in
the middle of the front border (that directly opposite to the original point of growth)
remain small and are greatly surpassed in size by those at the sides and at the two ante-
rior angles, so that the latter advance forward as rounded lobes, leaving a notch or exca-
vation in the middle, giving the entire prothallium the form which in leaves, &c. is termed
obcordate (fig. 9). In the meantime great quantities of radical hairs are developed from
the lower faces of the cells in the neighbourhood of the obtuse apex of the heart-shaped
frond, that is, about the posterior part of the prothallium, which generally exhibits a very
ill-defined margin, as the cells formed at first often decay away and disappear, leaving a
ragged edge (figs. 9 & 10).

"While the cordate form, which varies a good deal in different species in the lateral ex-
pansion of the two lobes, is becoming perfected, the middle and posterior region of the
prothallium, near where the roots arise, begins to display a new mode of growth. Up to
this time the entire prothallium consists of a single flat layer of cells, in which state the
lateral lobes and the anterior border persist, but in the central and posterior part the
cells now become divided by horizontal walls, so as to give the prothallium a thickness
of two, three, or more cells in the vertical section (figs. 62 & 67). The thickened portion
forms a rounded cushion-like projection from the inferior face of the prothallium (fig. 51),
while the upper surface remains flat or is even slightly depressed in the region over the
thickening.

The characters presented by the cells are as follows : — their walls are delicate and closely
in apposition, so as to leave no intercellular passages between them ; they are lined by a
layer of mucilaginous consistence (the primordial utricle) enclosing a clear fluid filling the
cavity of the cell. This substance is coagulated and contracted by acids and iodine, so as
to collect all the cell-contents into an isolated mass in the centre. In the cell are also
found, more or less abundant, chlorophyll globules, some imbedded in the mucilaginous

r2

120 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

layer lining the wall, others lying in the more internal parts of the cavity (fig. 13). In
some cases the chlorophyll globules are so closely packed, in isolated cells, as to acquire a
parenchymatous form from mutual pressure (fig. 14). These chlorophyll globules present
in a high degree those characters found in the same structures in all the higher Crypto-
gamous plants, — characters which appear to warrant Nageli's view that the chlorophyll
is contained in a membranous vesicle, and that these vesicles are increased in number by
a process of subdivision like that of cells. I have met with appearances which I cannot
explain in any other way, but shall be content with a mere indication here, to avoid
digressing from the immediate subject of this Memoir. I believe that I have seen the
enveloping membrane enclosing a green fluid (fig. 15) ; moreover, the development of two
or more starch-granules inside those vesicles, so as gradually to displace the chlorophyll ;
but as the vesicles are only about -g^ooth or 10io00th of an inch in diameter, much eareful
examination is requisite before a safe decision can be arrived at.

In some cells I have seen a small colourless and formless accumulation of mucilage
upon the side wall, among the chlorophyll globules. It is possible that this may have
been a nucleus. I also found a large clear and circular vesicle in one of the cells of an
old barren prothallium ; this had all the appearance of a nucleus, excepting that it was so
exceedingly transparent. In the vegetative cells generally I saw no trace of nuclei.

The cells of the older posterior part of the prothallium contain but little chlorophyll,
and like the root-filaments, are filled with colourless, slightly granular mucilaginous fluid ;
and they often appear stained with brown patches, arising from the partial decay of the
walls. In all cases the death of the cell-membrane is followed by a brown colouring of
the dead part.

Such is the normal history of a prothallmm, so far as its vegetation is concerned (for
the reproductive structures, left out of view in the preceding description, are in part deve-
loped at a very early period). If the regular development of a leafy stem takes place, a
term is naturally set to the existence of the prothallium, which quickly decays away as
the young stem grows up. But if the prothallium remains barren, if none of the arche-
gonia become fertilized, its vegetative existence may be continued for a long time. The
lateral lobes grow much larger, their borders become curved and sinuous, or variously
convoluted ; new lobes sometimes grow out from the cushion-like thickening in the
middle ; and, finally, individual cells of the margin may grow out and repeat the mode of
development exhibited by the spore-cell in the original germination, so as to produce new
prothallia (by a process of budding), which become detached from the parent (fig. 12).
The progeny of • proliferous ■ prothallia exhibit antheridia, but I have never seen arche-
ffonia upon them. In other respects they are exact repetitions of the parent structure.

II. The Antheridia.
The organs to which this name is applied are produced in much greater abundance than
those which are indicated by the term archegoniwm, and they present themselves through-
out almost every stage of the growth of the prothallium, in some cases from the time
when it consists of a mere collection of some dozen cells, in others not until the cordate
form has become evident, until the latest period ; so that since they run through their

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 121

_„._.___.

every condition of their development in prothallia which are fully formed. When anthe-
ridia appear on very young prothallia, composed of a single row of cells, or at most of a
double row in the upper part, they present themselves as productions from the margins,
the outer side of one of the cells giving origin to each cmtheridium. But as soon as the
prothallium has acquired anything like a flattened form, by the transverse expansion of
the anterior end, the antheridia are formed almost exclusively upon the inferior surface,
that surface in contact with the soil upon which the plant grows. They appear first upon
the older cells of the central region, and gradually spread forward as the prothallium
grows, hut appear seldom to extend beyond a certain distance from the centre, occurring
in greatest number about the central cushion-like protuberance above described.

It has already been stated that they occur upon the progeny of the proliferous barren
prothallia ; in some cases I have found these branching at their edges and bearing anthe-
ridia in a very abnormal position, at the ends of projecting cellular processes (figs. 27-32);
this, however, afforded great facility for observing the internal structure of these organs,
and checking the results obtained by observations upon sections.

The first sign of the production of an antheridium consists in the elevation of a globular
protuberance from the lower, free surface (or in the young prothallia from a lateral
surface), forming at first a kind of globular pouch (fig. 17), in which are seen at first a
few chlorophyll globules, which afterwards vanish and give place to a collection of light
yellowish, mucilaginous contents, slightly granular. A septum is soon formed, shutting
off this budding cell from that which gives origin to it, and as it becomes elongated
another cross septum often appears, a little higher up (figs. 21 & 29, &c), so that the
structure then consists of a basal cell forming a peduncle, as it were, for the proper anthe-
ridial structure. This occurs most distinctly in marginal antheridia (figs. 27-32).

The antheridial structure, at first consisting of a simple cell, exhibits a considerable
collection of protoplasm occupying the greater part of its cavity ; but this portion soon
becomes denned by a circular wall, which makes its appearance simultaneously all round
the central contents, converting the simple cell into a compound organ, consisting of a
central cell surrounded by an annular cell ; while a horizontal septum is formed above
and at right angles to this, cutting off a new cell, convex above and flat at the surface, in
contact with the contents.

In antheridia produced on young prothallia, the enveloping tubular cell surrounding
the central cell (the parent-cell of the sperm-cells) does not always undergo further sub-
division, but in fully developed specimens (when the basal, peduncular cell is often absent)
the tubular cell appears to be divided into two by a horizontal septum running all round.
This wall is seen most clearly in old antheridia which have discharged their contents
(figs. 48, 49).

The central cell meanwhile acquires an increased quantity of protoplasm, which also
appears to become more dense ; these contents by their increase cause the walls of the cell
to bulge out in all directions, and at a certain stage they seem to press so much upon the
inner wall of the annular cell, forming the boundary of the central cell, as to push it quite
against the outer wall, in fact so as to flatten the boundary cell, and for the time to efface

122 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

its cavity. The same takes place upwards and downwards, and thus the antheridium,
when examined in this state, seems to consist merely of one large cell (figs. 21, 22 & 26),
with rather thick walls consisting of a double membrane (figs. 24, 25).

While in this expanded condition the entire structure increases in size, and the contents
of the central cell become more granular. After a time faint lines can be detected run-
ning through the protoplasm (fig. 21), and these soon display themselves more clearly as
the boundaries of square isolated masses of the protoplasm (figs. 22 & 25), the nascent
sperm-cells. Around each of the little masses thus isolated a membrane is formed. It
was impossible to ascertain whether the parent-cell was first divided into a number of
square partitions, by cross walls, thus producing " special parent-cells," for the sperm-cells,
like those formed in the development of pollen-grains, the original partitions subsequently
becoming dissolved to set free the cells thus originally connected together ; or, whether
the protoplasm was simply entirely broken up into a number of isolated portions, each of
which secreted a membrane and thus formed a free cell ; but I incline to believe that the
latter was the fact, and that the same occurs in the completely similar case of the produc-
tion of a number of closely packed endosperm-cells, in the embryo-sac of many Phanero-
gamia, as in the Cruciferse and Scrophulariacese*. However this may be, the result is the
production of a large number of free cellules, filled with mucilaginous protoplasm (figs. 26,
34), of a light yellowish colour, becoming gradually more and more granular. As these
cellules, at first squarish, enlarge, they become spherical, and by their expansion distend
the parent-cell and disguise the existence of the annular cell surrounding it. Their num-
ber, in well-developed antheridia, seems to be between thirty and forty, probably never
exceeding the latter number.

The free cellules, the sperm-cells, become more and more opake and granular, and after
a time spiral lines may be detected in them, while still within the parent-cell in the
antheridium (figs. 35 & 36). At this time the antheridia may be burst very easily by pres-
sure (fig. 36), and the sperm-cells which escape can be observed in all stages of develop-
ment, until a spiral fibre can be clearly seen, coiled up in the interior. Specimens lying
in water, under the microscope, now frequently exhibit a movement of the contents of the
sperm-cells, they swell up, and the spiral lines are seen to change their position. Very
often the bursting of the sperm-cells takes place within the antheridium, and the sperma-
toxoid becomes free (fig. 38). But usually, and apparently normally, the cellules are dis-
charged entire from the antheridium. This occurs by the splitting of the line of junction
of the lenticular cell crossing the antheridium with the lateral cell, at first at one side and
then usually all round, but sometimes it remains attached by a small portion (fig. 48).
By this circumscissile dehiscence the cavity of the antheridium is freely opened, as when
the lid is removed from a box. The sperm-cells begin to escape as soon as the dehiscence
commences, and a large portion of them have often made their exit before the lid has
completely opened.

As the opening of the lid gives a vent to the contents of the distended central cell, the
tubular enveloping cell exerts a pressure inwards by striving to regain its original form,
and as the sperm-cells are discharged, the side-walls of the central cell come back into

* I have observed it in Lathreea Squamaria most distinctly.

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 123

their former position so as to render the existence of the enveloping cell or cells very
evident. After the whole of the contents have been discharged, the walls of the parent-
cell acquire a deep brown colour, presenting a peculiar appearance and making the anato-
mical structure of the antheridium very clear (figs. 48, 49). The lower faces of full-grown
prothallia exhibit, when moderately magnified, a great number of circular bodies with
brown roundish or squarish central patches ; these are effete antheridia, with the brown
walls of their cavities showing through the orifice at the summit (see figs. 19 & 50).

We have next to consider the appearance of the spermatozoids, produced by the sperm-
cells. These cells, as stated already, generally emerge entire from the antheridium, the
spiral fibre being visible, in movement, in their interior. After a variable time, according
to the stage of development of the spermatozoid, it breaks through the wall of the sperm-
cell, and if perfect, escapes entirely from it. When perfect it appears to consist of a flat-
tened band, curled spirally into about three and a half coils, bearing all along the outer
edge, cilia of considerable length, vibrating with great rapidity ; so much so, indeed, that
they appear only like a fringe of light while the spermatozoid is in active motion (fig. 40).
The filament when in the condition of the lowest specimen in the group (fig. 40) mea-
sures about xwoth of an inch in length, as coiled up ; the diameter of the widest coil,
about equal to that of the sperm-cell, is usually about -^ooth of an inch. I never saw one
uncoiled and flaccid but once ; this measured about 20300ths of an inch in length (fig. 42 a).
The motion consists of a rapid rotation around its axis, which, from the spiral form, causes
a motion of great velocity, forwards, in the water. The motion does not seem to follow
any fixed rules ; the spermatozoids dart here and there, turn aside or backwards, or alter-
nately to the right and left in their course onward, so as to preclude the possibility of laying
down any formula or law for it. If they come in contact by the smaller extremity with
any fixed body, they often adhere by this point and then revolve around their axes without
advancing. By degrees the motion becomes slackened and the rotation is lost, merely a
kind of vibratory motion remains, and this at length ceases ; but the spermatozoids seem
to undergo dissolution during this time, and when they come to rest often appear as
shapeless masses. By applying iodine the movement of the most active can be stopped
instantaneously, and in this way a tolerably clear view of the structure is obtained.
Under these circumstances the cilia may be seen pretty clearly (fig. 41) ; the flattened
band exhibits minute granules adhering to it, and is seen to have a little rounded head,
from which the coils run back, increasing successively in diameter, so as to give a conical
form to the outline of the whole, as seen at the side.

Such, so far as I can make it out, is the character of a perfect spermatozoid. But these
bodies acquire the capability of motion, of whatever nature this may be, before they are
perfectly developed, and hence, I imagine, the different accounts which different observers
have given of them. It seemed to me that when they had not acquired their full develop-
ment, the fibres could not unroll into the true form when they emerged from the sperm-
cell ; they thus appeared to present fewer coils, often only one and a half, the latter of
very large diameter ; in other cases they looked like minute shells of Gasteropodous Mol-
lusks. In fig. 46 I have given representations of several of these forms, and it should be
observed that these imperfect forms exhibited a greater quantity of adherent granules, and

124 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

a less definite outline than the others. Finally, some appeared unable to extricate them-
selves from the sperm-cell, and carried this along attached to the posterior extremity
(fig. 44). This vesicle attached to the spermatozoid has been described by some observers
as formed by the swelling of the extremity of the filament after its exit from the sperm-
cells, therefore as constituting an integral part of the structure of the spermatozoid ; but
I believe this to be an error.

In one case I saw an appearance which seemed to indicate the existence of a hair-like
production of the posterior extremity of the spermatozoid, like that figured by Hofmeister.
A spermatozoid moving rapidly forwards in the water dragged after it, at a little distance,
a small mass of mucilage (fig. 42 b) ; the bond of connection was invisible, and therefore,
most probably, must have consisted of a capillary process. I never saw any hair-like tail
in specimens suddenly paralysed by iodine, but it may have escaped notice from its
tenuity ; on the other hand, it may possibly be only found in the most perfect state of the
spermatozoid, and since these are examined under artificial conditions, often causing the
rupture of the antheridia before their contents are mature, the most perfect condition may
only be met with occasionally.

III. The Archegonitjm.

In the description of the development of the prothallium, it has been stated that a
thickened, cushion-like mass is formed in the central region, by the time the general form
has become complete (fig. 51). This central mass is composed of several layers of cells,
and, projecting from the general surface, does not reach quite to the inner extremity of the
anterior notch of the prothallium, so that an inclined surface is produced looking somewhat
forwards toward the notch (fig. 52). Upon this arise the archegonia, which are variable
in number, seldom however exceeding six or eight.

The earliest rudiment of the archegonmm is the embryo-sac, as it may be termed, con-
sisting of one of the cells of the thickened cushion, separated by a single cell from the
(inferior) surface of the prothallium (figs. 54 — 57 a). A cell, destined to become an embryo-
sac, is found surrounded by a circle of cells of smaller size than those of the surroundi
tissue, and formed by the production of walls in the cells immediately bordering the
embryo-sac, tangental to the circumference of the latter, which thus becomes defined by
wall of small cells surrounding it (figs. 55, 57 b). Cell-division also takes place in the
cells beneath the embryo-sac, and these multiply so as to form a collection of condensed
tissue enclosing the embryo-sac at the sides and below (figs. 66, 67 b), visible through the
cells of the surface of the prothallium (figs. 54, 56) before the external structure is formed.
The commencement of the development of this consists in the enlargement of the cell sepa-
rating the embryo-sac from the surface, and its division into two cells by an inclined wall,
the larger of these being again divided by another partition at right angles to the former,
so that as seen from the (under) face of the prothallium (fig. 52), the superficial cell seems
divided into three. I could not follow the development of the cells, step by step, onwarc
from this point, but it is evident that they go on repeating the mode of subdivision of the
first cell ; that is to say, the process is as follows : the original cell, A, divides by an oblique
septum into an upper, b, and lower, a, the latter being divided by a radial septum intc

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 125

two, a 1, a 2 ; the cell b expands upwards, and by the formation of a septum inclined
exactly in the opposite way towards the horizon, to that first formed, cuts off cell b into
b and c ; b is then divided by a radial septum into b 1 and b 2, while c, the last new cell,
overlaps a 1 and a 2 ; another division of c leaves c 1 and c 2 over a 1 and a 2, and carries
up d to form d 1 and d 2, above b 1 and b 2, until the papilla reaches its full height, and
appears composed of tiers of four quadrant-shaped cells, the first tier consisting of a 1 and
a 2, b 1 and b 2 of the series ; the next tier of c 1 and c 2, d 1 and d 2, &c. (figs. 58-61).

In the meantime, the embryo-sac at the base, which very early appeared filled with
opakish protoplasm, comes to exhibit a central globular body (figs. 56, 57 c), which in all
probability is an isolated mass of protoplasm, destined to secrete a membrane around it,
and to form the germinal vesicle, just as occurs in the embryo-sac of Phanerogamia (for
example in Orchis). The next peculiarity is the appearance of a clavate cavity running
up the centre, between the convergent inner angles of the four series of cells of the papilla,
forming a canal evidently communicating, through a constricted neck, with the embryo-sac
(figs. 62-70). In this canal is observed a slender clavate filament of slightly granular
mucilage (fig. 70) running down into a point in the embryo-sac below, where I believe it
is in contact with the germinal vesicle : I imagine this to be a portion of the protoplasm
of the embryo-sac which has been protruded up into the intercellular canal of the papilla,
after the absorption of the wall of the embryo-sac, where it at first closed the bottom of
the canal at the constricted neck. After a time the canal becomes opened to the external
medium, and then the clavate filament is often seen hanging out from the open mouth
(figs. 63-66) ; it is generally double (figs. 63, 64) at the upper end, which I cannot explain.
It appeared firmly attached in the canal, and bore the movements of the preparation, by
pressing and sliding over the covering glass, without becoming detached from the papilla.

It is at this stage of development that I believe the impregnation to take place ; but

before proceeding to speak of this part of the subject, I may conclude the description of

the archegonia, by stating that the greater part of them are abortive ; very rarely more

than one being fertilized on a prothallium, and very often none. When thus abortive the

cellular papulae continue growing to some extent, the central canal becomes widely opened,

often into a large funnel-shaped orifice, and the walls of the intercellular canal and the

embryo-sac acquire the same deep brown colour as the interior of the effete antheridia

(figs. 72-74).

IV. Development of the Embryo.

My opinion with regard to the fertilization is, that the operation is effected by the con-
tact of one or more spermatozoids with the mucilaginous filament contained in or hanging
from the mouth of the canal of the archegonium. I have seen the spermatozoids swim-
ming in numbers around the mouth of the archegonia, but never detected one inside, and
I do not see any good reason for supposing such a process necessary. The pollen-tube of
flowering plants only comes in contact with the outside of the embryo-sac, and the in-
fluence is sometimes communicated through a long suspensor ; and there does not seem to
be any sufficient objection to the supposition, that the contact of the spermatozoid with the
filament of mucilage which lies in the canal of the archegonium, suffices to convey the

vol. xxi. s

126 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

necessary stimulus. I imagine this stimulus resides in the mucilaginous fluid in which
the spermatozoid is bathed in the sperm-cell, and which, adhering to this, is conveyed to
the mucilage (protoplasm) of the germinal vesicle, just as the contents of the pollen-grain
become combined with the protoplasm of the germinal vesicle in flowering plants. The
nature of the process is clearly a problem beyond the reach of science, but it seems to be
a necessary induction, from the facts in the Phanerogamia, that the phenomena result
there from the material union of two fluids, and I hence conclude that this is the case
here. The comparatively few cases of successful impregnation among these prothallia, so
many of which prove sterile, may perhaps be accounted for by the peculiar conjunction of
circumstances required to bring a sufficient amount of the fertilizing fluid, by means of
the spermatozoids, to the germinal vesicle, at the precise epoch required.

Some doubt has been thrown upon the possibility of the impregnation of the archegonia
by means of the spermatozoids, on the ground that the free movement of the latter in the
water, beneath the microscope, is an abnormal condition. I attach no weight to these
objections, for the occurrence of numerous empty antheridia, on moderately developed
prothallia, proves that their dehiscence is a natural process, and if the moisture which
always exists upon the under surface of the prothallia is insufficient to allow such a wide
and free course to the spermatozoids as they find in the water on the glass slider beneath
the microscope, we see a compensation for the obstacles in the way of the conjunction in
the large number of antheridia produced, and this not at one time only, but throughout
the whole growth of the prothallium. Again, there is evidence that the process is not
easily and constantly completed, in the fact of so many prothallia remaining sterile, and
in the provision of several archegonia upon each, while in normal cases only one produces
an embryo.

Arguments have been urged against the entrance of the spermatozoids into the archego-
nium, from the consideration that the mouth of the canal is directed downwards, and the
spermatozoid would consequently have to work its way upwards, contrary to the attraction
of gravity ; and further, from the fact that the apex of the archegonium is usually directed
forwards towards the notch of the prothallium, while the antheridia occur principally about
the posterior part. If we imagine the contact of "the spermatozoids with the mucilaginous
matter protruding from the mouth of the canal to suffice for the impregnation (it being
understood, however, that this happens under such circumstances that the spermatozoid
is fresh from the antheridium, and the mucilage of the canal of the archegonium has not
yet become coagulated by exposure), this difficulty is done away.

The first result of the impregnation, — that is to say, the first step of development of the
embryo, which I believe to be the consequence of such an operation, — as seen by means
of vertical sections of the prothallium, consists of subdivision of the germinal or embryonal
vesicle* of the archegonium. In the earliest state that I have been able to see clearly, a little
globe of minute cellular structure occupied the place of the embryonal vesicle (figs. 71, 75),

* It is unimportant which we call it, since it is here developed at once into the embryo. In flowering plants
the germinal vesicle usually becomes subdivided to form a suspensor, and one of the cells produced by it becomes the
embryonal vesicle.

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 127

in the embryo-sac. The succeeding stages of growth of this new cellular body, the embryo,
consist of a gradual multiplication of the cells by division, and expansion of the new struc-
ture, until at length the rudiments of a radicle and the first leaf become visible as projec-
tions from the surface, resulting from the more rapid increase of the cells in the situation
where they are found (figs. 76-79).

In the ulterior development of the embryo the radicle appears to be arrested in its deve-
lopment, and to remain as a cellular mass (fig. 80 a) within the cavity of the prothallium,
until it disappears with the latter by decay. The first leaf unfolds upwards and forwards
(fig. 80 b) towards the notch of the prothallium, and the first adventitious root (fig. 80 c)
breaks through at the base of this towards the posterior border of the prothallium, exhi-
biting a coleorhize like that of the Monocotyledons. The second leaf arises near the axil
of the first, one-third of the circumference of the nascent stem to the side ; the third leaf
arises one-third to the side of the second, so that the three leaves form a circle, in which
they stand at equal distances, and the fourth leaf arises over the first (Oymnogramma
chrysophylla ?). They are of very simple structure, consisting of cellular plates with twice-
forked rudimentary nervures, and they are accompanied by very elegant ramenta at the
bases of the little petioles (figs. 81-83). *

I have not followed the development beyond the formation of the fourth leaf (fig. 83),

by which epoch the prothallium has generally decayed away from the base of the young

stem.

V. Criticism of previous Observations.

The first account of any of the peculiar structures above described was published in
1844 by Nageli*, in a memoir entitled " Moving Spiral Filaments (spermatic filaments) in
Ferns," wherein he announced the existence of the bodies now called antheridia, but mis-
taking the archegonia for modified forms of the antheridia, he was led away from a minute
investigation of them. If he had followed the development of the prothallia further, he
would have detected the relations of the nascent embryo, which would probably have put
him on the right track. As it was, the remarkable discovery of the moving spiral fila-
ments, or spermatozoids, occupied all his attention, and caused him to fall into error in
certain important respects ; for example, in fig. 11 of his plate, he has represented what
is undoubtedly an archegonium, filled with cellules {sperm-cells), which, he states, emerged
from it as from the antheridia : this is undoubtedly incorrect.

With regard to the spermatozoids his description is imperfect, the only indication of the
existence of cilia being a statement that he occasionally saw a long filiform appendage,
like that represented by Meyen in the spermatozoids of Chara. On the other hand, the
mathematical definition of the movements of the spermatozoids is surely misplaced, since
nothing can be more arbitrary or irregular than their course.

However, whatever be the faults of observation, it is certain that it is to the keenly
inquiring spirit of this author that we owe the first step of the investigations which have
thrown so much light upon the reproduction of the higher Cryptogamia.

Nageli's observations remained without confirmation or criticism until the publication
* Zeitschrift fur wiss. Botanik. Heft i. 168. Zurich, 1844.

s2

128 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

of the important investigations of Count Suminski, which were first made known in
the 'Bulletin' of the Berlin Academy, and hy a note from Dr. J. Munter in the 'Bota-
nische Zeitung,' but were given in a complete form in a separate treatise by the author
in 1848*.

These investigations, which form the basis of the subject before us, from the capital fact
of the discovery of the archegonia and of the development of the embryo from one of these,
present a curious mixture of industrious observation and preconceived theories. It is an
invidious task to criticise an essay which has so greatly advanced our knowledge of the
subject, but it is an unavoidable one. The great fault of the essay is the free exercise of
the imagination in cases where the delicacy of the structures renders the objects exceed-
ingly difficult to make out clearly. I feel warranted in making this assertion by the fact
that my own microscope must be equal if not superior to that used by Count Suminski,
since I have seen, with the greatest clearness, points which he missed, where good defi-
nition of the microscope was all that was requisite, and on the other hand, I can trace
actual invention in cases where bad definition of the object would leave points obscure
which I saw distinctly. Moreover, his figures display appearances which I neither saw
nor can conceive the possibility of seeing with the distinctness represented in his drawings,
while some of these bear patent evidence of a faulty interpretation of tolerably clear con-
ditions.

Such assertions of course require evidence, and it is desirable that this should not rest
upon counter-statements alone, but should furnish some explanation of the probable causes
of the errors stated to exist.

In the first place, then, Suminski describes the growth of the cells of the prothallium
to take place by the formation of two or more free cells within a parent-cell, expanding till
they come in contact, and meanwhile displacing the chlorophyll and other contents of the
parent-cell, which become absorbed and are reproduced in the new cells. This statement
is opposed to all my experience of vegetative growth, not only in these prothallia, but in
all other plants ; and is evidently a hasty conclusion, arising out of a preconceived notion,
— that notion of cell-formation formerly asserted by Schleiden to be universal, but now
acknowledged by him to be subject to exception : for I can affirm that the growth of the
prothallium occurs by the expansion and subdivision by septa of the cells, without im-
portant disturbance of the contents, and this process is in all probability effected through
the agency of the primordial utricle, or layer of dense protoplasm which invariably lines
the walls of the growing cells.

"With regard to the antheridia, Suminski observed them very superficially ; he describes
the compound cellular body borne upon a peduncular cell, as a simple cell, discharging
the sperm-cells by bursting. He overlooked therefore all the stages of development, fror
the very earliest up to the time just preceding the dehiscence, and can scarcely have paic
any attention to the appearances of the effete antheridia. I need only refer to the obser-
vations of Thuret, Schacht and Hofmeister to prove how imperfect his account of the
antheridia is. The spermatozoids inside the antheridia, again, and those in the fre

* Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Farrenkriiuter, von J. Grafen Leszczyc-Suminski. 4to, Berlin, 1848.

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 129

cellules, shown in Suminski's figures (pi. 2. figs. 12-16), are, like those of the antheridia,
derived rather from the imagination than from fact.

But the most important errors occur in the account of the development of the arche-
gonia. The earliest stage, as seen by looking directly upon the (under) surface of the pro-
thallium, was completely misconceived by Suminski. He overlooked the cell, forming
part of the general surface of the prothallium and becoming the parent-cell of the papilla,
which, from the first, lies between the embryo-sac and the external medium ; so that he
imagined the embryo-sac to be open and capable of admitting spermatozoids into its cavity.
I examined this point most carefully, and am convinced that he was in error. Any one
who looks at his figs. 1 and 2 of plate 3. will see that there exists no trace in them of a
cell or cells from which the papilla (seen from above in fig. 3 of his 3rd plate) could arise,
for the supposed orifice is bounded by seven cells, and if the papilla sprang from these it
would consist of seven vertical series instead of four. The fact is, that his fig. 1 of pi. 3,
stated to be from a dissection, merely shows what is seen in looking upon the under sur-
face of the prothallium, without dissection ; but it represents the object focused down to
the globule in the embryo-sac, as in my fig. 57, so that the membranes of the cells occu-
pying the space supposed to be an orifice and forming part of the continuous surface of
the prothallium (my fig. 56) are not seen. Fig. 3 of Suminski's 3rd plate shows a sub-
sequent stage, where the papilla, composed of four rows of cells, is already developed ; he
has missed the gradual production of this from the cell occupying the situation of the
imaginary orifice.

This clearly takes away all ground from his hypothesis of the impregnation resulting from
the entrance of spermatozoids into the embryo-sac before the development of the papilla of
the archegonium, and moreover proves that the bodies contained in the closed canal of this
organ (shown in his figures, pi. 3. figs. 4-7) could not be altered spermatozoids. It will
be remembered that I have explained these appearances in a totally different way.

With regard to the phenomena of the development of the germinal vesicle in the em-
bryo-sac, I think it is scarcely possible to obtain such clear views of the young structures
as Suminski has given, and I could only approximate to them by sections through the
prothallia, while from his figures we are led to suppose that he saw them through the
enveloping tissues, which are far too thick to allow such clear definition, especially since
their contents soon become coagulated by the injury the preparation suffers in water and
under pressure. All that Suminski states, therefore, respecting the development of a
cellule at the end of the spermatozoid, inside the globular cell of the embryo-sac, I regard
as the work of imagination, guided by a preconception of the necessity of some process
analogous to that described by Schleiden in reference to flowering plants, namely, the
production of the embryo from a cellule formed in the end of a pollen-tube, after the latter
has become imbedded in the embryo-sac. The drawings representing the subsequent
growth of the embryo are more or less incorrect ; thus the primary, undeveloped radicle,
which remains enveloped in the tissue of the prothallium, is not properly shown, while
this cellular tissue is represented as enveloping the base of the leaf and of the first adven-
titious root (pi. 4. fig. 10/. of Suminski's Essay), and the adventitious root itself as a
direct prolongation from the base of the first leaf. The true condition is shown in my

130 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

fig. 80, where the ragged tissue (h) is seen to he the torn edge or collar always found
where adventitious roots hreak out from the interior of a stem.

It is unnecessary to enter into any other points. It is seen that the only matter in
which I am agreed with Suminski is the import of the organs and the existence of a sexual
conjunction; in all the details of the processes I am at variance with him. Nothing,
however, can take from him the credit of having discovered the archegonia and their im-
port, one of the most important discoveries in physiological hotany of modern times ;
since it has led to results revolutionizing the whole theory of the reproduction of plants,
and opened out a totally new sphere of inquiry into the laws and relations of vege-
table life.

The next contribution to the subject to which such a lively interest had been attracted,
was a paper by Dr. Wigand *, giving a detailed account of a series of critical observations
on the question, and deducing conclusions directly opposed to those of Suminski. Dr. Wi-
gand's observations do not seem to have been complete and thorough-going, for he also
describes the perfect antheridmm as a single cell, and appears to have confounded the
complex structure seen in the effete antheridia with that of the archegonia (p. 23 loc. cit.).
His description of the development of the sperm-cells within the antheridia is nearer the
truth ; but while right in rejecting the ideas of Nageli and Suminski, that these originate
by free cell-formation around a nucleus, he fell into a different error in supposing that the
cellules were not in contact at first, but were formed in groups around isolated portions of
the cell-contents. His description of the spermatozoids is pretty accurate, but the differ-
ences he describes appear to me to indicate different stages of development, and not to
depend upon the specific differences of the specimens examined. He overlooked the
earliest stages of the growth of the archegoniim, and especially the existence of the
embryo-sac beneath the nascent papilla ; the account of the later stages of development
of the papilla is tolerably correct. But he observed the later conditions of the abortive
embryo-sacs separately, and as independent organs, which he called " peculiar glandular
structures " (p. 49 loc. cit.), and he argued directly against their being considered as con-
nected with the papilliform structure, closed at its summit, forming the upper free portion
of the archegonium.

Dr. Wigand contends at great length against the existence of a process of impregna-
tion, but the only fact of importance I find in his arguments is the statement that he
found buds {embryos) in many cases where no archegonium existed on the prothallia.
This is contrary to my experience, and I feel confident that his investigations were im-
perfect in this respect. Many pages of arguments which he urges against Suminski's
views may be passed over, since my own observations, if, as I fully believe them, correct,
remove the necessity for discussion, by showing the facts to be different. With regard to
Dr. Wigand's arguments against the probabilities of the fertilization, I think it unne-
cessary to enter into them, as the analogous conditions since discovered in the allied
groups of the Cryptogamia, especially those recently demonstrated to exist in the Lyco-
podiacese and Rhizocarpese, turn the balance of probabilities the other way.

* Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Farrenkrauter, von Dr. Albert Wigand. Botanische Zeitung, vol. vii. p. 17 etseq.
1849.

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 131

Lastly, it is unnecessary to criticise Dr. Wigand's views as to the origin of the embryo,
or, as he calls it, the " bud " of the new plant, since he admits that he did not trace
the earlier stages of its development, and seems never to have investigated it by sec-
tions, so as to see the relations with the embryo-sac. His opinion was that no relations
did exist.

Shortly after the appearance of Dr. Wigand's memoir, M. G. Thuret * published an
account of the antheridia and their contents, the particulars of which agree pretty closely
with those I have given. He states the structure of the antheridiwm to be less simple than
Suminski and Wigand had described it, consisting of a parent-cell of the sperm-cells sur-
rounded by an annular cell, but not by a collection of flattened cells such as Schacht and
Hofmeister describe. He does not enter minutely into the development of the spermato-
zoids, but describes them accurately, excepting, as I believe, in reference to the hyaline
vesicle, which he says they ordinarily drag about with them ; this vesicle, which in a later
paper f he states to be in all probability a product of the spermatozoid, I consider to be
the parent sperm-cell, from which the spermatozoid has not completely extricated itself,
and I did not find it in the majority of cases.

In the same year M. Hofmeister published a brief preliminary summary of his obser-
vations on the reproduction of the Cryptogamiaf , wherein he arrived at conclusions which
approximate pretty closely to those I have given, but to which I shall refer more par-
ticularly presently, in analysing the portion referring to the Ferns of his great work on
this subject.

The next important contribution was an elaborate paper by M. Schacht §. In exami-
ning this it is unnecessary to repeat the particulars in which he agrees with all other
authors, and I shall therefore confine myself to the debated points.

In reference to the antheridia, where he differs from Thuret and myself, he states that
le envelope of the parent-cell of the sperm-cells is composed of a number of cells, the
annular cell which I have described being supposed to be divided by four perpendicular
rails, so as to form four cells constituting a quadrangular boundary to the central cell.

lere a horizontal septum exists, the envelope would consist of eight cells forming two
circles of four. This view I hold to be incorrect, for I never could see the numerous boun-
dary lines which such a structure would exhibit, in the hundreds of antheridia which I
have examined. He also supposes that the sperm-cells originate by free cell-formation in
the central cell, which I must distinctly deny.

Schacht describes the spermatozoids as having four and a half or five turns in the
spiral coil ; I believe three to four is the utmost : moreover, he regards the widest con-
volution as the anterior, a view which I cannot explain, and he states that this passes into
a vesicular structure which swells up in water (as described by Thuret) ; this I consider
the sperm-cell, still adherent to the spermatozoid.

* Note sur les Anthe'ridies des Fougeres, par G. Thuret, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 3rd Ser., Botanique, t. xi. p. 5.
f Ann. des Sc. Nat., 3rd Ser., Botanique, t. xvi. p. 29, 1851.

X Ueber die Fruchtbildung und Keimung der hoheren Kryptogamen. Botanische Zeitung, vol. vii. p. 793, 1849.
§ Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Farrenkriiuter, von Hermann Schacht. SchlechtendahPs Linnsea, xxii.
p. 753, 1849.

132 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

The archegonia are stated by him to be found exclusively upon the thickened part of
the prothallmm (in opposition to Wigand), as I have described them. He further says
that the earlier stages of development are difficult to make out, but he believes the
papilla originates by the subdivision of one of the cells of the prothallium into four by
vertical septa crossing each other, these growing out into a conical body ; the canal, and
the cavity at the base (the embryo-sac) are supposed to originate as intercellular cavities,
by the separation of the cells bordering them. The canal is closed at first and open after-
wards. It is evident from these statements that the earlier conditions of the embryo-sac
were overlooked. The mucilaginous filaments in the canal of the archegonium were seen
and figured by Schacht, who correctly asserts that they are not decaying spermatozoids,
as supposed by Suminski. He states that the embryo originates in the cavity at the base
of the archegonium (the embryo-sac) ; but he seems to suppose it to be merely a vegetative
growth, as is evident from the concluding paragraph of his memoir : —

" Since the ' germ-organ ' (archegonium) is not open originally, but closed, the fact of
its opening subsequently, when it has become surrounded by a high cellular wall, together
with the circumstance that the direction of the orifice is downwards, render it scarcely
conceivable how ' spiral-filaments ' could make their way into it ; moreover, in spite of
the utmost patience and care, I could never observe a ' spiral-filament ' inside the ' germ-
organ,' still less the conversion of one of them into the ' germ ' (embryo). Consequently
the impregnation of the Perns, as described by Count Leszczyc- Suminski, is more than
improbable, and thus the inclusion of the Perns among the Phanerogamia is by no means
justified."

In these conclusions we see that the bias given by the adherence to Schleiden's doctrine
of the origin of the embryo in the Phanerogamia, of which Schacht is one of the leading
defenders, has prevented his entertaining the idea of the spermatozoids exerting simply a
fertilizing influence. All his argument is against the conversion of one of them into an
embryo, so that the hypothesis I have adopted is not touched by the above statement, and
it is unnecessary to add further remarks.

In the following year M. Mettenius* published some important researches on this and
allied points in the reproduction of the Cryptogamia, in which, however, he confined him-
self, in regard to the Ferns, to a description of the development of the archegonia. In
this his statements agree in the essential particulars with those I have given above, since
he also believes Suminski to have overlooked the superficial cell covering the embryo-sac,
and giving origin by its division to the papilla which subsequently grows up. There is
only one anatomical point in which I think he was probably in error, namely, in reference
to the mode of development of the papilla, the projecting portion of the archegonium. He
states that the first cell is divided into four by crossing vertical walls, that these four cells
grow up equably and become divided by horizontal septa so as to form four parallel columns
each composed of four or five cells one above the other, between the contiguous internal
angles of which the canal leading down to the embryo-sac is formed as an intercellular
passage. My observations, as already stated, lead me to believe that the process is some-
what different from this, and that Hofmeister's description is more correct.

* Beitriige zur Botanik, Heft i. Heidelberg, 1850.

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 133

In the same year appeared an essay on this subject by Dr. Von Mercklin*, which I
have not seen, but I am able to state the principal points in it, from the circumstance of
his having published an abstract of them in the ■ Iinnseat,' in answer to Schacht's criti-
cism of Suminski's views.

Von Mercklin states that the antheridia appeared to him to consist of never more than
five cells; sometimes they appeared still more simple, but he gives no details in his
abstract. Of the spermatozoids he says that the figures given by Thuret and Wigand
agree best with his observations, those of Suminski worst, but he regards the large vesicle
figured by Schacht- at the extremity of the widest coil, as the adherent sperm-cell. He
also considers the broad convolution to be the posterior, since the spermatozoid always
advances with the narrow end foremost; in this his statements accord with my own
observations.

In reference to the archegonia, he truly says that Schacht overlooked the earliest stages,
and he asserts that although he is not positive concerning all cases, he has distinctly
seen an orifice into the cavity of the archegonium (the intercellular cavity, as he and
Schacht consider it, but the embryo-sac of my description) in the situation of the cell from
which the papilla grows up, pretty much therefore what Suminski described. Moreover,
he states that he has seen spermatozoids enter this. But he does not appear to attribute
importance to any particular epoch for the contact of the spermatozoid with the embryonal
vesicle, which lies in the cavity (embryo-sac), for he states that of the three times he
witnessed this phenomenon, in the course of an entire year's observation of the subject,
the spermatozoids twice entered the nascent organ, as described by Suminski, and in the
other case entered the open canal of a fully developed archegonium, to reach the " germ-
cell " (embryonal vesicle). He states his belief that the mucilaginous filaments seen by
Schacht, Mettenius, &c, in the canal, are really altered spermatozoids, and he concludes
with the following assumptions : —

" 1. The spermatozoids do regularly enter into the archegonia ; and, 2. Probably con-
tribute to the origin or the development of the first ' germ-frond.' How this takes place
I know not, and the details concerning it, given by Count Suminski, remain for the pre-
sent unconfirmed."

The last observations to which I have to refer are those contained in M. "W. Hofmeister's
recent work J, forming part of an elaborate series of investigations on the reproduction of
the higher Cryptogamous plants.

This author, like Schacht, describes the antheridium as a more complex structure than I
and Thuret imagine it to be, since he believes the walls enveloping the central parent-cell
of the sperm-cells to consist of four or eight cells, constituting a quadrangular boundary,
instead of being simply one or two annular cells. He further states that he found, on young
prothallia produced by budding from old barren and proliferous prothallia, antheridia of the

* Beobachtungen an dem Prothallium der Farrenkrauter, von Dr. C. E. von Mercklin. St. Petersburgh, 1850.

f Zu den Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Farrenkrauter, von Dr. C. E. von Mercklin.
Schlecbtendal's Linnsea, xxiii. 723. 1850.

X Vergleichende Untersuchungen der Keimung, Entfaltung und Fruchtbildung hoherer Kryptogamen, &c. 4to.
Leipzig, 1851.

VOL. XXI. T

134 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

simple structure described by Suminski and Wigand, consisting of a simple cell; this
statement is quite contrary to my observations ; I frequently examined antheridia in all
stages in such prothallia, and they differed from the normal form only, in certain cases,
by being supported on elongated pedicels produced by an unusual growth of their basal
cells (fig. 50). With regard to the mode of development of the sperm-cells, Hofmeister de-
scribes, as I have done, the gradual subdivision of the mucilaginous contents of the parent-
cell into numerous cubical portions, each of which becomes clothed with a membrane and
produces a spermatozoid within it. His description of the spermatozoids differs but little
from mine ; he asserts, however, the regular existence of a long and very slender hair-like
process at the hinder extremity, which I have only seen an indication of in one case.

In his account of the development of the archegonium he differs considerably both from
Mettenius and myself, although the final results are the same. According to him, the
papillar process is formed before the basal cavity (the embryo-sac), by the growth out-
wards and subdivision of one of the superficial cells of the cushion-like thickening of the
prothallium. He describes the formation of the archegonium in the following manner :
the superficial cell which gives origin to it becomes divided by an oblique wall into an
upper and a lower cell, the upper and larger is again divided by an oblique wall inclined
in the opposite direction, and this is repeated five or six times ; this would result in the
formation of a papilla composed of two parallel rows of cells slightly overlapping alter-
nately as they rise ; but as they are developed each is divided into two by a perpendicular
radial wall, so that the papilla consists of four conjoined vertical piles of cells. In the
next place, either all or only the lowest of the cells of one of the vertical rows become
divided into two by a tangental wall ; so that, in the first case, a central row of cells is
formed, running up the centre, or, in the second case, the extra cell is only formed at the
bottom. This lowest cell, which is the embryo-sac, becomes enlarged rapidly ; the cells of
the prothallium immediately surrounding it become divided by septa so as to form a kind
of epithelial layer around it. During this growth the canal is formed up the centre of
the papilla, when the fifth row of cells exists by the solution of all but the bottom one, and
when this extra cell is formed only at the bottom, by the separation of the contiguous
inner angles of the four rows, so as to form an intercellular passage. The greater part of
the archegonia undergo no further development after this canal opens at the apex, but the
membrane bounding the canal and the cavity formed by the basal cell become coloured
rich brown.

"With regard to this description of the development of the archegonium, I believe it to
be correct so far as relates to the production of the upper part, namely the papilla, except-
ing in respect to the formation of the fifth row of cells, subsequently dissolved to leave the
canal open. But the mode of origin of the basal cell or embryo-sac is certainly contrary
to my observations, since I found it before the papilla had begun to be developed, and
surrounded at this early epoch by the so-called ' epithelial ' layer (figs. 54-57), the papilla
being produced by the cell lying outside it.

Hofmeister declares in favour of the entrance of a spermatozoid into the canal of the
archegonium, to fertilize a little spherical cell (the embryonal vesicle) originating in the
basal cell or embryo-sac of the archegonium ; this cellule then begins to expand and to be

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 135

subdivided, so as to form a globular mass of cells, in which the prominences indicating the
radicle and leaf soon make their appearance.
He never saw the actual entrance of the spermatozoid into the archegonium.

VI. Conclusions.

In summing up all these statements it becomes evident that the balance of evidence is
in favour of the existence of sexual organs, and of a process of impregnation, giving rise
to a new individual, as asserted by Suminski, although under conditions somewhat different
from those described by that author. Only two of the observers who have repeated his
investigations throw doubt upon these points, namely Wigand and Schacht : the state-
ments of the former as to matters of fact are far from sufficient to bear out the mass of
argument he has built upon them against the existence of sexes ; in fact, his observations
were so imperfect, that he described the two parts of the archegonium, the papilla and the
enlarged embryo-sac, as distinct structures, while he never traced the origin of the new
plant at all. His observations may therefore be safely passed over. Schacht' s are more
complete, but he again only argues against the probability of a sexual conjunction, with
the preconceived notion that this must be analogous to what he erroneously believes to be
the conditions in the Phanerogamia ; while his observations furnish facts which greatly
support the probability of an impregnation by the spermatozoids ; the difficulties he
suggests being of little weight in comparison with those of accounting for the existence of
all the peculiar structures by any other hypothesis.

The opinions of all the rest are in favour of the impregnation (Thuret does not treat of
the archegonia) ; and the differences between them, except in the case of Suminski, are
unimportant in a physiological point of view, merely presenting questions of anatomical
and morphological interest. And since Suminski's description of the mode of origin of
the embryo would be altogether at variance with what exists, not only in other plants, but
also in animals, and is opposed to the observations of all the rest of us (except the doubt-
ful support given by Von Mercklin), I cannot but repeat my belief that he was led away
from the facts by his imagination being preoccupied by Schleiden's doctrine of the impreg-
nation of the Phanerogamia.

These observations on the Perns have acquired vastly increased interest from the sub-
sequent investigations of Hofmeister, Mettenius and Nageli on the allied Cryptogams, and
above all, from Hofmeister' s observations on the processes occurring in the impregnation
of the Coniferse *.

Not only have these investigations given us a satisfactory interpretation of the arche-
gonia and antheridia of the Mosses and Liverworts, but they have made known and
coordinated the existence of analogous phenomena in the Equisetacese, Lycopodiaceae
and Rhizocarpese, and shown, moreover, that the bodies described by Mr. Brown in the
Conifers, under the name of ' corpuscles,' are analogous to the archegonia of the Crypto-
gams, so that a link is hereby formed between these groups and the higher flowering
plants.

* Vergleichende Untersuchungen, loc. dt.

T2

136 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

It would be out of place to enter into a detailed examination of these discoveries at the
close of this long memoir. They are to be found in the work of Hofmeister * already
quoted in regard to the Ferns. I may also refer to a resumS of the present state of know-
ledge on these subjects, published by myself in the ' Annals of Natural History f,' for the
facts and general conclusions to be derived from them, and to a Report furnished to the
British Association in 1851, for an account of the historical development of these questions
during late years.

I cannot conclude without once more directing attention to the many striking analogies
recently revealed between the phenomena of reproduction in plants and in animals. They
must excite the strongest interest in the minds of all those pursuing the study of biolo-
gical laws. Many of the facts rest, at present, it is true, upon the authority of but one or
two observers, and it can scarcely be doubted that much remains to be discovered before
all the details are sufficiently established. The investigation of the reproduction of Ferns
is the point which has been most pursued hitherto, and even here there is considerable
discrepancy in reference to anatomical conditions. My own observations have satisfied
me only after prolonged and careful study of the subject ; for Avhere we have to compare
successive stages in distinct preparations, and this by means of dissection of microscopic
structure, there are very numerous inlets for misconceptions. If I have fallen into errors,
I trust they may be soon detected by other observers, whom this memoir may attract to
similar researches.

London, May 1852.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Tab. XIV.

[The specimens were in most cases self-sown plants, and moreover were often mingled before exami-
nation, so that I am unable to say more than that they belonged principally to an unknown Adiantum,
an Asplenium, Pteris serrulata, and Gymnogramma chrysophylla. Most of the stages, however, were
observed repeatedly in the last species. The drawings were all made in outline with the aid of the camera
lucida eye-piece, except in the cases of Figs. 33, 41-47, and 75-]

Figs. 1 & 2. Germinating spores : the second figure exhibits a radical filament.

Figs. 3 & 4. More advanced specimens.

Figs. 5-8. Subsequent stages, in which lateral expansion is going on.

Fig. 9. A young prothallium, in which the peculiar obcordate form is already distinguishable.

Fig. 10. Under surface of a young prothallium of tolerably complete form, before the thickened cushion
has made its appearance in the middle.

Fig. 11. A more highly magnified view of half such a. prothallium, in which a number of antheridia exist
(under surface).

Fig. 12. A young prothallium, produced by budding from the margin of an old sterile (proliferous) pro-
thallium (under surface).

* See ante, page 133. t June 1852-

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 137

Fig. 13. Greatly enlarged view of two cells of a prothallium, showing the position and appearance of the
green chlorophyll globules.

Fig. 14. Another cell, occurring isolated among others of the ordinary character, in which the large chlo-
rophyll globules have acquired a parenchymatous appearance from mutual pressure.

Fig. 15. Chlorophyll globules very much magnified, exhibiting (starch) granules within, and apparently
a membranous coat.

Fig. 16. Magnified fragment of & prothallium from the neighbourhood of the anterior notch (under sur-
face), bearing several antheridia, some imperfect, one ripe, two effete : the lowest is seen side-
ways, and the structure is made evident by the brown colour of the membrane of the cavity
which has discharged its spermatozoids.

Fig. 17. Two cells, from which antheridia are being formed, by budding out from the lower faces ; the
left-hand one is the youngest and contains a little chlorophyll ; in the right-hand one the chlo-
rophyll has given place to dense protoplasm.

Fig. 18. Marginal antheridia, almost ripe.

Tab. XV.

Fig. 19. Antheridia in various stages; the brown one has discharged its spermatozoids. a. represents a
brown peculiar thickening of the cell-walls, with the formation of bars or striae, occasionally met
with in old prothallia.

Fig. 20. Antheridium, seen by looking down upon it.

Fig. 21. Side view of an antheridium, in which the protoplasm is just beginning to subdivide to form the
sperm- cells.

Fig. 22. A more advanced specimen.

Fig. 23. Nascent sperm-cells, from the preceding figure.

Figs. 24-26. Antheridia, seen from above, showing the subsequent stages of development of the sperm-
cells. In figs. 24 & 25 the annular enveloping cell is still perceptible ; in fig. 26 its inner mem-
brane is pressed out and applied against the outer one, and invisible.

Figs. 27-29, 31, 32. Various stages of development of marginal antheridia from young prothallia, produced
from buds arising on old sterile prothallia.

Fig. 33. Hairs found near the notch on the under face of perfect prothallia.

Fig. 34. Side view of an antheridium distended with perfect sperm-cells.

Fig. 35. Antheridia, seen from above, focused to show the condition of the ripe sperm-cells within.

Fig. 36. An antheridium, burst by pressure, emitting its sperm-cells.

Fig. 37. Sperm-cells, one with a nucleus, before the spiral filaments or spermatozoids are perceptible in
them.

Fig. 38. Side view of an antheridium, with the spermatozoids escaping freely, bursting the sperm-cells
within the cavity of the antheridium.

Fig. 39. Sperm-cells, not quite ripe, exhibiting the spermatozoids coiled up in them.

Fig. 40. Spermatozoids in motion, seen in different positions ; the halo of light around each is the result
of the movement of the cilia, which is so rapid that they are invisible.

Fig. 41. Spermatozoids, arrested by solution of iodine, exhibiting the cilia.

Fig. 42. Peculiar conditions of the spermatozoids, seen in one instance only : the left-hand figure repre-
sents one uncoiled ; the right-hand one appears to have a capillary tail, since it dragged the
little mass of mucilage represented along with it.

Figs. 43 & 44. Spermatozoids, imperfectly developed and incapable of extricating themselves from the
sperm-cells, but seen in motion.

138 MR. HENFREY ON THE DEVELOPMENT

Fig. 45. Drawing representing the presumed character of a perfect spermatozoid, derived from the exami-
nation of numerous specimens.

Fig. 46. Imperfect spermatozoids.

Fig. 47. Other forms, where the coils were distinct, but which were sketched while in motion, so that the
cilia were not seen.

Fig. 48. Side view of an antheridium after it had discharged its spermatozoids. The lid is still attached,
but the internal membranes have acquired a brown colour.

Fig. 49. Another specimen from which the lid has been wholly detached.

Fig. 50. Portion of a proliferous old prothallium with marginal, mostly effete, antheridia.

Fig. 51. Slightly magnified view of the under side of a perfect prothallium, in which the cushion-like
thickening has been developed.

Fig. 52. Magnified view of the region near the notch on the lower surface of a similar prothallium,
bearing archegonia in various stages.

Fig. 53. More enlarged view of a smaller portion with several sterile archegonia.

Tab. XVI.

Fig. 54. View of a nascent archegonium focused to the (under) surface of the prothallium. At a is the

cell of the general surface overlying the embryo-sac, which is seen through, as are the cells

bordering it, marked b.
Fig. 55. The same preparation focused deeper so as to show the embryo-sac, a, and its boundary cells, b.
Fig. 56. A similar view to fig. 54, where the cell above the embryo-sac already exhibits cross lines, indi-
cating its division into three, preparatory to growing out into the papilla ; c shows the cellule

(embryonal vesicle), with a nucleus formed in the embryo-sac ; b, the boundary cells.
Fig. 57. The same figure focused deeper: a, the embryo-sac; b, its boundary cells; c, the embryonal

vesicle.
Fig. 58. Lateral views of archegonia, showing the gradual development of the papilla.
Fig. 59. More advanced papilla? before the canal is visible.
Fig. 60. Similar papillae seen from above.

Fig. 61. Lateral view of an archegonium in which the canal of the papilla is becoming evident.
Fig, 62. Vertical section through the thickness of the cushion-like mass of the prothallium, passing in

various situations through archegonia.
Fig. 63. Vertical section of two archegonia, one of which exhibits the mucilaginous filaments hanging out

from the canal.
Fig. 64. Vertical section passing through four archegonia ; b, the cells bounding the embryo-sac of one

of them.
Figs. 65 & 66. Vertical sections of archegonia, passing through the canals and embryo-sacs.
Fig. 67. Vertical section of a portion of a prothallium passing through two archegonia.
Fig. 68. More highly magnified view of three archegonia, differently focused ; the side one shows the

canal through the transparent walls ; the middle displays the embryo-sac and embryonal vesicle

showing through.
Figs. 69 & 70. Views of archegonia obtained without sections, focused to show the contents of the canals

and embryo-sacs, distinguishable through the transparent walls.
Fig. 71. Vertical section passing through two archegonia ; the left figure appears to be of one just fertilized,

the right figure exhibits merely the base of a dead archegonium.
Figs. 72 & 74. Views of dead abortive archegonia, with the walls of the widely-opened canals and the

embryo-sacs coloured deep brown.

Trans lirm Soc Vol JTJI . t J* . p J3S.

J

Trans. 2inn. Sac Vol XZJ. , fr. js

(r Jos-man, sc

Trccns Zvrcn. Soc Vol. 2X1 tJS, p23&.

G-.J'avrrvan. sc.

OF FERNS FROM THEIR SPORES. 139

Fig. 75. Section passing through the embryo-sac of an archegonium in which cell-development has com-
menced in the embryonal vesicle.

Figs. 76 & 77- Sections showing subsequent stages.

Figs. 78 & 79- Other sections in more advanced stages ; in fig. 79 the papilla of the archegonium is cut
through.

Fig. 80. View of a young plant developed from the embryonal vesicle. The cellular mass, a, probably the
undeveloped radicle, lies loosely in the cavity of the decaying prothallium, d, d, on which the
archegonium (g) is seen ; b is the first leaf rising towards the notch of the prothallium ; c, the
first adventitious rootlet which has broken through at the base h; e is the second leaflet ; f, the
second adventitious rootlet visible in the interior.

Fig. 81. A young plant making its third leaf; the prothallium has here quite decayed off.

Fig. 82. Another young plant making its fourth leaf; a, b and c being the first, second and third.

Fig. 83. A vertical section through the stem of this, removing about one-third of it in front, and showing
the nascent vascular system, and the relative positions of the stalks of the leaves a, b and c of
the last figure and of the nascent fourth leaf, d; between them are seen the brown cellular
ramenta.

[ 141 ]

XV. On Two Genera of Plants from Chile. By John Miers, Esq., F.B.S, F.L.S. 8fc.

Read November 18 and December 2, 1851.

AMONG the few very interesting plants which I was enabled to collect during my rapid
journey over the Cordillera in 1825, were the two following, which being yet undescribed,
may perhaps claim the attention of the Linnean Society. The first evidently belongs to
the tribe of the JEriogonece, of which a monograph by Mr. Bentham was read before the
Society in 1835, and subsequently published in the 17th volume of its Transactions. It
differs from all others of the tribe in its habit, for its very slender ramifications are
always dichotomously divided in every axil, and its solitary involucre, on a lengthened
capillary pedicel, springs from the middle of each bifurcation ; it is however easily distin-
guishable from the rest by the proportion of its floral parts in a manner to be presently
noticed. All the Eriogonece hitherto discovered in South America have been found on
the western side of the Andes, and this is probably the first instance known of their
occurrence on the eastern declivity.

The learned author of the monograph above quoted, states that he does not agree with
Dr. Meissner and M. DeCandolle, who infer the normal number of the stamens in the
Polygonacece to be double that of the lobes of the perigonium, and that in all instances
occurring with a less number of stamens, this diminution is alone attributable to the
abortion of those parts. Mr. Bentham, on the contrary, shows that this relation is not
at all manifest, and he endeavours to prove that the normal number of floral parts
is always ternary, the six lobes of the perigonium being biserial, the nine stamens in
three series, and the ovarium surmounted by three styles and three stigmata. This
arrangement, however, is far from general, for the greater number of genera present only
five divisions of the floral envelope, with six, eight or nine stamens. Atraphaxis, not-
withstanding, offers a binary arrangement of its parts, viz. four lobes in the perianthium
in two rows, six stamens with two styles, and two stigmata.

The discrepances here alluded to may, however, be reconciled, if we pay attention to the
following circumstances. There does not seem any apparent reason why botanists should
have constantly regarded the floral envelopes in the Polygonacece as a perigonium or
perianthium, words intended to express a confluence of calyx and corolla into one common
floral covering ; but here the parts constituting such envelope manifestly bear the usual
characters of a distinct calyx and corolla, for the floral segments are divided to the base,
and exhibit their origin externally upon an annular hypogynous ring, that serves to sup-
port the stamens as well as the stipitate ovarium : they are always in two or more whorls,
are deeply imbricated, the external series being of a somewhat denser texture, and although
petaloid, these segments have every claim to be regarded as so many sepals, while the
VOL. xxi. v

14-2 MR. J. MIERS ON TWO GENERA OF PLANTS FROM CHILE.

more internal leaflets bear the usual characters of petals. Were this distinction once
admitted, and we were to conclude the normal arrangement to be ternary, and to allow
the existence of an occasional binary combination, by the suppression of some of its parts,
all the difficulties of its variable structure could be easily explained. In the solitary
instance where the floral envelopes are only three (as in Konigia), we might look upon
it as an apetalous genus ; where they consist of six lobes, the three outer may be regarded
as sepals, and the others as petals ; or when nine, the six interior lobes as a double row
of petals. In like manner, when five in number, we may conceive the two outer lobes
(which in such cases are always more exterior) to be sepals, and the other three to be
petals; when four or eight, the same distinction may be made by dividing them into
binary series. This hypothesis, though only a modification of Mr. Bentham's, will obvi-
ously reduce the number of deviations from the normal rule. There does not indeed
appear any reason why the floral envelopes of the Polygonacece should not be entitled to
the same distinction into calyx and corolla, as is admitted, for instance, in the Polygalacece,
where the calyx is often comparatively large and petaloid in texture, or as in the Portu-
lacacece, where the same occurs, and where the number of sepals (different from that of
the petals) is only two, in the same manner as, according to my view, exist in Polygonum,
Fagopyrum, Coccoloba, Ceratogonwm, Fmex and Calligonwm, in which last-mentioned
genus the two exterior leaflets are larger and marcescent, showing the difference of their
nature from the three petals, which remain persistent about the fruit. The same decadence
of the sepals and persistence of the corolla occur also in the Portulacacece. In many other
genera of the Polygonacece with six floral segments, the outer series, which are different
in texture, fall away, while the petals remain, investing the achenium. This view of the
subject is much confirmed by the argument of Prof. Lindley*, where he offers very cogent
reasons for associating the Polygonacece with the Caryophyllacece and the Portulacacece,
with which orders they agree in the unsymmetrical inconstancy of their floral parts, in
their sepals being often of petaloid texture, in the insertion of their stamens upon a hypo-
gynous ring, quite free from the petals, in their somewhat stipitate ovarium, and in their
farinaceous albumen enclosing a curved embryo. The Caryophyllacece have also their
petioles somewhat vaginant.

All the Eriogonece hitherto known accord with the normal rule, as they present six floral
segments in two series, nine stamens and three styles, but in the plant under considera-
tion, we have an unusual deviation from the general disposition, for here we find a quater-
nary arrangement, the involucre being generally 4-cleft, each flower having eight distinct,
very imbricated segments, eight stamens fixed upon the hypogynous support or gyno-
phorus, and four styles and stigmata. In accordance with the views above suggested,
I shall therefore consider the four outer segments as a calyx of four sepals, and the inner
lobes as a corolla of four petals. I will here remark, that in the same specimen I have
observed, though rarely, that some of the involucres contain flowers in which their parts
are trimerous, i. e. three sepals, three petals, six stamens, three styles and stigmata, but
the involucre in such case is still 4-pointed.

* Vegetable Kingdom, p. 50.

MR. J. MIERS ON TWO GENERA OF PLANTS FROM CHILE. 143

In Chorizema and Mucronea, the involucres are 1 -flowered, being 6-toothed in the
former and hidentate in the latter; in Eriogonum and Chorizanthe, the inflorescence is
generally terminal, and capitate in Mucronea, with three involucres, verticillately arranged
in each flowering axil ; but this plant, differing from all others, offers only a single stipi-
tate involucre in each axil or dichotomy. From all these peculiarities, I naturally at first
concluded it would constitute a new genus, which I proposed to call Tetraraphis, closely
allied to the Oxytheca of Mr. Nuttall, described in the Journal of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia (2nd Ser. i. 169). Although agreeing with that description in
its similarity of habit, its linear radical leaves, a single few-flowered involucre in each
axil, supported on a filiform pedicel, with its teeth armed with long rigid bristles, Oxytheca
appeared to differ in its ramifications being trichotomous, in having only three sepals and
three petals, and these all united in a tube nearly to the summit, in having six stamens,
three styles and stigmata, in its achenium being compressed and 2-sided, and in its
embryo being placed excentrically in fleshy albumen. These differences appeared suffi-
ciently great to warrant the conclusion that the plant under consideration, though closely
allied, was generically distinct from Oxytheca, and hence it was desirable to compare it
with the Californian plant : this I had the good fortune to meet with in Sir W. Hooker's
Herbarium, communicated by Mr. Nuttall himself, as an authenticated specimen of his
Oxytheca dendroidea. I was greatly surprised, however, to find it so closely resembling
my own plant in external appearance, and so like it in dimension, in the dichotomous mode
of its growth, in the shape of its leaves, and in the size and aspect of its involucres and
flowers, as scarcely to be distinguished from it. In my own specimen, the chief specific
difference seemed to consist in the constant dichotomy of its ramifications, which are only
divided into three branches at its first basal joint, in the bracts at the division of the stems
not being quite divided to the base, its leaves not strongly revolute, the achenium not
compressed, 2-sided and lenticular, and its flowers, with rare exceptions, being 4-merous,
having their floral envelopes nearly divided to the base. Mr. Nuttall, in his generic cha-
racter, states that the flowers are either dioecious or monoecious, that in the female flowers
the perianth is closed to the summit and 6-toothed, that in the male and hermaphrodite
flowers it is shortly 6-cleft, and he hesitatingly gives the number of stamens to be six ; it
must be remembered, however, that his examination was from dried specimens of plants
collected by Dr. Gamble in the Rocky Mountains. As Mr. Nuttall includes in his genus
Oxytheca, another section under the name of Gomphotheca, founded upon a very distinct
plant, with dioecious pentamerous flowers, possessing a very different habit ; as he nowhere
states that the two other more legitimate species have monoecious flowers ; as I have
not noticed the flowers of the plant from the Chilean Andes to be otherwise than perfectly
hermaphrodite ; and as the floral characters of the Californian plants appear doubtfully
stated, or made to include two distinct groups, and at variance in many particulars with
the features I have observed, — I feel induced to remodel the generic features of Oxytheca
in the following manner, in accordance with the facts I have carefully noticed in my own
plant, modified in some degree by the circumstances stated by Mr, Nuttall.

144 MR. J. MIERS ON TWO GENERA OF PLANTS FROM CHILE.

OXYTHECA, Nutt.

Involucrum 3-4 florum, tubulosum, sub-4-gonum, ad medium 4-partitum ; laciniis subaequalibus, acutis,
longissime aristatis. Flores hermaphroditi, pedicellati, bracteati, subexserti, demum cernui. Sepala
3-4, petaloidea, aequalia, oblonga, unguiculata, valde imbricata, ima basi cum petalis subcoalita. Petala
3-4, sepalis alterna et subsimilia, tenuiora, glabra, imbricata, et cum istis persistentia. Stamina 6-8,
e summo gynophoro orta, inclusa, 3—4 alternatim breviora, sepalis opposita ; filamenta filiformia, apice
inflexa ; antherce rotundatae, cordatae, dorsifixae. Ovarium ovatum, 3-4-gonum, stipitatum, petaus
tertio brevius, 1-loculare ; ovulo basilari, erecto. Styli 3-4, breves, erecti, demiim divaricati ; stigmata
capitata. Achenium monospermum, ovale, 3-4-costatum, subcompressum, sepalis petalisque emar-
cidis arete tectum. Semen unicum, loculum implens ; testa membranacea. Embryo spiralis, anti-
tropus, intra albumen farinaceum inclusus; cotyledonibus cochleato-rotundis, foliaceis, accumbentibus;
radiculd istis 3-plo longiore, tereti-subulata, hemicyclica, apice recto verticem spectante.

Herbae suffruticulosae Californicce et Chilenses, Andicolce, sesquipalmares, valde ramosae, ramis gracilibus,
in qudque aodlld dichotome divisis; folia radicalia congesta, lineari-subulata, caulina bracteiformia,
axillaria, terna, basi connata, hinc breviter vaginantia; involucrum longe pedunculatum e qudque
dichotomid ortum; flores minuti, sigillatim prcecociores ; pedicelli singulatim basi bractea lineari
aristatd breviore donati.

1. Oxytheca spictjlata, n. sp.; valde ramosa, ramulis divaricatis dichotome deliques-
centibus teretibus gracilibus glanduloso-pilosis, foliis radicalibus congestis spa-
thulato-linearibus utrinque aspero-pilosis pilis patentibus e tuberculis totidem ortis ;
caulinis in quaque dichotonria ternis bracteiformibus acutis apice mucronulatis
aspero-pilosis basi in vaginam brevissimam confluentibus, pedunculo solitario gra-
cillune elongato, involucro 3-4-floro ; laciniis longissime aristatis, pedicellis unifloris
basi bracteatis demum exsertis, floribus cernuis 4-meris rarissime 3-meris, sepalis
hirsutulis petalisque consimilibus glabris rubentibus.

Hab. in Andibus Chilensibus, descensu orientali, circa rivulum Sanctae Mariae, altitudine 8000 ped. v.v.

Tbis plant, about 4 or 5 inches high, is very dichotomously branched. A rosulate
cluster of about twenty radical leaves spring from the collar of a lengthened tap-root.
The leaves, linear, spathulate and attenuated into a slender petiole, are about 8 lines
long, 1 line broad, somewhat fleshy, opake, and are covered on each side with numerous
patent rigid hairs, each hair springing out of a prominent tubercle. A simple short terete
stem, 8 lines in length, rises out of the cluster of leaves, and is crowned at its summit by
a verticil of six acute bracts, vaginantly united at their base : out of this verticil spring
three equal branches, 11 lines long, each being in succession and with regularity dichoto-
mously divided into other more slender branchlets, and their nodes, about 10 lines distant,
are each furnished at their base with three bracts, two being opposite the stems and one
lateral, all equal, acute, aristate, and united into a vaginant cup about each axil : from
the middle of each of the first and of each successive dichotomy rises a capillary erect
peduncle, 4 lines long, bearing at its summit an urceolate involucre, the tube of which is
fths of a line long, its four lobes of similar length, each terminated by a fine needle-shaped
spine f of a line long. The floral bracts are about half the length of the tube which con-
ceals them, and are equal in number to the pedicels, which are smooth, and, when fully
grown, f of a line long, each bearing a flower ^ of a line in length. The seed enclosed in the

MR. J. MIERS ON TWO GENERA OF PLANTS FROM CHILE. 145

marcescent but persistent floral envelopes is about f of a line long. The branchlets and
peduncles are sparsely beset with very short patent hairs, bearing a resinous gland at their
summit ; these are different from the hairs of the leaves, bracts and calyx, which are simple,
pointed, and spring out of elevated tubercles.

I found this plant, of which I was only able to collect a single specimen, in January
1825, in the main valley, on the eastern side of the great Cordillera, upon the road lead-
ing from Mendoza to Aconcagua, at a spot near the Estero de Santa Maria, which falls
into the river Tunuyan, about three leagues above the Punta de las Vacas.

The second plant I have to record is a nearly aphyllous shrub, with straight, erect,
virgate branches, terminating in spines, and evidently belongs to the Bignoniacece,
although in many points it varies from the usual structure of that Order. In that family
the ovarium, formed constantly of two carpels, is generally bilocular, with ovules com-
monly ascending or horizontal, attached to the margins of the dissepiment : its fruit is
usually a long capsule, more or less woody, 2- or spuriously 4-celled; the seeds are
numerous, generally winged, always much compressed, and their exalbuminous embryo
presents broad foliaceous cotyledons, cordate at both extremities. In the present instance
the ovarium is simply bilocular, with a few ovules suspended on the two faces of the thin
dissepiment ; the fruit is a small oval drupe, containing a single osseous indehiscent nut,
which is 1-celled by abortion, and contains only a single pendulous seed that entirely fills
the cavity : this is therefore quite apterous, oval, with a small thick superior radicle, and
two plano-convex fleshy cotyledons, a structure quite anomalous in the Order.

I found this plant in the year 1825, upon the skirts of the eastern declivity of the
Cordillera, near Mendoza, on the margin of the desert tract called " La Travesia," where
it was also found by Dr. Gillies. I have proposed for it the generic name of Oxycladus,
from blug, acutus, and xKubog, ramus, in reference to its spiny habit.

It is evident, from the facts just stated, that this genus does not conform with any of
the characters that mark the tribes into which the Order has been divided by botanists.
The genera that most nearly approach it in habit are the Catophractes of Don, figured in
the 18th volume of the Society's Transactions, plate 22, and the Rhigozwni of Dr. Burchell,
both of which are spinose shrubs from South Africa ; but these have both large yellow
flowers, and the seeds of the latter agree with the characters of the true Bignoniece. It
will therefore be necessary to place Oxycladus in a distinct tribe, and the Order may hence
be divided into the following sections.

Tribe 1. Bignonie2E. Capsule dehiscent, 2-celled, 2-valved, with numerous winged com-
pressed seeds attached to both sides of the dissepiment; embryo with flattened
foliaceous cotyledons.

Tribe 2. Crescentie^. Fruit drupaceous, woody, 2- or many-celled, with numerous
winged or compressed seeds ; embryo with compressed fleshy cotyledons.

Tribe 3. Oxyclade^. Fruit drupaceous, containing a single 1-celled, osseous, inde-
hiscent nut, with a solitary suspended, rounded seed ; the embryo having a superior
radicle, with large and nearly hemispherical fleshy cotyledons.

146 MR. J. MIERS ON TWO GENERA OF PLANTS FROM CHILE.

The generic features of this genus may be thus characterized : —

Oxycxadtjs, gen. nov.

Calyx gamophyllus, 5-dentatus, persistens. Corolla gamopetala; tubo cylindrico, calyce 2-3-plove lon-
giore, vix gibbo, limbo brevi, 5-lobo, sub-bilabiato lobis rotundatis ; labio inferiori 3-lobo, lobis
paululo majoribus ; superiori 2-lobo, in sestivatione imbricativa semper exteriori. Stamina 5,
corolla? lobis alterna, quorum 4 didynama, et quinto superiori brevissimo ananthero, 2 inferioribus
longioribus faucem attingentibus, 2 lateralibus istis tertio brevioribus ; filamenta paullo supra basin
tubi inserta, filiformia, glabra ; antheree rotundatae, reniformes, cordatae, 2-lobae, connectivo dorsali
cordiformi adnata? et huic in medio loborum praefixae, lobis ovalibus divaricatis antice longitudina-
liter dehiscentibus. Ovarium oblongum, pilosum, glandula annulari brevi 5-loba glabra cinctum,
2-loculare ; ovula in utroque loculo circiter 6, superne per paria collateralia, e dissepimenti nervo
longitudinali seriatim appensa. Fructus sub-baccatus, calyce immutato clausus. Nux ovatus, acutus,
4-sulcatus, apice 4-denticulatus, 1-locularis, monospermus ; semen loculo conforme, latere superiori
funiculo brevi appensum ; testa chartacea, favoso-reticulata ; endopleura membranacea. Embryo ex-
albuminosus ; radiculd superiori crassa, apice mammillasformi ; cotyledonibus ista 3-plo longioribus,
ovatis, plano-convexis, valde crassis.

Arbuscula Mendozensis vix aphylla, spinosa, ramosissima, glaberrima, ramis nitidis, erectis ; flores pauci,
aggregati, parvuli ; corolla cosrulescens.

1. Oxycxadtjs aphylltjs ; ramulis erectis virgatis teretibus nitidis rubentibus spina ter-
minatis ; junioribus oppositis spina3formibus fioriferis, foliis bracteiformibus minimis
sub flores aggregatis (an bracteis ?) linearibus glabris incurvis, fioribus 2-3 fascicu-
latis breviter pedunculatis, calyce glabro, corolla extiis pubescente pilis recurvis
caerulescente, ovario piloso.

Hab. prope Mendozam ad pedum Andium. Vernac. Ala. v.v.

This is a shrub about 8 feet high, with the habit of a woody leafless broom. The
branches have a very smooth bark, of a chestnut-brown colour, almost polished, and the
young branchlets that bear the flowers look like spines, being subulate and mucronate, as
are also the ends of all the branches : the axils are opposite, but frequently one branch,
or both, are barren, which adds more to its spinescent appearance. About two or three
flowers spring out of each axil on the spine-like branchlets, bearing at the foot of the
peduncles several minute, curved, smooth, linear leaflets, about half a line in length. The
peduncles are about a line long ; the smooth tubular calyx, crowned with five somewhat
unequal, short, triangular teeth, is 3 lines in length ; the corolla is tubular, of a bluish
colour, and about 6 lines long ; the tube is little more than a line in diameter, is pubescent
outside, with reflected hairs ; it has a bilabiate border formed of five short rounded lobes,
which are somewhat expanded and thrown back ; the attachment of the filaments at their
apex is upon the anterior face of the anthers, and on the connective between the two
divaricating lobes, contrary to the general rule of the Order. The fruit is a subfleshy
pubescent drupe, enclosed in the persistent and scarcely enlarged calyx, and it contains
an oval osseous nut, 3 lines long, 2 fines in diameter, pointed, 4-grooved, and surmounted
by four minute teeth ; a single seed fills its cavity, suspended by a short thread from the
dissepiment, which is pressed against one side of the cell, and upon which may still be
seen the abortive ovules ; the embryo is exalbuminous, with an obtuse superior radicle,

MR. J. MIERS ON TWO GENERA OF PLANTS FROM CHILE. 147

terminated by a small, dark-coloured mammilla ; the cotyledons are thick and fleshy, four
times the length of the radicle, and of equal diameter.

EXPLANATION OE THE PLATES.
Tab. XVII.

Fig. 1. Oxytheca spiculata : natural size.

Fig. 2. An involucre with a portion of its peduncle, showing the flowers exserted.

Fig. 3. The same, cut open to show the insertion of the pedicels and bracts.

Fig. 4. A young flower-bud with its pedicel and bract.

Fig. 5. A bract seen before and behind.

Fig. 6. A flower with a portion of its pedicel.

Fig. 7- The same, with the sepals thrown back to show the petals.

Fig. 8. The same, with the sepals and petals removed, exhibiting the stamens inserted upon the

gynophorus.
Fig. 9. An anther seen in front.

Fig. 10. The same, seen from behind, showing how the filaments are attached.
Fig. 11. The pistil upon its stipitate gland or gynophorus, with the stamens removed.
Fig. 12. The same, with the styles become reflexed.
Fig. 13. A longitudinal section of the same, showing the erect ovule.
Fig. 14. The achenium enclosed in the persistent and withered floral envelopes.
Fig. 15. The same, with the floral covering removed.
Fig. 16. The seed.

Fig. 17- A longitudinal section of the seed, showing the embryo enclosed in its albumen.
Fig. 18. The embryo extracted.

N.B. Figs. 2, 3, 4 & 5 are magnified on the same proportion.

Figs. 6, 75 8 & 12 to 18 are more highly magnified upon one equal scale.

Tab. XVIII.

Fig. 1. Oxycladus aphyllus.

Fig. 2. A flower, showing the mode of aestivation of the corolla.

Fig. 3. The same, expanded.

Fig. 4. A corolla, cut open to show the stamens.

Fig. 5. An anther, viewed in front; showing the insertion of the filament upon the anterior side of the

connective, and the pollen-cells in the act of dehiscence.
Fig. 6. The same, seen from behind.
Fig. 7. The same, after dehiscence.
Fig. 8. The pistil, seated upon its hypogynous gland within the calyx, which is cut open and folded

back, to show its unequal teeth.
Fig. 9. The stigma, seen in front.
Fig. 10. The same, shown edgeways.
Fig. 11. The ovarium, seated upon its hypogynous glandular cup.

148 MR. J. MIERS ON TWO GENERA OF PLANTS FROM CHILE.

Fig. 12. A vertical section of the ovarium, across the dissepiment; showing the mode of attachment of

the ovules.
Fig. 13. The drupe, enclosed in the persistent calyx.
Fig. 14. The same : — magnified.
Fig. 15. The same, with the calyx removed.
Fig. 16. The nut.

Fig. 17- A vertical section of the nut.
Fig. 18. The seed, with its testa and podosperm.
Fig. 1 9. The embryo, extracted.

N.B. Figs. 1, 2, 3 & 13 are of the natural size.
Figs. 4, 8, 11, 12 & 14 to 19 are magnified.
Figs. 5, 6, 73 9 & 10 are more highly magnified.

7ra.7i.s- Zinn S 't> c. Vol.XZ2,p.l4S, tJ7

14 15

■J Murs £sq. del

G-Ja.rrrva.ri sc

Trans. ZirnvSoc. Val.XZl ,pJ4S. tJS.

9

( J
■

m m m

\

J ' Miers £sq del.

GSarrruzrt sc.

[ 149 ]

XVI. On Two New Genera of Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S. fyc.

Read June 1, 1852.

1HE illustrious mycologist, Elias Fries, on more than one occasion, expresses the far
greater pleasure that he has experienced in ascertaining with complete certainty a single
synonym of the earlier writers on Fungi, than in discovering many new species ; a senti-
ment which will meet a responsive echo in the approbation of most true lovers of science.
There is indeed a great satisfaction in clearing up a point hitherto obscure; in finding
that the pioneers of science, with all their disadvantages, were so far correct in their
observations, and therefore worthy of trust in other particulars ; the very subjects too are
often interesting in an historical point of view ; and not only so, but there is often much
valuable information to be derived from their mode of regarding matters respecting which,
for the most part, no scientific theories or prejudices existed, whatever other analogous
drawbacks there might be, insomuch that on many points really juster views were enter-
tained than by many of their successors. Such works as those of Micheli and Schmidel
will repay the most attentive study, and many a circumstance has from time to time been
brought forward as a new and important discovery, which they and others of their con-
temporaries had already accurately observed ; while, on the other hand, from a careless
inspection of their figures without due attention to the context, they have been made to
vouch for facts respecting which they had no knowledge. To take a single instance in
that branch of botany to which attention is more particularly called in the present memoir,
and to which it is proposed to add two new genera, either founded on forms observed and
described by the older botanists, or illustrated by matter furnished by them, but not
recognized by more modern writers on the subject, the true structure of the hymenium
of Agarics is accurately represented by Muller in Agaricus comatus, in an early figure of
the ' Flora Danica,' whereas the figure in which Micheli is supposed to have represented
that structure is meant to express something quite different, the simple circumstance of
the quaternate disposition of the spores in Agarics being the only correlative fact known
to that author, as appears from his text, which is usually too positive and luminous to
admit of much question.

The objects to which the attention of the Society is now drawn are closely related to
two which are figured, the one by Battarra and the other by Bulliard, though it should
seem not absolutely identical. The first noticed shall be that which calls to mind a figure
in the well-known work of the Italian botanist on the Fungi growing in the neighbourhood
of Arimini, a work remarkable for its excellent illustrations and general faithfulness, and
which may frequently be consulted with profit at the present day. The first edition of
this work appeared in 1755, and a second edition was published in 1759, without however
any alteration in the matter.

VOL. XXI. X

150 REV. M. J. BERKELEY ON TWO NEW GENERA OF FUNGI.

In the fortieth tahle a figure is given of a Phallus which has puzzled all succeeding
botanists. Paulet copies it indeed in his large treatise on Fungi, colouring it after the
description, and proposing it as a true figure of Phallus caninus, Hudson, to which how-
ever it bears at first sight but a remote resemblance. Fries says of it, under Phallus
caninus, " Phallus exilis Marattse, Batt. Arim. p. 76. t. XL. F. nisi prsecedentis icon
erronea affinis species*." It seems, however, judging from the other figures contained in
the volume, impossible that he should have gone out of his way to make anything so
unlike the ordinary form of fungus in question. The account besides is too circumstantial
to admit of much doubt. The fungus, Battarra informs us, was found by Father Maratta
in the neighbourhood of Borne (ultra Genzanum), on the 5th of October, 1736, in a wood
known by the name of Li Disertini, and communicated to the author in May 1754.
Several specimens were found in a heap of rotten leaves. The volva is described as dirty
white, coriaceous, and filled with a mucilaginous substance as in other species of Phallus.
From this arose a club-shaped cellular receptacle, hollow within, the upper part being even
and solid within (meaning probably that it was imperforate), and covered with a crust
which was red when the fungus was young, but when it had arrived at maturity, the top
was green, with a zone of red beneath it, the lower portion of the stem being dirty white,
sprinkled with reddish brown superficial specks. When the fungus was passed maturity,
the upper portion passed into a foetid fluid.

It should seem then that Battarra did not indeed see the fungus when fresh, and that
his figure was taken from a dried specimen, for he says nothing of any drawing ; but it is
very difficult to conceive how a fungus tapering to a point, as exhibited in Sowerby's figure
of Phallus canmus, could by any mode of drying assume the broadly clavate form exhibited
by the figure.

A fungus, however, has been lately found by H. W. Bavenel, Esq., near the Santee
Biver, South Carolina, which exhibits the peculiar form of that of Battarra, and when for-
warded to me by the Bev. M. A. Curtis, was noticed as differing greatly in structure from
other species of Phallus, in its not showing the slightest distinction between the stem and
hymenium. It is true that at a later period specimens of the same species were found by
Mr. Bavenel exhibiting the same form as that of Phallus caninus, but with the ample
hymenium more clearly confluent with the stem, which differs but slightly from it in
appearance and structure, and always perforated at the apex, while the loose cellular pale
stem of Phallus caninus, at the first glance, is distinct from the short and more minutely
cellular head. Excellent specimens of both, preserved in spirits, enable me to speak with
the greater confidence, though my first observations were founded on the dried specimens
only. As then two forms so widely different occur in a species analogous to Phallus
caninus, though not identical with it, it is very possible that a clavate form of Phallus
caninus may also exist, and that Battarra's figure is due to such a variety. This would be
pretty well established if it were positively clear that the head in Maratta's plant is imper-
forate, but as he used the word ' perforate ' in the description of other species, he would
scarcely have omitted it in the present instance, and the phrase alluded to above may
therefore be considered as intended to indicate something different from the more common

* Two misprints in the above citation are corrected.

REV. M. J. BERKELEY ON TWO NEW GENERA OF FUNGI. 151

species of Phallus. We may, therefore, taking both the European and American species
together, conclude, with tolerable certainty, that after all the figure of Battarra does indeed
represent a peculiar state of the well-known species. No doubt whatever rests on the
mind of Mr. Ravenel as to the identity of the clavate and more fusiform individuals of
his plant, though, before ample materials had been collected, he had formed a different
opinion.

Having, as far as the materials which have been collected permit, cleared up the very
obscure plan^ of Battarra, I shall now advert more especially to that from South Carolina,
which differs from Phallus caninus, not only in colour and a more compact texture, but
in the important point of having the receptacle perforated.

In Phallus caninus the cells of the head are horizontal, compact, much smaller and
quite different from those of the stem ; in the new fungus, the cells of the head differ
little in size, and are more numerous and not arranged horizontally. Though much stress
cannot be laid on the clavate form of certain individuals, the structure, taken in conjunc-
tion with the perforated pileus, completely justifies the proposition of a new genus for its
reception, unless such genera as Dictyophora, Mutinus, Dictyophallus, &c. are to be
rejected as mere members of the genus Phallus. Indeed, though Fries does not consider
Dictyophora, so remarkable for its beautiful reticulated veil-like appendage, as separable
from Phallus, he has proposed a distinct genus, Mutinus (formerly Cynophallus), for the
reception of Phallus caninus, in his ' Summa Vegetabilium Scandinavise.' On the same
principles our plant must be generically distinct. The genus then may be characterized
as follows : —

Gen. Cortnites, Berkeley et Curtis.

Uterus rotundatus e membrana duplici gelatina distenta compositus, lobato-rumpens. Receptaculum cum
stipite elongato celluloso-cribroso omnino continuum, obtusum, perforatum, massa sporifera primum
sinuato-cellulosa tenaci, mox vero diffluente, tectum. Sporm minutae.

Fungi terrestres, oblongi, subfusiformes, autumnales. Genus a Mutino, Fries, differt receptaculo minus
discreto, apice perforata.

C. Ravenelii, n. sp.

On sandy ground, in grassy places. Autumn. Santee River. Curtis, Nos. 2573, 3037. Ravenel, No. 844.

Egg globose, | of an inch in diameter. Volva bursting in two or three lobes closely applied to the stem.
Stem l|-2 inches high, 4-5 lines thick, bright red, coarsely cribrose, attenuated below, above con-
fluent with the receptacle, which is sometimes broadly clavate, sometimes conical, but always more
or less obtuse, pervious at the apex, sometimes half as long as the stem. Mass of spores dark olive,
soon washed off. Odour heavy and nauseous, but only perceptible when the hymenium is brought
near to the nose.

Extreme forms are very different ; some specimens approaching to the more ordinary
form of Mutinus caninus, while others exactly resemble what is figured by Battarra.

The second subject to which I beg leave to call the attention of the Society, is to a
group of fungi, of which Sphcerocarpus capsulifer, Bulliard, is evidently the type. Though
the description and figures are far from superficial, they appear for the most part to have
been neglected by authors. As far as I have been able to discover, there are no notices of

x2

152 REV. M. J. BERKELEY ON TWO NEW GENERA OF FUNGI.

the species, except by French botanists, and these appear to be for the most part mere com-
pilations from Bulliard. DeCandolle's account, for instance, in the second volume of the
' More Fran9aise,' is only a transcript, as is also that of Chevallier ; who adds to what
DeCandolle says the circumstance mentioned by Bulliard, that when the fructifying mass
is placed in water, the spores separate from one another as if they proceeded from a cap-
sule, a circumstance which I have observed in one of the species, though not in the two
which most nearly resemble the plant of Bulliard.

Duby next gives the characters of a supposed Physarum, under the name*of P.? capsu-
liferum, but as he describes the flocci as black, his plant cannot be the species of Bulliard ;
and his remark that Desmazieres, who published Didymmm cinereum at No. 272 of his
• Plantes Cryptogames du Nord de France,' thinks it may possibly be the same with that
species, is conclusive as to the point, even though Bulliard has referred to Batsch's figure
as a synonym of his Sphcerocarpus capsulifer.

These are all the notices I can find of this species. It is not in the General Index to
Fries' ' Systema Mycologicum,' nor do I observe any notice of it in the text of his work,
where so singular a production might have been expected to claim observation. Fries,
indeed, in his general remarks, says that conglobated spores are described in several
Myxogastres, but that such states are, according to his observations, always abnormal ;
which may be the reason why he has not noticed the species of Bulliard.

That the spores are, however, essentially conglobated in the species under consideration,
and do not form mere accidental clusters, arising from inequable distribution of moisture
amongst the mass, or from any other mechanical cause, is most evident under the micro-
scope, the external spores being indeed always attached to a larger body in the centre, so
that, when they are quite disunited, the size is seen to vary considerably ; and in one spe-
cies, where they are evidently echinulate, the little points are confined to those portions
which were exposed after the fashion of the achsenia in Mhagadiolus edulis ; besides which,
in an early stage of growth they are contained in a common sac. There is no doubt that
several other Physara will be found to possess the same structure, and possibly all those
species which have laminae rather than flocci ; and now that attention has been called to
the subject, other instances may be found in other genera affording solid grounds for
future division. The species which are now generically combined, with one exception of
aDidymioid aspect, not only agree in structure, but in habit ; the main distinction, indeed,
besides differences of brightness of colour, consisting in minute variations in the spores.
To Dr. Badham the credit of calling attention to Bulliard' s figure, and ascertaining the
structure, is entirely due, and I have therefore dedicated the genus to him, in the hope
that its characters are so well founded as to ensure permanence, a very main point in such
compliments.

Externally the fungi in question, with one exception, have the appearance of species
of the genus Physarum, the peridium being single and smooth, and the spores mixed with
flocci. These latter are broad and lamelliform in parts, but vary greatly in breadth, and
intermixed with spores, as in other Myxogastres ; but these spores grow in little acini-
form masses, instead of being single, as in other allied fungi, with the exception of Ener-
thenema, Reticularia and Ptychogaster ; in the former of which, figured by Mr. Bowman

REV. M. J. BERKELEY ON TWO NEW GENERA OF FUNGI. 153

in our Transactions, I have ascertained, as also in the present case, that they are pro-
duced within a vesicle, as in Hymenogaster vulgaris, Tulasne ; thus confirming at once
Mr. Bowman's curious genus, and M. Tulasne's observation of a similar anomaly in a
different group of fungi ; and in the two other genera they form little radiating fascicles.
The figures prepared by Corda for his sixth fasciculus, of which, before his ill-fated voyage,
he kindly sent me a copy, illustrate this admirably in the case of Beticularia maxima and
argentea. Tripotrichia, Corda, has at first sight some resemblance, but the spores have
short pedicels, which seems decisive as to their not being conglobated. The genus may
be characterized as follows : —

Badhamia, n. g.

Peridium simplex, extus nudum, vel rarissimesubtomentosumjapice demum lacerato apertum ; flocci laxe
reticulati, parietibus affixi, hie illic expansi in laminam saepe triangularem peridio similem ; sporae glo-
bosas vel subangulares, primum sacco communi inclusae, demum liberatae, conglobato-adnatae.

Fungi minores, fragilissimi, muscos vel corticem colentes, Ph ysarum ut plurimum referentes.

1. Badhamia hyalina=Physarum hyalmum, Auct.

2. Badhamia utricularis= Physarum utriculare, Auct.

3. Badhamia capsulifer ; peridiis sessilibus vel breviter membranaceo-pedicellatis ob-

ovatis congestis e nigrocsesiis albidis, floccis candidis.
Sp/usrocarpus capsulifer, Bull. t. 470. fig. 2.
Trichia capsulifera, DeC. Fl. Fr. vol. ii. p. 254. 1815.
Physarum capsuliferum, Chev. Par. vol. i. p. 339. 1826? Duby, Bot. Gall. p. 861. 1830.

On moss. France.

This species differs from the two following in its spurious stem, more obovate peridia,
and white flocci. It is probably most nearly related to B. utricularis.

4. Badhamia nitens ; peridiis sessilibus depressis congestis nitide flavis, floccis flavis,

sporis extiis fortiter- echinulatis.
On decayed oak branches. February 21, 1851. East Bergholt, Suffolk (Rev. Dr. Badham).

Forming little crowded orbicular patches, consisting of depressed sublentiform peridia of a bright per-
sistent yellow, perfectly sessile, at length bursting above and dispersing their dark spores, so as to
form a border resembling the stains produced by the sporidia of Sphaeria inquinans. Flocci yellow,
broad. Spores at first contained in a common vesicle, which bursts or is absorbed and exposes them
in the form of little globose branches, which are often supported by an articulated thread, strongly
echinulate, externally smooth towards the common axis. Mother-cells tuW~^U(5 of an "ich in dia-
meter; spores j^-^.

5. Badhamia pallida ; peridiis sessilibus depressis sublentiformibus hie illic congestis

sparsisque pallido-luteis, floccis flavis, sporis majoribus granulatis : vesicula centrali
magna.
On decayed oak branches. March 1, 1851. East Bergholt, Suffolk (Rev. Dr. Badham).
At first exhibiting more or less effused cream-coloured patches, which gradually assume a yellow tinge,
and from which arise a few irregular groups of yellow depressed peridia, some of which are con-
fluent, somewhat wrinkled. Flocci evidently continued from the peridium and of the same colour,

154 REV. M. J. BERKELEY ON TWO NEW GENERA OF FUNGI.

branched, forming triangular spaces at the origin of the branches. Mother-cells ^^-j^ of an
inch in diameter. Spores slightly granulated, ^xs^c'ttjts °f an mcn l°ng> attached to a large
central vesicle. The peridium consists of a membrane, rough with very minute granules, which
become more dense where the flocci are produced. In old specimens the patches assume an olive
tinge.

6. Badhamia fulvella ; peridiis gregariis sessilibus globosis nigris tomento subtili fulvo

vestitis, floccis albidis.
On dead wood. East Bergholt, Suffolk (Rev. Dr. Badham).

Peridium very thin, black apparently, but yellow when divested of the spores. Gregarious, but not form-
ing distinct patches, sessile, globose, clothed with very delicate tawny down. Mother-cells t^s of
an inch in diameter; spores ssVff-sjffTT' black, forming a compact mass* Flocci often swollen in
the middle, whitish.

The habit is that of a Didymmm rather than of a Physanm.

EXPLANATION OE THE PLATE.

Fig. 1. a. Badhamia nitens: — nat. size. b. Separate peridia: — slightly magnified, c. Mother-cell, with

young spores, d. Groups of spores, e. Spores, showing the external echinulate portion : — all

more or less magnified.
Fig. 2. Badhamia pallida : — nat. size. b. Separate peridia : — slightly magnified, c. Portion of peridium.

d. Flocci. e. Groups of spores, showing the large central cells, which are often pyriform : —

more or less magnified.
Fig. 3. Spores of Badhamia hyalina : — magnified.
Fig. 4. Corynites Ravenelii, in various states.

Tracts Zinn, So c ,oLZIl . £ IS.

v- m m

;''ǤV '

m

-$X'*

■ ■

" 9

<'t" >"7V>

!<*%*

3U • .*

\ /

:\-7 )

. o ■

Ii<

'J

\*

H

-•

„(f.

/"^v

>.

%>

^

bi

.

Jia' MJBcrkeUy del.

G Jarrrwsi sc.

[ 155 ]

XVII. On the Habits and Structure of the Great Bustard (Otis tarda of Linnaeus).
By William Yarrell, Esq., V.P. and Treas. Linn. Soc. fyc.

Read January 18, 1853.

OOME kind friends having supplied me with various particulars relating to the habits
of the Great Bustard (Otis tarda of Linnseus), most of which, as far as I am aware, have
not been made public, I have endeavoured to put these materials together, in the belief
that they might be found sufficiently interesting to be communicated at a meeting of the
Linnean Society ; the great scarcity, or rather, the now rare occurrence of the bird in this
country, affording but few opportunities for observation.

The first communication came from C. A. Nicholson, Esq., of Balrath Kells, in the
county of Meath, and was as follows : —

" You will perhaps be interested by the following few remarks on the habits of the
Great Bustard, as observed by me in the neighbourhood of Seville, where they exist in
large numbers.

" The males begin to arrive in the cultivated part of the country at the beginning of
February ; they come in flocks, varying from seven to fifty- three, the smallest and largest
numbers I have seen together at that season of the year. The old birds always go together ;
those of a year old, which are much smaller, never mix with them. The young birds have
neither beard nor pouch.

" The females do not arrive till the beginning of April, and come singly, or at most in
pairs : as soon as they arrive the flocks of males begin to break up, and after about three
weeks you seldom meet more than three or four old males together, they being very fre-
quently to be met with singly. At this time, on a fine day, they spread their tails like
Turkey cocks, drooping their wings and expanding their pouches. Being perfectly white
under the tail, they can be seen at a great distance while in this attitude ; I have how-
ever never seen a female near a cock, as apparently they live quite separate. During the
month of May the cocks entirely disappear from the cultivated lands, leaving the hens
behind them ; they, I have every reason to believe, go down to the extensive grass marshes
which stretch along the banks of the Guadalquivir. The young bustards are hatched in
the large corn plains about Seville, and are able to take care of themselves when the corn
is cut in July. At the end of that month, when all the corn is cut and no cover remains,
the young birds and hens follow the cocks to the marisma, as they call these great marshes
in Spain.

" The birds are very difficult to shoot, and many a long day I have spent without any
success in hunting them about. The only chance is, to hide in a ravine or ditch, and send
men who know the country round the birds to try and drive them over you. They
sometimes succeed in this, but not very often. The heaviest bird I shot weighed 28 lbs. ;

156 MR. YARRELL ON THE HABITS AND

this was before the hens came, which may perhaps account for this bird being two pounds
heavier than any I shot afterwards. The largest bird, from tip to tip of wing, measured
7 feet 3 inches ; this bird weighed 26 lbs. The 28 lbs. bird measured but 7 feet 1 inch.

" The birds of a year old weigh from 8 to 10 lbs., and are much the best to eat. I did
not shoot a hen.

" All the birds I shot had their stomachs perfectly crammed with barley, both stalks
and ears, the leaves of a large-leaved green weed, and a kind of black beetle. The pouch
is surrounded by a layer of fat fully an inch thick. I may add that the bustards when
flushed generally fly two miles or more, sometimes at least a hundred yards high. They
never try to run ; one that I had winged making the most awkward attempt possible to
get away from me, and though a young bird, showing much more disposition to fight than
to get away by running. They fly with a regular flap of the wings, and much faster than
they appear to go. I cannot imagine greyhounds being able to catch bustards, though
there seems to be good authority for believing they did. There were a great many Little
Bustards about also, but I never followed them, as I liked the large ones better."

To my friend John "Wolley, Jun., a good ornithologist, who had been in Spain and North
Africa, I wrote in reference to the Great Bustard, and was immediately favoured with the
following answer : —

" My very little acquaintance with North Africa does not extend beyond the neighbour-
hood of Tangier, and there I did not see the Great Bustard, nor have I received its eggs
from that quarter in the several packets which have been forwarded to me; but this
proves nothing ; it only renders it probable that this bird is not common in the immediate
vicinity of that town.

" Of Spain I have almost equally little to say. One day, about the month of Septem-
ber, going up the Guadalquivir in a steam-boat to Seville, I saw several flocks of the Great
Bustard at no great distance from the river banks, on the level, and at that time of the
year burnt up, plains which extend, almost without trees or enclosure, on each side of the
Guadalquivir. These flocks consisted, as I remember, of four or five birds each ; and from
the deck of the vessel, which was almost on a level with the land, they appeared to be
walking in file, some with their heads down, and reminding one of Gilbert "White's note,
( Bustards upon the downs look like deer in the distance.' This appearance of walking in
a row was probably deceptive. There was nothing in their manner to give the impression
that they were timid, or very cautious, but one at least of a party frequently had its head
raised as the steamer passed at a few hundred yards' distance, and with the help of my
glass I thought this was generally a cock bird. On one occasion, as the boat came sud-
denly round a corner, several of them rose together from the edge of the water, springing
hastily to the height of forty or fifty feet, nearly perpendicularly, partly perhaps to clear
the bank, and then turning suddenly and somewhat clumsily, and after a few more not
rapid strokes, sailing along with the arched form of wing so general in game birds.

" I have now told you all I know about the Great Bustard in Spain. I wish I had
more to say about it. I was told that the Spanish name was Abutarda, which is, I should
imagine, connected in some way with the specific name ' tarda,' for the bird can hardly be
called ' slow,' but I do not know who gave it its scientific appellation. On the occasion I

STRUCTURE OF THE GREAT BUSTARD. 157

have referred to, a Spaniard on board the steamer told me that two or three months earlier
in the year was the time for shooting the bird, and that then they were not difficult to
approach with the assistance of cattle or carts, if I remember right. This would of course
be in the breeding season."

My next communication was received from John Britton, Esq., so favourably known for
the great extent of his interesting labours. It is copied from a letter in his possession,
with permission to use it, and refers to Salisbury Plain : —

" A man, about 4 o'clock of a fine morning in June 1801, was coming on horseback
from Tinhead to Tilshead. "While at, or near, an enclosure called Asking's Penning, one
mile from the village of Tilshead, he saw over his head, about sixty yards high as near as
he could estimate, a large bird, which afterwards proved to be a Bustard. The bird
alighted on the ground immediately before the horse, which it indicated a disposition to
attack, and in fact very soon began the onset. The man alighted, and getting hold of
the bird endeavoured to secure it ; and after struggling with it nearly an hour he suc-
ceeded, and brought it to Mr. J. Bartley of Tilshead, to whose house he was going. Not
knowing the value of such a bird, he offered it to Mr. Bartley as a present ; but Mr. Bart-
ley declined to accept it as such, though he much wished to have it, and after repeated
solicitations prevailed on the man to receive for it a small sum, with which he was per-
fectly satisfied. During the first week that Mr. Bartley had this bird in his possession it
was not known to eat anything ; however, at length it became very tame, and would at
last receive its food from its patron's hands, but still continued shy in the presence of
strangers. Its principal food was birds, chiefly sparrows, which it swallowed whole in
the feathers with a great deal of avidity. The flowers of charlock and the leaves of rape
formed also other parts of its food. Mice it would likewise eat, and in short almost any
other animal substance. The food on passing into the stomach was observed to go round
the back part of the neck.

" Mr. Bartley is of opinion that the idea of the Bustard's drinking is erroneous ; in sup-
port of which he says, that during the time this Bustard was in his possession, which was
from June till the August following, it had not a drop of water given it, after two or three
weeks at first. This fact he considers as a proof that the generally received opinion of a
Bustard's drinking is untrue.

" This bird was judged to weigh upwards of 20 lbs., and to measure between the extre-
mities of its wings when extended about 5 feet, and its height was about 3 \ feet. Its
plumage was beautiful ; and from its gait, which was extremely majestic, a spectator
would be led to infer that it was sensible of its own superiority over others of the feathered
tribe.

" In August Mr. Bartley sold this noble bird to Lord Temple for the sum of thirty
guineas.

" The Bustard inhabits the extensive downs of Salisbury Plain ; but its race is now
almost extirpated. It is thought that not more than three or four are now remaining.
Some time in the last summer (viz. 1801), while Mr. Bartley had this bird in his pos-
session, a nest, supposed to belong to this bird, or at least to his mate, for Mr. Bartley' s
bird was judged to be a male, was found in a wheat-field on Market Lavington Down.

VOL. XXI. Y

158 MR. YARRELL ON THE HABITS AND

It contained two eggs ; they sometimes lay three, though very seldom ; they are about
the size of those of a goose, of a pale olive-brown, with small spots of a darker hue.
The nest was made upon the ground, by scratching a hole in the earth, and lined with
a little grass. The eggs were rotten, and had probably undergone a period of incu-
bation.

" An instance of a Bustard attacking a human being, or even a brute animal, of any
considerable size, was, I believe, never before heard of; and that two instances of this kind
should occur so nearly together may be considered very remarkable. About a fortnight
subsequent to the taking of this bird, Mr. Grant, a respectable farmer of Tilshead, was
returning from Warminster Market, and near Tilshead Lodge, which is something more
than half a mile from the village, was attacked in a similar manner, by, as it is thought,
the mate of the same bird. Mr. Grant's horse being rather high-mettled, took fright,
became unmanageable and ran off, and consequently Mr. Grant was compelled to abandon
his design of endeavouring to capture the bird."

Prom J. H. Gurney, Esq., of Norwich, I received a communication to the following
effect : —

" As far as I can learn, the last Bustard killed in Norfolk was a female, which
was shot at Lexham near Swaffham, towards the end of the year 1838. The small flock,
of which this bird was one, had for some years previously consisted of females only, the
eggs of which were frequently picked up, having been dropped about at random in con-
sequence of the absence of male birds, the latter having become extinct at an earlier date.

" Before horse-hoeing was practised, the large wheat-fields of West Norfolk were often
left unhoed, and the Bustards were able to nest in them undisturbed ; but horse-hoeing
rapidly improved the farming and destroyed the nesting of the Bustard."

My worthy friend Frederick J. Nash, Esq., of Bishops-Stortford, has several times told
me, that when he was a young man, and then taking the field as a sportsman, he once
saw nine flights of Bustards in one day, not far from Thetford in Norfolk. Some of these
birds were probably seen more than once, but at that time, about the beginning of the
present century, the country between Thetford and Brandon, and from thence southward
to Mildenhall, was considered to be the head-quarters of the Great Bustard in the counties
of Norfolk and Suffolk.

Gilbert White of Selborne, in his Diary, mentions, under the date of 17th November,
1782, " That being at a lone farmhouse on the downs between Whorwell and Winchester,
the carter told him that about twelve years before he had seen a flock of eighteen Bustards
at one time on that farm."

Since the publication of the second edition of the • History of British Birds,' I have only
noticed three instances of the occurrence of this species. One, believed by its size to be a
female, was seen on Salisbury Plain by Mr. G. R. Waterhouse of the British Museum, in
the month of August 1849, when returning to Salisbury with a party of friends from a
visit to Stonehenge. Mr. Waterhouse is well known as an excellent naturalist, and the
bird was seen several times on the wing by the party during an interval of eight or ten
minutes. The subject is recorded in the volume of the • Zoologist ' for 1849, at page 2590.

The second bird, also a female, was shot in January 1850, at Lydd, in Romney Marsh.

STRUCTURE OF THE GREAT BUSTARD. 159

This specimen is in the possession of Dr. Plomley, who recorded the circumstance in the
1 Zoologist ' for the year 1850, at page 2700.

The third was shot on the 31st December, 1851, in Devonshire. This specimen was
preserved by Mr. Drax, and is now in the possession of J. G. Newton, Esq., of Millaton
Bridestow, as recorded in the • Naturalist ' for 1852, page 33.

I had long wished to have an opportunity of examining the body of a male Bustard to
inspect the gular pouch described by Daines Barrington, in his ' Miscellanies,' 1781, and by
Edwards in his ' Gleanings in Natural History,' 1811, and from thence copied by Bewick
and myself, but it was not till lately that an opportunity offered. About four years ago
the Zoological Society obtained by purchase six or seven young Bustards from Germany.
One of these birds, a male, died within a year : the body was examined by Mr. Mitchell
and myself, but no gular pouch was found. This we then attributed to the youth of the
bird. During the past summer of 1852 one of the males of these birds was frequently
observed courting a female. His appearance at such a time was singular : the wings are
lowered to the ground, and while covering the sides, the most anterior parts of both wings
are brought round in front, so that the bird appears to be surrounded by a circle of his
largest wing-feathers : the head and neck are passed backward, and so depressed that the
occipital portion of the head touches his back, and in this attitude he struts round his
favourite. No inflation of the neck was observed. The females are timid and rather shy.
Constant exposure to numerous visitors at the Gardens, with the want of sufficient space
for seclusion, probably interfered, as no eggs were produced.

In the month of December last this male bustard, believed to be four years old, unfor-
tunately died, and Mr. Mitchell very kindly allowed me to examine this adult bird.

To give an indication of what I expected to find, I may first quote the words in Edwards's
' Gleanings ' : —

" A remarkable anatomical peculiarity in the male of the Great Bustard, first dis-
covered by Dr. James Douglas of the College of Physicians in London.

" It is a pouch or bag to hold fresh water, which supplies the bird in dry places when
distant from waters : the entrance into it is between the under side of the tongue and the
lower mandible of the bill. I poured into this bag, before the head was taken off, full
seven wine pints, before it ran over. This bag is wanting in the hen."

My examination of the mature male Bustard sent to me from the Zoological Society's
Gardens was confined to the neck only. I very carefully divided the skin, in a straight
line from the union of the two branches of the lower mandible to the angle of the furcular
bone or merrythought. On separating the edge of this skin on each side to the right and
left, a thin delicate transparent membrane was seen covering, and firmly attached to, the
anterior surface of the trachea or windpipe, which lies close to the inner surface of the
common skin. Separating the skin still wider, there was on each side of the trachea an
elongated narrow column of membrane investing and attached to the blood-vessels and
ordinary glands of the neck, and extended downwards was attached to the lateral branch
of the furcula on its own side. The oesophagus inclines to the right side of the neck in
its passage downward. There was no opening under the tongue, and I failed in various
attempts to distend any part of the membranes below, either by fluid or by air.

y2

160 MR. YARRELL ON THE HABITS OF THE GREAT BUSTARD.

I was disappointed, and began to doubt the accuracy of my own investigation, but on
turning to the volume containing a translation of the anatomical descriptions of the many
animals dissected by the Royal Academy of Sciences at Paris, published here by an order
of the Council of the Royal Society of London, 1702, I found that although the dissec-
tions of six Great Bustards, and all of them males, were therein detailed, beginning at
page 197, there was no mention of a gular pouch, and the following extracts are in
accordance with the observations on the soft parts already described : — " The rings of the
Aspera arteria (windpipe) were entire. In some of the subjects there was on each side
a caruncle or red gland, immediately fastened to the Aspera arteria and to the carotids.
In the palate and lower part of the beak there was under the membrane which covers
these parts, several glandular bodies which did open into the cavity of the mouth by
several very visible tubes."

Cuvier, in his ' Lecons d'Anatomie Comparee,' 1799, dwells at some length on the blood-
vessels, glands and cellular tissue of the neck in birds, but he does not refer to any pecu-
liarity in the neck of the Great Bustard.

Unwilling, however, to offer my statement to the notice of the Linnean Society without
consulting the best living authority in this country, namely Professor Owen, I mentioned
the subject to him, and had the satisfaction to find that Mr. Owen agreed with me
entirely — that there is in the Great Bustard neither an orifice under the tongue, nor a
gular pouch ; and he had the kindness to send me a written note in confirmation. " The
following was the result of my dissection of a full-grown Bustard, with the view of obtain-
ing a preparation of the alleged gular pouch for the Physiological Series : — No. 772 Q.
The head of a Bustard, Otis tarda, with the mouth and fauces exposed, showing the
glandular orifices between the rami of the lower jaw, the tongue, glottis, internal nostril
and Eustachian orifice. There is no trace of a gular pouch." < The preparation has this
description in the Museum Gallery Catalogue.

I am therefore disposed to consider that Dr. Douglas was mistaken as to the species of
bird examined; and that the summer seasonal enlargement of the glands and cellular
structure in the neck of the Great Bustard, accompanied as it is by the assumption of cer-
tain elongated feathers called the beard, and a stripe of naked blue skin on each side of
the neck, is analogous to the excess of colour observed on the naked parts of the head
and neck in our Turkey cock in spring, and to the increase in the size of the glands of the
neck seen in the males of Deer during their rutting time.

[ 161 ]

XVIII. On the Ocelli in the Genus Anthophorabia.
By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc. .

Read April 19, 1853.

oINCE the publication of my observations on the genus Anthophorabia, in the Transac-
tions of the Society*, my attention has again been directed to the peculiarities exhibited
by the principal organs of sense, and to the differences which exist in the comparative
anatomy of these structures, the eyes, in the two sexes of insects of this genus. I now
propose to offer a few remarks on the nature of these differences, in accordance with
certain well-established laws in the anatomy and development of animals, and in extension
of views which I have already begun to elucidate in the memoirs I have had the pleasure
of communicating to this Society on the anatomy and development of Meloe.

On a former occasion! I pointed out the curious circumstance that the male individuals
of this genus have ocelli at the sides of the head, instead of the large compound eyes which
exist in the females, and other Hymenoptera, and that they have also three ocelli on
the vertex. The existence of lateral ocelli in Anthophorabia, at precisely similar parts of
the head as the compound eyes and ocelli in other insects, is incontrovertible, and yet it
has been denied. It is equally certain that these structures, as I shall endeavour to show,
are true representatives of organs of vision ; and that, imperfect as they are, they are good
generic distinctions.

The appearance which they exhibit under the microscope is, indeed, such as might
readily induce those who are imperfectly acquainted with the laws of structural anatomy
to regard them as merely coloured portions of the surface of the head, and not as ocelli,
or organs of vision in any stage of development ; and such observers might feel themselves
supported in this opinion by the circumstance that there are also appearances on the
cephalo-thorax of certain species of Arachnida, in the precise situation of ocelli in other
species, which, by some, are regarded as mere spots or markings of the tegument, and not
as the representatives of eyes.

This opinion would be fully entitled to respect, so long as its authors maintained it as
an opinion, and made no attempt to enforce it in opposition to principles which are sus-
ceptible of demonstration, or to support it by supposed analogies.

To judge aright of the nature of the lateral ocelli, in the male Anthophorabia, we must
not only remember that they correspond precisely, in situation, to the eyes in the female,
but must also call to mind what are the essential conditions of a structure which is spe-
cially destined for the appreciation of light.

Professor Owen has stated % that the lowest form of this structure in Fishes is —

* Vol. xxi. pp. 63 & 79. t Loc. tit. p. 64. t. 8. figs. 1 & 4. J Lectures, p. 202, 1846.

162 MR. NEWPORT ON THE OCELLI

" a minute tegumentary follicle coated by dark pigment, which receives the end of a
special cerebral nerve," and he exemplifies this by reference to the eye of the Myxine and
Lancelet, and also to that of the Amblyopsis spel&us*, a fish which constantly resides in the
dark caverns of Kentucky, and which at first was supposed to be completely eyeless, but
which now is shown by Tellkampf t to possess eyes ; — the fish, Amblyopsis, like the insect,
Anthophorabia, having been misobserved in this respect, through imperfect investigation.
The condition of the eye in these low forms of the organ in Fishes is very similar to that
of the simple eyes in their lowest form in Insects. The eye of the insect, as long ago
shown in my paper on Meloe, read to this Society, is, like all the external organs of its
body, a tegumentary structure. It originates in a little cavity, pit, or simple depression,
in the substance of the tegumentary portion of the head, which, lined with pigmentary
substance, is more or less deep in proportion to the perfection of the organ, and it is
covered in on its exterior by a transparent portion of the external layer of tegument, which
forms the cornea, and affords a free passage to light, which is received by the retina, or
termination of a cerebral nerve at the base of the organ. This is the principle of construc-
tion, and the condition of the ocellus, or simple eye in Anthophorabia (Tab. X. fig. 10 b, c),
as in other insects. In the most perfect form of ocellus in Insects, an iris and a lens also
are present. The ocelli of the vertex, in Anthophorabia, are the most perfect in their
structure (c). The cornea is quite transparent, nearly circular in shape, and well-defined
at its margins, as may be seen, with some care of manipulation, with the microscope ;
but it is much flattened, and forms only a very slight portion of a segment of a sphere.
The choroid is deeply coloured, being formed of distinct pigmentary granules, which clothe
the shallow cup-shaped cavity of the organ. The presence of this pigmentary choroid
indicates the light-receiving function of the organ, but whether this organ be simply
capable of appreciating light, or whether also of distinguishing form, its focal length of
vision must necessarily be very short, so that in this respect the facts of structure accord
well with the observed and with the presumed habits of the insect.

The ocelli at the sides of the head (b) have the same general structure as those on the
vertex, but are much more imperfect, in so far as respects the choroid ; so that these ocelli
may fairly be regarded as simple appreciators of light. The form of the cornea in these
is an elongated oval, or lozenge- shape.

In all well-ascertained conditions of the simple eye in insects, the organ is found to con-
tain, in addition to the parts mentioned, a concentrating refracting medium, a lens-like
body, which is situated immediately behind the cornea, as was shown by Muller in the
Arachnidaf. This lens-like body does, I believe, exist in the female Anthophorabia ; but
whether this structure, on which chiefly distinct vision and the power of the single eye of

* Loc. eit.

t M. Th. G. Tellkampf in Miiller's Archives for 1844, p. 381. See also fig. 50, p. 176, Owen's Lectures, 1846.
Also the remark in Dr. F. H. Troschel's Report on Ichthyology for 1844, that the Amblyopsis spelceus " possesses mi-
nute eyes covered by the integument" (Ray Society, Reports on Zoology, 1847, p. 563). This is exactly what might
be expected, seeing that, in all animals, the cornea is, originally, continuous with and forms part of the tegument.

X Physiol, des Gesichts-sinnes, p. 315. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, t. xvii. p. 232. Meckel's Archiv, 1829,
pp. 38, 208.

IN THE GENUS ANTHOPHORABIA. 163

distinguishing forms depend, exists in the most perfect of the eyes of the male, those of
the vertex, I am not yet entirely satisfied. I have certainly detected appearances, in the
nymph or pupa state of the male (fig. 10 b), which have led me to think that the lens is then
present ; but I have not satisfied myself of this in the perfect insect, and hence the ap-
pearances seen may have been due simply to the vitreous body, as it exists in some of the
lower forms of the eye among the Annelida.

Whether, however, the lens does or does not exist, is of little importance with reference
to the simple question as to whether these structures in the male Anthophorabia are the
true homologues of the eyes in the female. That they are so I have not the slightest
hesitation, after what I have shown, in affirming. The presence of a cornea, which covers
a chamber lined with pigment, is sufficient proof to the physiologist and anatomist of the
nature of the function of the structure.

The form of the cornea, however, shows that the field of vision is very limited. The
cornea, as already stated, is but very slightly convex, being almost level with the surface
of the head. This fact may have conducted some to the opinion that these are not visual
organs. But neither the actual size of a simple eye, its form, nor the degree of its con-
vexity, has any necessary connexion with the simple faculty of perceiving light. The
convexity of the cornea has relation only to the extent of angle, ox field of sight. The
more convex, and the more elevated the eye is above the surface of the head, the greater
proportion of a sphere does it necessarily include; and, as long ago shown by Prof. Muller,
the greater the segment of a sphere formed by the eye, the greater is its expanse, ox field
of vision ; while, on the contrary, the flatter or more depressed it is the more limited is
this field, and the shallower the chamber the shorter is its focal distance.

The presence of the lens in the simple eye is essential to rendering the sight of images,
and the appreciation of form, more or less perfect ; and it does this in proportion to the
more or less correct relation which it bears to other conditions coexistent with it.

With regard to the nerves supplied to these eyes, I may state that although I have not
been able to trace those of the vertex so satisfactorily in the male Anthophorabia as I
could have wished, owing to the numerous muscular fibres which run parallel to them,
yet I have succeeded in tracing the optic nerve (d d) from the side of the cephalic ganglion,
or rudimentary brain (d), transversely, in the direction of one of the lateral ocelli (b) ;
and I believe, also, that I have distinguished the nerve which goes to the middle eye of the
vertex (c). The nervous trunk which is given to the middle ocellus in Insects I have
already shown, in my paper on Pteronarcys*, is formed of two closely approximated
nerves, one from each cephalic ganglion, as found by a careful dissection of that insect, and
also of several Hymenoptera ; and this probably is its condition in all other insects with
three ocelli on the upper surface of the head.

I may here also refer to what is stated in my paper on Meloe'f, that there seems reason
to think that in the Arachnida, and probably also in insects, the ocelli originate in the
same way as the dermal tubercles, from which they appear to differ chiefly in the mode
of development of their nuclei and nucleoli.

* Linn. Trans, vol. xx. p. 440. t W« v°l- xx- P- 342.

164 MR. NEWPORT ON THE OCELLI

Further I may mention, with regard to the question concerning the eye-spots in the
Arachnida, that I have found by dissection in the Scorpionidce, not only that these are
always situated in the exact place of eyes in other species, but also that they always
receive a nervous filament from the same optic nerve which supplies the distinctly recog-
nised organs of vision.

These facts, I trust, will be sufficient to show the general correctness of the description
which I originally gave of the male Anthophorabia, that it is distinguished by the pos-
session of ocelli, both at the sides of the head and on the vertex.

May 9, 1853. — To the foregoing remarks I may add a word on the condition of the eyes
in the so-called blind Crustaceans from the caves of Kentucky. Distinct eyes exist both
in Triura cavernicola and in Astacus pellucidus, Tellk. In Trmra the eyes have very
short pedicles, and are almost close together. In Astacus (fig. 11) they are partially
concealed beneath the front of the head (b) ; their pedicles are conical, much shorter than
in other species of the genus, and possess but little power of motion. The eye itself
(fig. 12 and 13 b), although existing as a distinct structure, is destitute of a pigmentary
choroid, in which respect it may be compared to the eye of the Albino. But the hardened
tegument which clothes the entire organ is thinnest and most transparent in that part
which forms the cornea (b) in other crustaceans ; so that, although the eye may be un-
fitted for distinguishing form, the creature may yet possess the faculty of perceiving the
small amount of actinic rays of light which penetrate into its subterranean abode. The
cornea also exhibits an appearance of being divided into a few imperfect corneales at the
apex of the organ (fig. 14), and the structure behind these into chambers, to which a small
but distinct optic nerve is given (fig. 13 d d).

Probably other Articulata, which have been supposed to be entirely destitute of eyes,
and, consequently, of the power of perceiving light, will be found to have the tegument
which covers the place of the supposed lost organ thinner and more permeable to light
there than in other parts. It seems fair to infer that this may prove to be the fact in all,
from the already acknowledged susceptibility of some of the supposed eyeless insects to
the presence of light ; and also from the circumstance that in one of the Coleoptera, and

in an Orthopterous insect, of the dark caves, Adelops hirtus and Phalangopsis ?, the

eye, as in others of the tribe, is distinctly indicated, as already shown by Tellkampf and
by Thomson*. Hence we may fairly assume that the supposed eyeless Articulata differ
from others of their class rather in the degree, than in the entire absence, of power of
appreciating light.

* Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. xiii. p. 112, No. 82. Feb. 1844.

IN THE GENUS ANTHOPHORABIA. 165

EXPLANATION OF THE EIGURES.

Tab. X.

Fig. 10. Front view of the head of the male Anthophorabia fasciata, highly magnified, and seen by trans-
mitted light, a. The antenna, formed of ten joints, 1 to 10. b. The lateral, and c. the ver-
tical ocelli, d. The rudimentary brain, d d. The optic nerve, e. The labrum. f. The man-
dibles, g. The labium, h. The maxillary palpi, i. The extensor, k, the flexor (?), and 1 1, the
adductors of the antenna, m. The extensor, and n. the flexor of the distal joints of the an-
tenna, o. The antennal nerve, p. The oesophageal ring. q. The suboesophageal ganglion, pro-
tected by r. the basilar apophyses of the head. s. The sub-epicranial apophyses, to which are
attached, on their inner surface, the extensor of the antenna i, and on their external part of
t. the extensor of the mandible, u. The flexor of the mandible, v. Extensor of the maxilla.

Fig. 11. A young Astacus pellucidus from the caves of Kentucky, showing the presence of the eye (b).

Fig. 12. Dissection of the cephalic portion of the young Astacus, by removal of the upper surface of the
head, to show the distribution of optic nerves from the brain (d) to the eyes (b).

Fig. 13. The eye, &c, highly magnified, a. Antennal nerves, b. The cornea, c. Brain, d d. Optic nerve.

Fig. 14. Surface of the apex of the cornea, showing the rudimentary corneales.

Fig. 15. The eye of Tallitrus locusta, showing distinct convex corneales; for comparison with Astacm.

VOL. XXI.

[ 167 ]

XIX. The Natural History, Anatomy, and Development 0/ Meloe (continued).
By George Newport, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc. 8fC.

Third Memoir.

The External Anatomy of the Larva of Meloe' in its Relation to the Laws of Development.

Read November 2nd, 1847.

HAVING traced the natural history of Meloe, in the preceding Memoirs5 I shall now
examine its anatomy, with reference to those principles which regulate the formation of
animal bodies, and which seem to be the links of connexion which associate peculiarities
of instinct with the evolution, and with the functions of special structures, — commencing
this with the Anatomy op the tegument.

1. The Tegument of the young Larva.

The tegument, the parietal tissue of the body, little important as it may seem to be
when cursorily examined in the adult Vertebrata, is nevertheless, in a physiological point
of view, both in the vertebrated and in the invertebrated animal, the primary and essential
foundation-structure of the organized being. Like the earlier tissues of plants, it is at first
composed entirely of nucleated cells. It is derived immediately from a delicate, transparent
layer of semifluid cells which constitute the blastodermic envelope that is formed around
one portion of the yelk shortly after the disappearance of the embryo vesicle in the ovum,
subsequent to impregnation. This has already been shown in the brief outline of the course
of development, and in the delineations which I have given of the ovum of that " atomie"
of creation, Sty lops* ; and I shall hereafter have to show that the same general laws which
govern the development of that atomic existence regulate equally that of Meloe and of
Man. This blastodermic layer of cells, folded on itself, and partially inclosing the yelk, is
the structure from which the whole of the organized parts of the body concerned in the
voluntary functions of the animal, are immediately derived ; and, as embryologists are
aware, it is to the foldings, the intus-susceptions, the extension or the shortening of
portions of this structure that the primary form of the animal body is entirely due ;
whether it be that of the uniform and simply articulated worm, or of the rudimentary
embryo of the most perfect of organized beings, Man.

The principles which thus regulate the ultimate form of the embryo that is to be, and
the origination of its future limbs, ere it has any definite structural existence, regulate
also the whole of its growth and metamorphoses, whether these are gradual, uniform, and
uninterruptedly continuous to their end, as in most of the Vertebrata, or whether they
are marked by more rapid and extensive evolutions at some periods than at others, as in

* Linnean Transactions, vol. xx. p. 337. t. 14. f. 23-32.

z2

168 MR. NEWPORT ON THE NATURAL HISTORY, ANATOMY,

many of the Invertebrata, and of which the subject of our present inquiry, Meloe, is a
striking exemplification.

It is in the tegument itself that every change of form in the external parts of the
body is commenced ; first in slight reduplications of this tissue to form segments ; next in
the aggregation or partial coalescence of these into particular sets, or regions ; and lastly
in the hypertrophy or excessive growth of the tegument, at definite points, which produces
elevations or protrusions from the uniform surface, and which protrusions constitute the
origin of the future appendages. It is by the continuation of these processes of growth
in the formation of the animal, — and which processes take place by means of the enlarge-
ment and repeated fissiparous division of the nuclei of the cells of which the whole tissue is
originally composed, and by the further development of these into cells, as I shall elsewhere
show, — that the entire growth of the tegument, from the earliest period of its formation in
the ovum to its completion in the adult animal, is effected. Portions of this tissue, consoli-
dated by changes which ensue in the function of the nuclei of some of the layers of cells,
constitute the hardened dermo-skeleton, which protects and gives support to the internal
structures of the insect. The nuclei of these cells, instead of continuing to be multiplied
by repeated subdivision into separate organisms, which in their turn are evolved into cells,
seem more and more to lose their juvenescence, or reproductive power, in proportion as
they are made to approach the exterior of the body by the growth of other layers of cells
beneath them. They then gradually become altered in function, and the forces of growth
being diminished in a ratio inverse to their maturity, earthy constituents are secreted
by them in greater proportion than during their previous existence as reproductive bodies.
These earthy constituents assume an inorganic, granular, or semi-crystalline form, and
constitute the solid material of the hardened skeleton. This process takes place to a greater
or less extent throughout the whole period of development of the insect. It commences
in some parts even at an early period of the embryo in the ovum, in the solidification of
the hard portions of the mandibles. It is this result of change in the function of the
nuclei in their full age, and the partial aggregation of their granular contents, which lead
to the deciduation of layers of the tegument in the larva. The cells with accumulated
earthy matter in their interior cease to be nourished, perish, and become separated from the
layers of juvenescent cells beneath them in the vigour of growth ; and are ruptured and
thrown off as an entire covering when they retard the further expansion of these and of
the whole body. The deciduated cells do not differ, other than in these circumstances,
from those which are still in the course of enlargement.

The earthy materials thus deposited in the dermo-skeleton of insects have been found
by Odier*, Lassaignet, Mr. Children J and others, to consist chiefly of phosphate of lime,
with carbonate of potass, some carbonate of lime, and a little phosphate of iron, with, in
some species, silica, magnesia and a trace of manganese. This composition led me, ten years
ago§, to describe the dermo-skeleton of insects as "an imperfectly developed condition of

* Memoires de la Societe d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, torn. i.

f In Straus Durckheim's Considerations Generales sur 1' Anatomie Comparee des Animaux Articules, 4to. 1 828, p. 33.

% Zoological Journal, vol. i. 1824, p. 115.

§ Article " Insecta," Cyclopaedia of Anatomy, par. xviii. October 1839, vol. ii. p. 882.

AND DEVELOPMENT OF MELOE. 169

bony matter," and as analogous in development as in function to that of the external
skeleton of Chelonian reptiles. This view of its nature has recently been greatly strength-
ened by the discovery by Platner* of star-shaped corpuscles in the tegument of the Silk-
worm, very similar to those which have been described by Purkinje, Miescher, Balyf,
and others in true bone.

The consolidation of the exterior tegument in insects by the deposition of earthy
materials in its tissue, thus appears to be a vital process precisely homologous with that
of the formation of bone in the Vertebrata; first by the secretion and deposition of
granular, earthy, crystalline matter by the nuclei and nucleoli of cells ; and next by the
more complete calcification of these cells in layers which form one solid envelope. This
process, deposition in layers, is recognized by the best observers, Hunter, Mourens, Goodsir,
Sharpey, Tomes and others, as the mode in which the bones of Vertebrata are increased
in diameter, through the agency of their periosteum, and not by the preparatory process
of the formation and absorption of gelatinous cartilage cells, as in their first develop-
ment in the foetus. According to the experience of these physiologists, the bones of
Vertebrata grow by the repeated deposition of layers of bony matter on their external
surface, formed by the progressive calcification of layers of cells from the inner surface of
the periosteum with which the bone is covered, as the woody fibre of exogenous trees is
formed, by their bark. The formation and growth of new bony matter in the skeleton of
Vertebrata, and the solidification of the tegument and of its internal processes in insects,
seem thus to be results which differ in these two divisions of animals only in degree, and
in the relative position of the structures in which they occur, and not in their actual
nature. In the Imertebrata, as in the Vertebrata, solidification is effected by deposition
in layers. The dermo-skeleton of the Articulata is endogenous, whilst true bone is exo-
genous in its mode of growth. Yet the process in both is as identical in principle as that
of the formation of woody fibre in the two divisions of the vegetable kingdom. The
solidification of the dermo-skeleton is carried to a greater or less extent in different parts
of the body, and at different periods of the life of the insect. In the larva, when the
formative energies are the most active, and the whole body is in a state of rapid growth,
only the exterior layers of cells become partially calcified, by the deposition of a few
earthy granules by the nuclei, exactly as the primary osseous deposits are known to take
place in the Vertebrata. But when the growth of the body begins to be arrested, prepara-
tory to an extensive change to the form of nymph or chrysalis, a greater number of cells
become calcified, and the cast-off portion of the tegument is in consequence of greater
thickness. Before the change to the perfect insect takes place, not only do more layers of
cells become altered, but fibrous tissue also appears to be developed in the most internal
layers, intermingled with the osteogenic ; and the two, becoming firmly solidified together,
thus form the insect skeleton, derived from, and inseparably connected with its dermal
tissues. This perhaps may explain the cause of the inseparableness of the fibrous attach-
ments of some of the muscles to solidified internal processes in the perfect insect, some
of which, as we shall find, are formed by actual reduplications of the hardened tegument.

The whole covering of the body in the Articulata may thus be regarded as analogous in

* Miiller's Archiv, Anat. 1844, p. 38. f Miiller's Physiology, by Baly, edit. 1, vol. i. p. 379. 1837.

170 MR. NEWPORT ON THE NATURAL HISTORY, ANATOMY,

its mode of development, and in its function, to true bone ; and even as homologous with
the external bony skeleton of Chelonian reptiles ; the internal portions of which are similar
in structure, as in office, to the internal processes of the tegument in the Articulata.

But if, for the moment, in deference to the opinions of some physiologists, we were to
discard this view of the nature of the tegument, and regard it simply as a dermal covering,
we must still look upon it as but one structure, formed of layers of cells in different stages
of growth ; and not as composed of distinct tissues, epidermis, mucous layer, and corium,
the definite limits of which it is perhaps impossible satisfactorily to indicate.

When a very young Meloe (Tab. XX. fig. 1) is examined a few days after it has left the
egg, its tegument affords a complete demonstration of cellseform structure. The whole tis-
sue, if examined under a high power, is then seen to be composed of a uniform layer of
irregularly hexagonal cells (fig. 4), which are almost equally distinct in the covering of the
head itself as in that of the thoracic or the abdominal segments. In some parts of the tis-
sue, as in the more transparent ones near the spiracles (fig. 5), each cell is seen to contain
a very delicate, granular, irregularly stellate nucleus, which I regard as corresponding to
the cells seen by Platner in the tegument of the Silk- worm. Those cells which are on the
surface of the body are of a somewhat quadrangular form, and they are arranged in a
more linear direction than those which are deeper seated. Their nuclei are distinctly
granulous, and occupy a very large proportion of the interior of the cells. This granular
condition of the nuclei exists more especially in the cells of the thoracic segments, and
closely resembles that in which, according to Mr. Tomes, true osseous matter is depo-
sited in the Vertebrata. The largest of these cells measures about one two-thousandth of
an inch in diameter. The cells in the tegument of the limbs are less uniform in structure
than those of the body. On the femora they are slightly tuberculous, so that the limbs
are a little roughened on their surface ; while on the tibial and tarsal portions they are
more elongated and are less distinct. This also is their condition in the antennae (fig. 6).

The tegument has its own proper appendages in the form of hairs or imperfect spines
(fig. 7). Each of these spines projects from the surface of what, at first sight, appears to
be a distinct opening in the external layer, but which is an enlarged and altered cell,
the size of which, sometimes, is much greater than that of the other cells, and measures
nearly one thousandth of an inch. It is circular, with a convex disc, bounded by a distinct
margin, and surrounded by the proper cells of the external surface. In its centre is a
slight elevation, from which passes out the minute hair or spine, perfectly smooth on its
sides, and gradually diminishing in size from its base to its apex. When closely examined
each spine is found to be hollow from one extremity to the other. Prom its central ori-
gination, in a distinct structure homologous with that of the other cells of the tegument,
I am induced to regard the spine, as, primarily, an excessive growth of the nucleus of a
cell, everted and developed outwards as a single structure instead of being subdivided into
nucleoli, or of secreting earthy matter, as in other instances, its cavity being continuous
with a passage in the layers of cells beneath.

The mode in which the tegument is developed after the insect has left the egg, is
similar, as I have already stated, to that of its origination in the blastoderma. I have
distinctly ascertained this fact in the young Meloe. It commences in the formation of an

AND DEVELOPMENT OF MELOE. 171

envelope around the nucleus within an adult cell, and this is followed by the fissiparous
division of the nucleus itself into two bodies, which, subsequently enlarging, have each
their own proper cell- wall formed around them ; after which the cell- wall of the parent
structure disappears, and leaves the young nuclei free to be developed into separate cells,
like that from which they have originated. Thus the end of the development of a forma-
tive cell is the fissiparous division of its nucleus. This mode of development of the tegu-
ment in the young animal, after it has left the egg, is confirmatory of the theory of
Schwann with reference to that of the general tissues ; and it also accords with the views
of Kolliker respecting the division of the yelk cells in the ovum ; and with original obser-
vations made by myself, to be elsewhere demonstrated, on the mode of formation of the
blastoderma.

If a transparent portion of the surface of one of the thoracic segments of a young Meloe
which has been for some months in strong spirit, be covered with thin talc, with a little
fluid around it, and be then examined by transmitted light with a magnifying power of
four hundred and fifty diameters, we can immediately recognize the granular, nucleated
external cells of the tegument. If then we approach the lens to the object, so as to be too
near to have the external cells in focus of vision, the layer of cells beneath them is brought
into view. The cells of this deeper-seated layer are smaller than those of the outer one.
If the specimen examined has been several days from the egg, before immersion in spirit,
then these cells, instead of having each a single granulated nucleus like those of the outer
layer, are found to contain each two nuclei of equal sizes, closely approximated together,
but perfectly distinct, and inclosed in one common envelope (fig. 8). In some of the cells
the two nuclei are more separated than in others, while in those which have most
recently changed they are closely approximated. Occasionally the original nucleus of a
cell, not yet divided into two, is observed, in the commencement of its change, with a
fissiparous emargination on one surface ; but this fact can only be seen when the exami-
nation happens to be made on an insect in which the tegument has not far advanced in
its changes. The fissiparous division of the nucleus thus appears to be the usual mode of
growth of all cellseform tissues.

Although the solidified tegument supplies the place of a true skeleton in the Articulata,
it is also the agent of other functions ; which are of as much importance to the welfare of
the animal physiologically, as this is anatomically. It is the medium of the transudation
of effete matters from the surface of the body, the retention of which would be detrimental
to the entire organism. The cellseform structure of the tegument enables us readily to
understand its adaptation to this office. But, besides this, it is subservient to another
function, which is equally important with that of transudation, — the aeration or oxygena-
tion of the fluids. This is effected solely by the tegument in the very young embryo in the
egg ; but as the embryo is advanced to maturity, the function is shared by, and, after birth,
is almost entirely performed by respiratory organs, which originate in, and are constantly
connected with the tegument as spiracles, or breathing orifices in the sides of the body
(fig. 1 b b).

These respiratory organs are among the last formed of the essential structures of the
embryo. I have not been able to detect the existence of spiracles in Meloe until nearly

172 MR. NEWPORT ON THE NATURAL HISTORY, ANATOMY,

the very last period of the embryo in the ovum ; since it is only in the latter periods of
embryonic life, when the last portion of the yelk is inclosed in the thorax of the young
insect, and when the blood has begun to be circulated, and requires to be more exten-
sively aerated than it has already been, that organs of respiration are formed.

It is exceedingly difficult to detect the existence of spiracles in the young Meloe even
at the moment of its leaving the egg, although formed before its escape ; but at the end
of a few hours, or a day, the spiracles of the trunk become distinct, although those of
the abdomen are still exceedingly small. With a magnifying power of three hundred
diameters they may then be seen in specimens that have been preserved in spirit. There
are then ten pairs of spiracles (fig. 1 b b), one pair (fig. 9) in the meso-thoracic and
nine pairs in the abdominal segments. They are placed on the lateral margin of the
dorsal portion of the segments on each side. The first two pairs are very much the largest,
and are situated, the first in the anterior of the mesothorax, and the second in the first
of the abdominal segments, the fifth segment of the body. The remaining spiracles are
each not more than one-third the size of the three anterior ones, and are situated in the
abdominal segments, one pair in each, from the sixth to the thirteenth inclusive.

The structure of the spiracle in relation with that of the tegument, at this period, is
exceedingly interesting. The two pairs of large spiracles (fig. 9) have a circular opening,
with a free, smooth margin, which projects from the surface, and is bounded by the edges
of the external layer of dermal cells. The orifice of the smaller abdominal spiracles (fig. 5)
is at first simply an irregular oval opening, or space between three dermal cells, bounded
also by a slightly projecting margin, and very similar in appearance to the stomata on the
surface of the leaves of plants ; thus distinctly indicating, in accordance with the views of
Schleiden and Schwann, the close analogy which exists in the mode of formation of animal
and vegetable tissues. The two pairs of thoracic spiracles seem to be in a more advanced
stage of development than the abdominal, but in their internal condition the whole are very
similar. The two anterior pairs open each into a hollow, somewhat spherical cavity, or
follicle, communicating with a sinus in the granular tissue of the segment.; The diameter
of the cavity is about three times that of the spiracle. It is narrowed at its bottom, and
there are faint indications of its further extension into the body. The follicles with which
the spiracles of the abdominal segments communicate, are also much smaller than those
of the thorax, and they are less clearly defined. A follicular cavity in the granular tissue
of the body thus appears to constitute the earliest condition of the respiratory organ in the
young Meloe, and probably also in other air-breathing Articulata ; since these cavities in
Meloe are precisely similar in their general appearance to those described in my former
memoir in the very young Stylops. They also resemble in some respects the respiratory
organs in Sialis, which, at the moment of leaving the egg, has its abdominal branchiae
filled with granulous matter, into which delicate undeveloped ramifications of the tracheae
penetrate. In Meloe, the parietes of the cavities are lined with an aggregation of minute
embryo cells, or nuclei, of rounded shape, and similar dimensions, each one measuring
about one five- or six-thousandth of an inch in diameter. Each of these embryo cells has
within itself a separate nucleus. The cavity or follicle bounded by them is the commence-
ment of the spiral-fibred trachea, the lining membrane of which, formed of these cells, is

AND DEVELOPMENT OF MELOE. 173

always continuous with the external layer of the tegument, and is thrown off with it at
each change. Whether the spiral fibre of the trachea, which is in the course of formation,
originates, as believed by Platner, in the nuclei of cells, I am not prepared to affirm ; but
from the existence of nuclei in those which compose the walls of these cavities, it is pro-
bable that such may be the case.

The tegument of the head affords some peculiarities of particular interest. The cells
are smaller and more uniform in size and shape than on the body and limbs, and measure
each less than one two-thousandth of an inch in diameter. But those which cover the
antennae are much larger, and are as irregular as those on the legs. The eye (fig. 10),
which, as formerly shown, is a single structure in this stage of Meloe, fitted only for
near vision, has its large projecting cornea formed entirely of layers of perfectly trans-
parent dermal cells, which are continuous with those that cover the parietes of the
head, but are somewhat smaller, and measure about one three-thousandth of an inch.
Those which form the circumference, and general surface of the cornea, are each slightly
convex, and are all of the same size, like the corneales in the compound eye of the
perfect insect * ; while the centre of the cornea, the focus of the line of vision, is occupied
by a single cell, much more projecting, and more than twice as large as the others. This
condition of the cornea in the young Meloe, although perfectly distinct, is very difficult
to observe, owing to the circumstance that as yet the cells constitute only portions of one
nearly uniform transparent tegument of a single organ, and are not freely isolated, as is
the case with the corneales in the imago. It is from this cause that these presumed
embryo corneales in the larva can only be detected when the object is placed on its side,
and when a high power of the microscope is employed.

This is the condition of the external portions of the tegument. When the young animal
has been a few days from the egg, the deeper-seated layers of cells have in part united
longitudinally, and constitute a fibro-cellaeform structure, which gives attachment internally
to the muscles ; while the external layers continue to grow and be reproduced as distinct
cells. The internal layers thus constitute the true dermo-skeleton. This may assist to
explain what I have yet to demonstrate ; that the organs of support which exist in the
interior of the body in the perfect insect, strong bone-like processes, which give attach-
ment to muscles, and which in some parts support and protect the nervous centres like
the vertebrae in Chelonian reptiles, are solidified portions of the common tegument ex-
tended inwards, and consolidated during the metamorphoses of the insect.

Each segment of the dermo-skeleton in the imago, as shown by the late Professor
Audouinf, is made up of distinct pieces, the separate development of which is but slightly
indicated in the very young larva. Some of them, however, are marked in the head and
thoracic segments. In the head a triangular suture is extended forwards in the middle
line of the dorsal surface, between the eyes, and, diverging on either side to the antennae,
marks its fine of union in the ovum. The prothorax, meso-thorax, and metathorax, are
also marked by a median dorsal sulcus, indicating the original individuality of the two
sides in the embryo, and their junction after the last parts of the yelk have been received

*

See Remarks on the Origin of the Ocelli, Linn. Trans, vol. xx. p. 342.
T Annales des Sciences Naturalles (prem. aerie), torn. i. 1824.
VOL. XXI. 2 A

174 MR. NEWPORT ON THE NATURAL HISTORY, ANATOMY,

into the prothorax. The dorsal region of the body in the young Meloe, as in the very
young larvae of most of the Artieulata, is not so far advanced in its development as the
sternal and ventral, at the period when the insect leaves the ovum; owing to its being the last
portion that is formed. Consequently we find the insertions of the legs in the young, at a
relatively greater distance from the median line of the sternal surface than in the imago.
The legs are as it were appendages of the sides of the body ; while the respiratory orifices,
which properly belong to the membrane that connects the dorsal with the ventral surface
in the perfect insect, actually exist in the young Meloe at the sides of the dorsal region.
But in proportion as the growth of the body is advanced the relative dimensions and posi-
tion of these parts are changed. The growth of the sternal surface, after the insect has
left the ovum, does not proceed so rapidly, and is not carried to so great an extent as that
of the dorsal ; the result of which is that the coxae of the legs become relatively more and
more nearly approximated to the median line, and are transferred to the under surface of
the body in the perfect insect. The spiracles also, from a like cause, are changed in their
form and position, and are gradually removed from the dorsal to the lateral surface by
the more rapid growth and extension of the former. The dorsal region itself is widened,
is rendered more convex, and ultimately becomes the most voluminous portion of the
whole body. These facts of development are common to all insects, and are well-indicated
in the structure of the adult larva of Meloe, in which the entire form of the insect
is completely altered by this difference in the relative development of its parts.

Read April 18th, 1848.

2. Tegument of the Full-grown or Pseudo-larva.

Every natural change in the animal body, whether of structure, of function, or of
instinct, takes place by regular and inevitable gradations, all of which seem to depend on
immutable laws of organization. No strongly-marked transition from one condition to
another, whether in character, in form, or in degree, ever occurs by sudden or violent
alterations, without deranging the body, the organ, the function, or the instinct that is
subject to such change, and inducing its permanent impairment, or premature annihilation.

Newton, the pride of physical science, was as fully impressed with these truths, with
regard to the animal body, as with their correlatives which regulate the universe itself,
when — pondering on the laws which he was then proving govern light and space — he
wrote the following words : — " Idemque dici possit de uniformitate ilia, quae est in cor-
poribus animalium*." These views with regard to the uniformity of structure and develop-
ment in organized beings, — originally glanced at by Malpighi in his anatomy of the Silk-
worm in 1669 1, and dwelt on to some extent by our own almost forgotten countryman
Dr. Willis, in 1682 %, — have since been amply demonstrated by the illustrious Geoffroy Saint
Hilaire§ and his numerous followers ; and it is now my humble endeavour still further to

* Optics. Edit. S. Clarke, p. 346. 4to. 1706.

f Dissertatio epistolica de Bombyce ; Societati Regiee Londini dicata. 4to. Londini, 1669.
% Opera Omnia. 4to. 1682.

§ Philosophie Anatomique des Monstruosites Humaines. 8vo. 1822. Also, Cours de l'Histoire Naturelle des Mam-
miferes. 8vo. 1829.

AND DEVELOPMENT OF MELOE. 175

exemplify them, together with the views of Schwann on the formation of tissues, in the
Anatomy of Meloe, and to apply the principles on which they are based to the functions
also of animated existence, in illustration of their dependence on special structure.

It is the great principle of gradational development which operates so markedly in the
organization and habits of many of the Articulata, and which causes them, as we have
already seen in Stylops and Meloe, to differ so greatly in every respect in their young and in
their adult states. In each of these, the general conformation of body, and of each particular
organ, seems to have reference to some speciality of structure or of habit ; but, — owing to
our imperfect knowledge, — as who will presume to say, in denial of this view, that he is cog-
nizant of all the facts in the natural history of even one species of animal ? — the object or
applicability of every variation of structure is not always readily traceable in its details of
colour, of armature^ of size, or even in the minutiae of form, although invariably evident in
general design. We have seen this in the structure of the mandible, in the condition of the
eye, in the size and power of the limbs, in the peculiarities of their tarsi (fig. 12) , in the acute-
ness of the physical senses, and in the vivacity of the movements of the young Meloe in its
incipient parasitism ; and also like, but less needed, and consequently less marked conditions
in Stylops. In both we have seen that gradational changes begin to be effected in the organi-
zation of the animal immediately the physical conditions in which it is placed are altered; and
that these changes commence in its tegument. The Stylops larva, covered with its arma-
ture of spines, penetrates insidiously into the body of the Bee, and, engorged with nutritious
and stimulating juices, increases rapidly in bulk, casts its embryo covering, and from an
active becomes an almost quiescent being. Its elongated limbs are atrophied and reduced
to mere tubercles. The spines that arm the margins of its segments, — doubtless, designed
by creative Omnipotence to aid it in forcing its way into the body of the bee-larva, — as the
spines on the pupa-case of the Cossus assist that insect in its transit to the outlet of its
burrow in the trunk of the Willow, and enable it to force its way through its strong
silken cocoon, preparatory to its liberation as a Moth, — then become utterly useless to
the young Stylops, are entirely thrown off at its change of tegument. In like manner,
Meloe, most active immediately after it has left the egg, and when designed to attach
itself to the irritable Bee for conveyance to its nest, gradually becomes, after it is lo-
cated and nourished there, the heavy apodal pseudo-larva. The structure of its tegument
then undergoes considerable change. The forces of growth in this tissue, centred in the
nuclei of its cells, and the repeated division and development of these into constituent
producing portions of the whole, seem gradually to become less and less energetic at each
change of tegument, the intervals of which are progressively extended. When reproduc-
tion in these constituents is long retarded, throughout the whole or chief portion of them,
their arrest seems to limit the entire bulk and form of the being in that stage of its exis
ence, and new series of changes are induced. But when growth proceeds less rapidly in
some of them than in others, the form of the entire body, or of some particular region of it,
is changed. The tegument of the pseudo-larva, and that which the adult larva throws off
on assuming this condition, afford ample demonstration of this view. The body of the larva,
altered from that of the slender, agile little being, with elongated limbs, and long caudal
styles, as when it left the egg, to the heavy, fat, convex grub (fig. 13), has been changed in

2 a2

176 MR. NEWPORT ON THE NATURAL HISTORY, ANATOMY,

its form by almost imperceptible individual differences in the development of the nuclei of
the multitudes of cells of which its tegument is originally composed. The greater rapidity
of growth in those of the dorsal region has occasioned the enlargement of that portion of
the body to an extent far beyond that of the region which is first formed in the production
of the embryo in the egg — the ventral surface — and the entire body, as a consequence, has
gradually assumed a totally different outline. This primary change in one region leads to
secondary changes in another, more especially in its appendages. We have an instance of
this in the gradual reduction of the legs to tubercles, their enlargement, even during the
feeding state of the larva, not having kept pace with that of the dorsal region ; whilst at
the period of change to the pseudo-larva (fig. 13), the rapid growth of this region of the body
not only most powerfully arrests their further development for a time, but actually con-
duces to a state of atrophy, as shown in their diminished size, and in the complete decidua-
tion of their terminal armature, the trifid prehensile claws, which we know are so important
to the larva in its earliest condition. This effect of rapid growth in the dorsal region is evident
not only in Meloe but in all larvse that undergo similar metamorphoses, Curculio, Antho-
phora, Ophion, and other genera. It is not the result of exhaustion of the forces of growth
in the undeveloped parts, but only of their retardation, the consequence of excessive deve-
lopment in others. In these views I refer only to the primary and essential means of de-
velopment in the tissues themselves, and not to those secondary ones, which are presently
to be examined, and by which the body of the insect is made to assume the imago form.

The principle which operates in the deciduation of the claws, operates equally with
reference to the caudal styles (fig. Id), which have the same mode of origin as the per-
manent appendages of the segments, the limbs, of which they are the true homologues.
The dermal appendages, spines, hairs, and scales, are similar in their mode of origin to the
appendages of segments, but are not homologous with them. The latter always originate
by an extension outwards of an entire portion of the tegument of a segment ; while
hairs, spines, and scales originate in the nuclei of the cells of separate layers of tegument.
I have detected this origin of hairs in the embryo before it leaves the ovum. Hairs and
scales are developed from the more superficial layers of cells, while spines may extend
from the more deeply seated. Essentially their origin is the same. In like manner, when
either cease to be nourished, their function in the economy is at an end, they become atro-
phied, and are thrown off with the cast portion of tegument. This is the case alike with
the caudal styles and lateral hairs of Meloe, with the styles and marginal spines in Sty-
lops, and with the enlarged branched spines on the larvse of many Lepidoptera, changes
which are the result of other more important ones in the organization of the animal.
Function thus is the result of special structure. During the persistence of these organs
they are nourished as fully as other structures, and it is only when this nourishment is
diminished or withheld that they become atrophied. In many instances, as in the caudal
styles of Meloe and Stylops, and the spines in Lepidoptera, the parts involve a large por-
tion of the tegument, and communicate by their tubular interior with the deeper seated
layers, and even with the cavity of the body, as in Lepidoptera and Crustacea. In these
cases, the spine, originating apparently in a single cell in the embryo, gradually involves
other cells both around and below it in its growth, until from a single part it has become

AND DEVELOPMENT OF MELOE. 177

a multiple of parts, which are thrown off and reproduced like the cast tegument itself,
until causes are induced which occasion its atrophy and decay. These causes rarely occur
in the Crustacea, which do not materially change their form after the earlier periods of
life. Hence the tegumentary appendages are usually retained in this Class as permanent
structures : but when secondary causes of development and change of form are in operation,
as in the metamorphoses of insects, then these appendages also, like the simpler dermal
hairs, are deciduated. The communication of the spines, in the Crustacea, by their tubular
cavity, with the interior surface of the tegument, as shown by a recent French observer,
M. Lavalle*, proves that the spine may be an eversion and extension outwards of the
whole tissue ; but it does not prove, as M. Lavalle seems to think, that this is its original
condition, but only that it may become this in the course of its growth as a spine. That
this is the correct explanation, and that hairs, and also scales, originate primarily in
the nuclei of single layers of tegument, seems proved by the fact that the skin of the
full-grown larva of Meloe is covered in every part with extremely minute spiniform hairs,
which are scarcely as much as one-thousandth of an inch in length (fig. 14). These hairs
proceed each from the centre of the cells which form the layer of tegument cast by the
insect on assuming the pseudo-larva state. These minute hairs are hollow at their base,
like the larger ones, and are simple eversions of the nuclei of the cells of that layer of
tegument ; and this also is the anatomical condition of scales. That this is the fact is
proved by the circumstance that not the slightest trace of these microscopic nucleus-born
hairs remains in the tegument of the pseudo-larva of Meloe. Still further proof is derived
I from the facts connected with the atrophy of the spines at the last change of tegument
of the larvae of Lepidoptera. In these larvae the spines, which previously communicate
in their interior with the deep-seated layers of tegument, have their nourishment cut
off, and their function in the economy destroyed, by the growth and enlargement of cells
in their interior, extended at their base from the deeper-seated layers of tegument ; so
that, on the change of the larva to a chrysalis, small tubercles only remain on the tegu-
ment in places previously occupied by elongated and powerful spines.

It is in this way that not only hairs and spines, but also the armature of the distal ex-
tremities of the limbs, the claws, are thrown off, and the limbs themselves become atro-
phied, by deciduation of their external covering, from without inwards, as well as by
actual retardation of growth : both of these results are induced to a greater or less extent
in proportion as other parts or regions are enlarged.

These are some of the primary laws of the organization and growth of structure, the
formation of which, thus commenced, is further advanced by secondary ones ; and develop-
ment is hastened or retarded by the operation of physical conditions, — light, heat, food,
and all material influences.

To pass now from the primary stages of growth and change to the secondary, by which
further development is effected, we must first examine the structure of the layer of tegu-
ment which the full-grown larva throws off on assuming that state in which alone I have
hitherto found this insect — the pseudo-larva. This cast portion always partially envelopes

* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 3me Sene, 1847.

178 MR. NEWPORT ON THE NATURAL HISTORY, ANATOMY,

the inferior and posterior parts of the hody of the pseudo-larva, thrust backwards in a
packet, as it is slipped off at the period of change. In the absence of discovery of the larva
itself, before it is full grown, this cast skin enables us to indicate its general form and
economy, at that period of its existence, as surely as the fossil bone enables the compa-
rative anatomist of the Vertebrata to indicate those of the habitant of a former world.
The skin of the larva is fissured at the period of change along the median line of the pro-
thoracic segment, and is extended forwards to the head and backwards to the meso- and
raeta-thoracic segments, exactly as in other insects. By carefully removing this skin from
the pseudo-larva, and relaxing it in water for some hours, and then inflating it gently with
a blowpipe, the general form of the larva is made apparent. It is a fat, yellow-coloured,
elongated grub, with six short legs, formed of short coxal, femoral and tibial joints, covered
with delicate scattered hairs, and with tarsi, each of which is a single joint, armed with a
single short strong horny claw. The tarsal spines which exist in the very young Meloe on
each side of this claw, — and which are of so much importance to the insect at that period
of its existence in enabling it to cling firmly to its victim, and, relatively with other parts,
are so large and conspicuous, that Leon Dufour derived from them the character of his
genus Trvimgulmus, — have entirely disappeared at previous changes of the tegument. In
like manner also the caudal styles have been removed, being reduced to mere pointed
tubercles, as in the larva of Cryptophagus* , preparatory to their complete obliteration in
the pseudo-larva. The body is arched, slightly convex, and formed of fourteen segments,
with a few scattered elongated hairs, as in the very young state ; and also, as I have
already mentioned, is covered on every part with multitudes of microscopic ones, scarcely
one-thousandth of an inch in length, each proceeding directly from the centre of nearly
every cell in this cast envelope. The segments of the body are nearly all of the same
dimensions, and thus give to the larva a more uniform and less articulated appearance
than that which it presents in its earliest state, when the segments of the thorax greatly
preponderate.

The external organs of respiration have undergone but little change, either in form or
in situation ; excepting only that the second pair of spiracles are now of the same size as
those of other segments. The small size of the whole, relatively to that of the body, seems
to indicate a minimum degree of activity in the function of respiration, and consequently
a sluggish mode of life, similar to that of the Bee-larva, in the abode of which the Meloe
is a parasite. The spiracles at this period are not larger than those of the Bee-larva, ex-
cepting the anterior pair. The whole are nearly circular in form, and their entrance is
protected by a raised horny margin. Internally they are lined by a membrane made up
of extremely minute but distinct cells, which form a layer that is continuous with the
mucous lining of the trachea. This lining is removed in connexion with the cast skin
from the whole of the ramifications of tracheae connected with each spiracle ; and its deli-
cate, hair-like, tubular, uniform divisions, which pass off from the main stems at acute
angles, further prove that the capacity of the tracheae, and consequently their function as
respiratory organs, is insignificant and restricted.

This cast envelope of the full-grown larva shows that, up to this time, the head has

* Linn. Trans, vol. xx. p. 352. tab. 14. fig. 34.

AND DEVELOPMENT OF MELOE. 179

undergone but little alteration in form from that of the very young, like which it is
marked with a longitudinal and a triangular sulcus. The eye, which in the embryo
larva is a single organ, is now a compound one, formed of three facets on each side of the
head. In this multiplication of parts it resembles the eye in the lower Myriapoda, the
Julidce, in which the eye, commencing as a single structure, becomes at its first change a
triple one*, preparatory to future subdivision to form the compound eye of the imago. Up
to this period the antenna has undergone less change than any other structure of the
head, thus proving that, whatever is its function, it is exercised in precisely the same
manner in the adult as in the very young larva. But it is in the parts of the mouth that
the greatest changes of form have occurred ; changes which lead us to infer a change in its
economy. The mandible of the adult larva, as I have formerly stated, is a short strong
corneous organ, totally different from that of the embryo larva. It is in this that the
mode of development by anchylosis, or complete union of originally separate parts, in the
formation of one structure or body, is most distinctly shown. The mandible in the ori-
ginal formation of the embryo in the egg is the true and legitimate appendage of, at least,
one of the basilar segments of which the entire head is composed, and which segment is
identical in its mode of origin with the other segments of the body. This fact I had the
honour of announcing in the ' Transactions' of this Society, as discovered in the embryo of
Geophilusf; and although it has been somewhat questioned by Prof. Erichsonf, I have
since been enabled to verify it repeatedly, not only in the Myriapoda, but also in the
embryos of true insects — for example, in Forficula. To trace the formation of the man-
dible, therefore, we must regard it as the articulated appendage of a single segment, — in
fact, a true limb in its origin and structure, but which, gradually altered in its condition
and form, becomes adapted to a particular function, and to variations in the mode of its
employment in that function. The changes in this structure usually take place in ani-
mals at so early a period, often, as in the whole of the Vertebrata, even during the earliest
stages of the embryo, that we are unable to follow them, and satisfy ourselves of the fact
of their occurrence. But this is not the case in the lower forms of Articulata, the Myri-
apoda, nor even in Meloe and many other hexapods. In the embryo of the vermiform
Myriapoda, as in Geophilus, every segment of the body is furnished with a pair of append-
ages, and this also is the case with each of the segments of the head. These appendages
originate at the sides of each segment as minute tubercles, one pair to each. Those which
belong to the head appear first, but are followed in quick succession by those of the
anterior segments of the body, and sooner in proportion to their proximity to the head.
No difference is at first recognizable in any of them, either in form or size ; but after a
period more or less brief, according to the type and species of animal, the mandible
becomes enlarged and changed in its appearance. In the Chilopodous Myriapoda it retains
the articulated pediform structure throughout the entire life of the animal, and is em-
ployed as an organ of prehension rather than of manducation. This is precisely what we
have already seen in the very young Meloe, which has a mandible jointed and pediform in
structure, and penetrant and prehensile in function. The structure of an organ thus indi-

* Phil. Trans. 1841, p. 127. t Linn. Trans, vol. xix. p. 289.

X Reports on Zoology for 1843-44 (printed by the Ray Society); Entomology, by Dr. W. F. Erichson, p. 409.

180 MR. NEWPORT ON THE NATURAL HISTORY, ANATOMY,

cates the purpose for which it is employed ; and the habits of the Melon larva, and its
mode of seizing and attempting to pierce the skin of the bee that conveys it to its nest,
confirm the conclusion deduced from the structure of its mandible.

The gradual change of form which the mandible undergoes in the larva state, indicates
some modification of function even during the larva period. I have already shown that the
mandible in the adult larva is a short thickened corneous organ, more nearly resembling
that of the perfect insect : not as in that fitted for cutting and comminuting vegetable
tissue, nor, as in the very young, for piercing soft textures, but rather adapted for crush-
ing and bruising. The mode in which this organ is changed in its condition is, first, by
deciduation, at the change of tegument, of its terminal claw-like apex, exactly as the cor-
responding part of a true limb is thrown off at the change on the reduction of the legs to
mere tubercles, preparatory to their future re-development in the nymph or pupa in a new
form ; next, by the growth and enlargement of every part of the structure in a lateral,
and its retardation in an axial direction. The result of this change is a complete obliteration
and anchylosis, or permanent union of the whole in one powerful angulated structure,
which retains an articulation only with its parent segment. This is the mandible of the
adult larva.

Changes, similar in principle and mode of operation, but carried to a far less extent,
take place in the other appendages of the cephalic segments of Meloe, the maxillae and
palpi, the function of which, like the structure, undergoes but little modification.

The whole of the feeding-period of the larva state, in so far as refers to change in the
segments of the body, is scarcely other than one of simple growth and enlargement.
Change of form by aggregative development, as we have seen, commences in the append-
ages and parts of the head ; but the tegument of the segments in the larva still retains
its original flexible uniform condition, and is scarcely thrown into folds, even at the junc-
tion of separate segments. The nuclei of its component cells continue to reproduce, and
when the external layer becomes aged and resistant, obstructing the function of the in-
ternal, it ceases to be nourished and is removed. But as the entire body advances to its
maximum of size, certain forces become active in its internal structures, which lead to those
rapid and important changes of form in the whole which we recognise as the Metamor-
phoses of the Insect.

Those structures which are the immediate agents of all voluntary and instinctive move-
ments, the muscles, are also those of the Metamorphoses. Nourished to the utmost while
the larva is feeding, they keep pace with the tegument in growth. They are connected
with the internal surface of the tegument in every part of the body, deriving their origins
from it, and having their attachments in it ; so that any alteration in them affects the
form of the portion they are connected with, and of the whole body, to a greater or less
extent in proportion to the degree of their contractility, and to the number and direction
of the muscles engaged.

We are entirely ignorant of the secret cause which first excites these structures into
action in effecting the metamorphoses, at definite periods of the insect's existence, if it be
not, as there seems reason to suspect it is, allied to an accumulation, and subsequent dis-
charge, of force evolved during growth in the structures themselves, a vital endowment of

AND DEVELOPMENT OF MELOE. 181

organized matter : we only know, of a certainty, that it is by the agency of the con-
tractile muscles that the form of the body is rapidly altered at the period of metamorphosis,
and that whatever is the origin or the nature of the contractile power, its evolution is
accelerated or retarded by physical influences. Alternations of heat and cold, drought and
moisture, are favourable to the changes which this power effects, and promote their occur-
rence, as an unaltered continuance of either of the conditions mentioned retards them.
Reaumur found that by keeping chrysalids of the common white butterfly in an ice-house,
the changes to the perfect insect were prevented for two years ; whilst by removing others
in the depth of winter to a hot-house, he induced the appearance of the perfect insects in
a few days. I have myself noticed similar facts in the Hymenoptera. Some larvae of
Anthophora, which I collected in the month of October, and preserved in a warm room
through the winter, instead of undergoing transformation, as in their natural haunts, on
the accession of warmth, in February and March, did not change into nymphs until some
hot days in August, when the temperature of the apartment was greatly increased ; and
having entered the imago state in a few days afterwards, then lapsed into perfect quiescence,
or sleep, as in their natural state of hybernation, and did not become active until the fol-
lowing spring *. Thus alternations of condition are essential to the changes in growth
and development, as to the health of the body, and to the evolution of all vital power.
This is equally true with reference to the highest, as to the lowest of created beings ; to
the most perfect, as to the least organized ; to ourselves, as to the insect we are examining.

Influenced by alternations of condition in the functions of respiration and nutrition, the
muscles of the insect acquire an accumulation of contractile power before the change ;
and when the larva has attained its full size, and its further growth is arrested, the moment
of transformation has arrived, and this power in the muscles constitutes the secondary
and most evident means of development. Certain muscles in the insect are ranged in the
axis of its body, in a longitudinal direction, attached to the internal surface of the tegu-
ment in parallel series at the anterior margin of one segment, and extended to the poste-
rior of another ; and others are ranged in diagonal, or in transverse series. By the action
of the longitudinal ones, aided by the diagonal, and operating on the whole structure, the
main portion of the tegument is gradually separated from the worn-out external layer that
is to be removed ; and by a concentration as it were of the muscular forces in the seg-
ments immediately behind the head, this layer is ruptured along the dorsal surface ; and,
gradually detached from the new covering beneath it, it is slipped off backwards by suc-
cessive contractions and elongations of the segments.

When this change takes place after the insect has acquired its full growth as a larva,

* Since this paper was read I have repeated this observation. Some specimens of Anthophora obtained in the larva
state on the 12th of September 1847, were preserved in a room of moderate temperature during the winter ; but they
did not change to nymphs until from the 7th to the 14th of July 1848, and then only assumed the perfect state in
September of the same year ; after which they did not throw off the last tegument until January 1849, and became
active imagos in February. I pointed out this fact of arrested development, at a uniform high temperature, at a
Meeting of the Entomological Society in April 1847. (See Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. v. pt. 2, 1847, p. xi.) I may men-
tion also that five of the larvae which were the subjects of this experiment, were of a deep yellow instead of a white
colour, and that two of them produced male, and three female imagos, so that difference of colour has no reference to
the sex of the individuals.

VOL. XXI. 2 B

182 MR. NEWPORT ON THE NATURAL HISTORY, ANATOMY,

and has ceased to feed, as at the period at which I have found the full-grown Meloe, the
muscles effect a complete alteration in the segments hoth relatively and individually. The
abdominal segments, which are the largest while the larva is feeding, are quickly reduced
in size when fresh nourishment has ceased to be supplied ; while those of the thorax are
enlarged, and duplicatures of tegument are formed between each by the shortening of the
longitudinal and diagonal muscles.

In the pseudo-larva of Meloe (fig. 13) these changes have only commenced ; but when the
insect passes to the nymph or pupa state (fig. 15), the alteration is carried to a very great
extent. The longitudinal muscles of the abdominal segments occasion, by their powerful
contraction, broad reduplications of the tegument, the posterior margin of one segment is
made to cover the anterior of the one next behind it, and the whole are much shortened.
The force of development in this region is from behind forwards, the effect of which is to
occasion a rapid enlargement of the head and of the thoracic segments, and the coalescence
of some of the latter by aggregation and anchylosis. This is carried to the greatest extent
in the segments of the middle of the body, which form the union of the thorax and abdomen
in the imago. In some insects the fifth segment of the larva is reduced to its minimum,
and disappears as a sectional portion of the animal, its rudiments only being left. In the
nymph or pupa of Meloe the metathoracic or fourth segment is the shortest, the fifth being
further shortened at the next change.

The immediate result of the altered proportions of the abdominal segments, and their
removal forwards by the action of the muscles on the tegument, is a re-induction of the
forces of growth in the appendages of the thoracic and cephalic segments, and a conse-
quent enlargement of the segments themselves, more especially those of the head. This
region in Meloe' is enormously enlarged, as compared with the head of the larva. But
this does not result, as M. Ratzeburg seems to think, from certain observations he has
made on Hymenoptera, from a coalescence of the head of the larva with the segment next
behind it, but it is entirely due to the rapid growth and expansion of all parts of the head
at the period of transformation.

The change effected while the larva is passing to the pseudo-larva state, is a com-
mencement of a re-induction of the growth of the appendages of the head and thorax.
The legs, then reduced to tubercles, are soon redeveloped beneath the tegument of the
pseudo-larva in an entirely new form, with jointed tarsi, ready to be elongated at the
instant of change to the nymph.

In addition to the redevelopment of these parts, the rudiments of new organs are pro-
duced. The internal respiratory structures are extensively affected by the changes, as is
the case in all insects on becoming pupae, and the result is to occasion the expansion of a
fold of the tegument, at the sides of the metathorax (fig. 16 a), in which some ramifications
of trachese are included. The growth of this fold in Meloe is soon arrested, and it becomes
the future rudimentary elytron of the imago, as in other insects it is the anterior wing.

Minor causes, which it is unnecessary to mention here, not only occasion these parts to
be developed to a greater extent in some species than in others, but also effect the produc-
tion of a second fold from the metathorax, the posterior wing.

Besides these there are other important changes in the tegument in these transforma-

AND DEVELOPMENT OF MELOE.

183

tions, changes which constitute it the true skeleton of the insect. The alterations which
the body undergoes in form are not accidental results of the actions of the muscles,
but depend in each species on definite wnvarying geometrical principles of force and rela-
tion. Portions of the tegument which give attachment to muscles are folded inwards in
the head and thorax, and becoming solidified constitute a rudimentary internal skeleton,
some parts of which merely give attachment to muscles, whilst others, as in the Verte-
brata, inclose and protect the nervous system. These I shall hereafter examine with the
dermo-skeleton of the imago.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Tab. XX.

Fig. 1 . The young Melo'e a few days after it has left the egg, highly magnified to show the structure of the

organs of vision, a ; situation of the spiracles, b, b ; form of the tarsi, c, c, and caudal styles, d ;

and internal muscular structure as seen by transmitted light.
Fig. 2. Inferior surface of the Melo'e larva, showing the structure of the pectoral and abdominal portion

of the tegument.
Fig. 3. Melo'e larva seen from above by transmitted light, and showing its brain and alimentary canal.
Fig. 4. A portion of the tegument highly magnified, showing its hexagonal cellasform structure.
Fig. 5. One of the abdominal spiracles magnified, showing the tegumentary cells with irregular granular

nuclei.
Fig. 6. One of the antennae, highly magnified.

Fig. 7- A dermal spine or hair, originating from the nucleus of a single cell, highly magnified.
Fig. 8. Portion of tegument showing two layers of cells, the deeper-seated with their nuclei divided and

in the course of reproduction.
Fig. 9. The large or thoracic spiracles.
Fig. 10. The eye of the larva, magnified, showing the cornea formed of tegumentary cells, with the single

central ocellus.
Fig. 1 1 . View of the side of the head of the larva.

Fig. 12. One of the tarsi, showing the articulated spines at the sides of the true claw.
Fig. 13. The full-grown or pseudo-larva, with its limbs reduced to tubercles preparatory to change to a

nymph.

Fig. 14. Skin of the full-grown larva, showing the microscopic hairs developed from the nuclei of cells.
Fig. 15. The nymph at the period of throwing off the pseudo-larva covering, with its limbs becoming

rapidly enlarged.
fig. 16. The fully-formed nymph.

Tr&rbsLvrurvSoo. Vol XXI. Tcub.XX p.M.

GHffwpyrt.aa WWir^.l

R*d afWest. ftnp Hanoi Garde*

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

LONDON.

VOLUME XXI.
PART THE THIRD.

LONDON:

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AN]) FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S HOUSE, SOHO-SQTJARE ;

AND BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS, PATERNOSTER-ROW ;

AND WILLIAM WOOD, TAVISTOCK -STREET, COVENT-GARDEN.

M.DCCC.LIV.

C () N T E N T S.

XX. Notes on the Vegetation of Buenos Ayres and the neighbouring districts. By

Charles James Fox Bunbury, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc page 185

XXI. On the Genus Aquilaria. By the late William Roxburgh, M.D., F.L.S. fyc. ;
toith Remarks by the late Henry Thomas Colebrooke, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc.
Communicated by Robert Brown, Esq., D.C.L., F.B.S., President of the Linnean
Society 199

XXTI. OaAcradenia, a new Genus of Diosmeee. By Richard Kippist, Esq., Libr.L.S. 207

XXIII. On the Genus Myrmica, and other indigenous Ants. By John Curtis, Esq.,
F.L.S. 8fc 211

XXIV. Note on the Elaters o/Trichia. By AjituvrILe^uey, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. ^c. 221

XXV. Note on the Genus Ancistrocladus of Wallich. By G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq.,
F.L.S. Sfc, Superintendent of the Botanic Garden of Peradenia, Ceylon. . 225

XXVI. Remarks relative to the affinities and analogies of natural objects, more parti-
cularly of Hypocephalus, a Genus of Coleoptera. By John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S.
Sfctyc 227

[XVII. On the Osteological relations observable among a few Species of the Bovine
Family. By Walter Adam, ILL). Communicated by Robert Brown, Esq.,
V.P.L.S 237

[ 185 ]

XX. Notes on the Vegetation of Buenos Ayres and the neighbouring districts.
By Charles James Pox Bunbury, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc.

Read March 1, 15, and May 3, 1853.

1 HE principal materials of the following notes are derived from the very extensive
botanical collections of the late Mr. Pox, formerly British Minister at Buenos Ayres, and
afterwards at Rio de Janeiro. The herbarium formed by Mr. Fox in the neighbourhood
of the former city, as well as at Monte Video, Maldonado, and other localities on the
northern shore of the Bio de la Plata, and along the lower part of the river Uruguay,
during the years 1831, 1832 and 1833, is so considerable, that I am inclined to think it
may be viewed as representing a great part of the vegetation of those countries, and may
afford sufficient ground for the remarks which I propose to make on its leading charac-
teristics. In a residence of about a month at Buenos Ayres, in the beginning of 1834, I
had myself the opportunity of becoming acquainted with the most prominent features
and general aspect of the vegetation. The principal published works from which I have
derived assistance, are M. Auguste de Saint Hilaire's Beport of his Travels in Southern
Brazil (published in the M^moires du Museum, vol. ix.), and the papers by Sir William
Hooker and Dr. "Walker- Arnott on the plants of Extra-tropical South America, in the
1 Botanical Miscellany ' and ' Journal of Botany.' I am indebted to Sir W. Hooker also
for very important assistance in naming the species contained in Mr. Pox's collection.

The region of which I propose chiefly to treat, is that lying on both banks of the Bio
de la Plata, and on the lower part of the courses of the two great rivers by whose junc-
tion it is formed ; comprising consequently those parts of the republics of Buenos Ayres
and Banda Oriental which lie nearest to the Plata, between the parallels of 33° and 35°
S. lat. The collections before me were formed in the neighbourhood of the coast and of
the rivers, so that I am obliged to rely upon other authorities for the botanical cnarac-
teristics of the interior of those countries, in which, indeed, according to such information
as I can procure, a considerable degree of uniformity seems to prevail. I shall introduce
also some remarks on the vegetation of the southernmost part of Brazil, a district in
which Mr. Pox made large collections, and which forms a connecting link, botanically as
well as geographically, between the country I chiefly treat of, and the tropical parts of
the same continent.

The Bio de la Plata, which, even as far up as Buenos Ayres, is between twenty and
thirty miles wide, forms a strongly marked geological boundary, separating two widely
extended and very dissimilar formations. All its northern shore is composed of crystal-
line rocks, — granite and gneiss, and their various modifications, — which range from thence
to the northward, uninterruptedly, through many degrees of latitude, constituting the
whole coast of Brazil to far within the tropic ; it is said, even to Bahia. On the south of

VOL. xxi. 2 c

186 MR. BUNBURY ON THE VEGETATION OF BUENOS AYRES

the great river, nothing is seen but tertiary formations of a very late date : first, the mud
and marl of the Pampas, and further south, the gravel and shingle of Patagonia. So
absolute is the fine of demarcation, that, while on the northern bank of the river the
granitic rock is perpetually showing itself on the surface in low rocks and hillocks, on
the south bank not a stone nor a pebble is to be found, and all the stone used at Buenos
Ayres, for paving and other purposes, is brought from across the river. But, notwith-
standing this remarkable difference in the geological structure of its two banks, the Plata
does not form a botanical boundary-line. There are indeed several species of plants
which are confined to one or the other side, and some families, principally tropical, which
do not cross it ; yet the leading characteristics of the vegetation, both as to its general
physiognomy and its prevailing forms, are the same on both sides. The whole country,
therefore, from the frontier of Brazil southward, as far as the Pampas vegetation extends
(or to the border of Patagonia), may be considered as one botanical province, which, for
the sake of convenience, I shall provisionally call the Argentine Region, from the name
of the great river.

The botanical characteristics of this region are well marked. The most striking pecu-
liarity of its physiognomy is the almost entire absence of trees, and the scarcity even of
shrubs, except along the banks of the principal rivers. Every one who has come from
Bio de Janeiro to Monte Video and Buenos Ayres has been struck with the contrast
between the gigantic vegetation of Brazil, and the bare, treeless, almost barren character
of the shores of the Plata, where the cultivated poplars, and the flower-stems of the
Agave, and here and there a solitary Ombu tree (Phytolacca dioica), are the only objects
that relieve the nakedness of the country. Yet the vegetation along the river-side, at
least near Buenos Ayres, may almost be called luxuriant in comparison with that at a
short distance inland. It is not that the vegetable covering of the soil is really scanty or
meagre, but the vast majority of the plants which compose it are herbaceous, of low
growth, and for the most part not very conspicuous. This treeless character of the
country has been forcibly described, and its possible causes most ably discussed, by
Mr. Darwin, in his 'Journal.' The immediate banks of the Uruguay and the Parana,
however, and the islands in those rivers appear to be wooded, though not with trees of
great height or size.

As compared with the vegetation of Brazil, that of the Argentine region is distinguished
not only by the predominance of herbaceous plants, but (as might be expected) by the
diminished numbers of tropical families, and also by something of a more European phy-
siognomy. I cannot, however, think that this resemblance of the Argentine to the Euro-
pean flora is as great as it has been represented by some celebrated botanists. The re-
semblance appears to me partly fallacious, occasioned by the abundance of naturalized
European plants ; and, excluding these, to consist rather in a certain general similarity
of outward appearance than in a real botanical analogy.

Schouw, indeed, (as quoted by Meyen in his ' Geography of Plants,') says that, " out of
109 genera which belong to Buenos Ayres, 70 appear in Europe;" and St. Hilaire, a
very high authority, states that, of 500 species collected by him in the Banda Oriental,
between the mouth of the Plata and that of the Bio Negro, a tributary of the Uruguay,

■

AND THE NEIGHBOURING DISTRICTS.

187

only 15 belonged to families completely strangers to Europe. These statements are
doubtless accurate, as far as they go ; but the vegetation of those countries is in reality
more different from the European than such comparisons would seem to imply. Eor, in
the first place, many of the families and genera of plants which especially predominate in
the Argentine region, and are strikingly characteristic of it, are such as are but scantily
represented in Europe, or make no conspicuous figure here. Such are, in particular, the
families of Solcmece, Verbenacece, Amaranthacece, and, perhaps I may add, Malvacece.
Such is the genus Solatium, of which many more species grow wild within a short walk
of the city of Buenos Ayres, than in the whole of Europe ; such is the genus Verbena,
so insignificant in our continent, but playing so conspicuous a part in the Argentine
vegetation, by the number of species, the profusion in which they grow, and the beauty
and brilliancy of many of them. I may add also the genus Eryngium, or at least that
curious section of it which is characterized by narrow and parallel- veined leaves.

Secondly, although the genera altogether wanting in Europe may not form, numeri-
cally, a very large proportion of the Argentine flora, yet several of them are very con-
spicuous, and play an important part in that flora by the number of species or of indivi-
duals. Such are Pontederia, Gomphrena, Teleianthera, Jussicea, Nicotiana, Petunia, Nie-
rembergia, and others.

Thirdly, on the other hand, several of the families of plants which most abound in
Europe, are nearly wanting, or but very feebly represented, (if we exclude naturalized
plants,) on the shores of the Plata; such are Cruciferce, Caryophyllece, JJmbelliferce
(excepting Eryngium), Boraginece, Bipsacece, and two of the primary divisions of Compo-
site, namely the Cichoracece and Cynarece.

In the collections in my possession from Buenos Ayres and the Banda Oriental, I find
fourteen families and 102 genera which are not European. The families are :

Commelynacece, Marantacece, Passiflorece, Buttneriacece, Tropceolece,
Pontederacece, Calyceracece, Loasece, Malpighiacece, Melastomacece.

Bromeliacece, Bignoniacece, Begoniacece, Sapmdacece,

The genera wanting in Europe are the following :

Paspalum.

Sisyrinchium.

Vernonia.

Stenotaphrum.

Cypella.

Stevia.

Cenchrus.

Alstrmmeria.

Baccharis.

Aristida.

Tillandsia.

Pterocaulon.

Chascolytrum.

Oncidium.

Haplopappus.

Pappophorum.

Carina.

Flaveria.

Eustachys.

Spathicarpa.

Porophyllum.

Eleusine.

Roubieva.

Leiyhia.

Androtrichum.

Gomphrena.

Verbesina.

Commelyna.

Teleianthera.

Achyrocline.

Hydrocleis.

Pupalia.

Trims.

Pontederia.

Iresine.

Mitracarpum.

Herreria.

Acicarpha.

Cephalanthus.

Udora.

Boopis.

Asclepias.

2c2

188

MR. BUNBURY ON THE VEGETATION OF BUENOS AYRES

Gomphocarpus.

Oxypetalum.

Araujia (Physianthus, Mart.).

Philibertia.

Schistogyne.

Lantana.

Calonyction.

Nicotiana.

Nierembergia.

Petunia.

Jaborosa.

Himeranthus.

Oestrum.

Buddlea.

Scoparia ?

Herpestes.

Dicliptera.

Bignonia.

Argemone.

Passiflora.

Blumenbachia.

Begonia} (There is some doubt
about the locality of the spe-
cimens of this.)

Pavonia.

Sida.

Abutilon.

Buttneria.

Stigmaphyllon.

Heteropterys.

Paullinia.

Croton.

Phyllanthus.

Schinus.

Chymocarpus.

Jussitea.

Heimia.

Cuphea.

Eugenia.

Ch(stogastra(Arthrostemma, DeC).

Mimosa.

Desmanthus.

Inga.

Calliandra.
Acacia.
Parkinsonia.
Cassia.

Poinciana (perhaps introduced?).
Crotalaria.
Indigofera.
Tephrosia.
Daubentonia.
Desmodium.
AEschynomene.
Clitoria.
Camptosema.
Canavalia.
Galactia.
Vigna.

Erythrina (E. Crista-galli, perhaps
introduced at Buenos Ayres).
Rhynchosia.
Macheerium.

Such estimates are of course liable to some variation, according to the different opinions
entertained by different botanists as to the limits of genera. In the above list I have
taken Endlicher's ' Genera Plantarum ' for my guide.

The above observations will show how materially the Argentine Flora differs, in reality,
from that of Europe. What principally contributes to give it, at first sight, a European
aspect, is the great number and extraordinary prevalence of naturalized European plants,
— plants evidently introduced in the first instance by accident, and which, being of a hardy
constitution, and possessing efficient means of propagation, have spread so rapidly as to
cover the soil to a great extent, and actually to predominate over the native growth. No
small proportion of the plants which a stranger will observe in his first rambles in the
neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres are colonists from our quarter of the globe. The fallow
fields about that city are blue with Echiwm violaceum; the banks of earth are covered
with the common Eennel ; the ditch-sides and waste ground are overrun with Chenopo-
dium album, Sonchus oleraceus, and Xanthium spinosum ; Trifolium repens and Medicago
denticulata form much of the herbage near the river-side ; and among the most common
grasses are Loliwm perenne and multijlorum, Hordeum murinum and H. pratense. What
is more remarkable, these intrusive strangers are not confined to the cultivated lands or
to the neighbourhood of the city, but have spread far and wide over the open plains. The
"thistles" and "clover" which clothe the Pampas of Buenos Ayres for leagues and leagues
together, have been described by many travellers ; they are Carduus Marianus, Cynara
Cardunculus, and Medicago denticulata, all of them European species. The two former
have spread themselves also over the country north of the Plata, where M. de St. Hilaire
found them covering wide tracts of country. It would seem that these temperate regions
of South America are peculiarly favourable to the growth of European plants, and that

AND THE NEIGHBOURING DISTRICTS. 189

none of the native ones possess so hardy a constitution, or such powers of propagation, as
these strangers. It is, as Mr. Darwin remarks, a parallel case to that of the horse and
ox, which have, within the last three centuries, spread themselves in such countless num-
bers over the same countries.

It appears to me that this wide diffusion of naturalized plants, originally foreign to the
country in which they now grow, bears in some degree upon the question of specific cen-
tres ; or at least is adverse to the views of those who consider the natural distribution of
species as determined solely by favourable local circumstances. These introduced plants

(have established themselves so readily and so completely, that it is quite evident, the soil,
climate, and other circumstances affecting their distribution, must be highly favourable ;
yet they did not exist in those countries until introduced by the indirect agency of man.
Therefore it would seem that they were not created indiscriminately in all the situations
naturally adapted to their constitutions. But the general question of the distribution of
plants is too wide for me to enter further upon it in this place.

The social character which is so eminently conspicuous in many of the naturalized plants
above noticed is not confined to them, but is observable also, though in a less degree, in
several of the indigenous plants of the Pampas of Buenos Ayres. The most remarkable
in this respect, as far as I observed, are Verbena erinoides and chamcedrifolia, Mitracar-
pwm Sellovianum, and a dwarf Solanum ; besides a few grasses, which, as they were not in
flower at the time of my visit to Buenos Ayres, I could not determine. This social growth
of some particular plants, and consequent uniformity of vegetation, has, I think, been
noticed by various naturalists as characteristic of extensive plains.

Tropical forms of vegetation are not wanting in the Argentine region, but occur chiefly
on the banks and islands of the principal rivers, much more rarely in the open country.
They are principally woody climbers, such as Passiflora ccerulea, Stigmaphyllon littorale,
two or three species of Paullinia, a Cardiospermttm, and a Bignonia ; or Leguminosce of a
tropical character, — species of Mimosa, Inga, Calliandra, and Cassia. Of the Melastoma-
cece, a family so eminently characteristic of tropical South America, and especially of
Brazil, one solitary species (an Arthrostemma) reaches to the north bank of the Plata,
but does not cross it. Colonia, opposite to Buenos Ayres, seems to be the most southern
locality of that beautiful order. One Machcerium, a very tropical form, grows in the
islands of the Uruguay, near its mouth, and is probably the most southern representative
of the Dalbergia tribe of Legwminosce. A few Monocotyledonous genera which have their
head-quarters within the tropics appear for the last time, as we go southwards, on the
banks of the Plata; such are Canna (of which there is one species at Buenos Ayres), On-
cidium, and Tillandsia.

Of the range of Palms in the region in question I have no knowledge. It would appear
from Mr. Darwin's statements, that they occur here and there as far as 35° S. lat., which
seems to be likewise their southern limit in Chile.

The southern limit of the Argentine vegetation seems to be determined mainly by soil ;
the northern, by climate alone. To the south its extension seems to depend upon that of
the Pampean formation ; that is to say, where the calcareous mud and marl of the Pam-
pas are succeeded by the arid gravel or shingle of Patagonia, the character of the vegeta-

190 MR. BUNBURY ON THE VEGETATION OF BUENOS AYRES

tion also changes. The Rio Colorado, in S. lat. 40°, was observed by Mr. Darwin to form
a pretty accurate boundary -line between these two formations ; and he notices* the change
in the vegetable covering of the soil accompanying this change in its mineral nature.
The herbaceous vegetation which clothes the surface of the Pampas pretty uniformly is
succeeded by low scraggy thorny shrubs and dry meagre grasses, which, according to the
accounts we possess, are so thinly scattered over the shingly plains of Patagonia, that the
aspect of the whole country is strikingly barren and miserable. That this change of soil
should be attended with so great a change in the vegetation, while that (more striking in
a geological view) which takes place when we cross the Plata seems to have very little
influence on it, is easily accounted for by the different relations of these soils to moisture.
The surface of Patagonia, composed of loose shingle, is singularly dry ; so much so, it is
said, that one may travel for many days together without meeting with a drop of water :
consequently, it is fitted for the growth of such plants only as can bear this remark-
able degree of drought ; and the character of the Patagonian Flora, as shown by all the
accounts, is just such as we should expect under these circumstances. On the other
hand, the clay and marl of the Pampas, and the soil, formed of decomposing granite, on
the north side of the Plata, are both sufficiently favourable to the retention of moisture,
and consequently to the growth of an abundant herbage.

To the northward, the Argentine region appears to have no very definite boundary, but
to melt, as it were, into that of southern Brazil. About Porto Alegre, in Rio Grande do
Sul, in S. lat. 30°, and consequently little more than four degrees north of Buenos Ayres,
the botany has a thoroughly Brazilian character, notwithstanding the absence of great
forests. There are abundance of large and showy climbers of a tropical aspect, — species of
Bignonia, Echites, Malpighiacem, Sapindacece ; of arborescent Mimosece ; of shrubby Com-
posites, belonging to the same genera, Vemonia, Eupatorium and Baccharis, which abound
so much in tropical Brazil ; and a vast profusion of Myrtles. The numerous Perns of Rio
Grande are almost all common to that district and Rio de Janeiro, and among them are
two arborescent species, which contribute to give a tropical character to the Plora. Not a
few phsenogamous species, also, extend from the tropical parts of the South American
continent as far as Porto Alegre ; for example, — Inga semialata, Mutisia speciosa, Bac-
charis dracunculifolia, Gaylussacia imbricata, Echites longiflora, Pleroma virgattim, Mi-
crolicia alsinefolia, Eryngium Pristis, Eriocaulon caulescens ; besides others which range
still further south, to Monte Video, such as Baccharis trimera, Pterocaulon spicatum,
Achyroclme flaccida, BZydrocleis Humboldtii, and various grasses.

On the other hand, the comparatively small number of Melastomacece, and the abun-
dance of herbaceous and half-shrubby Verbenece, in Rio Grande, indicate the approach to
the Argentine region. Some, indeed, of the characteristic species of Buenos Ayres, such
as Verbena erinoides and chamcedrifolia, range northwards as far as Porto Alegre. The
considerable degree of difference between the vegetation of this latter place and of the
northern shore of the Plata must, I conceive, be due to climate only, for there exists no
natural barrier, and, as far as I can learn, there is no difference in the geological consti-
tution of the country. I possess no precise information with respect to the climate of

* See Darwin's Journal of Researches, 2nd edit. p. 75.

AND THE NEIGHBOURING DISTRICTS. 191

Porto Alegre ; but the fact mentioned by M. de St. Hilaire *, that the cultivation of man-
dioca and sugar extends so far south, and no further, seems to point it out as the southern-
most limit of the seasons of tropical Brazil. Mr. Darwin lias remarked the rapid change
of climate in proceeding northward from Buenos Ayres, and in accordance with this, appa-
rently, is the change of vegetation.

It would be interesting to compare the Flora of Chile with that of the Argentine region,
but for this I have not sufficient materials. Meyen, in his • Geography of Plants,' says
that Chile and the countries on the eastern side of the Andes, in corresponding latitudes,
cannot be considered as separate botanical regions ; yet the information which he himself
gives, in the same work, as to the Chilian Flora, seems to show that its general physio-
gnomy is very different from that of the Argentine region. The accounts of many tra-
vellers show us that the climate and soil of Chile, in the latitudes of which I treat, are
much more dry than those of the countries near the Plata, and this cannot fail to be
attended with a considerable difference in the vegetation. The Chilian Flora, by Meyen's
account, appears to be as strikingly characterized by dry shrubs with coriaceous and
glossy leaves, as that of the Plata is by the prevalence of herbaceous forms. In the
abundance of Myrtles, indeed, and of shrubby and arborescent Composites, the vegetation
of Chile may be compared rather with that of southern Brazil. At the same time, the
valuable catalogues drawn up by Sir W. Hooker and Dr. Walker- Arnott t show that many
remarkable genera, and not a few species, are common to both sides of South America.

The Argentine Flora has little or no general analogy to that of the southern parts of
North America lying in corresponding latitudes on the other side of the equator ; yet
there are some striking, though insulated, points of resemblance. There is a species of
Cephalanthus on the shores of the Plata ; there is an JEschynomene {JE. ciliata, Vog.),
excessively like the North American JE. hispida ; a Pontederia, extremely near to cordata,
if not a mere variety of it ; a Sisyrmchium, much resembling S. Bermudianum.

If we compare the Flora of the shores of the Plata with that of the Cape of Good Hope
lying within the same parallels of latitude and having nearly the same mean temperature,
we find an extraordinary difference between them. The many points of analogy, and the
general physiognomical resemblance, between the vegetation of the Cape and of New
South Wales have repeatedly been noticed ; but between the botany of the Cape and that
of La Plata we find scarcely anything but contrasts. It is not easy to discover any points
of resemblance. The general physiognomy of the vegetation is different : the plants of
the Argentine region are chiefly herbaceous, while at the Cape there is a great predomi-
nance of dry, hard, small-leaved shrubs. Almost all the characteristic families and genera
of the two Floras are different : the Solanece, Verbenecs, Amaranthacecs, Calyceracece, He-
lianthoid Composites, Pontederias, Jussicsas, Eryngiums, and other forms which make up
the most important part of the vegetation on the shores of the Plata, are wanting or
insignificant at the Cape, which, as is well known, is characterized by Protects, Heaths,
Diosmas, Pelargoniums, Mesembryanthemums, Aloes, Crassulacea, and Restiacea? ; all of
them absent, or nearly so, from the region of which I here treat. Leguminosa are abun-
dant in both countries, but for the most part of different genera. Almost the only points

* Journal, 2nd edit. p. 128. f See the Botanical Miscellany, vol. iii.

192 MR. BUNBURY ON THE VEGETATION OF BUENOS AYRES

in the Argentine Flora which strongly remind us of South Africa, are several species of
Oxalis, and some gay -flowered Iridece and Amaryllidece ( Cypella Herberti, Sisyrinchium
Bonariense, species of Habrcmthus and Zephyr writhes), which decorate the hanks of the
Plata. The Cactece of the latter country are represented at the Cape hy succulent
Euphorbias ; and the herbaceous and half-shrubby Malvaceae, which are numerous at
Buenos Ayres, have South African representatives in the Hermannice.

Another thing which strikes us when we compare the Flora of Buenos Ayres with that
of the Cape of Good Hope is, that the former is much less peculiar in its character than
the latter. The Argentine region, considered botanically, is recognized at once as a pro-
vince of South America ; all its characteristics are such as belong especially to that part
of the world, while the botany of the Cape has little resemblance to that of the rest of
Africa. The distinction will be very apparent, if we compare, on the one hand, the Flora
of the Plata with that of tropical Brazil, and on the other, the Cape Flora with that of
tropical Africa. The number of peculiar or endemic genera of plants in the Argentine
region is comparatively very inconsiderable ; at the Cape, remarkably large. The pecu-
liar genera of the former region almost always consist of a single species, or of very few ;
several of the peculiar Cape genera are very rich in species. The number of species com-
mon to the shores of the Plata and the tropical parts of the same continent is considerable,
while extremely few are common to the Cape and tropical Africa.

A part of these differences may be accounted for by the local circumstances of the two
countries. The Cape of Good Hope, as a botanical region, is almost cut off from the rest
of Africa by the great deserts which, to the north of the Orange Biver, stretch across so
great a part of the continent. Even in the colony itself, the desert called the Great Kar-
roo is known to set an absolute limit to the northward extension of several characteristic
families *. Now there is no barrier of this sort on the eastern side of South America,
where (excepting perhaps the case of Patagonia) the limits of the range of plants seem to
be fixed by climate alone. Moreover, it is probable that the characteristic Cape plants,
generally speaking, are of a more delicate constitution, and have less power of bearing
change of circumstances, than those of Buenos Ayres ; as may be inferred from the much
greater difficulty of cultivating them in gardens.

Another difference that I may notice, between the Cape of Good Hope and Buenos
Ayres, is that naturalized European plants do not play by any means so conspicuous a part
in the botany of the former country as in that of the latter. A good number of introduced
species have indeed established themselves in the neighbourhood of Cape Town, but they
have not spread far, nor do they appear in any remarkable quantity, nor at all vie with
(much less supersede) the original natives of the soil. It is not owing to the greater
extension of European culture that these plants have been more widely diffused in the
region of the Plata ; for although a great part of that country might probably be found
very fit for cultivation, the proportion of it which has actually been brought into that
state is very minute indeed. The climate, from its greater moisture, may be more favour-
able to such plants than that of the Cape, but the chief cause of the difference is probably
to be found in the soil,

* See Burchell's Travels.

AND THE NEIGHBOURING DISTRICTS. 193

Mr. Brown has indicated a few points of resemblance between the botany of Australia
and that of the temperate parts of South America ; but these all, I think, belong to
Chile. On the eastern side of the continent, within the latitudes in question, I am not
aware of any plant that can at all remind us of the Australian Flora. It is rather
remarkable, that the Protea family, which occurs, though sparingly scattered, in Puegia,
Chile, Peru, Guiana, and tropical Brazil, seems to be entirely absent from the region of
which I treat.

I shall conclude with a few remarks upon some of the families contained in the collec-
tions before me, and on the range of particular species.

Filices. — At Porto Alegre and one or two other points in the extreme south of Brazil,
about 30° S. lat., Mr. Pox collected fifty-four species of Perns. This collection strongly
exemplifies the wide range of species in this family, pointed out by Sir W. Hooker and
by Dr. Joseph Hooker ; for nearly the whole are natives of tropical Brazil, and at least
one-half of the number occur likewise to the north of the Equator, — in the West Indies,
Caraccas, Guiana, or Mexico. Two extend even to Europe, — Asplenium marinum and
Osmunda regalis. The Bio Grande specimens of this Osmunda agree perfectly with the
ordinary British form.

Of the fifty-four Perns, forty-nine belong to PolypodiacecB* ; two to Gleicheniacece, two
to Schizceacece, and one to Osmimdacece. Two are arborescent, Didymochlcena sinuosa and
Alsophila armata. This, I suppose, is the southernmost limit of Tree Perns on the eastern
side of South America.

Buenos Ayres is remarkably poor in this family of plants. During the month that I
spent there, although I paid much attention to botany, I did not observe a single Pern ;
and in the collections made by Mr. Pox, who, I know, took particular interest in this
family, I find only onet Pern from the south side of the Plata. This circumstance is not
at all surprising, for the bare, level, shadeless, treeless plains of Buenos Ayres are pecu-
liarly unsuited to the Perns. And we may observe, that even where there is a warm
climate and a tolerably large supply of atmospheric moisture, (for both these conditions
exist at Buenos Ayres,) these plants do not seem to flourish unless there be shade and
variety of surface. In accordance with this, is the absence of Perns from the bare table-
land of Mexico J, and their great scarcity on the open campos of the interior of Brazil.
The neighbourhood of Graham's Town, in South Africa, has a much drier climate than
Buenos Ayres, yet the ravines and rocks there, affording shade and shelter from the wind,
produce many Perns.

Gramina. — Among the Grasses collected on the banks of the Uruguay and La Plata, I
find the Poacece (according to the division established by Mr. Brown) to be rather more
numerous than the Panicece ; the former, however, including a few naturalized species.
The comparatively small number of Grasses in the collection doss not allow me to sup-
pose that it is, in this respect, at all a fair representative of the vegetation of the Argen-

* I follow the arrangement of Mr. J. Smith, published in Hooker's Journal of Botany.

f This is a Blechnum (or Lomarial for Mr. Fox's specimens have no fructification) which seems to agree with the
description of Blechnum auriculatum, Cav.

\ See Martens and Galeotti, Fougtres de la Mexique.
VOL. XXI. 2 D

194 MR. BUNBURY ON THE VEGETATION OF BUENOS AYRES

tine region, the local conditions of which appear favourable to this family. I will there-
fore not attempt to estimate the proportional number of Grasses to other orders. I will
merely observe, that, besides some European grasses evidently naturalized in that region*,
there are some apparently indigenous species which have a very wide range. Such are
Cynodoti dactylon, which seems to be a native of all the warmer parts of the world, in
both hemispheres ; Setaria glauca, equally cosmopolite ; Setaria italica, of which I have
specimens from Louisiana as well as from the Uruguay, and which is stated to be a native
of Europe, India and New Holland ; Eleusvne indica, which appears, from the localities
given by Kunth, to have a vast range in the tropical and subtropical zones ; Polypogon
monspeliensis, which I have myself seen at the Cape of Good Hope and at Buenos Ayres,
as well as in the south of Europe ; Stenotaphrum gldbrum, common to the Cape, Lou-
isiana, tropical Brazil, and the northern shore of the Plata. The beautiful grass Eustachys
petrcea may be added, if the Cape plant be really the same with the South Americam
which does not seem quite certain.

Eriocaulonece. — Of this family, so very numerous in tropical South America, and espe-
cially in the interior mountainous districts of Brazil, I find only one species in Mr. Fox's
collections from the extreme southern part of that country. This is Eriocaulon (Pcepa-
lanthus) caulescens, of which there are specimens from Porto Alegre, S. lat. 30° ; I met
with it in Minas Geraes, not far from S. Joao d'El Bey ; and I have seen a specimen from
Guiana in Sir J. E. Smith's herbarium.

Alismacea. — A fine species of Sagittaria is plentiful in the marshy pools near the river-
side at Buenos Ayres ; it is, I suppose, S. Montevidemis of Chamissof, though it differs
from his specific character in having the back of the leaf quite smooth. It certainly comes
very near to S. sagittifolia, though much larger both in the leaves and flowers. The
downy filaments of the stamens, and yellow anthers, seem, as far as I can judge, to furnish
the most certain characters ; for the leaves of our English Arrow-head are so very variable,
that it is hardly safe to rely upon the distinctions afforded by their more suddenly and
sharply acuminated lobes in the Buenos- Ayrean plant.

Composites. — The celebrated botanist, Schouw, has characterized the countries near the
Plata as the " Kingdom of Arborescent Composites'" a title scarcely applicable, for these
plants, like most others of the region in question, have for the most part a herbaceous
character.

Here, as in South America generally, the Composites appear to be the most numerous
family of plants ; but I am not able to state their proportional numbers with precision.
Almost all those of the Argentine region belong to the Cotymbifercs of Jussieu ; the Cicho-
racecs and Cynarecs hardly occur at all, except in a naturalized state. The Labiatiflorce,
so characteristic of the western side of South America and of the Andes, are few and
inconspicuous in this region. It is curious, that the genus Mutisia, which ranges all up
the west side of the continent from southern Chile into New Granada, and is scattered
also through Brazil, as far south as Porto Alegre, does not seem to extend to the Plata.
I must own, however, that negative conclusions in such cases are a little uncertain, unless
they rest upon the concurrent testimony of many observers.

* See before, p. 188. t Kunth, Enumeratio Plantarum, vol. iii. p. 157.

AND THE NEIGHBOURING DISTRICTS. 195

The shores of the Rio de la Plata are characterized by many herbaceous Kelianthece : —
species of Leighia, Verbesina, Bidens, &c. The genera Vernonia, Baccharis and Eupato-
rium, so characteristic of tropical Brazil, extend into this region, but no longer in such
amazing numbers. At the Cape of Good Hope, where the abundance of Composites is
remarkable, the prevailing groups are for the most part different from those of Buenos
Ayres ; in particular, the Everlastings (ffelichrysece), so prodigiously numerous at the Cape,
are comparatively scarce in the corresponding latitudes of South America. The universal
genus Senecio, however, abounds in both countries.

It has been observed, that the species of this family have not in general so wide a geo-
graphical range as might have been expected, considering the facilities for dissemination
afforded by their feathered seeds. Nevertheless, several of the Compositce of the Plata are
tropical species, and some even common to both hemispheres. Bidens helicmthoides, a
common marsh plant at Buenos Ayres, appears to be a native of Mexico, Guiana, and
Chile. Flaveria Contrayerba is common to Buenos Ayres (Mr. Pox), Peru, and Mexico.
Achyrocline fiaccida, common at Bio de Janeiro, was observed by Mr. Pox to range all
the way from that place to the north bank of the Plata, and was also found by Schom-
burgk in Guiana. Gnaphalium Gaudichaudianum, another native of Bio, is in Mr. Pox's
collection from Monte Video. Bterocaulon spicattim appears to have much the same range
as Achyrocline fiaccida : I have specimens from British Guiana, Rio de Janeiro, Rio Grande,
and Maldonado *. The first and last of these stations are separated by about thirty-seven
degrees of latitude. Baccharis trimera, P)eC, also appears to be widely diffused in South
America : it is one of the most common plants all the way from the gold district of Brazil
to the Serra da Estrella near Rio f ; it has been found at Bahia and at St. Catherine's ;
Mr. Pox met with it at Monte Video as well as in Rio Grande ; and it is probably the
same species that is mentioned by Sir "W. Hooker J as found by Dr. Gillies in the Pampas
of Buenos Ayres, and by Tweedie in Northern Patagonia. All these, however, are in-
stances of diffusion in latitude : I have not found among the Compositce of the Argentine
region (excluding evidently naturalized plants) any that are common to more than one
continent.

Asclepiadece. — This order is numerous in Rio Grande and the Argentine region, as it
seems to be in South America generally, although these countries by no means rival the
Cape of Good Hope in the abundance of Asclepiads. One species, the Gomphocarpus fru-
ticosus, widely diffused over the warmer parts of the old world, occurs also, I believe, at
Monte Video ; at least the specimens gathered there appear to me undistinguishable from
the Cape plant ; but it may have been accidentally introduced to this locality. With the
exception of this genus and Cynanchmn, the Asclepiads of Rio Grande and the Plata all
belong to strictly American forms, among which Oocypetalum predominates in number. I
find in Mr. Pox's collection only one species of Asclepias {A. citrifolia ?) ; the A. Curas-

* The specimens from Maldonado have narrower and more pointed leaves than the others, hut Sir W. Hooker
named them Pt . spicatum, without any indication of doubt.

f It is certainly the B. genistelloid.es of Spix and Martius's ' Travels in Brazil.' Is it really distinct from the true
B. genistelloides ?

X Journ. Bot. vol. hi. p. 42.

2d2

196 MR. BUNBURY ON THE VEGETATION OF BUENOS AYRES

savica, so common on the coasts of tropical Brazil, does not, apparently, extend much
hey on d the tropic.

Umbelliferce. — These plants, observed by Humholdt to be very rare within the tropics,
unless at great heights, seem to be pretty numerous in the subtropical zone of the south-
ern hemisphere, but mostly of rather peculiar forms. The Umbelliferce of La Plata and
Rio Grande belong chiefly to the genus Eryngium, and especially to that curious section
of it with long, narrow, linear or sword-shaped, parallel-veined leaves (or phyllodia), which
are often fringed with bristles, or with bristle-like teeth. In Mr. Fox's collections from
those countries, I find nine species of Eryngium, of which five belong to the parallel-
veined section. One of them (E. aquaticum ?) is a stately plant, 5 or 6 feet high, a con-
spicuous ornament of the marsh ditches near Buenos Ayres, with leaves that remind one
of a Bromelia or Bandanus. Another (seemingly E. Pristis) extends from the tropical
regions of Brazil as far as 30° S. ; it is very frequent on the campos of Minas Geraes
(about 20°-21° S.), at the elevation of 2000 to 3000 feet, while in Rio Grande Mr. Fox
seems to have found it at a comparatively low level. Many Eryngiums of the same
group, and, as it appears, nearly allied to these South Brazilian kinds, were found by
Humboldt and Bonpland on the high lands of Mexico, and there are several in Chile.

I find very few other Umbelliferce from the Argentine region in the collections before
me. This part of South America seems to be destitute of those curious Mulmece {Bolax,
&c.) which are so characteristic of Euegia, the Chilian Andes, and the Falkland Islands.

At the Cape of Good Hope, in corresponding latitudes, we find very different forms of
this, as of most other families. That country has no Eryngiums, and I believe only a
solitary representative of that division of the order, the Alepidea ciliaris. It has, how-
ever, a considerable number of Umbelliferce, — not less than 120 species, according to
Harvey, — and among them several peculiar genera, of which Sermas and Arctopus are
the most singular ; likewise many remarkable forms of Hydrocotyle, which seem in a
manner to represent the South American Mulinece.

Several European Umbelliferce have become naturalized at Buenos Ayres, and among
these the common Fennel is extremely conspicuous, covering the banks of earth between
the cultivated fields in immense profusion, and forming a distinctive feature in the scenery.
I have heard it remarked, by residents in that city, that when the wind called the Pam-
pero, which blows over the inland plains, is coming on, its approach is always announced
by the smell of Fennel, which it brings from the beds of this plant that it passes over.
Mr. Darwin observed the range of the Fennel to be limited on the south by the Rio Sa-
lado, rather less than 100 miles south of Buenos Ayres.

Malpighiacece. — This is one of the characteristic tropical American orders which die out
rapidly in proceeding towards temperate latitudes. Two species only, as far as I know,
are found on the south side of the Plata, namely Stigmapliyllon littorale and Seteropterys
glabra. In Rio Grande, Mr. Fox collected nine Malpighiacece, of which one is a Galphi-
mia, the rest belong to Banisteria, Stigmaphyllon, and Seteropterys.

Tropceolece. — Tropceolum (Chymocarpus) pentaphyllum, abundant in the hedges about
Buenos Ayres, seems to be the only plant of this order on the eastern side of temperate
South America. Its head-quarters are evidently on the western side of the continent.

AND THE NEIGHBOURING DISTRICTS. 197

(Enotherece (Endl.). — Of the four principal genera of this family, Jussicea, Oenothera,
Epilobium and Fuchsia, the Argentine region possesses only the first two. Some species
of Jussicea are plentiful on the marshy shores of the Plata, hut as the genus has its head-
quarters within the tropics, so it is richer in species at Porto Alegre than at Buenos
Ayres. Prom this latter place I possess three species of (Enothera. Fuchsia, so charac-
teristic of the west side of South America, seems, on the eastern side, to be confined to
tropical Brazil.

Melastomacecc. — One species only (as I have already mentioned) extends as far south
as the Rio de la Plata, hut does not appear on the southern bank of that river. Even in
Rio Grande, the plants of this order are few when compared with their abundance in
tropical Brazil, and when compared also with the allied family of Myrtles. I am aware of
only nine species from the southern extremity of Brazil.

Leguminosce. — The Argentine region is not particularly rich in these plants ; at least,
they by no means form so important a part of the vegetation as in tropical Brazil, in the
south of Europe, or in Australia. The Leguminosce of the region in question belong, with
few exceptions, to genera widely diffused, such as Crotalaria, Lupinus, Tephrosia, Indigo-
fera, Desmodium, JEschynomene, Lathyrus, Clitoria, Cassia, Mimosa, Inga, Acacia. This
is quite a contrast to what is observable at the Cape of Good Hope, where the number of
peculiar or endemic genera of this order is remarkably great. The observation which I
have already made, as to the small number of peculiar forms in the Argentine Plora, when
compared with that of the Cape, is particularly exemplified in this important family. The
same holds good, perhaps in a still greater degree, if we compare it with the Plora of corre-
sponding latitudes in Australia. It may be observed, also, that the greatest part of the
Leguminosa? of the Plata belong to genera which are principally tropical, and which only
straggle, as it were, into cooler latitudes ; such are all but two, or perhaps three, of the
genera mentioned above, One is almost tempted to say that the vegetation of this region
is a mere modification, a reduced or dwindled form, of the Brazilian, instead of being a
separate and strongly marked Plora like that of the Cape.

Again, at the Cape, the Lotece predominate remarkably over the other papilionaceous
tribes ; in the region of the Plata, the Hedysarece and Fhaseolece are at least equally
numerous. Ccesalpinece and Mimosea? are more numerous on the banks of the Plata than
in the same latitudes in South Africa. In that country, south of the Orange River, I
know of only two species of Acacia, although these are so abundant (one of them espe-
cially) as to give a distinctive character to the scenery ; nor, as far as I am aware, are
there any other Mimosece south of the same river, although, to the north of it and at
Natal, (about the latitude of the southern extremity of Brazil,) they become numerous.
Mr. Pox's collections from Buenos Ayres and Uruguay (between 33° and 35° S. lat.)
include five species of Mimosa, one of Desmanthus, two of Calliandra, and five of Acacia ;
yet none of these are so abundant as to form characteristic features of the country, like
the Acacia horrida and Caffra in the eastern part of the Cape colony. The Ccesalpinece
of these latitudes are principally Cassia, of which there are several species at Buenos
Ayres. The magnificent Foinciana Gilliesii is said not to be indigenous there, though
now well established on the banks of the Plata.

198 MR. BUNBURY ON THE VEGETATION OF BUENOS AYRES.

Daubentonia punicea, stated by Cavanilles to be a native of " New Spain," was observed
by Mr. Fox to grow wild, sparingly, on the bank of the Rio de la Plata, below Buenos
Ayres, and in great abundance and beauty on the banks of the Uruguay, near its mouth.
It is certainly quite possible that the plant may be common to both countries, but it is
also, I think, possible that Cavanilles, who saw it only in a botanic garden, may have been
misinformed as to its native country, and that the Argentine region may have an exclusive
claim to it.

Several European Legummosce are naturalized at Buenos Ayres ; they are chiefly Tri-
foliete, in particular Medicago sativa and denticulata, Trifolium repens, Melilotus parvi-
flora.

Indigofera Anil, apparently a general plant thoughout the hotter parts of America, was
observed by Mr. Eox to be common all through South Brazil and the Banda Oriental, but
not to occur south of the Bio de la Plata. JEschynomene ciliata ranges at least from
Guiana to Buenos Ayres, and, as Mr. Bentham observes, it is scarcely distinguishable from
the North American JE. hispida, which is found as far north as Philadelphia. Another
^Eschynomene, from Buenos Ayres, seems to agree with the JE. conferta from British
Guiana.

[ 199 ]

XXI. On the Genus Aquilaria. By the late William Roxburgh, M.D., F.L.S. 8fc. ;
with Remarks by the late Henry Thomas Colebrooke, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc.
Communicated by Robert Brown, Esq., D.C.L., F.B.S., President of the Linnean
Society.

Read February 18, 1851.

Aquilaria, Lamarck, Encycl. i. 49. Gen. PI. ed. Schreb. N. 1753.

Decandria Monogtnia.

Sect. Flowers incomplete.

Gen. Char. Calyx campanulate, 5-cleft. Corol none. Nectary 10-leaved, alternate with the stamina.
Capsule superior, 2-celled, 2-valved. Seed solitary. Embryo inverse, without perisperm.

1970. Aquilaria Agallocha, Roxb. [EL Ind. ii. p. 422.] Leaves lanceolar. Umbels soli-
tary, subsessile, between the leaves.
Agallochum, or Aloe-wood tree.
Aguru, the Sanscrit name of its precious wood.
Aggur, Uggor, Agor, &c, its Hindi and Bengali names.
Agha-loo-chee, Agalugi, Agulugin, Yelunjooj, its Arabic names.
Owd and Owd-hindee of the Persians.

The tree which I am about to describe (from young ones growing in the Botanic Gar-
den at Calcutta), and which, when of age, produces at least a variety of that ancient and
precious aromatic, called Aloe-wood, is a native of the mountainous districts to the east
and south-east of Silhet *, the most easterly province of Bengal, in about lat. 24°-25c N.,

* Extract of a letter from Robert Keith Dick, Esq., the Judge and Magistrate at Silhet, to Dr. Roxburgh, dated
Silhet, 9th December, 1808:—

" I am much obliged by your affording me the perusal of the accompanying account of the Aggur tree ; and in
returning it, I take the opportunity of giving you such information on that subject as I was able to obtain lately on a
short interview with a landholder in this district, who employs his own ryuts in procuring Aggur wood in the hills
adjoining his property, and is himself concerned in the trade of it ; and as it was hastily committed to paper, previous
to my reading the enclosure, it may prove so far satisfactory, in as far as some of the particulars nearly correspond.

" The wood is brought here for sale from the country of Kuchar, and from the southern parts of this Zillah, par-
ticularly the divisions of Puthureea and Lunglah. The tree is known in the hills here by the Bengal name, Tuggur.
Its extreme height is from sixty to seventy haths (cubits), and the trunk from two to two and a half haths in dia-
meter. The general height of a full-grown tree is from twenty to thirty haths f. Excepting that part of the wood
which is reserved for the extraction of the Uttur, the rest is useless, — at least never applied to any purpose in this
district. I have not been able to procure any information about the flower, or seed of the tree ; they say neither have
been seen here. This is perhaps owing to the people going to cut the wood chiefly at one period of the year, viz.
the dry season. It is a precarious and tedious business procuring the wood which yields the Uttur, as few trees con-

f To the branches must be meant.

200 DR. ROXBURGH ON THE GENUS AQUILARIA.

where, by various accounts, they attain to a very great size, — as much as about 120 feet
in height, with a trunk of above 12 feet in circumference. Accounts from Assam make
it still larger. Flowering-time, in its native soil, uncertain ; but in this Garden a very
healthy young tree, out of several that were sent to it some years ago by Mr. Robert Keith
Dick, the Judge and Magistrate at Silhet, was in flower in March and April last, and
again in April 1810.

Desc. Trunk (in our young trees) straight, and clothed with thin, smooth, ash-coloured
tough bark. Branches nearly erect, with their terminal, bifarious, alternate, extreme twigs
recurvate, bark of the branches light grey, with many small ferruginous fissures ; young
shoots clothed with white, soft, appressed hairs. Wood white, very light, soft and porous.
Specimens from large trees in their native soil are also uncommonly soft and fight, with
a slight tinge of yellow, and not unlike the softest porous deal ; every part inodorous, and
nearly tasteless. The moisture (for nothing like exudation is found here) scraped from a
fresh-cut twig was rubbed on the eye and eyelids of a chicken, without producing any
inflammation or apparent irritation. This does not accord with what Father Camellus
says of the true Agalloclmm tree, viz. " The bark is filled with virulent, milky juice, so
very caustic as to cause blindness if it gets into the eye," &c. I can well believe the pale
milky juice of Excoecaria Agallochttm very capable of doing injury to tender parts, and
probably our reverend traveller may have lighted upon that tree, which was said to yield
an inferior sort of Agallochwm. Leaves alternate, bifarious, short-petioled, lanceolar, firm
and smooth, lucid deep green, except while very young, then somewhat sericeous, which
is more conspicuous underneath, taper acute pointed ; entire waved margins ; length from
3 to 6 inches, and from 1 to 2 inches broad. Veins nearly as fine as in Calophyllum Ino~
phyllum. Petioles very short (^ or £ of an inch), rugose, and a little hairy. Stipules none,
except an opposite, oblong, hairy scale or two at the base of the most tender axillary
shoots, like those of a gem, or bud. Inflorescence simple, solitary, subsessile, beautiful,
small, spherical umbels, at nearly equal distances between or from the leaves (internodes).
Flowers numerous (20-40 to the umbel), pedicelled, small, pale greenish yellow, inodo-
rous. Bracts none. Calyx 1-leaved, campanulate, permanent, half 5-cleft ; segments

tain any ; and such as do, have it very partially distributed in the trunk and branches. The people employed in this
business proceed two or three days' journey among the hills, jungles and mountains, and without discrimination cut
down the trees as they are found, young, old and withered, but the latter are generally preferred ; they then, on the
spot, search for the Aggur, which is done by chopping off the bark, and into the wood, until they observe dark-
coloured veins, yielding the perfume which guides them to the place containing the Aggur, and which generally
extends but a short way through the centre of the trunk or branch. In this manner they search through the whole
tree, and bring away only such pieces as contain the oil, or have the smell of it. In this state there are four denomi-
nations, viz.

1st. Ghurkee (sinks) which sells from 12 to 16 rupees per seer (of 2 lbs.).

2nd. Has no other name than Doim .... ditto 6 to 8 ditto

3rd. Simula (floats) ditto 3 to 4 ditto

4th. Choorum (small pieces, which float) ditto 1 to ly ditto

" The tree grows in sandy as well as clayey soils, on plains, and on the sides and tops of the hills ; neither root,
leaves nor bark yield any TJttur. Some trees will produce a maund (80 lbs.) of the four sorts. The oil is obtained
by bruising the wood in a mortar, and then infusing it in boiling water, when the XJttur collects itself on the surface.

DR. ROXBURGH ON THE GENUS AQUILARIA. 201

ovate, obtuse, spreading. Corol none. Nectary of 10, oblong, obtuse, hairy scales, which
are inserted into the mouth of the tube of the calyx, alternate with the filaments, slightly
incurved, so as to form a dome over the germ, its mouth being shut up with the stigma.
Eilaments 10, shorter than the nectarial scales, coloured reddish at top. Anthers erect,
oval, 2-lobed. Germ superior, ovate, smooth, 2-celled, each cell containing a single oblong
ovule, attached to the partition above its middle. Style short and thick. Stigma large,
glandular, obscurely 2-lobed. Capsule drupaceous, clavate-turbinate ; length rather above
an inch, and the diameter about half the length ; of a soft fleshy texture, and villous over
the surface, like a peach ; colour olive-green, its contracted base embraced by the perma-
nent calyx ; 2-valved, opening round the apex (like the envelope of the nutmeg) ; 2-celled,
partition opposed to the valves : one of the cells is generally abortive. Seed solitary, oval,
with a large, straight, spongy, pointed horn from the base, which is about as long as the
body of the seed. Integuments 4. Exterior, while recent, soft and white, when dry, dark
brown and villous on the outside. It is a continuation of this envelope which forms the
horn of the seed ; on the inside a vertical, brown groove, in which the filiform umbilical
cord is lodged, which connects the apex of the horn to the top of the partition ; second,
while recent, thick, and hardened at the base only, which is pointed and projects a little
into the spongy horn ; when dry, dark brown, smooth, hard and brittle ; on its inside a
slight groove is also observed, corresponding with that of the exterior integument ; third,
soft, brown, and rather spongy ; fourth, or innermost, a thin pearl-coloured membrane
adhering to the embryo. [Note. The last two not easily detected in the fresh seed,
but when dry very conspicuous.] Perisperm none. Embryo inverse, when dry very
pale yellow. Cotyledons conform to the seed. Plumula 2-lobed. Radicle subrotund,
superior.

I The foregoing is a faithful description of the tree which blossomed in this Garden in
March and April 1809 and 1810. And that of the pericarpium and seed is not only taken
from that which the same tree produced, gathered with my own hand, but also from some
seeds which Dr. Buchanan sent from Goolparah, on the banks of the Megna or Brachma-
putra, to Sir John Royds, who obligingly parted with them to enable me to render my
account of this interesting tree more satisfactory ; and again in 1810, from Mr. Richard
Matthew Smith, of Silhet, gathered from a tree growing in his own garden at that
place.

At present it is not possible for me to affirm that this is the tree which produces the
real Calambac or Agalloclmm of the ancients, but there seems more reason to think it
went to the westward from our eastern frontier, than to suppose it was carried from
Cochin China, or any other country in the vicinity of China, where it has always been
held in the highest estimation. Small quantities are sometimes imported into Calcutta
from the eastward ; but such is always deemed inferior to that of Silhet.

There is a wonderful agreement between the various but imperfect accounts of the
trees said to produce this valuable drug, and that which I have now described and
figured.

Lamarck's description of the specimen * presented to him by Sonnerat agrees almost

* Garo de Malacca, Lamarck, Encycl. i. 49.
VOL. XXI. 2 E

202 DR. ROXBURGH ON THE GENUS AQUILARIA.

exactly with our plant. The inflorescence is only required to confirm their being the
same species, or different. Of their belonging to the same genus there can be no
doubt *.

Cavanilles describes and gives a figure of the Garo de Malacca of Lamarck, in his
Seventh Dissertation on the Plants of the Class Monadelphia, page 377. t. 224, under
the name Aquilaria ovata, which is continued by Willdenow in his edition of the ' Spe-
cies Plantarum ' of Linnaeus, vol. ii. p. 629. His description differs little from that of
Lamarck, and his figures, so far as they go, agree uncommonly well with our subject.

I have not ventured to quote Agallochum secundarium (B/umph. Amb. ii. 34. 1. 10),
though much inclined to think they are the same. His description and figure of the
specimens he received under the name Agallochum malaccense, so far as they go, agree as
well with our tree as can be expected, and as well as the generality of the figures in that
work do with the plants they are intended to represent. We must, however, suppose the
fruit inverted in his plate ; which is the more excusable, as it was not growing on, or
naturally attached to the branch the figure is taken from, but tied to it.

Kaempfer, that most accurate writer, in his ' Amoenitates Exoticse,' page 903, gives a
figure and description of the small plant of the Agallochum tree, which with great diffi-
culty he obtained from distant mountains, under the name Sinkoo, both of which agree
exactly with some young plants of nearly the same size (lately sent from Goolparah by
Dr. Buchanan, and from Silhet by Mr. Smith) now growing in this Garden, even to every
one of the plants being uniformly divided into two little branches, which with their leaves
have the precise appearance of Kaempfer' s figure.

About the time that Kaempfer made his voyage to Japan, our countryman, Mr. James
Cunningham, was employed by the English East India Company on the coast of China,
where he must have seen the fruit of this tree, which he describes so well, viz. " turbinate,
villous, size of a yellow Myrobalan, with a thick cortex, opening into two, and containing
two seeds separated by a partition, with membranaceous appendages (probably what I
call the horn), and resting on a five-parted calyx." Until Gaertner's work appeared, this
would have been reckoned a full and accurate description of the seed-vessel of my Aqui-
laria Agallocha.

Loureiro's Ophispermum sinense, 'Elora Cochinch.' p. 344, is no doubt another spe-
cies of the same genus, and if he, or his editor, had omitted the words " flos terminalis,
solitarius," I should have concluded they were the same ; and unreasonable as it may
appear, I must also remark, that I think, whoever reads with attention, and compares with
this, his account of the nature and production of Aloe- wood in the ' Memorias de Aca-
demia Real das Sciencias de Lisboa,' vol. i. p. 402-415, will find a striking similarity in
many respects, viz. size and habit of the tree ; smoothness and fibrous texture of the bark,
of which paper is made in both countries ; shape, texture and appearance of the leaves ; in

* Since writing the above, Dr. Roxburgh has received living plants, and perfect capsules with their seeds, of the
Garo de Malacca, from Captain Farquhar, the Governor of Malacca. They are not to be distinguished from some
plants of the same size, and seed-vessels of his Aquilaria Agallocha, very lately sent to this Garden by Mr. Smith
from Silhet, a proof next to positive of their being the same : for positive proof we must wait till the Malacca plants
flower, or till specimens in flower, which Captain Farquhar has promised, are procured.

rmn.s.L/./mSocY<i/.XA/er./

DR. ROXBURGH ON THE GENUS AQUILARIA. 203

the want of odour and taste in every part thereof, except the drug itself; in no part of the
tree being lactescent or poisonous ; in the wood being white, light and porous, &c. &c. I
place little confidence in his description of the parts of fructification, as he acknowledges,
in Willdenow's edition of his ' Flora Cochinchinensis,' to have only once seen a mutilated
branch of the tree in flower, which by long carriage had the petals, anthers and stigma
much bruised and torn. And if the natives of Cochin China are not more honest than in
most other parts of South Asia, they would not scruple to give him the fruit of any other
tree for that of his Aloexylwn. I am therefore not much inclined to give any great degree
of credit to the natural character of a plant wrote under such circumstances, and rather
think the tree which produces the Aloe-wood of Cochin China, and the Aggur from the
vicinity of Silhet, are the same.

The tree which furnishes this precious incense is chiefly found in that part of Asia
called the Peninsula beyond the Ganges. The mountainous countries to the east and
south-east of Silhet, where our tree grows, are fairly within this division, and correspond
pretty well with the range given by Loureiro to his Aloexylum verwm or Agallochwm,
which is some small additional proof of their being the same ; and, indeed, through the
whole of the above notices, taken from such authors as are within my reach, there runs
such an uncommon share of coincidence, as to induce me to believe they all relate to the
same identical object. By this belief I must acknowledge my account of my Arnyris
Agallocha, so far as it relates to its yielding Calwnbac, to be erroneous. It is needless
to detail the source of the error ; suffice it to say that I acknowledge it, and also acknow-
ledge myself to have been much to blame for believing those who gave me the informa-
tion, which has unfortunately been published, or publishing, in the third volume of my
• Indian Plants.'

EXPLANATION OP THE PLATE.
Tab. XXL

Fig. 1. A small branch of Aquilaria Agallochum, in flower: — nat. size.

Fig. 2. One of the flowers laid open, exposing to view the pistillum, part of the nectaries, and stamina

(part being removed) : — magnified.
Fig. 3. One of the nectaries between two of the stamina : — magnified.
Fig. 4. Transverse and vertical sections of the germ : — much magnified.
Fig. 5. The capsule.

Fig. 6. The same, opened, exposing one fertile cell, with its seed, and one abortive cell.
Fig. 7- The entire seed and umbilical cord.

Fig. 8. The same, with half of the two exterior integuments removed. These four are of the natural size.
Fig. 9. The seed removed from the two exterior integuments.
Fig. 10. Transverse section of the same.
Fig. 11. A vertical section.

Fig. 12. The plumula and radicle: — much magnified.
Fig. 13. The two cotyledons.

2E 2

204 DR. ROXBURGH ON THE GENUS AQUILARIA.

Remarks by Henry Thomas Colebrooke, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc.

The information received from Mr. Dick, concerning the manner of collecting the Aloe-
wood, corresponds so nearly with other notices on the same subject, as to afford a strong
confirmation of their general accuracy.

The following account is by the author of the ' Meklizen ul adveyeh,' whose near rela-
tion to the Nawab Mahammed E-eza Khan afforded him opportunities of inquiry, of which
he diligently availed himself.

" Uud signifies wood or branch, and emphatically, the wood called Uud Hindi, or, in
the Hindi language, Agar. It is obtained from a species of tree found in the mountainous
country of Jentiya, near Silhet, in the north-east of Bengal*.

" The tree is very lofty, its trunk and branches are generally crooked and rather soft,
so that neither clubs and walking staves, nor bowls and platters, can well be made from
them, by reason of their softness and crookedness. Besides, the tree is in many parts
hollow.

" Until the wood be old and have remained long after being cut down, so that it may
decay and rot, it does not acquire its proper fragrance. To accelerate this change, the
wood is buried in moist ground, and being afterwards dug up, so much of it as is dark-
coloured and of a glossy unctuous appearance, and found upon trial to sink in water, is
selected and set apart under the denomination of gharki. Any remaining portions of
unmellowed wood are carefully separated from it by means of an iron instrument to
obtain the gharki in a pure state. Specimens which sink but partially are termed nim-
gharki, or semi-mergent. Those which float are called semleh, or dregs, and are the most
common but least esteemed.

" This fragrant wood is of various sorts, distinguished by the names of Hindi, Sama-
durii, Kumdri, and Mandali. The Hindi is of the darkest colour ; the Samaduri has a
more unctuous appearance than the Indian sort. The Kumari is of a lighter colour. The
Hindi (should be Mandali) is the most fragrant of all.

" It is likewise distinguished as Bari and Jabali (rustic and mountainous), the latter
with black streaks, the former with white ; some, however, reverse these characters.

" The Samaduri is named from the country whence it is brought ; so is the Kumdri%.

" In medicine, the Hindi from Silhet in Bengal, of the quality called gharki, being
bitter, fragrant, unctuous, and a little hard, is preferred §, because the Aloe- wood of other
places does not equal it in fragrancy and excellence.

" In some recipes and prescriptions, it is directed that crude uud should be taken || .

* The ' Tohfet til muminin ' says, it is a tree which grows in the islands of China and India.

f The ' Tohfet til muminin ' writes this Samanduri.

% The varieties of this wood are denominated from the countries which produce them, as Samanduri, Hindi, &c. —
Tohfet ul muminin.

§ The best kind is black, hard, shining, fragrant and bitter, sinking in water. This is the Hindi, and the Kumari
is of a lighter colour. The Samanduri is more unctuous. The rustic and mountainous varieties of it have white stripes.
That which swims in water is bad. — Tohfet ul muminin.

| This direction is to be found also in the recipes of the Greek and Arabian physicians, compiled by Nicolaus My-
repsicus. See Rumphius, ii. 39.

DR. ROXBURGH ON THE GENUS AQUILARIA. 205

This is intended for a caution against employing that from which the essential oil has
been already extracted, for fraudulent dealers sell the refuse of the wood after the oil has
been drawn from it. The process of extraction consists in macerating in water and then
distilling. The produce of distillation, on cooling, yields the essential oil. Some put a
few almonds with the residuum and extract the oil by inversion. This is termed Chuwah-
agar. It is not so fragrant as the genuine Chuwah, obtained without the addition of
almonds, from the raspings of Aloe-wood which have not been distilled. Some again mix
raspings of Sandal-wood, and proceed to distil, and then collect the essential oil from the
produce of the distillation when cold. This likewise is less fragrant than the purer kind.

" The author of the * Akhtiyarat-badui ' has said, that it comes from Bandar Chineh,
situated at a distance of ten days from Java ; and this is exceedingly scarce, so that it is sold
for its weight in gold. It appears to have no smell, but when it is held in the hand and
becomes warm, it sweats and diffuses a most exquisite fragrance, which is very permanent.
This is true, and agrees with what the author has also learnt from oral information. The
name may be merely an error of the transcriber.

" Another sort of wood, very similar in its appearance to the Vud, is found in Bengal,
and is sold for it to the unwary. It is named Tagar*."

The close of this passage may excite a doubt whether the tree mentioned by Mr. Dick's
informant, under the name of Tagar, be really the same with that from which the Agar,
or Aloe- wood, is obtained. However, it is not unlikely, notwithstanding the general accu-
racy of the author of the • Mekhzen ul adveyeh,' that his distinction between the Tagar
and the TJud is unfounded.

The four varieties of TJud noticed by this author correspond nearly to the four sorts
which the Arabian writers have described under similar denominations, taken, as observed
by them also, from names of places. In the Latin translation of Serapiof, the denomi-
nations are — 1. Indum, the best sort, black and ponderous, found in a certain island of
India called Finma. 2. Mondanum, so called from the Indian city Mondel. 3. Seificum,
from Seifi, situated at the distance of three days from the place which gives name to the
next sort. 4. Alcumericum, the kind least valued. In three out of four instances, the
correspondence of names is conspicuous and exact.

Sanscrit writers have three varieties of the Aloe- wood : 1st, Aguru, the common sort ;
2nd, Cdldguru, or black aloes, being of a darker colour than the common kind ; 3rd, Man-
galyd, or Mangaly aguru, having the fragrancy of the Mallica, or Jasmmum Zambac.

I know not whether it would be too strained an etymology to derive Mandali (Monda-
nwm of Serapio) from the Sanscrit Mangalyd. But there can be no hesitation hi de-
ducing the Malay name of the Aloe- wood, Garo%, as well as the denomination which it
bears in every provincial language of India, Agar, from the Sanscrit Aguru. Yet the
regular etymology of this term (from a privative, and guru heavy) does not convey a very

* If this is the produce of a different tree, it may he that of Dr. Roxburgh's Amyris Agallocha, a native of the same
country, and said to yield Aloe-wood. — R. [But see p. 203.]

f c. 197, as quoted by Garcias, Hist. Aromat. Go, and Rumphius, Herb. Amb. ii. 39.

% Rumphius (Herb. Amb. ii. 39) supposes this to be the original of Pliny's Tarum ; but Salmasius denies that the
Tarum of Pliny is the Agallochum.

206 DR. ROXBURGH ON THE GENUS AQUILARIA.

suitable appellation for a ligneous substance, in which a discriminative sign of its excel-
lence is its specific gravity exceeding that of water. Grammarians have therefore given a
different turn to the etymology of the word, as indicating a substance than which nothing
is weightier, that is, more valuable*. I observe, nevertheless, among the Sanscrit syno-
nyma for Aloe-wood, Laghu, properly signifying light. It is difficult to assign a satisfac-
tory reason for this name.

Other Sanscrit denominations which merit notice are, Crimija, signifying produced by
insects, and Gandha-cashtha, fragrant wood. The first implies a notion, which is not an
improbable one, that the conversion of the wood into an aromatic substance is occasioned
by wounds of insects. The other corresponds in its import with the Arabic name TJud, a
term answering in sense, as in sound, to the English word wood, and applied emphatically
by the Arabian physicians to the aromatic wood in question.

Avicennat has treated, under separate heads, of TJud (which his translator writes Hand)
and Aghdluji, written in the Latin version Agalugen. But later authorities among the
Arabian and Persian physicians concur in affirming that Aghdluji is the same with TJud,
being its Greek denomination J. They clearly intend the Agallochon of Dioscorides§.

It is not, therefore, right to derive Agallochum from the Arabic, since this, on the con-
trary, is confessedly borrowed from the Greek. Neither is its origin to be sought in the
Hebrew Ahalim and Ahaloth, as proposed by Salmasius||, since it is more obvious to de-
duce it from the language of the country whence the drug was brought, and the Indian
name Aguru, or with the Sanscrit pleonastic termination ca, Aguruca, is much nearer to
the sound of the Grecian term.

It may be remarked by the way, that the Portuguese Pao de Aquila, as noticed by
Rumphius, is an undoubted corruption either of the Arabic Aghdluji or of the Latin
Agallochum, and it is, by a ludicrous mistake, that from this corruption has grown the
name of Lignum Aquilce, whence the genus of this plant now receives a botanic appellation,
and which many authors^ have vainly attempted to distinguish from the Lignum Aloes
and Calambac**.

The generic and specific names of the plant then are both drawn from the same original
term, a circumstance, however, not unprecedented in the Linnean nomenclature.

* Commentators on the Amera-cdsha.

f Quoted by Garcias, Hist. Aromat. p. 65, and Salmasius, Plinianse Exercitationes, p. 1055.
% 'Tohfet til muminin' and ' Mekhzen til adveyeh.' § Dioscorides, lib. i. cap. 21

|| Plinianse Exercitationes, p. 1054. From the same Hebrew word Salmasius deduces Aloe. Isidorus derives it from
allar, a silly etymology, as Salmasius remarks.
\ Bauhin, Pomet, Lemery, &c.
** A Malay name of the Aloe-wood, derived, according to the conjecture of Rumphius, from the Chinese Kilam.

[ 207 ]

XXII. On Acradenia, a new Genus o/'Diosmese. By Richard Kippist, Esq., Libr. L.S.

Read June 1, 1852.

1 HE plant to which I propose to call the attention of the Society this evening, is one of
a highly interesting collection, formed in the neighbourhood of Macquarie Harbour, by
the indefatigable Secretary of the Royal Society of Van Diemen's Land, Mr. Joseph Mil-
ligan, by whom, through the instrumentality of our lamented member, Mr. Bicheno, they
were kindly presented to the Society.

It belongs to the Diosmeous section of Butacece (Tribe Boroniece), and m habit most
nearly approaches Zieria, to the larger-leaved species of which it bears, at first sight, con-
siderable resemblance. From this genus, however, as well as from Melicope, Boronia,
and Cyanothamnus, it is readily distinguished by the quinary division of the parts of the
flower, and by its more numerous stamens. Prom Erlostemon, Crowea, and Philotheca,
with which it agrees in the number of its floral organs, it differs in having perfectly
glabrous filaments, and smooth inappendiculate anthers ; and from the latter genus,
in addition, by the filaments being distinct, not, as in Philotheca, united below into
a tube.

Another genus of Australian Biosmece with which it accords very nearly in many of its
artificial characters, is Geleznovia, a remarkable plant with the general aspect of Erio-
stemon, recently described by Turczaninow, from Drummond's Swan River Collections, in
the Bulletin of the Imperial Society of Naturalists at Moscow. The points of agreement
are, the quinary division of the calyx and corolla, the smooth subulate stamens (ten in
number), and glabrous inappendiculate anthers ; but the calyx in Geleznovia is coloured,
and as long, or rather longer, than the corolla, the anthers are strictly terminal, and the
entire surface of the carpels is covered with elevated tubercles, each surmounted by a tuft
of radiating hairs.

From all the above-mentioned genera the Tasmanian plant is distinguished by the
structure of its ovaries, which adhere closely together, and are everywhere clothed with a
dense tomentose covering ; except that each bears, at its upper external angle, a naked
sessile tubercle or gland, large enough to be readily observed with the naked eye ; a cha-
racter which I have been unable to discover in any closely allied genus, and it has con-
sequently suggested the name Acradenia, by which I would propose to designate my
plant.

I am unable to speak positively as to the precise nature of these glandular bodies, or
to say whether any exudation proceeds from them : when examined under the micro-
scope, they appear to be perforated by a tube, widening below, and communicating with
the internal cavity of the carpel. From the exact correspondence in their position, how-
ever, they are probably analogous to the cornute appendages which crown the ovaries of

208 MR. KIPPIST ON ACRADENIA,

some species of Fhebalium, but in that genus they are occasionally developed into subu-
late or nearly cylindrical horns, almost as long as the carpels themselves.

In the structure of its mature capsule, Acradenia appears to differ from most, if not
tbe whole, of its more immediate allies, the endocarp remaining, when ripe, firmly united
to the epicarp, instead of separating from it in two elastic valves, as is usually the case in
other Diosmecn.

We have, unfortunately, no information from its discoverer with respect to the dimen-
sions which the plant attains, but the dried specimens have all the appearance of having
been broken off from a shrub of considerable size. They are much branched, and copiously
furnished with opposite ternate leaves ; these are remarkable for their coriaceous texture,
and the extreme roughness and harshness of their upper surface, which is dark green, and
covered with prominent glandular tubercles, while the under side is perfectly even, and
(in the dried specimens) of a ferruginous brown.

Erom its close resemblance in habit to Zieria, I had originally intended to employ the
specific name " zierioides"; but Mr. Brown having kindly communicated to me a speci-
men, gathered by Mr. Milligan on the banks of the Franklin River in April 1842, on a
ticket attached to which Mr. Milligan proposes to name the plant " Zieria Franklinice"
after Lady Franklin (who, with her husband, Sir John, were, I believe, his companions on
that journey), I have much pleasure in altering the specific name to Franklinice, in accord-
ance with the wishes of its discoverer. On the same ticket Mr. Milligan speaks of the
plant as handsome and fragrant ; but as he at that time saw no flowers, the latter term
can only be intended to apply to the leaves, which, as in the majority of the Diosmece, are
copiously furnished with pellucid dots, reservoirs of essential oil, and exhaling probably
the peculiar odour which characterizes that family.

Acradenia.

Char, essent. Calyx 5-partitus. Petala 5, hypogyna, calyce multo longiora, asstivatione imbricata,
ovato-elliptica, undique velutina. Stamina 10, hypogyna, petalis sublongiora, alterna paulo bre-
viora ; filamenta libera, subulata, glabra ; anthera introrsae glabrae, biloculares, rima longitudinali
dehiscentes, apice inappendiculatae. Ovaria 5, gynophoro disciformi margine sinuato insidentia,
1-locularia, villosissima; singulo apice glandula majuscula sessili instructo. Ovula'm loculis gemina,
suturae ventrali collateraliter inserta, pendula. Styli in unicum glabrum coaliti. Stigma subcapitel-
latum. Capsula 5- (vel abortu 1-3-) cocea; cocci subquadrati, compressiusculi, glabrati, apice trun-
cati et extus breve cornuti, coriacei, transversim rugosi ; endocarpio baud secedente. Semina ?

Frutex tasmanicus, ramosissimus ; foliis oppositis exstipulatis, petiolatis, 3-foliatis; foliolis coriaceis, lan-
ceolatis, serratis, supra tuber xulatis; pedunculis terminalibus, trichotome cymosis, multifloris ; floribus

Acradenia Franklinice. Zieria Franklinice, Milligan, MSS.

Frutex ramosissimus, floribus ramulisque junioribus exceptis, glaberrimus. Rami teretes, oppositi vel
subverticillati, cortice laevi vel subrugoso tecti. Folia opposita, exstipulata, breve petiolata, trifoliata.
Petioli vix semipollicares, supra canaliculati, subter convexi. Foliola 2-uncialia, coriacea, discolora,
lanceolata vel obovato-lanceolata, margine revoluta, versus apicem obtusum serrulata, basi attenuata
integerrima ; supra glanduloso-tuberculata atro-viridia, subter pallidiora laevissima vel glandulis minus
prominentibus parce conspersa, undique nitida ; nervo medio vaiido utrinque prominente, venuhs

Una Sec.yrfXXJ, t!2,fi09.

A NEW GENUS OF DIOSME.E. 209

immersis inconspicuis. Cymts terminates, trichotomae, multiflorae, pedunculo communi teretiusculo
vel compresso subpollicari, ramisque oppositis teretiusculis, pilis brevibus patulis velutinis nigres-
centes. Bractece subulatae, pilis longioribus lutescentibus appressis dense tectae. Pedicelli divaricati
ebracteolati (5-6 lin. longi). Calyx profunde 5-partitus, sepalis ovatis, carnosulis, extus margineque
hirsutis, intus glabris. Petala 5 (vel quandoque 4), calyce 5-plo longiora, aestivatione imbricata, sub
anthesi patentia, ovato-elliptica, brevissime unguiculata, basi sub 5-nervia, alba, undique pilis simpli-
cibus crispatis velutina. Stamina 8-10, hypogyna (persistentia?), petala subsuperantia, alterna iisdem
opposita paulo breviora ; filamenta omninb libera, lineari-subulata, laevia (sub anthera haud dilatata),
glaberrima: anthera introrsae, ovato-cordatas, glabrae, biloculares, rima longitudinali dehiscentes,
apice inappendiculatae. Ovaria 5, in germen pentagonum cohaerentia, gynophoro disciformi glabro
margine sinuato insidentia, unilocularia, villosissima, singula apice ad angulum externum glandula
tuberculove majuscule- sessili instructa. Ovula in quoque loculo gemina, sutiiras ventrali collateraliter
inserta, pendula. Styli ex ovariorum apice in unicum, glabrum, angulatum, subulato-linearem, sta-
mina subaequantem, germine subduplo longiorem, coaliti. Stigma subcapitellatum, vix lobatum.
Capsula sub-pentacocca ; cocci (quorum 1-3 saepe abortivi) basi subcohaerentes, sepalis persistentibus
pluries longiores, subquadrati v. rhomboidei, paulo compressi, basi rotundati, apice abrupte truncati
et angulo externo breve cornuti, coriacei vel sublignosi, dorso carinati, transversim rugosi, extus

glabriusculi, intus sulcati glabri ; endocarpio haud secedente. Semina ?

Hab. ad margines sylvae densae prope Portum Macquarie dictum, Insulae Van Diemen; ubi floribus
expansis legit Dom. Jos. Milligan mense Decembris 1846, et iterum Martii 1847.

I take this opportunity of expressing my obligations to Sir William Hooker for having
kindly afforded me the opportunity of examining the flowers in a living state; thus
enabling me to supply some particulars with regard to colour, &c., on which little or no
satisfactory information could be obtained from the dried specimens. I regret to find,
however, that the plant is not likely at present to ripen its fruit at Kew. Mr. Smith
informs me it was first introduced to the Botanic Garden in 1845, in a case sent by
Dr. M'William from Norfolk Island, where, however, it is scarcely possible that it
should be indigenous.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Tab. XXII.

Fig. 1 . A branch of Acradenia Franklinim, of the natural size.

Fig. 2. Flower, with four of the stamens removed : — natural size.

Fig. 3. Sepal : — magnified.

Fig. 4. Petal : — magnified.

Fig. 5. Stamen : — magnified.

Fig. 6. Ovarium, seated on its gynophore : — magnified.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of ovarium : — magnified.

Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of one of the carpels : — magnified.

Fig. 9. Ripe capsule : — natural size.

VOL. XXI. 2 F

[ 211 ]

XXIII. On the Genus Myrmica, and other indigenous Ants.
By John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S. fyc.

Read March 21, 1854.

NOTWITHSTANDING the valuable volume published by LatreiUe in 1802 * upon the
Ants, the species inhabiting our island were but imperfectly known until very recently.
That talented naturalist divided the Formicidce into several families or sections, which
he subsequently named ; and he found simple and admirable characters for dividing the
European forms into two groups.

It is one of the characteristics of the Hymenoptera, that the abdomen is attached to
the trunk by a neck or petiole, more or less attenuated f. Every one is familiar with the
structure of the Wasp, which is a good example of the petiolated Hymenoptera. In the
Ants, however, this connecting portion or petiole is very peculiar in its form, being fur-
nished on the upper surface with scales or nodules %. This forms the basis of Latreille's
subdivision of the Ants, one section having a single scale, the other two nodules on the
petiole.

It is true that the valuable monographs of Nylander § and Foerster || have lately cleared
the way and placed us in a better position, but owing to the fact that each species of Ant
exhibits three phases, the study of the family becomes complicated, and unless one can
detect and examine a nest, when the Ants begin to swarm, it is not easy to decide with
certainty upon the relationship of individuals ; consequently there are many species
whose history is not complete, and many points remain unsettled. The workers, or
neuters as they are called, of most species are abundant enough, and the females of some
families resemble them, but the males are generally very different, whilst the females are
often deprived of their wings ; and even amongst the workers there are two kinds varying
in size if not in other respects ; so that to an unpractised eye a nest might appear to be
inhabited by five different kinds of Ant.

With such a complication of materials it is not surprising that errors in our nomen-
clature should exist, and I present this Essay to the Linnean Society more with the hope
of inducing young and zealous entomologists to study this interesting family, than with
any great expectation of producing much myself that is new, or of rendering the nomen-
clature perfect.

* Histoire naturelle des Fourmis.

t In some instances this neck is so short that the connecting portion is invisible, and the Saw-flies (Tenthredinidee)
are altogether an exception, the abdomen being sessile ; but it is remarkable that the larvae in that family resemble
caterpillars, and have not only feet, but a greater number than any other larvse of insects, amounting in some species
to twenty-two, whilst in Lepidojptera the maximum is sixteen feet.

X Vide the plates to Mr. Smith's Monograph of the Genus Cryptocerus in the Trans. Eut. Soc. N. S. vol. ii. p. 213.

§ Adnotationes in Monogr. Formic. Borealium Europse, 1846. | Hymenopt. Studien, ltes Heft, 1850.

2F2

212 MR. CURTIS ON THE GENUS MYRMICA,

On comparing the species of Myrmica in my cabinet with the Collection in the British
Museum, which has been arranged by Mr. Smith, who has paid particular attention to
the Ants, I was enabled to make some notes, and I hope clear up some doubts by the
investigation, having had thereby the advantage of examining the typical specimens pre-
sented by M. Nylander to our national museum.

I therefore propose to describe and figure some English Myrmicce, which are either
new, or so little known, that it appears to me impossible to identify the species. I trust
that the figures will at all events render a few species no longer doubtful ; and as no dis-
sections, that I am aware of, have been given of Myrmica, nor any very elaborate charac-
ters exhibited, I shall endeavour to supply the deficiencies.

The British Formicidce may be thus divided : —

A. with a single scale upon the petiole.
Palpi 6- and 4-jointed.

Mandibles of female elongated 1. Formica, Linn.

Mandibles of female triangular 2. Fonera, Latr.

B. with two nodules on the petiole.

Superior wings with the apical cell elongate and open.

Palpi 6- and 4-jointed 3. Myrmica, Latr.

Palpi 4- and 3-jointed* 4. Stenamma,Westw.

Superior wings with the terminal cell closed, oval and pedicled... 5. Myrmecina, Curt.

Myrmica, Latreille.

Male. Head smaller than the thorax, rhomboidal (fig. 11): eyes globose and prominent: ocelli very
distinct, in triangle behind the eyes. Antenna? inserted in cavities in front of the face, approxima-
ting, not long, geniculated, slightly clavate, hairy and 1 3-jointed; basal joint generally one- third of
the entire length \, second obconic, the six following more or less ovate, the remainder forming
a slightly enlarged club of obovate joints, the last being the longest, stoutest and conical (fig. 1).
The trophi are small : Mandibles meeting in front, hairy, narrowed towards the base, dilated ante-
riorly and truncated obliquely, the margin forming but few teeth (2). Maxillae producing longish
drooping Palpi, pilose and 6-jointed, three basal joints the stoutest, fifth the shortest, sixth the long-
est, elliptic-conic (3). Mentum obtrigonate, with a small semicircular labium : Palpi remote, not
long, but slender and 4-jointed, second joint the longest (4). Thorax attached to the head by a
distinct neck, elongate-ovate, scutel semicircular, postscutel produced into a short spine at each angle.
Petiole stoutish, composed of two knots, the basal one somewhat pear-shaped, second broader and
globose : abdomen larger than the thorax, ovate-conic, the basal segment covering more than half
the surface. Wings ample, especially the superior, which exhibit a longish stigma with two dis-
coidal cells, the. upper one large and partially divided by a short nervure ; the posterior cells incom-
plete (fig. 13). Legs not long but slender; anterior tibiae furnished with a longish spine at the apex,
slenderer in the others : tarsi 5-jointed, basal joint of first pair very rigid and arched at the base,
much longer in the hinder pair ; terminal joint dilated at the apex, with distinct pulvilli and sharp
claws.

* This character I take on the authority of Mr. Westwood, not having dissected Stenamma.

f In M. rubra, from which species all these generic characters are taken, the scape is scarcely longer than the ter-
minal joint in the male.

AND OTHER INDIGENOUS ANTS. 213

Female stouter. Head much larger: eyes small: ocelli very minute. Antennae less elongated than in
the male, and 12-jointed; basal joint always elongated, second longer than the six following, and
the club more robust (5). Mandibles large and prominent, concavo-convex, forming serrated
spoons, the teeth more numerous than in the males (6). Palpi similar to those of the neuter.
Thorax rather short, broad in front and obtuse, postscutel producing two longish slender spines.
Petiole and abdomen similar to the male, but furnished with a concealed sting. Wings as in
the male. Legs stouter, the thighs and tibiae being incrassated; tarsi similar, but shorter and
stouter.

Neuter resembles the female, but is much smaller; the Antennae are longer in proportion, and 12-
jointed (7). Ocelli none. The tropin are very minute, excepting the Mandibles, which are com-
paratively large, crossing, very dilated at the extremity, truncated obliquely and producing 5 or 6
teeth (8). Labrum undiscovered. Maxillae terminated by an oblique subovate very hairy lobe,
and furnished with a slender drooping Palpus of 6 joints (9). Mentum chalice-shaped or obconic,
with two remote Palpi of 4 joints (10). Thorax much narrower than the head, contracted at the
middle ; postscutel with 2 slender spines. Wings none. Sting concealed.

1. M. rubra, Linn. Faun. Suec. 1725 ; De Geer, vol. ii. p. 1093. pi. 43. figs. 1-14. M. sca-

brinodis, NyL var.

This is a most abundant insect, forming colonies, in meadows, on heaths and banks.
The different species of Myrmicce live principally under stones and clods, but they secrete
themselves beneath the bark of trees and in moss. It should be observed that the pupae
are not enclosed in cocoons, in which they differ from the true Formicce. The males fly in
the evening, and the females are frequently found deprived of their wings, after pairing.

2. M. l^vinodis, NyL Mon. 927. 1.

Taken in the middle of July at Folkestone by Mr. J. S. Baly, and towards the end of
August I captured the male in Caen-wood.

3. M. vagans, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 358. 37. M. ruginodis, Nyl. Mon. 929. 2.

As this is undoubtedly the Fabrician species, I have restored the original name. It has
been taken in the middle of July, at Sandown, in the Isle of Wight, by Mr. F. Smith.

4. M. longiscapus, Curt.

This species resembles M. Icevinodis, but the males are much smaller, the antennae are
much longer, and instead of the scape being only as long as the two basal joints of the
flagellum, as in M. Icevinodis and M. rubra (fig. 1), it is equal in length to the eight fol-
lowing joints (fig. 12). The head is less convex, there is no channel down the forehead,
and the clypeus is testaceous (fig. 11). There is a fovea on the hinder margin of the
second nodule ; the wings do not differ (fig. 13). The females, of which I have no winged
specimen, are very similar to those of M. Icevinodis, but they are darker, and the basal
nodule is shorter and stouter (fig. 14). The neuters are smaller and different in colour
from those of M. Icevinodis, being entirely ochreous, excepting the black eyes and a
brownish cloud on the back of the abdomen.— Male 2\ lines ; female 3 lines ; neuter If
to 2 lines long.

I am aware that the length of the scape is supposed to vary in the males, but

214 MR. CURTIS ON THE GENUS MYRMICA,

as the species under consideration was taken in abundance, from the same nest in
Scotland in 1825, all having long scapes, it seems to me to be distinct from M. ru-
bra or the allied species : moreover, if this extraordinary disparity of the scape were
merely a variation, how is it that the same difference is not observable in the other
species ?

I possess four males, two females and four neuters, found in July in Perthshire, and I
have received males and females taken out of one nest in the neighbourhood of Man-
chester by Mr. P. Wood.

5. M. PERELEGANS, Curt.

The male (fig. 15) is pitchy, shining : head finely striated, with a faint channel down
the face : mandibles ochreous : antennae longish, slender and ochreous ; scape scarcely
one-third the entire length, pitchy, except at the extremities : fore part of thorax
smooth, with a few comma-shaped impressions and two longitudinal channels in front,
hinder portion striated ; scutel roughish punctate-striate ; postscutel regularly and
distinctly striated, abrupt and concave behind, the angles not produced. Petiole stout-
ish, first nodule punctured, second very smooth and shining, as well as the abdomen,
which is tawny, and a little pubescent towards the extremity. Stigma and nervures
nearly colourless. Legs ochreous ; thighs and tibiae pitchy, excepting at the extremities :
length 2f lines.

Female (fig. 16) clear ochreous-red : upper side of head, excepting the margin, black,
more rugose-striate than in the male ; the clypeus striated, with a band of very fine striae
between the antennae, which are fulvous ; mandibles bright ochreous, the teeth pitchy.
Thorax similarly sculptured to the male, but the scutel is striated, and the angles of the
postscutel form two long, slender, incurved spines : first nodule with a circular cavity on
the back, leaving an elevation in the centre ; second pilose : abdomen entirely glossy
black, with scattered pale hairs. Legs fulvous, the middle of hinder thighs and tibiae
brown. Stigma and nervures visible, pale fulvous : length 3 lines.

The neuter (fig. 17) resembles the female in form, and is exactly similar in the dispo-
sition of the colours, only that the thorax and petiole are of a deeper brick-red, with the
legs reddish, and all the thighs and legs are darker. The thorax is contracted in the
middle and striate-punctate, forming ridges in front : the pit on the first nodule forms a
circular margin with an island in the centre : length 2^ lines.

This species seems to approach the Formica subterranea of Latreille, but the neuter
has the upper surface of the head black, and the first nodule has not a long petiole, as
described and represented in all Latreille's figures. The male has not very pale yellow
legs ; nor the female a brown, very shining thorax, with a brown petiole. It may be
related to Pabricius's F. acervorum, but he describes that species as having the back of the
thorax black.

This new and elegant species I found in July 1850, under a stone, on a heath near
Bournemouth in Hampshire. The males were scarce, the females more abundant ; the
workers were in considerable numbers, and on being disturbed they ran away with the
pupae, hiding themselves in holes and amongst the grass.

AND OTHER INDIGENOUS ANTS. 215

6. M. acervoruMj Pabr. Ent. Syst. vol. ii. p. 358. M. lacteipetmis, Zett. Ins. Lap. <J .

I have never met with this species, but Mr. Smith has taken the male, flying in abun-
dance in a fir-grove in Hants, in September, and also under bark of trees in the same
county.

7. M. dekticornis, Curt.

Male (fig. 18) pale dull castaneous, sparingly hairy : head with indistinct irregular
striae; eyes black; mandibles pale straw colour. Antennae fulvous. Thorax smooth,
shining, indistinctly sculptured ; the scutel with an ochreous margin, finely striated, as
well as the postscutel, which is concave behind, the angles forming short acute spreading
spines. Petiole with ochreous articulations ; basal nodule a little elongated and irregu-
larly striated, second nodule smooth and shining : abdomen very glossy, often darker, the
margins of the segments paler. "Wings slightly tinted, the stigma and nervures pale ful-
vous. Legs fulvous ; coxae, tips of thighs and tarsi pale ochreous : 2 \ lines long.

Female undiscovered.

Neuter (fig. 19) castaneous-black : head finely striated, clypeus with fewer but stronger
striae ; mandibles ochreous, the teeth and base pitchy. Antennae fulvous, stoutish, con-
siderably clavate (fig. 20), the scape angulated at the base and producing a minute dark
tooth (fig. 20/). Thorax very rugose, being irregularly sculptured all over, the angles of
the postscutel forming two long divaricating spines, pale at the tips. Petiole stoutish,
basal nodule ovate, truncated behind, second globose, both very rugose : abdomen very
smooth and shining, with short pale scattered hairs, and subferruginous at the apex.
Legs entirely fulvous ; thighs and tibiae clavate : length 2 lines.

By the peculiar contour of the scape at the base, which forms a knee producing a mi-
nute tooth in the neuter, and probably is similar in the female, this very distinct species
is no doubt allied to the M. lobicornis of Nylander ; but as this tooth is much less deve-
loped than in his Myrmica *, and he says, " capite, thorace nodisque segmenti primi lon-
gitudinaliter striatim profundi} rugosis t," our insects must be different, for the head of
mine is merely finely striated, and the thorax and both nodules are exceedingly rugose,
but not longitudinally striated.

I secured three males and four neuters from a nest in Scotland in July 1825 ; but I
did not observe any females.

8. M. OESPITUM, Linn. Paun. Suec. 1726 ; De Geer, vol. ii. p. 1105. pi. 43. figs. 15 & 16 ? ,

figs. 21 & 22 <J . M. fuscula, Nylander, p. 935, & pi. 18. fig. 34 ?, & p. 1053 ? . M. im-
pura, Poerst. var. teste D. Nylander, and possibly M. modesta, Poerst., also.

I only know the male of M. ccespitum by De Geer's memoir and figures, and until we
possess that sex, together with undoubted females, I shall not be satisfied regarding our
members of this species, for our neuters do not altogether accord with Nylander' s and
Poerster's descriptions. In the British examples, the tibiae, as well as the thighs, are
pitchy, the head is finely striated, not rugulose, neither will the sculpture of the thorax

* Adn. Mon. Form. pi. 18. f. 32. t Ibid- P- 932- 4-

216 MR. CURTIS ON THE GENUS MYRMICA,

bear that construction, excepting the postscutel : the profile of the petiole and the spines
given in Ny lander's plate * agree, however, very well with our insect.

It is strange that the males of this species should not have been detected in England,
as the neuters are not uncommon, and the females, if such they be ?, have also been found.
These females are so distinct from any other species, that I had given them the name of
maculipes. The form of the head, thorax and nodules is very peculiar.

In the middle of April 1829 I collected some of the neuters at Southend : I found them
at the roots of plants at the base of the cliff, and subsequently in June I met with a small
variety at Darent in Kent. Mr. Smith has found them not uncommon at Sandown Bay
in the Isle of "Wight, and also at Folkestone. The two females alluded to, agreeing with
M. Nylander's M. fuscula, were discovered by Mr. Dale, under a stone at Charmouth in
July, and they had lost their wings.

9. M. tuberum, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 358. 36 ; Latr. Hist. Fourm. p. 74 ? . F. tuberosa, Latr.

p. 259?.

This species requires investigation. I have a pale neuter, which agrees with one of
Nylander's specimens ; I believe it came from Dorsetshire : Mr. Smith has taken others
on Shirley Common, Surrey ; and Mr. Wing met with several under the bark of an oak-
tree at Brixton the beginning of April. They were all neuters.

10. M. simillima, Nyl. MSS. ; Smith's List Brit. Mus. part 6. p. 118.

The neuters of this insect were taken I believe by Mr. Dale in Dorsetshire.

11. M. graminicola, Latr. Hist. Fourm. p. 255.

On the 20th of May I took a neuter on a bank at Dinton near Wilton, and I believe it
is abundant under stones on the Downs there. Mr. Smith finds it under stones at Wey-
bridge, Surrey.

Latreille's descriptions are too vague to enable me; without seeing his examples, to
decide regarding this species. When I published the Genus Myrmecma in 1829, I
thought it possible my species might be the one indicated in the ' Histoire naturelle des
Fourmis,' as the wings of the male F. graminicola are described as entirely blackish, and
at that time I only possessed that sex ; but Latreille compares his insect to the F. rubra,
and makes no mention of the difference in the neuration of the wings, which would
scarcely have escaped so acute an observer, especially as he remarks that the nervures
are black ; and as our females agree in no respect with Latreille's description, I cannot
think that our insects are identical. M. Foerster seems to be unacquainted with the
neuters and females of M. graminicola, and the male which he describes is undoubtedly
my Myrmecina Latreillii.

12. M. tjnifasciata, Latr. Hist. Fourm. p. 257.

This pretty species is recorded by Mr. Smith as inhabiting moss in Coomb- wood, Surrey.
The only specimens I possess are apterous females and neuters. I found them under the

* Adn. Mon. Form. pi. 18. f. 34.

AND OTHER INDIGENOUS ANTS. 217

bark of felled trees and in moss at the base of poplars near Pau, Basses Pyrenees, in
January 1853. I am unacquainted with the male, unless it be a Stenamma.

13. M. domestica, Shuck. ; Smith's List of Brit. Mus. p. 119 *.

This, the smallest of the Ants, is the greatest of all pests, when it establishes itself in
a house, as from its minuteness and activity it insinuates itself into every crevice. My
attention was called to this mischievous creature many years since. It was first disco-
vered in London in a bakehouse, and my impression at the time was, that it had been
introduced with foreign maize into this country, which is supported by the fact that it
cannot endure coldf.

There is no difficulty in obtaining the workers, but the males and females are less
abundant, and not always to be found. My specimens of these are not sufficiently per-
fect to ascertain if the neuration of the wings differs materially from the typical species,
but from Mr. Westwood's figures I am disposed to think that M. domestica is a species
connecting the Myrmicce and Stenamma.

Stenamma, Westwood.

14. S. Westwoodii, Steph. ; Westw. Intr. Class. Ins. vol. i. p. 83, & vol. ii. p. 226.
fig. 86. 11.

Male slender, pitchy-black, shining ; head somewhat ovate, not smooth, eyes promi-
nent : three distinct ocelli on the crown : mouth ochreous, mandibles large : antennae
tawny, approximating, very slender and 13-jointed ; scape one-fourth the entire length,
second and following joints somewhat elongated, the five last being thickened, the apical
joint the longest and conical. Thorax rather broader than the head and indistinctly
striated ; scutel semicircular and rugose ; postscutel with the angles acute. Petiole
elongated, basal joint long, slender and pear-shaped, second broader and subglobose :
abdomen ovate-conic, edges of the segments and apex ochreous. Wings slightly tinted,
stigma and nervures very pale tawny ; submarginal cell very long, discoidal, rather small
and rhomboidal, apical cell elongate and open (fig. 21) J. Legs long and very slender,
especially the hinder pair, ochreous ; thighs and tibiae pitchy, except at their extremities :
length If, expanse 4^ lines.

The males only of this insect are known. I first took one at Black Gang Chine, in the
Isle of Wight, in the middle of October 1829. As this species, I believe, has not been yet
described, I have sketched its characters.

* Vide Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., New Ser., vol. ii. p. 628 ; Trans. Ent. Soc. ii. 65 ; Gardeners' Chron. vol. x.
p. 340, and an interesting detail of the economy of M . domestica (the House Ant) hy Mr. Daniell, in the Proceed-
ings of the Linnean Society, vol. ii. p. 172.

f There are many heetles thus introduced into granaries and mills, and from the sacks lying there carried with the
flour into our hake-offices, and thus introduced living and dead into our private dwellings.

t Mr. Westwood's figure of the superior wing does not quite agree with mine ; in his wing the apical cell is sub-
trigonate and closed, and the second marginal cell is also extended to the edge, so as to form a closed space.
VOL. XXI. 2 G

218 MR. CURTIS ON THE GENUS MYRMICA,

15. S. ajlbipennis, Curtis.

Male very black and shining ; head dull, indistinctly punctured ; mouth ferruginous :
antennae tawny, dusky at their tips, the scape and second joint ferruginous, the latter
stouter than the third; and elongate obconic. Thorax indistinctly and irregularly
striated ; scutel large and glossy ; postscutel convex, delicately punctured, with the angles
scarcely visible. Petiole elongated, basal joint clavate, second subglobose : abdomen small,
ovate-conic, the tip ochreous. Wings with a pale fuscous-yellow stigma, the nervures
almost invisible. Legs long and slender, ochreous-white ; the coxae, thighs and tibiae
pitchy, except at their extremities : length 1^, expanse 3 lines.

Female undiscovered.

Neuter smooth pale reddish ochre : head large, oblong, convex, finely striated, the
margin and clypeus more or less fuscous ; mandibles ochreous. Antennae stout, and
ochreous, scape long, second joint stoutish, elongated, third and six following very short,
transverse and increasing in diameter, the three last joints forming a stout fuscous
club. Thorax much narrower than the head, indistinctly striate-punctate, oblong, nar-
rowed at the middle; postscutel producing two distinct acute divaricating dark spines.
Petiole stoutish, with a few hairs, basal joint elongate-clavate, subrugose, second globose :
abdomen small, very polished, with a few short scattered hairs, ochreous, brown beyond
the middle, the apex ochreous. Legs short, stout, and ochreous : length 1 to 1^ line.

The male of this species greatly resembles that of S. Westwoodii, but independently of
its smaller size and somewhat different sculpture, the postscutel has only two minute
points, which are scarcely visible ; the tarsi, especially the hinder, are white in some
lights, and the nervures of the wings are difficult to discern.

The only evidence I have of the above insects being the males and neuters of one spe-
cies is my having discovered them together. I beat two males and two neuters out of a
Privet hedge, the 31st July 1852, on the Polkestone road near Dover. At first I considered
the neuters to be small varieties of Myrmica unifasciata, but on obtaining typical speci-
mens at Pau, the difference was manifest ; the dark band on the body of that species
covering more than half the basal segment, whilst the antennae are entirely fulvous. This
strong resemblance however leads me to think that its male may be similar to the same
sex of our species, and consequently that it may be a Stenamma, as previously intimated.

Myrmecina, Curtis.

16. M. Latreillii, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. and pi. 265 3 ; graminicola, Poerst. Hymen.

Stud. p. 58 <? .

Male smooth shining pitchy black, slightly hairy. Head broad, ocelli very prominent,
the anterior one with a little fovea in front : mouth ochreous : antennae longish, geni-
culated, 13-jointed, tawny, and slightly thickened towards the apex. Thorax gibbose, the
sutures forming large deep channels ; scutel prominent ; postscutel finely striated and
producing two short sharp divaricating spines. Petiole stoutish, basal nodule elongated,
second subglobose : abdomen ovate-conic. Wings entirely fuscous, stigma and nervures

AND OTHER INDIGENOUS ANTS. 219

brown. Legs tawny, thighs and tibiae pitchy, except at the extremities: length 1|,
expanse 3^ lines.

Female (fig. 22) black : head suborbicular-quadrate irregularly striated, clypeus biden-
tate (fig. 23) ; eyes and ocelli minute, mouth ferruginous : mandibles large and prominent,
with many minute teeth ; neck distinct, ferruginous : antennae remote, not long, stoutish,
geniculated, 12-jointed and clavate, scape long, second joint cup-shaped, seven following
transverse, the third being very short, the ninth much longer, the remainder forming a
club, the apical joint being long and conical (fig. 24). Thorax not so large as the head,
obovate, hollowed and striated before ; the scutel, which is smooth, has the suture at the
base ferruginous ; postscutel very short, punctate, with two short but distinct spines (figs.
25 and 26 6). Petiole ferruginous, elongated, hairy, basal nodule subquadrate or ovate,
second broader, transverse, and partially striated (figs. 25 and 26 *) : abdomen very smooth
and shining, rather broad, slightly depressed and oval, the apex ferruginous. Wings fus-
cous, exactly like the male. Legs ferruginous, stoutish, especially the anterior, which are
rather short : length If, expanse nearly 4 fines.

Neuter undiscovered.

This species, which I dedicated to my esteemed friend Mons. P. A. Latreille, is quite
distinct from any other type of the Formicidce that has fallen under my observation. It is
now twenty-five years at least since I discovered the males near that romantic spot, Black
Gang Chine in the Isle of Wight, but I have since found others near Greenwich, towards
the end of August ; and at Sandgate in Kent, in October. It was not till August 1836
that I had the satisfaction of taking, what I consider to be, the female of this insect, at
Lulworth Cove. It is remarkable that Mr. P. Smith should have caught a female also in
Camden Town, on the wing, and as he has also found the male at Colney Hatch, it seems
to be generally distributed in the southern counties. It appears to affect swampy locali-
ties, for all the males I have taken were flying about and settling upon rushes, and my
female was captured close to a spot where rushes and reeds were growing.

As it is inconvenient to retain useless names, it is advisable to state that Myrmica
binodis must be expunged from our British lists, and of the eleven Formica recorded in
my Guide*, there are only eight which are ascertained to inhabit Great Britain. No. 1.
F. pubescens, Latr. and No. 8. F. emarginata, Oliv. were admitted on doubtful authority,
and No. 11. F. cognata, Steph., is not to be found in the British Museum, where Mr. Ste-
phens's collections are deposited.

* Curtis' s Guide to an Arrangement of British Insects, 2ud Edition ; Genus 661.

2g2

220 MR. CURTIS ON THE GENUS MYRMICA.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Tab. XXIII.

Fig. 1. Antenna of Myrmica rubra, Linn.<?.

Fig. 2. Mandible of ditto.

Fig. 3. Maxillary Palpus of ditto.

Fig. 4. Mentum and labial Palpus of ditto.

Fig. 5. Antenna of Myrmica rubra, Linn. 9 .

Fig. 6. Mandible of ditto.

Fig. 7- Antenna of Myrmica rubra, Linn. 9 .

Fig. 8. Mandible of ditto.

Fig. 9. Maxilla and Palpus of ditto.

Fig. 10. Mentum and Palpus of ditto.

Fig. 11. Head of Myrmica longiscapus, Curt. S .

Fig. 12. Antenna of ditto.

Fig. 13. Superior wing of ditto.

Fig. 14. The petiole and postscutel of ditto in profile.

Fig. 15. Myrmica perelegans, Curt.<?.

Fig. 16. Ditto 9 .

Fig. 17. Ditto <? .

Fig. 18. Myrmica denticornis, Curt. S .

Fig. 19. Ditto 9 .

Fig. 20. Antenna of ditto.

Fig. 21. Wiug of Stenamma Westwoodii, S .

Fig. 22. Myrmecina Latreillii, Curt. 9 .

Fig. 23. Head of ditto.

Fig. 24. The antenna.

Fig. 25. The scutel, postscutel, and base of abdomen.

Fig. 26. The same in profile.

Obs. The lines and cross lines show the natural dimensions of the different species represented.

Belitha Villas, Barnsbury Park,
7th March, 1854.

Trows. linn,. Soc. Yol.XXI. taAXXELp. Z20.

r:

■f

Fred1 'Smith Sculpt

[ 221 ]

XXIV. Note on the Maters 0/ Trichia.
By Arthur Henfrey, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. 8fc.

Read February 7, 1854.

1HE existence of spiral fibres in the filamentous elaters mixed with the spores of Trichia
and some allied genera of Fungi, is a fact so remarkable, that, since attention was drawn
to it by Corda, it has been mentioned in almost every notice on the general structure of
the lower Cryptogamia. Had it not been recently called in question by two distinguished
vegetable anatomists, I should not have ventured to occupy the attention of the Society
with the matter, when I have only time and opportunity at present to describe the condi-
tion in a single species.

Hedwig the younger (1802) was the first to point out the existence of the spiral fibres, in
three species of ' Lycoperdon,' which Schlechtendahl identifies as Trichia rubiformis, Fries,
T. chrysosperma, Fries, and a Diderma. In looking over the Ratisbon ' Flora,' I find a
passage in a paper written by Kaulfuss, on Targionia, in 1822, in which that author says,
" according to my investigations, the structure of the so-called capillary tissue of the Tri-
chiacese is exactly the same as that which we find in the elaters of the Hepaticse." So
that apparently Corda was the third, and not the second, observer of the fact, as is gene-
rally imagined. Corda first made it known in an essay published at Prague in 1837,
having in the same year brought it before the Association of German Naturalists, at
their meeting in Prague. Schnitzlein has figured the structure in his • Iconographia,'
and a notice on the subject, without figures, but asserting the existence of the spiral fibres,
was published by Schlechtendahl in the ' Botanische Zeitung ' of May 4th, 1844.

On the other hand, Schleiden, in the most recent edition of the ' Grundziige der wissen-
schaftliche Botanik,' says (ii. 41) that observations, recently repeated, have perfectly con-
vinced him that the appearance of spiral fibres arises from the twisting of a flat band ;
while Schacht, in his ' Pfianzenzelle,' declares (p. 151) for the same view. Schleiden
gives no figures, but Schacht draws fragments of elaters from two species of Trichia
(pi. 16. figs. 13 and 14) ; but his figures completely contradict the statements in the text,
for they give appearances which could not possibly arise from the twisting of a flat band.

Having carefully examined the elaters of Trichia (serotina, Schrad. ?) in some specimens
sent home to the Society by Mr. Ralph, from New Zealand, I am prepared to assert posi-
tively the existence of spiral fibres, exactly analogous to those in Marchantia polymorpha ;
the number of fibres in an elater of this species of Trichia is three. Corda describes a
much greater number in some species, but I think that point is open to doubt. The
fibres thin off towards the very gradually attenuated ends of the tubular elaters, and
apparently become confluent there, in the same manner as I described in Marchantia
polymorpha (Linnean Transactions, vol. xxi. p. 107), but the ends are so fine that even

222 MR. HENFREY ON THE ELATERS OF TRICHIA.

with a power of 1000 diameters and a good light I could not clearly define the termina-
tions of the fibres.

My observations as to the tubular character of the elaters, were decisive even before
clearly defining the fibres, since I could obtain a transverse sectional view in certain
curved filaments, which gave a circular form ; the spiral structure was clearly distinguish-
able with a power of 250 diameters ; but, in order to count the fibres, it was necessary to
take out a few elaters and mount them in the thinnest possible film of Hquid, under very
thin glass, and apply a magnifying power of 1000 ; then the individual fibres could be
made out quite clearly enough to allow of their being drawn with the camera lucida.
. These elaters may be regarded as very good test objects for the defining power of the
higher object-glasses ; or, perhaps, — considering the confusing effect of the crossing curves
of the different parallel spiral fibres, — as test objects by which to measure the value of
observations on the more difficult tissues. If we take them in this light, it must follow
that either the microscopes or the observing powers of Schlciden and Schacht are im-
perfect, and since the latter certainly is not the case, the conclusion is that observations
on very highly magnified bodies made by these observers, must be received with great
caution until they provide themselves with better instruments.

Postscript.

Since the above was written I have received some information on the subject from the
Rev. Mr. Berkeley, who fully agrees with me as to the existence of spiral fibres.
Mr. Berkeley directed my attention to the fact that Schmidel (Icones Plantarum) had
pointed out the existence of this structure in 1762 ; thus many years before the younger
Hedwig. I may transcribe Mr. Berkeley's remarks on Schmidel's figure : — " Spiral fila-
ments do not exist in Arcyria pumicea, the species which Schmidel has in view in tab. 33 ;
but he has mixed up with it some Trichia, figured in figs. 4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 ; and a
careful examination, with a lens, of fig. 16, and a reference to the text will show that
Schmidel was perfectly aware of the structure." In the copy in the British Museum I
find the spiral fibre of fig. 16 quite clear, without magnifying the drawing.

" Cribraria purpurea is represented at the lower part of the same plate : no spiral
filament, so far as I have observed, exists in this species, nor can I, on a re-examination
of the fungus this morning, find any such appearance as that represented by Schmidel at
fig. 8. It is possible however that he may have had one of the red TricMce intermixed
with his Clathrus stipitatus, for his description is too circumstantial to allow of a suppo-
sition that so correct an observer could make so palpable a mistake." Mr. Berkeley
inclosed a specimen of this fungus with the filaments, and I also find no spiral filament.

" Schmidel did not detect the structure in the species figured at his tab. 24, if that is a
real Trichia." He here represents the filaments as moniliform (fig. 7). Mr. Berkeley
also reminded me of his own discovery of threads with a single spiral fibre in Batarrea
(Hooker's Journal of Botany, ii. tab. 22. fig. 1, 1843).

Mr. Berkeley very truly says in his note, that Schacht' s own figures contradict his text.
He gives a spiral or screwed appearance with three threads, which could not possibly
result from the twisting of a flat band ; this could only present two threads formed by its

7?e»r Sinn Sac VolXJCI.t

G.ffJC TAwaites.Eso del.

AMenfreyJ:

MR. HENFREY ON THE ELATERS OF TRICHIA. 223

two edges. The appearance of the spiral fibres is very clear with low powers, yet I do not
consider that they are sufficient to prove the actual structure ; but a very high power in
my opinion renders it unmistakeable, while the fact of obtaining the free ends of the fibres
in an elater broken across, puts the question beyond doubt.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

Tab. XXIV.

Fig. 19. Spiral fibres in Elater of Trichia (serotina, Schrad.?), magnified 1000 diameters.
Fig. 20. Another view of the same.
Fig. 21. Ideal diagram of the same.

[ 225 ]

XXV. Note on the Genus Ancistrocladus of Wallich. By G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq.,
F.L.S. 8rc, Superintendent of the Botanic Garden of Peradenia, Ceylon.

Read February 21, 1854.

XlAVING recently had opportunities of examining the structure of the flowers of Ancis-
trocladus Vahlii, as well as its fruit in various stages of development, I have been enabled
to arrive at a more correct knowledge of their structure than appears to have been pre-
viously within the reach of botanists who have described species of this genus, and there
would seem to be now little room for uncertainty as to where the genus should be located.

The circumstance of the fruit of Ancistrocladus being surmounted by the enlarged
segments of the calyx has led to the genus being introduced by different botanists into
the several families of Combretacea, Malpighiacea and Dipteracea; from all these,
however, it essentially differs in its seeds being albuminous.

With the Symplocea it seems to me that Ancistrocladus would associate better than
with any other group of plants, agreeing with them in its undivided exstipulate leaves,
its character of inflorescence, imbricated calyx and corolla, persistent calyx, stamens
adhering to the base of the corolla, inferior ovary, albuminous seeds and cyhndrical
embryo. From Symplocece, however, it differs in its scandent habit, its calycine segments
becoming enlarged, its solitary erect ovule, and the peculiar structure of its albumen.

With the Myristicecc and Anonaceos, Ancistrocladus would seem to have some slight
affinity, its only ovule recalling to mind that of Myristica, and the embryo not being very
dissimilar in the two genera ; whilst the scandent habit and uncinate ramuli give Ancis-
trocladus some considerable resemblance to Artabotrys.

The following generic character has been drawn up from an inspection of fresh speci-
mens of Ancistrocladus Vahlii, Arn., and from the figure of Ancistr. Heyneanus, Wall., in
the last volume of Dr. Wight's admirable e Icones PL Ind. Orientalis.'

Genus Symploceis afline.
Ancistrocladus, Wallich. Wormia, Vahl. Bigamea, Konig.

Flores hermaphroditi. Calyx tubo cum ovario connate-; limbo 5-partito; laciniis oblongis, inaequalibus,
imbricatis, tribus majoribus, omnibus increscentibus, persistentibus. Corolla petala 5, aequalia, con-
cava, basi connexa. Stamina 5, imae corolla? inserta, petalis alterna, (in Anc. Heyneano stamina 10 in
seriebus duabus). Filamenta basi incrassata, monadelpha, apice cuspidata; anthera adnatae, bilo-
culares, longitudinaliter dehiscentes; loculis basi divergentibus. Ovarium inferum, 1-loculare.
Ovulum unicum, erectum, anatropum. Stylus subglobosus, persistens. Stigmata 3, erecta, linearia,
compressa, truncata, decidua. Nux coriacea, calycis laciniis coronata. Semen cerebriforme, erectum ;
testa plicato-intricata, albumen carnosum plicis involventi. Embryo orthotropus, clavatus ; cotyle-
dones subfoliacei, divergentes ; radicula prope hilum posita.

VOL. XXI. 2 H

226 MR. THWAITES ON THE GENUS ANCISTROCLADUS.

Frutices indici et zeylanici, soboliferi, scandentes ; ramis elongatis, teretibus ; ramulis brevibus, patentibus,
undnatis ; uncis circinatis, sub nodis ramulorum posilis, internodia terminantibus ; foliis lanceolatis,
utrinque angustatis, sessilibus, integerrimis, lavibus, penniveniis, dense reticulatis, in ramos distanti-
bus, ad ramulorum apices aggregatis, vernations convolutis ; inflorescentia axillari, racemosd ; racemis
plus minusve ramosis ; pedunculis angularibus paucifloris ; floribus alternis ; pedicellis brevissimis,
rachi articulatis ; bracteis minutissimis.

The Ancistrocladus Vahlii, W.-Arn. ( Wormia hamata, Vahl, C.P. No. 1600 in Herb.
Peradeniensi), is very abundant in some of the warmer districts of Ceylon, and owing to
its spreading so much by its roots, is a very troublesome weed to the cultivator. Its
Cinghalese name is Gonawel or Gonapittcmwel.

DESCRIPTION OP THE PLATE.

Tab. XXIV.

Fig. 1. Unexpanded flower of Ancistrocladus Vahlii, Am.

Fig. 2. Flower with the corolla and stamens removed.

Fig. 3. Corolla and stamens.

Fig. 4. Stamens.

Fig. 5. Longitudinal section of ovary, showing the single erect ovule.

Fig. 6. Ovule removed.

Fig. J. Longitudinal section of ovule.

Fig. 8. Early development of the seed, where the testa has become slightly rugose.

Fig. 9 & 10. Somewhat later development of seed, the testa becoming plicate.

Fig. 11. Still later development of seed.

Fig. 12. Still later development of seed.

Fig. 13. Still later development of seed.

Fig. 14. Longitudinal section of ripe seed, showing the embryo in position.

Fig. 15. Embryo removed.

Fig. 16. Portion of the brittle albumen invested with the plicae of testa.

Fig. 17. Longitudinal section of immature fruit.

Fig. 18. Longitudinal section of mature fruit.

[ 227 ]

XXVI. Remarks relative to the affinities and analogies of natural objects, more parti-
cularly of Hypocephalus, a Genus of Coleoptera. By John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S.
8fc. 8fc.

Read April 4, 1854.

1 HE number of extraordinary new forms, which have been discovered of late years, has
led to a great deal of speculation regarding their position in the scale of nature. This
has been exceedingly useful and instructive, although often very perplexing, and I fear
that we not unfrequently take the shadow for the substance, mistaking analogies for
affinities. The curious, indeed wonderful insect, which Mr. "White exhibited and com-
mented upon at a recent meeting of the Linnean Society, will be my apology for offering
any remarks upon the subject.

The affinities of natural objects have been supposed to form a chain, a net, or a series
of circles, the last composed of certain definite numbers of types, &c. These ingenious
systems have been ably discussed by talented men*, but they have not made a lasting
impression, owing probably to the multitude of exceptions that occurred and the gratuitous
assumptions necessary to fill up the vacuum occasioned by absent members. We all
know that "the Natural System" has been long an object of pursuit, which I expect we
shall never overtake. The truth appears to be, that there is no perfect natural system,
according to our limited notions ; and it will be a stumbling-block to those who think
otherwise, to find that where a few links are forthcoming, which unite certain groups,
there are a vast number more discovered, which disturb what promised to be with
fewer materials a complete arrangement. Thus we have lines broken, circles not meeting,
most curious types presenting themselves to augment infallible numbers, and to be dis-
missed by the theorist as inconvenient intruders. No doubt there is a plan in Creation
which is not revealed to us ; but to study, write upon, and understand a subject, we must
form a system (imperfect though it be), in order to methodise and arrange our materials
as they are collected ; and to accomplish this, we must be contented with chains which
are continuous, of unequal lengths, either running entirely parallel, or converging, or
diverging, but forming Stirpes or Families which harmonise, are easily comprehended,
and exhibit various lines of relationship or resemblance.

In searching for a natural system, we seek for perfect unity or harmony, which being
frequently interrupted, we fail in our object, and are disappointed. No doubt harmony,
having a divine origin, pervades all creation ; but it is manifest that there are also disturb-
ing forces which interfere with that first principle. Even amongst the heavenly bodies,
comets in their eccentric course seem to us destined to effect changes in that otherwise
perfect harmony. In this Planet which we inhabit, we have abundant evidence, probably

* Vide the Essays of MacLeay, Horsfield, Vigors, Swainson and Newman.

2h2

228 MR. CURTIS ON HYPOCEPHALUS, A GENUS OF COLEOPTERA.

of their agency, but at all events of disturbing forces, which have apparently succeeded
one another from the beginning of the world, and are active still. We ought not there-
fore to be more surprised at finding systems not to be perfect, than we are to find that
sound is not free from discord, nor form from distortion.

Perfection seems to be equivalent to harmony ; and this as regards form, which most
concerns us at present, was best understood by the Greeks. It consists of a combination
of parts, whose relative proportions are so perfectly in harmony in every respect, that the
object becomes pleasing to the eye, even when uncultivated ; it leads the mind to the
contemplation of a type of grace and beauty exceeding our daily experience, and thus the
Grecian sculpture has become the standard of taste. The human heart is greatly affected
by harmony : Poetry, Music and Painting bear ample testimony to its influence. Order
and arrangement are component parts of harmony, for without them no system could
exist.

A knowledge therefore of the component members of bodies and the harmonious com-
bination of them is, or ought to be, the basis of all arrangements, and the closer we keep
this in view the more true to nature, and the more satisfactory will the system be, because
it will make everything subservient to true affinities. But in our progress to establish a
system we are sure to find disturbing forces, producing aberrant types of form, which like
discordant notes in music, will not chime in anywhere ; they are too flat for some chords,
too sharp for others, and are thought to be anything but consistent with our notions
of what is natural. Now to this description of animals belongs the anomalous beetle
which Mr. White introduced to us, and which he has been so obliging as to allow me to
examine at my leisure. It has received the name of Hypocephalus, and resembles so many
individual members of different families, yet agreeing with none, that it has from its first
discovery been a subject of speculation, in which M. Desmarest, Dr. Gistl, Dr. Burmeister,
M. Guerin-Meneville and Mr. Westwood have taken part.

I should say, it has the head of a Tortoise, the tusks of a Walrus, the legs of a Kangaroo,
and certainly the strength of a giant ; probably a hundred times greater in proportion to
its size than that of an Elephant. Amongst Insects it has been likened to the Mole-
cricket, and so deceptive are analogies, that when I first beheld the Hypocephalus at
Florence, I thought it was a gigantic Brenthus*. M. Desmarest considered it allied to
the Silphidce or Grave-digging beetles, and Dr. Burmeister and Mr. Westwood are agreed
that it is allied to the Cerambycidce. Were it not for the deficiency in the number of the
palpi, there would be no difficulty in associating it with the Scaritidce : the head and legs
being very like those of Basimachus, and the antennae being nearly those of Bsammo-
philus ; whilst the robust legs, large head, ample postpectus and remote hind legs of
Caladroum (a New Holland Carabus) at once exhibit a great resemblance t-

It is evident, in making any attempt to associate an aberrant form with a natural family,
that great caution is necessary, not to be influenced by analogy, beyond what it is worth,

* It is remarkable that some of the Brenthidee have the hinder angles of the head produced in the male, as in
Arrhenodes, where they form lobes, smaller in proportion, but of the same character as those exhibited in Hypoce-
phalus, which would altogether indicate a similarity of economy.

f Vide also Clivina, and Broscus ; and Promecoderus has quite the form of a pigmy Hypocephalus.

MR. CURTIS ON HYPOCEPHALUS, A GENUS OF COLEOPTERA.

229

for a single proof of affinity must be preferred before an assemblage of analogies. This
leads me to question the views of my friend Professor Burmeister, regarding the relation-
ship of Hypocephalus with the Frionidce, for after a careful investigation I am constrained
to believe, that the former genus is more related to the Lamellicomes, and for the
following reasons, which I will give in a tabular form, the better to contrast the claims of
Hypocephalus to be associated with either of those Families.

The Lamellicornes

are Pentamerous.

Mouth with 4 Palpi, quadri- and tri-articulate.
Mandibles often corneous.

Antennae short, capitate, or clavate, often with
many moniliform joints.

Eyes small, round or oval.

Elytra horny or coriaceous.

Legs, hinder not unfrequently incrassated.

Tibiae thick, dilated, 4 anterior emarginate ex-
ternally, forming teeth or lobes ; apex with mi-
nute spurs.

Tarsi simple; anterior short and a little dilated.
All five-jointed.

The Longicobnes

are Tetramerous.

Mouth with 4 Palpi, quadri- and tri-articulate.
Mandibles always corneous.

Antennae elongated, not moniliform.

Eyes emarginate.

Elytra horny or coriaceous.

Legs, hinder not incrassated.

Tibiae dilated, generally compressed, not emargi-
nate externally.

Tarsi, penultimate joint generally bilobed, some-
times with a head, or false joint at the base of
the terminal one. All four-jointed.

After this simple comparison, let us take a more general view of the character. In no
family of beetles is the thorax so fully developed as in the Scarabceidce, and the legs are
almost universally robust. In Melolonthida, as indeed in all the Lamellicomes, the tibiae
are more or less lobed or toothed outside*. In Chrysophora and Pelidnota, in Pipsinus,
Dichelus and Pachy enema we find the hinder legs very much larger than the other four ;
the thighs are very much incrassated, the tibiae often curved and toothed, whilst the
genus Hexodon proves what extraordinary departures there are from the typical forms.
When we arrive at the Lucanidce we find a description of mandibles that singularly
accords with Hypocephalus, especially in Pholidotus and Orthognathus, whilst the eyes
are small, remote, and placed behind the antennae. The labrum and labium are generally
invisible after death, and the maxillary lobes are very small, whilst the palpi are well
developed, as in Platycerus, the typical Lucanidce, &c.

Let us now turn to the apparent likeness between Hypocephalus and the Longicorns.
In approaching that Family we find Passandra, which bears some resemblance to Hypo-
cephalus in the form of the head and antennae, and in the position of the eyes, but the
legs are remarkably small ; Passandra however is considered to form one of the links to
Parandra (which may be termed a tetramerous Lucanus), and making an approach to
Hypocephalus, but the characters of the mouth, eyes, and tarsi, will not support any
claims to affinityf. Next comes Spondylis, which in the form of the antennae and the
proportions of the palpi, agrees with Hypocephalus, but the mentum is not trilobed, the

* Vide Copris, Curt. Brit. Ent. pi. 414; Geotrupes, pi. 266, Aphodius, pi. 27, also Melolontha, Cetonia, and
Lucanus. •

f I may add that I consider Trictenotoma a Heteromerous Lucaniform beetle, not a Longicorn.

230 MR. CURTIS ON HYPOCEPHALUS, A GENUS OF COLEOPTERA.

eyes are dissimilar, the tarsi tetramerous* and of a different character, being all equally
long and dilated. Another genus, Cyrtognathus^ , is apt to confound our notions of
analogy and affinity, but in truth it bears only a resemblance to Hypocephalus, principally
owing to the elongated head, and the mandibles being bent down like a beak, with lateral
protuberances, and well-developed palpi J. For the eyes are very large, and reniform,
being deeply emarginate, approximating, indeed almost meeting on the crown : the head
is not dilated at the base, having no angles, far less any lobes : the antennae are very long
and curling, more than half the length of the insect, and 12-jointed, the joints compressed,
completely serrated, the third joint very long : the thorax is broader than long, the sides
angulated, with a large conical porrected spine at the base of the antepectus, between
the anterior coxae ; the postpectus not unusually large ; the coxae approximating in pairs :
the scutellum typical and triangular. Elytra more than twice, in some specimens nearly
thrice, as long as the head and thorax united. Wings ample. Abdomen as large as the
postpectus. Legs very long, stoutish, compressed : thighs stout, but not incrassated :
tibiae long, especially the hinder, straight, not dilated nor lobed, but the first pair are
spiny ; all with a pair of acute spurs at the apex, longest in the hinder pair : tarsi tetra-
merous, nearly of equal length, the two anterior pair depressed, dilated, and very pilose
beneath, 3rd joint bilobed, terminal joint long and clavate, with a minute spurious joint
forming the base ; the joints in the hinder pair with their angles spiny, and two series of
hair beneath : claws long, curved and sharp. It is an inhabitant of Mongolia, consider-
ably to the north of the Equator.

It would be unreasonable to deny that there is a very considerable analogy existing
between Hypocephalus and Cyrtognathus, but if we look to the antennae having 12, instead
of 11, joints, to their great length and relative proportions, as well as to the situation,
magnitude, and form of the eyes, the size and figure of the thorax, the scutel, sternum
and elytra ; having wings for flight ; to the long sprawling legs, neither robust nor truly
5-jointed, to the long simple tibiae, the dilated and bilobed and spongiose tarsi, it is im-
possible to allow that there is any affinity. Cyrtognathus is a Longicom, Hypocephalus
is not§.

I must no longer defer giving an ample, and I trust faithful, description of

Hypocephalus, Desmarest||. Tab. XXV. fig. 1.

Head elongated (f. 2 & 3), with 2 large vertical conical lobes on each side of the mandibles (l), the crown
flattened and terminating abruptly at the base, which is dilated, the angles very much elongated and

* The minute joint at the base of the terminal joint, if accepted, renders it pseudo-pentamerous.

t Zool. Journ. vol. ii. pi. 19. f. 4. Borysthenes rostratus, Vig.

% I am under the necessity of regretting my inability to compare the trophi satisfactorily for want of specimens to
dissect, which prevents me from doing full justice to the subject. I can however see enough to convince me that the
labrum, mentum, and proportions of the palpi are very different in those two genera.

§ As Cyrtognathus was the insect exhibited by Mr. White to confirm the supposed affinity of Hypocephalus with
the Cerambycidce, it was necessary to enter fully upon the investigation of that insect. Since this paper was read
he has adduced another insect, named Baladeva Walkeri, in support of his views.

|| Guer. Mag. Zool. Class IX. pi. 24, and Westw. Arcana Entomologica, vol. i. p. 35, pi. 10 and p. 111.

MR. CURTIS ON HYPOCEPHALUS, A GENUS OF COLEOPTERA. 231

forming slender subclavate lobes. Eyes placed behind the antennae, lateral, oval, oblique, protected
in repose by the projecting margin of the crown, moderately convex, and finely granulated. Antennae
(f. 4 & 1 a) remote from the base, inserted behind, and at the base of, the anterior lobes of the head,
glossy, depressed beyond the middle, sparingly clothed with depressed hairs on all sides, much shorter
than the head, 11-jointed, basal joint oval, the longest and stoutest, 2nd the smallest, cup-shaped,
3rd obovate, truncate, longer than the following, which are cup-shaped, distinctly articulated, almost
imperceptibly increasing in diameter to the middle, being slightly produced on the inside and dimi-
nishing to the extremity, apical joint somewhat obcordate. Underside of head (f. 1) exceedingly
polished, the sides punctured, rugose, the lines from the hinder lobes emarginate, leaving a large
triangular space, when the head is porrected (*), membranous in the centre and striated transversely,
with a circular cavity before the middle, the sides irregularly striated, pubescent at the base. Eyes
not visible from beneathf. Labrum invisible (" petit, triangulaire," Desm.). Mandibles strong (j»),
porrected, slightly drooping, parallel, conical yet flattened, with a large tooth on the outer margin.
Maxillae invisible : Palpi (f.p) long and stout, inserted immediately under the mandibles, hairy and
rough at the base, attached to 2 minute scapes, 4-jointed, slightly pilose at the extremities, 2 basal
joints clavate, elongated, 1st a little the longest and stoutest, 2nd clavate, 3rd obovate truncate, 4th
a little the broadest, axe-shaped, being truncated obliquely, the apex spongiose. Mentum (f. 4*)
transverse-oval, the margin trilobed, the central lobe trigonate, the lateral lobes pilose. Palpi (p)
nearly as long as the maxillary and very similar in form, attached to two approximating scapes,
triarticulate, basal joint longest and the stoutest, 2nd nearly as long, 3rd axe-shaped, truncated ob-
liquely. Thorax very large, egg-shaped, very convex and smooth, sides margined, anterior margin
ciliated, with a deep and broad channel before, formed by the base of the head; hinder margin con-
cave before the pseudo-scutellum which is large, trigonate, very rough, the apex shining and some-
what acuminated, with a slight ridge down the centre. Anterior margin of the antepectus forming
a large triangular space (f. l.s), the point terminating in a semicircular cavity, the margins with a
row of 6 trigonate blunt teeth on each side, becoming broader as they approach the head, the whole
like the molars of an elephant, and ciliated internally with short stiff hairs. The sternum forms a
long, linear, deeply channeled lobe, between the coxae, the apex very dilated, cordate, with a very
elevated ridge in the centre, like a nose in profile (a. p) : postpectus very ample, forming an emar-
ginate lobe between the middle pair of legs ; posterior margin very sinuated before the hinder coxae,
the lobe between them tongue-shaped, the margins thickened (fig. p. p). Elytra scarcely so large as
the thorax, very convex, margined, acuminated, connate, the base depressed and the sides forming
slightly raised angulated plates ; coriaceous, rugose, with 4 slightly raised thread-like, oblique, lon-
gitudinal lobes. Abdomen very small, trigonate-conic, 5-jointed, very smooth, the sides and apex
alone edged with pubescence. Legs enormously stout and powerful, especially the hinder pair :
coxae received into large orbicular sockets, globose or conical, trochanters subovate, the hinder form-
ing large conical prominent lobes or spines : Thighs short and stout, anterior the shortest, hinder
the largest, scooped out beneath and forming a flattened tooth on the outside, near the middle ; apex
deeply notched : tibiae very strong, somewhat flattened and dilated, longer than the thighs ; anterior
with a large lobe on the outside of the apex and another at the middle, with 2 strong spurs on the
inside of the apex : middle pair similar but a little longer, spines the same but smaller, the truncated
apex ciliated : hinder pair the longest, less dilated, very much incurved, compressed towards the apex,
which forms a claw on the under side, with a small tooth inside ; it is truncated obliquely, forming
a heel above, and densely clothed with fulvous soft hairs : tarsi 5-jointed, long, slender ; anterior the
shortest (f. 5), a little dilated, basal joint elongated bell-shaped, 2nd somewhat cup-shaped, 3rd smaller,
4th the smallest, all the angles produced into teeth ; underside smooth, excepting 2 lines of hairs on

f In Mr. Westwood's figure they are visible.

232 MR. CURTIS ON HYPOCEPHALUS, A GENUS OF COLEOPTERA.

the basal joint beneath : middle pair almost as long as the tibiae, basal joint equal in length to the
three following, clavate, 2nd and 3rd somewhat obovate, 4th the smallest, obtrigonate, all truncated,
concave beneath, with a spine at each angle, basal joint with 2 series of hairs beneath, 5th joint
elongate, clavate, produced into a semicircular horny plate on the underside : hinder pair with the
basal joint much shorter than that of the middle pair ; claws not large but curved and acute.

Fam. Xenomorphje, Gistl. Mesoclatus paradoxus, Gistl.

Hypocephalus armattjs, Desmarest ? Pitchy : head and mandibles with scattered punc-
tures : palpi and antennae castaneous. Thorax black, with faint scattered punctures,
stronger round the margins : scutel with the base densely punctured, and opake black,
apex punctured but shining, and forming a smooth line to the base. Tibise punc-
tured, especially above, the hinder rugose ; tarsi castaneous ; claws black ; apex of coxae
and trochanters inclining to castaneous. Abdomen with an ochreous membranous line
at the base of each segment. It is 2| inches long* ; the thorax about 10 Lines broad.

There are so many differences between M. Desmarest' s figure and Mr. Turner's speci-
men f, that in all probability they are, if not distinct, the sexes, this being a male 1 pre-
sume. My descriptions and figures may assist in settling this question, and I trust they
will prove serviceable in illustrating the history of this anomalous beetle, as well as lead
to a careful examination, in living specimens, of the extraordinary apparatus under the
head, which may also be a sexual character.

Before further discussing the position of Hypocephalus I will attempt to complete its
history as far as I am able, but at present I can only conjecture its habits by analogy.

Many specimens of this beetle have been found in the mining districts of Brazil, con-
siderably south of the Equator. Three are reported to have been met with in the carcase
of a dead horse, and others creeping upon the ground. It is also stated to Live in rotten
wood in forests. There is every reason to believe that Hypocephalus is a burrowing insect,
and probably lives underground. Its attenuated form is admirably adapted to forcing its
wedge-shaped head into any crevice, with an incredible power of resistance in the hind
legs, and its tapering behind is no less calculated to enable it to retreat, folding its enor-
mous limbs by the sides of its small body. Under such circumstances one would expect
to find unusually small antennae, which readily fall back and beneath the head, for pro-
tection. Wings of course are useless, whilst its connate or soldered elytra give additional
solidity to the body, and their partial separation allows of an expansion of the abdomen,
under great exertion or pressure.

The fore feet, like those of other burrowing insects, are fitted for scraping, clearing
away the refuse, and passing it backward. The lobed jaws probably fit into the wonderful
apparatus at the base of the head, and together with the protuberances on either side seem
to form an instrument for grinding its food, which may then be deposited until required
in the pouch, which looks indeed like a ruminating stomach. The mandibles are formed
for clawing and pulling, or tearing, and the two rows of teeth, Like the molars of an ele-

* Mr. Westwood's specimen is 3^ inches long.

t This example had broken feet, as my figure shows, and probably it was aged, or dead when found ; young and
perfect specimens may have longer and sharper spines and more hairs upon the limbs.

MR. CURTIS ON HYPOCEPHALUS, A GENUS OF COLEOPTERA. 233

pliant, are evidently for grinding or mastication, the jaws by themselves being useless in
that respect, yet I expect they are capable of lateral motion.

Having shown that this pentamerous beetle agrees with the Lamellicomes in various
ways, whilst it disagrees with the Longicornes in many, I will assign my reasons for asso-
ciating Hypocephalus with the former Family, even were the claims balanced, excepting
the tarsi.

I confess that I have still so good an opinion of the tarsal system of Geoffroy, and
adopted by Latreille, as a basis for the primary divisions of the Coleoptera, that I do not
hesitate to challenge any systematist to exhibit another, better, more useful, or less
objectionable*. It is usual to term this an artificial System, but that which is based upon
anatomy is no more artificial in Entomology than in any other Class of animals, and the
skeletons of Insects being external, the joints of the legs and feet are as purely anatomical
as the bones (the femur, tibiae, &c.) of any quadruped or bird. In pursuing the tarsal
system, no one will attempt to deny meeting with many exceptions to the general type of
form, but these occur in the minuter groups, which often seem to become feeble in their
development, and depart from the perfection, if I may so term it, exhibited by the large
and typical species. In the Family Staphylinidce, for example, the number of joints
varies in the feet, but this is confined to the minute species f, and to an amount so small,
that it cannot justify our abandoning so valuable and tangible a character for dividing
the enormous Order Coleoptera. And when we examine the large and perfectly-deve-
loped examples, which must decide the position of a Family, we find the Staphylinidce an
undoubted pentamerous group % ; the larvse also in this instance assimilating so well
with those of the Carabidce, that it is at present difficult to decide to which family they
belong.

My experience teaches me, that as regards affinities, animals do not descend in their
claims of relationship, viz. If the types of a group exhibit certain perfections in their
structure, that group has no absolute affinity to a family typically less perfect, and cannot
therefore be transferred to that inferior group, without doing a violence to nature's laws.
For instance, it would be unnatural to remove a member of the Family Carabidce, with
its 6 palpi, to any other less perfect, however modified the tarsi might be, or however
strange its contour §. On the same principle, its pentamerous character excludes it from
entering the lines of the Heteromera, or any other of the great sections.

This is my reason for maintaining that Hypocephalus cannot be admitted amongst the
Longicornes : it must find a place amongst the Pentamera. It may be affirmed that the
Tetramera are pentamerous, — this I cannot admit ; the portion considered as a 4th or extra
joint, even when articulated, is not the analogue of the 4th joint in the Pentamera ; it is

* Consult Latreille' s Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum, and that admirable volume, the Considerations Generates.

t Vide Curtis's Brit. Ent. Homalota, pi. 514 ; Falagria, pi. 462; Bledius, pi. 143.

% See the dissections in the Brit. Ent. of Emus hirtus, pi. 534, and of 1 7 other genera of the same family, all of
which are pentamerous ; and it is deserving of remark, that generally when the number of joints is reduced, they fail
in the anterior feet : vide Phytosus, pi. 718.

§ Were it not for the number of the palpi, who could imagine that Mormolyce and Omophron were types of the
same family — and that Carabidce ?

VOL. XXI. 2 I

234 MR. CURTIS ON HYPOCEPHALUS, A GENUS OF COLEOPTERA.

merely a head or fulcrum at the base of the terminal joint, which is rendered necessary
from the 3rd joint being bilobed and cushioned beneath ; but as a general rule I consider
the bilobed joint to be the penultimate, not the antepenultimate joint, throughout the Co-
leoptera, especially where there is only one bilobed joint* ; and when a joint is either added
or withdrawn, the change takes place at the base of the tarsus f. The Heteromera, I think,
substantiate this position, for in the four anterior feet, it is the 4th joint which is bilobed ;
but in the hinder pair it is the 3rd joint which is thus formed, in those species which
are furnished with bilobed joints. Even in the few exceptions, if they be admitted as
such, we find more than one bilobed joint in the foot, or where it is the antepenultimate,
which it very rarely is, which is altered in structure, it is not bilobed, but cup-shaped or
sloped off obliquely ; moreover the false joint in the Longicornes is not cushioned beneath
like the 3 preceding joints, which shows it is merely the base of the 4th or terminal joint.

Neither do I insist that Hypocephalus is a Lamellicom, although I feel a conviction
that it is not a Longicorn. All my claims for it are based on its being truly a Penta-
merous beetle, which draws it nearer to the Lucanidce than it can possibly be attracted
to the Cerambycidce, by any less important character. If indeed subsequent discoveries
should furnish types to unite the Lucanida and the Prionidce, Hypocephalus may possibly
assist in such a union, and I am not sure that it would not be more in accordance with
nature, to change the position of the Heteromera in a linear arrangement, and attach
them to the Trimera, with which they have a considerable resemblance. For the Hete-
romera whilst partaking the characters of numberless families, cannot be associated with
any of them.

In changing the position of the primary divisions, we should not abandon the philo-
sophic and admirable systems of Latreille ; and if we suffer ourselves to be seduced by
analogies to wander from well-established systems, without sufficient reasons, we shall
have eventually to retrace our steps to free science from the difficulties and confusion
in which it has been involved. It is only necessary to review the Heteromera, to see
how dangerous it would be to lose sight of the tarsal system, for in that extraordinary
Section, which seems so distinct from the rest of the Coleoptera, one finds the types of
form of almost every family of beetles, from Carabus to Coccinella % ; and I am ashamed
to confess that when I collected materials for my " Guide to an Arrangement of British
Insects," I was so captivated by analogies, which was the prevailing taste of the times,

* Vide Curtis's Brit. Ent. Genus Brypta, pi. 454 ; Demetrias, pi. 119 ; Melandrya, pi. 155 ; Lagria, pi. 598.
Also all the Genera of Curculionidce and Cerambycidce ; the only exceptions are in the Trimera and perhaps Xylo-
phihis.

f Additional joints seem to be added at the base of the Tarsi in the Hydrophilidce. Vide Curt. Brit. Ent. Elo-
phorus, pi. 466 ; Enicoeerus, pi. 291 ; Ochthebius, pi. 250, and Hydrophilus, pi. 159.

X Thus the Carabida are represented by Adelium and Akis ; Scarites by Scaurus ; Harpahis by Pedinus and Pan-
darus ; Silpha by Asida ; Peltis by Pteroheleeus or Cilibe, Latr. ; Trox by Bolitophagus ; Melasis and Agryhis by
Birctea and Serropalpus ; Telephorus by Nothus ; Clerida by Layria ; Brachycerus by Moluris and Sepidiuni ;
Callidium by Pytho ; Timarcha by Gnaptor ; Cassidc? by Cossyphus ; Coccinella by Nilio ; Erotylus by Campsia, &c.
It is twenty years since I first stated that the Coleoptera were composed of 4 distinct Types (it ought to have been
5 lines of form. Vide Brit. Ent. fol. 498), one of which was the Heteromera, which seems to be a group complete in
itself, and although reflecting all the other Families, being anatomically distinct from them all.

MR. CURTIS ON HYPOCEPHALUS, A GENUS OF COLEOPTERA. 235

that I was led to make some changes which I shall correct on the first opportunity. Indeed
if we were to reject the form of the feet in the Coleoptera, disregarding the number of
the joints, the Heteromera might be distributed throughout the entire mass.

I must not, however, be misunderstood regarding the value of the structure of the
mouth in the formation of systems, for although it may be subject to great modifications,
and depart from the typical forms, like the changes in the tarsi, such anomalies are perhaps
confined to the minuter members of a family, and a comparison of the trophi is unques-
tionably of the greatest importance in arriving at the true affinities of insects. As our
materials multiply our knowledge advances, and changes become necessary and unavoid-
able, but let them be made on substantial grounds, not losing sight of the first principles
of true affinity.

I trust that those from whom I differ in opinion will be assured, that it is from no love
of opposition that I have ventured upon this difficult subject, but with the sole desire of
arriving at the truth, and to assist in fixing our Systems on some firm basis, generally
understood, and universally to be adopted, so that we may no longer be tossed to and fro,
as we are at present ; every new work, unscrupulously changing, sometimes entirely
reversing or disregarding, the labours of the most profound and learned men of science,
that have adorned the pages of Natural History.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Tab. XXV.

Fig. 1. exhibits the under side of Hypocephalus armatus, mas ? a little larger than Mr. Turner's specimen ;
a. the antenna ; m. the mandibles ; p. the palpi, the central pair being the labial, inserted at the
margin of the trilobed mentum. Between the base of the head and the antepectus is shown the
large membranous triangular cavity, enclosed on the sides by a series of broad teeth (s). At the
base are inserted the 1st pair of legs, with short, slightly dilated tarsi; a lobe passing between
the coxae, dilated at the apex, keeled down the middle (a. p). The ample postpectus follows
(p.p), near the base of which the 2nd pair of legs is inserted, with much longer tarsi, and at
the hinder margin the 3rd pair of legs, with enormous thighs, curved tibiae, and perfect speci-
mens exhibit 5-jointed tarsi similar to the 2nd pair, but the basal joint is shorter. Fig. b. is the
small attenuated abdomen.

Fig. 2. Upper side of head, showing the spreading lobes at the base (b) ; a. basal joint of antenna ; /. lateral
lobes of the head ; m. the mandibles ; e. the eyes.

Fig. 3. The insect in profile ; a. the antenna ; I. lateral lobes of the head ; m. the mandibles ; p. the palpi ;
e. the eye ; s. the serrated or toothed margin of the antepectus.

Fig. 4. Antenna magnified.

Fig. 4*. The trilobed broad mentum ; p. the triarticulate palpus.

Fig. 5. Four basal joints of the anterior tarsi magnified.

To illustrate this subject as far as I am able, I have added figures of the trophi, &c. of Cyr-
tognathus rostratus, Fabr.

2l2

236 MR. CURTIS ON HYPOCEPHALUS, A GENUS OF COLEOPTERA.

Fig. 6. Upper side of head ; a. basal joint of antenna ; m. mandibles ; e. eyes.

Fig. 7. Upper side of another specimen, with the thorax, base of elytra and scutellum. The eyes more

approximating.
Fig. 8. Head and thorax in profile; a. the antenna: m. the mandibles; e. the eye; t. the thorax; s. the

pectoral spine.
Fig. 9. Labrum.
Fig. 10. Mandible.

Fig. 11. Maxilla with internal lobe; p. the palpus, long, hatchet-shaped, 2nd joint the longest.
Fig. 12. Mentum ; I. labium, formed of 2 lanceolate, very spreading and pilose lobes; p. palpus, triar-

.ticulate, hatchet-shaped, 2nd joint the longest.
Fig. 13. Anterior tarsus, with subtrigonate, sublunate and bilobed joints and a false or minute joint forming

the base of the 4th ; t. apex of tibia, with the spurs.

March 1854, Belitha Villas, Barnsbury Park.

Ira*vs.Iiruu Scc.YoLXXI. lai. XXV. p. 236

6

Xi'urf^s cut nafi.pina-. 1854..

rig. 3.

-ZV«2* Smith,. S&tlp.

[ 237 ]

XXVII. On the Osteological relations observable among a few Species of the Bovine Family .
By Walter Adam, M.D. Communicated by Robert Brown, Esq., V.P.L.S.

Read June 6, 1854.

IN a communication formerly submitted to the Linnean Society*, an attempt was made
to trace throughout one large animal the identities and variations of osteological dimen-
sion characteristic of a species. The animal selected for that inquiry was the Camel of
Bactria.

It is now intended, by an osteological comparison of some species in a cognate group of
animals, to exemplify the more striking resemblances and deviations in form which are
exhibited among the components of a zoological family. The indulgence of access to the
British Museum has enabled the writer to examine at leisure nine osteological specimens
contained there, of the Mammalian family of Bovines ; three pairs, male and female : —
the Bos Bantiger of Java, the Bibos Gaurus of Nepal, and the Bison of North America;
along with three separate males, — the Aurochs (Bison) of Lithuania, the Caffre Buffalo
of the Cape of Good Hope, and the Short-horned Buffalo of the Gambia, the last a young
animal. The Bovines, equally with the Camel, seemed deserving of study, on account of
their value to Man.

As a standard of measurement within the animal itself, the basilar length of the
cranium was found to be most eligible in the Camel ; the same dimension, similarly
divided into 72 parts, has been continued in the Bovines. Though no single dimen-
sion can be assumed to be invariable, the basilar length of the cranium, notwithstand-
ing its rostral termination in the intermaxillaries, will admit of preference in many other
animals.

The breadths of the head in the Camel occupy three sets of distances from the mesial
plane, ending with the greatest breadth — the orbital. Subsequent to those three dimen-
sions of breadth there are four cranial lengths, beginning with the shortest — the palatal.
Thus placed in order, the seven dimensions of the head in the Camel are by six equal
decrements successively reduced from the greatest length. Bovine species being nume-
rous, with a corresponding scale of diversity, indications of a fixed normal type could not
in Bovines, as a family, be so decided as in the almost solitary Camel. Bovine osteolo-
gical dimensions will be seen to vary not a little. From size of parts — not always greater
in the male — the male and the female bones might even be thought to belong to animals
quite distinct. Still the cranial lengths of the Bovines, without such regular progression
as in the Camel, show a degree of similarity. In all, the length of the head approaches,
in the Gour it attains, the cranial extreme of the Camel. The very different character of

* Linnean Transactions, vol. xvi. p. 525.

238 DR. ADAM ON THE OSTEOLOGICAL RELATIONS

profile in the Camel is owing to the backward position of the nostrils. In the Gour the
fulness of the inion brings the corono-nasal length almost to an equality with the basilar ;
so that the lengths of the cranium, beginning with the coronal, which in the Camel are
5.7.6, may in the Gour be stated to be 6 . 7 . 6. In general, among the other Bovines,
especially the males, the basilar length of the cranium, as in the Camel, is intermediate
to the elongation of the muzzle and the recedence of the nasal bones ; the palatal length
also reaches nearly two-thirds of the basilar length.

Continuing the profile : Bovines have no prevailing height of cranium. In the vaulted
crania of the Aurochs and the North American Bison the inion is even lower than the
nasal bones are over the palate. The inial elevation of the other species may be stated to
be one-third more than the palatal. Compared with the lengths of the cranium, the ten-
dency of the palatal height in Bovines is to be one-third of the basilar length. While
the vaulted crania, as has been already noticed, sink iniad, the crania of Bovines, which
are flattened over the palate, rise to an inial elevation of one half the basilar length. In
the male Bantiger the inial height is half the corono-nasal length.

The greatest similarity of wideness in Bovine crania seems to be at the zygomatic arches,
where the span of the cranium is exactly, or very nearly, half the basilar length. The
muzzles also have a strong resemblance in breadth, that dimension being in all of them
more than one-sixth of the basilar length. The broadest muzzle, that of the Cape Buffalo,
is exactly a fourth of the basilar length ; thus in identity with the cerebral transverse of
the cranium. The Aurochs is most conspicuous for wideness of cranium. Next to the
Aurochs are the North American Bisons, male and female. In these two species the
greater breadth seems to compensate for the smaller height. While in the other Bovines
the tendency is to an orbital breadth half the basilar length, the orbits of the Aurochs
reach laterally beyond two-thirds of the basilar length, and their expansion is not much
less in the North American Bisons.

The horns even show a determinate correspondence with the rest of the osteological
structure. The capacious circuit that surmounts the head of the Gour, spreads out, in the
fully-developed male, to twice the basilar length of the cranium.

The mesial extent of the Bovine vertebrae, from the occipital condyles to the root of the
tail, closely approaches four times the cranial basilar length. It is accurately so in the
Aurochs, the North American Bisons, and the female Bantiger. Of all the nine Bovines,
the Aurochs and the North American Bisons have the greatest extension of the dorsal ver-
tebras, as there is of the cervicals in the female Bantiger. The vertebral growth of the
under-aged Gambian Buffalo had been with the sacrals, lumbars and dorsals, in the pro-
gression 2.4.8.

Of Bovine ribs, the longest fully attains, or somewhat exceeds, the extreme cranial
length. In like manner, the first rib corresponds with the palatal length, slightly exceed-
ing it in those robust species, the Aurochs and the Cape Buffalo.

In no Bovine was there found a perfect identity of dimension between the scapula and
the pelvis, except in the female of the North American Bison. The Aurochs and the
North American Bisons, both male and female, have the longest scapulas. The scapulas,

AMONG A FEW SPECIES OF THE BOVINE FAMILY.

239

in their length, seem to be referable more to the basilar than to the extreme of the cra-
nium. On the other hand, the length of the pelvic bones does correspond with the
cranial extreme.

In its transverse dimensions the enclosure of the pelvic cavity has no marked identity
with the transverses of the cranium. The ischial transverse has some relation to the
coronal, or to the extreme, lengths of the head. At the same time, the ischial transverse
dimension is very nearly the same as the acetabular, the slight excess of the ischial over
the acetabular in the males being reversed in the females. In the young Gambian Buf-
falo the acetabular development had been more rapid than the ischial.

There is a considerable diversity in length of limb among Bovines, as much in regard
to the atlantal limbs compared with the sacral, as to the separate bones of the limbs com-
pared with each other. Except in the male Bantiger and the Gambian Buffalo, the hu-
merus is in a small degree shorter than the radius ; while there is more excess of length
in the femur over the tibia. The male and the female Bantiger show a difference almost
beyond what is specific. In Bovines generally the atlantal extremities are curtailed of
the proportion of the longer sacral bones by from a third to a half of the basilar length of
the cranium.

Actual basilar length of cra-
nium, in inches

Corono-nasal length of cra-
nium, in proportional parts*

Extreme length of cranium . .

Intermaxillaries to inial of pa-
late

Intermaxillaries to basilar of
spinal foramen

Height from inial of palate . .
Height from basilar of spinal

foramen

Intern

ntermaxillary transverse

Orbital transverse

Zygomatic transverse. . . .
Auditory transverse ....

Temporal transverse

between horns and occiput

Coroual transverse

Cerebral transverse

Aurochs.

18-55
65
80
44

72

26
■ 25

14
50
36
34
38
9S

21

Bos Bantiger.

Male.

17-80
65
82
45
72

25
32

13
35
33
32
31
114

18

Female.

17-35
61
78

abest
72

22
36

13
31
32
30
26
39

18

Bibos Gaurus.

Male.

19-80
71
83
47

72

24

38

15
40
37
35
36
144

horns

17

Female.

17-90
70

84
46

72

25
36

14
36
34
32
33
84

American Bison.

Male.

18-90
65
79
44

72

28
25

14
46
35
34
40

88 horns

84

tip* of corn. bones

21

Female.

17-75
62

78
45
72

24
23

13
41
32
30
33
78

tips of com. bones

19

Bubalus
Coffer.

Bubalus
Brachyceros.

18-60

15-80

65 .

63

79

to occipital cond.

76

45

44

72

72

24

22

34

30

18

13

38

32

36

34

32

30

37

no sinus

130

ext. bdth. of horns

69

horns

18

19

* The basilar length of the cranium being taken as 72 parts, all the following measurements are in proportional parts.

240

DR. ADAM ON THE OSTEOLOGICAL RELATIONS

Vertebrae : —
Atlas, length, dorsad

„ transversely

Dentata, length, sternad ....

„ transversely, rostrad

„ height, caudad ....

Cervicals, mesial extent, ster-
nad

Dorsals

Lumbars

Sacrals

Greatest sterno-dorsal of dor- "I
sals j

Greatest transverse of lumbars

Length of first rib

Length of longest rib

Breadth of broadest rib

Scapula, greatest length along 1
ridge j

„ greatest expanse, dorsad

,, smallest breadth toward

glenoid

Pelvic bones, rostro-caudal ex-
tent of each . . .
„ mesio-lateral expanse

of ditto

,, compression toward

acetabulum

Lumbar transverse of whole
pelvis

Acetabular

Ischial

Humerus, extreme length ....
Ulna „ „ ....

Femur „ „

Tibia

Aurochs.

18
32
19
17

26

} 69
128

Fourteen

52

Five

39

Five

2nd

3rd

57

52
82

9th

84

with cartilage

45

61
72
72
69

274

Bos Bantiger.

Male.

9
36
15
17

23

114

Thirteen

58
Six

27

Four

270

53

2nd

62

4th

45

82

9th

9
7th

62
38
10
78
44
8
81
41
42

51
59
68
65

Female.

10
25
16
16

21

80
112

58
38

50

49

5th

48
80

9th

9

7th

57
32

8
79
36 1

9
69
42
39

55
63
70
65

Bibos Gaurus.

.Male.

8
32
17

18

26

67
114

Thirteen

59

Six

34

5th

274

63
50

47

86

Sth,9th&10th

8
8th

76
41
11
82
39
10
67
38
39

60
74

73

68

275

Female.

9
27
15
17

23

70
114

59

40

Five

57

4th

50

5 th

50

82

8th,9th&10th

8
8th

70
37
10
82

76 broken

36
8
68
41
39

56
66
69

65

256

American Bison.

Male.

9
29
13
16

24

67 so

7th cartilage off

133

Fourteen

at articular centres

53

Five

34

287

75

1st & 2nd
51

■lth

42

9th & 10th

5
7th

76
35
10
73
33
7
66
39
38

55
65
63
62

245

Female.

7
24
15
17

20

70
134

51
36

291
64

1st & 2nd

51

4th

45
85

9th & 10th

6

7th

72
36
10
72
35
7
68
41
37

52
61
60
60

Bubalas
Coffer.

10

36
16

17

29 caudad

26

70
121

Thirteen

60

Six

Four

27

3rd

6th

278

61
56

51

84
14

65
39
11
79
41
9
83
42
39

54
66
64

62

246

AMONG A FEW SPECIES OF THE BOVINE FAMILY.

241

Humerus, articular length . .

Aurochs.

Bos Bantiger.

Bibos Gaums.

American Bison.

Bubalus
Coffer.

Bubalus
Brachyceros.

Male.

Female.

Male.

Female.

Male.

Female.

53

42

48

54

50

49

48

47

44

Radius „ „

51

45

48

52

49

48

mesiad

47

45

48

Metacarpus „ „ . . . .

29

27

38 so

38

37

29

32 so

28

32

133

114 ,

134

144

136

, 126

127

120

124

Femur „ „ . . . .

67

64

65

68

65

62

58

62

57

Tibia „ M

65

56

55

59

58

55

53

56

56

Metatarsus „ „ . . . .

36

40

42

41

41

36

39

33

37

168

100

162

168

164

153

150

151

150

Humerus, proximal transverse

14

16

17

20

18

17

17

19

15

Radius „ „

15

14

14

15

15

14

14

16

14

Metacarpus „ „

13

11

10

11

10

11

11

12

11

Femur „ „

22

22

21

23

22

22

20

24

20

Tibia

18

18

18

21

19

18

17

19

17

Metatarsus „ „

9

8

9

9

9

9

8

10

9

Humerus, smallest transverse.

7

6

6

9

9

7

6

8

6

Cubitus „ „

•8

7

7

9

8

8

7

8

7

Metacarpus „ „

7

6

5

7

5

7

6

7

6

Femur ,, „

7

6

7

8

6

7

6

7

7

Tibia

8

7

7

9

7

7

6

7

7

Metatarsus ,, „

7

5

5

6

5

5

4

6

5

Humerus, distal transverse . .

14

14

13

14

13

14

14

14

13

Cubitus „ „

14

14

11

13

13

14

13

14

13

Metacarpus „ ,,

10

12

9

10

10

11

11

12

11

Femur „ „

18

17

17

20

18

16

16

19

17

Tibia

9

11

10

12

11

11

11

12

11

Metatarsus „ ,,

9

11

9

10

9

10

10

10

10

N.B. Dr. Adam's Paper was accompanied by a series of Tables, in wbicb tbe more im-
portant Dimensions of tbe Bactrian Camel, as given in the sixteenth volume of the Lin-
nean Transactions, and those of the nine Bovine Skeletons, as given above, are represented
by proportional lines instead of figures. These Tables are deposited in the Archives of
the Society. — Secr.

vol. XXI.

2k

$

8

^

^

tit

fr*

|

1

.-}

&

"a

•b

*

ci

05

o

3

3

u

-

u

w
a

H

C
H
H

O

g

H

-5

1

g £
"1-1

.a i

?6

4-

i i i

<s

$

5^

■Op 10 f 66 &. 72 fff 4P Jf Vt -I?

"I-

I

I

of Sacrum.

J&ghest-DorsaL Vertebra,

^JJeptn^ of Thoraec and Spine/

^itgko of VDmta/a

\

1 'J

II |

M

■*

$

*.

*

<i

: 1

N

Tl

a-

^

*

<2 ^ >*

II

S

I

i

PI1

II ||

I

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

LONDON.

VOLUME XXI.
PART THE FOURTH.

LONDON:

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S HOUSE, SOHO-SQUARE ;
AND BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS, PATERNOSTER -ROW.

M.DCCC.LV.

Op

Is

-*

^

ft

J

H

1

1

4

ft

<fc

. ?

R

O

i— i

-

0 ft

O
W
H

O
P

M

5

>
I

1 i

<5

$

■fza ios 96 <&. 72 ep 4f 3e u- *2

.flag/a/ of JUmt

of Satrum*

\

I

^HightfpDorscU* Vir&brcL

^DqxA/ of ' Thorax cuvl Sptnv
'/ of VDtitfatn/

•r.
J

^ ^

^>

M

i*

Sf

<C

*.

*

Si

.N "> cs

*

1 i »

%

<3 «5 <<$•

S *5

II

s

[ 243 ]

XXVIII. Observations on the Structure of the Seed and Peculiar Form of the Embryo
in the Clusiacese. By John Miers, Esq., F.B.S., F.L.S. fyc.

R*ad June 20 and November 21, 1854.

1 HE object of this paper is to present to the notice of the Linnean Society some remarks
upon the seed of the Clusiacece, and to call the attention of botanists more especially to
the structure of its embryo, the nature of which has been hitherto quite misunderstood.
During my residence in Brazil, I made several observations upon the plants of this family :
the many novel facts thus collected have since induced me to extend this inquiry, with a
view of determining the true affinities and limits of the Order, and of establishing the
characters of its several genera, concerning which our present data are greatly confused
and imperfect. The evidence upon these more general points will, however, be reserved
for a future occasion ; my attention, as a matter of primary importance, being first
confined to a consideration of the seminal structure of the family.

The earliest description of these features I find in Jussieu's ' Genera Plantarum,'
p. 255, published in 1789, where, in his ordinal character of the Guttiferce, he simply
states that its embryo is erect, without albumen, and with hard corky cotyledons (lobis
suberoso-callosis) .

The next mention is in 1791, by Gsertner, who in his justly celebrated work * De Fruc-
tibus,' &c, plate 105, figures, with his usual fidelity, his analysis of three species of
Garcinia ; these he describes (vol. ii. p. 105) as having a coriaceous testa, a thin integu-
ment, and a fleshy solid nucleus, which exhibits in its axis an apparently different
development of a terete, sometimes compressed, lanceolate form, the whole nucleus con-
stituting a compact inseparable mass : from these facts, contrary to the opinion of Jussieu,
he infers that the great body of the nucleus is a large albumen, and that the axile portion
is a pseudo-mono-cotyledonous embryo, closely united together in one solid body.

Richard in 1811, in his excellent memoir on Endorhizal embryos *, in order to mark
the difference between the embryonal structure of the Monocotyledones, and certain
peculiar macropodal forms observed in the seeds of some dicotyledonous plants, described
and figured the structure of the embryos of Pekea (Caryocar) tuberculosa and Clusia
palmicida. The former has been copied in every botanical work published since that
time, in order to serve as an example of that peculiar development, but the latter has
never been alluded to, or mentioned, in any such work, that I can find ; indeed the fact
appears to have escaped the recollection of every botanist who has written upon Guttife-
rous plants, except Jussieu, although it would have been important to have borne that
circumstance in remembrance. Richard there correctly describes the seed of Clusia as
being enveloped in pulp ; one extremity of its brittle testa is pierced with an aperture,
beneath which the nucleus exhibits a small protuberance cleft in two, which he states to
be two minute cotyledons, the principal mass of the embryo being an enormous radicle ;
he points out the existence of an inner integument, one end of which is attached to

* Ann. du Mus. xvii. 456. tab. 9 & 10.
VOL. XXI. 2 K

244 MR. MIERS ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE SEED

the aperture in the extremity of the testa, the whole nucleus forming, in his own peculiar
technology, " an epispermic antitropal embryo." There is, however, one essential error
in this otherwise correct description ; like other botanists, he has mistaken the base for
the apex of the seed.

Jussieu, in 1813, in a memoir upon the characters of the Hypericinoe and Guttifera,
drawn from the structure of their seeds*, observes, that if the remarkable fact above
recorded by so accurate an observer as Richard, be exact, Clusia cannot belong to Gut-
tiferce, but must constitute the type of a distinct family nearer to the Marcgraaviacea.

Choisy, in 1822, in a memoir upon the family of the Guttifercef, ascribes in its ordinal
character features altogether different from those of Jussieu, and equally opposed to the
description of Gaertner. He states that the seeds are without albumen, that the embryo
is erect, and that the cotyledons are large, fleshy, either separable or combined in one
mass. In Garcinia, he says, the seeds are arillate, and the cotyledons thick and con-
joined ; but in Clusia he declares that these presumed cotyledons are separable, a feature
that no succeeding botanist has verified. He alludes in no way to the very different
structure recorded by Richard, of the seed in Clusia, although, when he stated the
separability of the cotyledons in that genus, this idea may probably have been derived
from some indistinct recollection of the analysis of that eminent carpologist.

The description of the Guttiferce in DeCandolle's celebrated ' Prodromus ' (1824) is
confessed to be a mere recapitulation of the above-mentioned memoir, and consequently
the same characters are there repeated upon the authority of Choisy.

Cambessedes, in a very able essay upon this Natural Order, and on its relation to the
Temstrcemiacece, published in 1828 j, affirms that throughout the family of the Guttiferce
" l'embryon est droit, les cotyledons sont grands, epais, tres entiers, soud^s ensembles ;
la radicule est tres petite, en forme de mamelon ; sa direction, relativement au point
d'attache de la graine, merite la plus grande attention, et demontre jusqu'a 1' evidence,
que dans les families les plus naturelles, les caracteres, considered dans la plupart des
cas comme de la premiere valeur, peuvent varier dans les genres d'ailleurs extremement
voisins. Dans le Clusia Criuva, dont je possede des graines dans un etat parfait de
maturity, la radicule est tournee vers l'extremite de la graine la plus eloignee du point
d'attache." I shall presently demonstrate that this statement is founded on error, and
that the inferences above drawn are illusory. In that memoir the embryos of Clusia and
Calophyllwm are described as being erect, inverted, the small mammaeform point, which
he calls the radicle, as being at the apex or opposite extremity to the basal hilum of
attachment ; while in those of Mammea and Mesua, the radicle is said to be small, and
pointing in a contrary direction, that is to say, to the basal point of attachment. He
therefore erroneously concludes, that in this family the embryo is either homotropal or
antitropal, or in other words, that the radicle is sometimes directed to that point of the
seed next the hilum, at others, towards the opposite extremity. It is, however, fair to
mention that he had not confidence in the correctness of these observations, and stated
his doubts on this point, for the guidance of future botanists.

* Ann. du Mus. xx. 463. f Mem. Soc. Phys. de Geneve, torn. i. % Mem. du Mus. xvi. 369.

AND PECULIAR FORM OF THE EMBRYO IN THE CLUSIACECE. 245

In the following year M. Cambessedes minutely described the several Guttiferous
plants collected by M. Aug. St. Hilaire, in his journeys through Brazil (Elor. Bras. Merid.
i. 314 et seq.), and there, in his character of Clusia Criuva, he thus defines its seminal
features : " raphe ab hilo ad basin seminis ducta parum elevata ; radicula brevissima,
mammseformi, basin seminis hilo contrariam spectante, cotyledonibus coalitis apicem semi-
nis hilo proximum spectantibus." Little dependence, however, can be placed upon this
ample and precise definition, especially in regard to the terms base and apex, because, as I
shall have occasion to show, in the figures 8, 9 and 10 of plate 65 of the work referred to,
the seed is placed in a position diametrically opposite to that in which it is attached to
the placenta, as the point he there assumes to be the radicle is said to be inferior, and
the stipitate or basal support is there represented as an arillus that covers the apex of
the seed. It is necessary to bear these circumstances in remembrance, as there is here
an evident misconception of the whole structure.

Prof. Kunth, in his details of the several Guttiferous plants collected in the Voyage of
Humboldt and Bonpland, throws no light whatever on this portion of the subject.

Doctor Von Martius, in his admirable work (Nov. Gen. et Spec. PL Bras.), offers no
account, either in his generic or specific descriptions, of the several Guttiferous plants
there enumerated, as far as regards the nature of the seed ; but he gives ample details of
a plant resembling his Clusia insignis, and named by him Platonia msignis, figuring at
the same time the analysis of its fruit and seed. The nucleus enclosed within the testa is
there described to consist of a large mass of fleshy albumen, containing numerous oil-
cells, and enclosing in its centre a long terete or club-shaped embryo, with a superior
radicle, the whole consolidated into one integral inseparable mass. As this form of
embryo, and the presence of copious albumen, were facts opposed to the generally received
conclusion of botanists, in regard to the structure of the seed in Clusiacece, he suggested
the propriety of placing his new genus Platonia in a distinct family, which he proposed
to call Canellacece, thus associating it with the little-known Canella alba, a plant greatly
differing from it in habit and floral structure, and of which we possess an imperfect
knowledge, especially of its carpological features.

Endlicher, in his ' Genera Plantarum,' gives the characters of the Order and of each
genus of the Clusiacece, in accordance with the views of Cambessedes, and arranges Pla-
tonia, after Von Martius, in the Canellacea, as a suborder of the Guttiferce.

Poppig, in his ' Nova Genera et Species,' although he details the characters of several
genera and species of Guttiferous plants from Peru and Northern Brazil, and figures some
of them, does not enter into any description of the structure of the seed.

Prof. Lindley, in his ' Vegetable Kingdom,' where he gives an outline of the ordinal
characters of the Clusiacece, adopts the views of Cambessedes in regard to the nature of
the seed, notwithstanding that he admits Platonia as a member of the family.

Prof. Miquel, giving in 1844 a detailed account of a species of Arrudea (Linn, xviii.
232), follows the example of Cambessedes in misconceiving the structure of the seed, for
he describes the embryo as having fleshy plano-convex cotyledons, and a very short radicle.

Lastly, M. Choisy, in a more recent memoir (1850) * on the Guttiferce of India, and

* Mem. Soc. Phys. de Geneve, torn. xii. p. 381.

2 k2

246 MR. MIERS ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE SEED

some little-known American plants of this Order, gives many interesting observations on
the organography, affinities and subdivisions of the family, as a prelude to a review of the
various genera and differential characters existing between them. It is, however, singular,
that in a memoir of such length, where he discusses fully the general structure of the
Order, he does not make the smallest allusion to the important question of the nature of
the seed, concerning which so many uncertainties and incongruities are known to exist :
this is the more remarkable, because in the interval of nearly thirty years since the appear-
ance of his previous memoir, the facts subsequently published are at variance with his
former views on this subject.

As the results of my inquiries are widely different from the conclusions of Cambessedes,
which have been almost universally adopted by botanists, it will be better to select from
my several observations the analysis of the fruit of a species closely allied to the Clusia
Criuva, Camb., upon the examination of which that able botanist principally relied, in
the construction both of his ordinal and generic characters. Here the fruit is an oval
drupaceous-looking capsule, 10 lines long and 8 lines in diameter ; it is 5-celled, with 5
very thick fleshy valves, which break away by their margins from the edges of the par-
titions, and become rotately expanded, leaving a large erect 5-winged column, in the
angles of which the seeds are fixed. Each cell contains about 12 seeds, enveloped in a
thick mucilage, and these are attached horizontally by one extremity to the placentary
column, in two longitudinal rows. The seed is of an oval form, about £th of an inch in
length, and is slightly gibbous on the upper or dorsal side, the lower or ventral face pre-
senting a prominent keel, extending from the base to a swollen point near the apex. The
external tunic, at first thick and fleshy, and of an orange colour, forms when dried a thinner
tough skin, and when it is scraped off, the keel seen on its ventral face is found to cover
a bundle of fibres in the form of a raphe, one end of which proceeds from the stipitate base
of the covering and the point of its attachment to the placenta, as well as to the body
which it encloses, the other end terminating near the summit by a sudden reflexion,
where it enters an aperture through the crustaceous integument of the seed : this is a
hard, brittle shell, striately punctate, of an oval form, and a little flattened at the base,
where, somewhat excentrically, is seen a very small point or cicatrix at the origin of the
raphe-like cord : on the contrary or apical extremity, always somewhat on the ventral
side, and around the opening through which the raphe-like cord penetrates the shell, is
observed a prominent ring, radiately striated, forming a hollow cup : this outer shell is
smooth within, and lined with a very thin free integument, that is contracted near the
summit by a narrow neck of a darkish colour, by which it is suspended and connected
with the extremity of the raphe-like cord : the solid nucleus filling the cavity of this
integument is of a pale greenish colour, marked by numerous very distinct, prominent,
parallel and longitudinal lines of an orange colour, which do not reach the base, but ter-
minate round a flattened colourless space, like that seen in the outer shell, and in the
middle of which a minute shining tubercular point is observed : the apex of the nucleus
is distinguished by a short hemispherical nipple- shaped protuberance of a smaller
diameter, which is divided to its base by a distinct transverse cleft into two equal portions,
the bottom of this commissure on the ventral side corresponding with the dark-coloured

AND PECULIAR FORM OF THE EMBRYO IN THE CLUSIACE^E. 247

neck of the inner integument, as well as with the somewhat lateral aperture in the outer
shell, and the termination of the cord already described ; on making a longitudinal section
of the nucleus, this cleft is more distinctly seen, and at the bottom of this commissure is
observed a small prominent point, and also in the axis extending from this spot to the
small tubercular point at the base is seen a continuous line, more or less narrow, some-
what curved, and of a more opake and whiter colour than the body of the nucleus : the
principal mass is of a semi-crystalline hue.

This internal thickened line is what Gaertner considered to be the embryo of the seed,
and the fleshy surrounding mass to be copious albumen. Choisy, Cambessedes, and most
other botanists, have considered the main body of the nucleus to be two large cotyledons
agglutinated into one solid mass, the line of their junction being indicated by the curved
bine just mentioned, while they held the nipple-shaped protuberance to be the radicle.
In the description above given, I have been careful to avoid the use of technical names in
designating the several parts, until the whole evidence has been stated ; but the inferences
I have drawn from these facts, which I will here endeavour to substantiate, are, that the
seed is enveloped by an entire arillus, with a raphe extending from the hilum, or basal
point of its attachment to the arillus and placenta, to the process or cup-shaped ring
surrounding the aperture situated near the geometrical apex of the testa, and through
which the nourishing vessels of the raphe pass, to unite with the inner integument : the
small cicatrix at the opposite extremity of the testa, near the hilum, must be considered
as the micropyle. Most botanists will perhaps call this extremity the base of the seed, and
correctly so, although others have considered the geometrical apex as the true base, because
it was once the base of the ovule before it became reversed in its position by its anatropal
development : the use of this term, unless accompanied by an explanation of the sense in
which it is applied, leads constantly to error and confusion*. The existence of the internal
chalaza in the contracted and thickened summit of the inner integument, and its connexion

* Great mystification is often created by the misapplication of the several terms umbilicus, hilum, apex or base of
the seed, which are used in a contrary sense by different botanists ; and even Richard, who may be regarded as a leading
authority on this point, is not free from similar confusion. St. Hilaire, in his Monograph on the Brazilian Violaceee
(Mem. du Mus. xi. 446), accurately describes the structure of the seed in Viola to be carunculate at the point of its pla-
centary attachment, which he calls the "umbilicus," and the corresponding point of the testa, the "hilum," to which
the inferior radicle is directed, while the areolar "chalaza" is seen at the opposite extremity, or "apex." Prof.
Kunth, on the contrary (Nov. Gen. et Spec. v. 368), describes the seed in Viola as being carunculate at the apex by
which it is attached to the placenta, with a basal chalaza at the opposite extremity : the embryo is said to be inverted,
with its superior radicle directed to the hilum. Here we observe that two of the highest authorities apply the same
terms in a directly opposite sense ; the one truly, as regards the point of the placentary attachment of the seed, con-
sidering that point as its base, whatever be its position in respect to the axis of the fruit : the other uses the same
terms relatively to the direction which the seed may bear in regard to its position with the axis of the pericarp, which
in the instance of Viola, being suspended from the placenta, gives a reversed attitude to all its several parts : if this
loose glossology were admitted, how could we define the base and apex of the seeds, where they sometimes happen to
be erect, horizontal, and pendent in the same cell ?

Cambessedes has fallen into an error of a similar nature in reversing the position of the seed in his representation
of Clusia Criuva (Flor. Bras. pi. 65. figs. 8, 9 & 10), where the stipitate support is miscalled and delineated as an
apical arillus, and his radicle (the true cotyledons) are seen at the base, instead of the apex of the seed.

248 MR. MIERS ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE SEED

with the raphe through the diapyle * or aperture in the testa, constitutes an important
feature in this inquiry. The nipple-shaped protuberance in the summit of the nucleus,
hitherto taken to be the radicle, appears to me, without the smallest doubt, as was first
shown by Richard, to be the two cotyledons of the embryo, which, although small and
short, are nevertheless quite distinct, and their relative position is indicated by the direc-
tion of the cleft, being placed right and left of the axis, or with their commissure pointed
to the raphe : the main body of the nucleus, instead of being the confluent cotyledons, as
hitherto supposed, must be a gigantic radicle, in the axis of which is imbedded the caulicle
of the embryo, shown in the opake central line previously mentioned, terminated at its
base by the shining speck before described, and at its apex by the plumule, which is seen
protruding into the space at the bottom of the cotyledonary cleft. The minute external
speck, which I consider to be the germinating point of the caulicle, is always more or less
prominent, and of a green colour in the living state : this point does not exactly corre-
spond in position with the micropyle of the testa, but is somewhat lateral in respect to it,
and nearer the basal origin of the raphe.

Although this axile portion of the radicle is plainly distinguishable in numerous other
less prominent cases, it has never been distinctly noticed. In Pekea the superiorly
exserted portion of this process has been called the caulicle t, a name also given to the
large germinating protrusion in the embryo of Rhizophora, but inappropriately, because
that term is applicable only to the ascending system, or the elongating portion of the
plumule above its junction with the cotyledons : all below this point belongs to the de-
scending system, and in order to distinguish it from the main radicular mass, it may be
called the neorhiza : it is in fact the growing portion of the elementary root, the more
external mass of the radicle being inert, or at least serving only the purpose of albumen
or of large fleshy cotyledons, in affording nutriment to the germinating parts of the
embryo %.

* This word is proposed to denominate the distinct aperture often seen pierced through the substance of the osseous
testa, and by which the raphe penetrates, to unite with the chalaza of the tegmen or inner integument of the seed, and
is used in contradistinction to the foramen, a term applied to the orifice of the primine of the ovule, which afterwards
becomes the micropyle of the seed : this last, in seeds produced from anatropal ovules, is situated at the extremity
always opposite to that in which the diapyle is placed. In the case of Clusia above detailed, the diapyle is a very
manifest aperture, filled with soft fungous matter ; in some other cases it is closed by the osseous deposits of the te3ta,
and is only recognizable as the point where the extremity of the raphe, when it is free, penetrates the testa. This
must not be confounded with the omphalode, a term applied by Turpin to express the aperture in the centre of the
hilum in antitropal seeds through which the nourishing vessels pass to promote the growth of the embryo ; nor with the
caruncula, a name used to express indiscriminately any excrescence or swelling upon the testa, whether about the
strophiole, about the hilum, or about the micropyle, where, according to St. Hilaire, it is sometimes observed, as in
Euphorbia, Ricinus and Polyyala.

f This term (synonymous with the tigelle of the French botanists) is vaguely applied by some authors : thus Gau-
dichaud (Recherches sur l'Organographie, &c. p. 39) defines " la tigelle, ou ce qu'on nomme ordinairement la radicule
dans les embryons ; cette partie sert a la composition des tiges." By this is evidently meant only that ascending
portion of the collar of the embryo, which I have above defined as the true caulicle, and which does not belong to the
radicle, although continuous with it.

% It may be maintained by some, that Gcertner's view is correct in considering the great body of the radicle as an
albumen, and the neorhiza as the radicle, both agglutinated into one mass ; but this argument will not hold good,

AND PECULIAR FORM OF THE EMBRYO IN THE CLUSIACE.E. 249

I have already alluded to the existence of two somewhat different developments of the
seed in the Clusiacece ; the foregoing description affords an example of the one which
includes all cases (as in the tribe Clusiece) where a number of seeds are formed in each
cell of the ovary, and where they are attached in a horizontal position by their base to
the axile placenta. The other development occurs in those instances (as in the tribes
Tovomitecs and Garciniece) where only one seed is formed in each cell, and where this is
fixed to the axile column in a vertical position by its ventral face. For reasons that will
be offered in another place, I propose to exclude the Moronobece and Calophyllea from
the Order. In the first case (the Clusiece), the raphe, enclosed within the fleshy arillus,
is seen to extend from the base to the apex of the seed, and is free from the testa ; in the
second instance the testa is thinner and more membranaceous in texture, and enveloped
in an overlapping arillus, which is thicker and more membranaceous in substance ; it has
a large hilum upon its ventral face ; the raphe, less discernible, is imbedded in the sub-
stance of the testa, where it spreads into numerous branching nervures, conspicuously
extending over its surface : in the Garciniece we find a similar testa, enveloped in an
entire, copious, more or less mucilaginous pulp ; tolerably good figures of this develop-
ment are given by Gsertner in plate 105, illustrating the seeds of Garcinia, and in several
plates of Dr. Wight's ' Icones.' Were it not for the explanation afforded by the analysis
of the Clusiece, the structure of the embryo in the other tribes, Tovomitece and Garciniece,
would not be so easily understood. During my residence in Brazil, I examined in a living
state the fruit and seeds of different species of Tovomita, Commirhoea, and more especially
of a plant which I have called Lamprophyllum Icetum, the type of a genus very distinct from
Garcinia, and comprising numerous species of South American and West Indian origin,
among them the Calophyllum Calaba of Linnaeus, and others associated with Garcinia
and Calophyllum, which last genus I consider to be foreign to the Order. The analysis of
the seed of Lamprophyllum will afford a good example of the second mode of development
above referred to. The drupe is here about the size of that of Calophyllum Calaba, as
figured by Jacquin (Stirp. Amer. tab. 165), and contains generally two, or often by abortion
a single seed, about the size of the kernel of a hazel-nut, which is enveloped in a thick
mucilaginous pulpy arillus : the testa is thin and brittle, marked by numerous veins
branching from the ventral hilum, and it contains a solid nucleus of a firm and somewhat
fleshy consistence, exhibiting in the apex a minute prominent nipple of the size of a very
small pin's head, seated in a deep hollow depression, a little below the summit towards
the ventral face ; near the base, somewhat on the dorsal side, is seen another smaller
speck, which is green and shining, exactly like that described in the nucleus of the
Clusiece. On making a longitudinal section, the main body of the nucleus is seen to be of
a pale sulphur colour, studded with numerous small oblong ducts, which, when thus cut,
copiously exude a deep yellow viscous juice : a slender terete neorhiza, exactly resembling

because we see in the Clusiece that the neorhiza is traceable only to the nascent point of the plumule, that the cotyledons
are wholly exserted from and an extension of the main body, and that many of the striae or long tubular ducts, which
extend from the base to the apex of the mass of the nucleus, are carried without interruption along the outer face of
the cotyledons, proving the continuity of the one with the other ; for were it of the nature of albumen, it would be in
the form of an investiture of the embryo, not a prolongation of it.

250 MR. MIERS ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE SEED

that observed in the seeds of the Clusiea?, is seen in the centre, somewhat oblique with
the axis, one extremity of which terminates in the minute nipple near the apex, and the
other in the basal speck before mentioned : this latter spot is without doubt the germi-
nating point of the root, the apical nipple is the plumule, the main body of the nucleus
must be the radicle, and the cotyledons at first sight appear to be altogether wanting ;
but on examining more attentively the minute nipple- shaped process, this is seen formed
of four diminutive fleshy imbricated scales, surrounding a central prominent point, which
is concealed by the two inner and larger scales ; the two outer decussating scales thus
separated from each other, are smaller, shorter, and placed right and left of the ventral
face, as in the cotyledons of the Clusiece. This structure is so minute, that it requires the
aid of a strong lens to distinguish it. It may be said by some, that the two outer scales
form part of the plumule, and in such case the embryo would be truly acotyledonous ;
but it appears to me that they ought to be considered as the real cotyledons, not only
from analogy, but because they agree in position with the cotyledons found in the Clusiece,
with their commissure directed to the ventral face. I have elsewhere pointed out the
analogy of this structure to that of Caryocar, and it constitutes a curious physiological
fact. The absence of cotyledons has long been recorded in plants of a low order of deve-
lopment, and is known to occur also occasionally in exogenous plants among those which
are almost leafless, such as Cuscuta, Vohiria, &c, whence it has been argued, that the
abortion of the cotyledons in the embryo is indicative of the future absence of leaves in
the plants produced by the growth of such seeds. In the case of the Clusiacece, however,
where the floral structure is of the highest order of development, belonging frequently to
the largest trees of the tropical forests of both hemispheres, with copious foliage, large
fleshy leaves, and rich in mucilaginous juices, the absence of cotyledons in the seed, or
their reduction to microscopical proportions, offers an anomaly suggestive of many con-
siderations upon the nature of the organs of vegetable reproduction.

This same internal structure of the seed occurs in every instance I have examined, and
is confirmed by all the evidence obtainable from recorded authority, so that little doubt
can exist that it is constant throughout the Order, with the exception of genera, which,
for reasons to be mentioned in another place, I propose to exclude from the family. The
evidence here alluded to exists in the drawings of Gaertner, to which I have already
referred; in the rough sketch given by Plunder in his ' PI. Amer.' tab. 257. fig. g, h, i,
which shows a similar structure in the seeds of Mheedia lateriflora ; Dr. Graham also thus
describes the seeds of Hebradendron gambogioides, "cotyledons thick, cohering in an
uniform cellular mass, radicle central, filiform, slightly curved," a structure which, though
described in other terms, is substantially the same organization that I have related ; Dr.
Wight, in his admirable ' Icones,' gives other examples of a similar structure, in plates 118,
192 and 960 ; and Dr. Roxburgh exhibits the same facts in his ' Coromandel Plants.'
These are the only positive details I find upon record, except the analysis of Calophyllum,
to which I will revert at another time. All accounts therefore confirm the constant pre-
sence of that peculiar development in the axis of the solid nucleus of the seeds of the
Clusiacece, which I have characterized as the neorhiza of the embryo ; for our decision
upon this point will determine the nature of the other parts of the nucleus, to which such

AND PECULIAR FORM OF THE EMBRYO IN THE CLUSIACEjE. 251

various attributes have been assigned. This determination is fortunately assisted by the
drawings of Dr.Roxburgh, whose details, always accurately observed, are copied byDr.Wight
in his ' Icones,' where in pi. 192. fig. 12 & 13, is shown a seed of Xanthochymus dulcis,
in a state of germination, together with a longitudinal section of the same: here is
depicted precisely the same linear process (the neorhiza), which is throwing out a root
from the basal speck I have described, while the apical nipple of this same process has
simultaneously become extended considerably, carrying upward with it the leaflets of the
growing plumule : from the lower part of the neck thus protruded, and beneath the two
lower scales which I have designated as the cotyledons, a second rootlet is seen to sprout,
tending first horizontally and then downwards. We have here unquestionable proof that
the process in question is what I have called neorhiza ; for were it the embryo imbedded in
albumen, as Gsertner affirms, it would not throw out descending shoots at the upper por-
tion as well as the base ; nor would the same result follow if it were the radicle, according
to the view of Dr. Graham. The fact is certainly fatal to the conclusions of Choisy,
Cambessedes, and other modern botanists, that the great mass of the nucleus consists of
two confluent cotyledons, and that the mamm reform apex seen in the seed of the Clmiece
is its radicle, even if this opinion had not been disproved by the structural appearances
which I have already described, and which are still further confirmed by a more minute
examination of its internal organization.

On placing a thin transverse slice of a seed of IApophyllum {Clusia, Camb.) under the
microscope, it will be seen to be of a reticulated texture, and composed of a number of
small hexagonal cells filled with yellowish grumous viscid matter, except in the centre,
across the line of the neorhiza, where the cells cease to be distinguishable : close to the
periphery, and corresponding with the external striae which I have described (p. 246), a
circle of about fifty very conspicuous ducts is observed, each duct having a diameter
three times that of the reticulated cells : they are separated from each other by one or
two rows of the same kind of cells that fill the main area, the circumference of the nucleus
being formed of a very thin epidermis lined with parenchyma. On examining another
slice of the same seed, cut in a vertical direction parallel with the axis, a somewhat
different appearance is manifested ; the cells no longer seem reticulated, but form regular
longitudinal channels, interrupted by transverse septa placed at distances nearly equal to
their diameter, bearing the semblance of articulated tubes or muriform tissue ; they cease
to appear along the line I have designated as the neorhiza : the large ducts near the
margin are entire and hollow tubes with simply striated surfaces, and are filled with a
yellow secretion of a more fluid nature than that of the cells, though still somewhat
viscous. The neorhizal portion appears formed of longitudinal and exceedingly minute
lines, exhibiting a uniformly striated opake and whitish texture. I have observed, in
the seeds of the genus Quapoya, a structure exactly similar to that just described,
except that in addition to the external row, a few similar longitudinal ducts filled with
yellow fluid appear interspersed within the main area. M. Cambessedes, in his figure of
Clusia Criuva before referred to, has depicted on the outer surface of the nucleus the same
external striae, but he makes no allusion to the circumstance in the text.

It is requisite to offer some observations upon the nature of the external covering of
VOL. xxi. 2 L

252 MR. MIERS ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE SEED

the seed, and to determine whether we are right in considering it to be an arillus, as
doubts have been suggested on this subject by some eminent botanists. In the Glusiece,
this consists of an entire coating, without the smallest fissure ; it is fleshy, equal in sub-
stance, not very thick, and generally of a reddish or orange colour. In the Tovomitece
(at least I speak from observation in Tovomita and Commirhcea, and Poppig relates the
same of Chrysochlamys), it is slit upon the dorsal face from top to bottom, with its fim-
briated edges overlapping each other, so that when opened out, it appears like a flat sheet
with the seed attached in its centre. In the Garcmiece, the external coating is much
thicker, of a more fluid and mucilaginous substance, generally edible, and quite entire, as
in the Clusiece. Notwithstanding the different aspect and texture of this covering in the
two last-mentioned tribes, its nature cannot there be questioned, and it is quite fair to
conclude that the precisely analogous development in the Gimlets is, in like manner, a
true arillus. It is, however, essential to determine this point beyond cavil, because in the
Hypericins, Marcgraaviacece, and other orders, it has been held to be merely a thickened
epidermis of the testa, while in the Magnoliacece it has been assumed to be the testa
itself. In the latter family, where the seeds are generally suspended by long funicular
threads, it forms a very conspicuous development, under the appearance of an entire,
fleshy, scarlet-coloured covering, precisely similar to that of the Clusiece, and where in
like manner within it, on one side, somewhat pressed into its soft substance, is seen pro-
ceeding from the basal hilum to the apex a flattened raphe, the upper extremity of which
is lost in a fungous spot filling the cavity of a distinct aperture pierced through the
osseous shell, — a tunic which by most botanists has been regarded as the testa, but which,
by some authorities, has been held to be the inner integument of the seed, called tegmen
by Mirbel, and endopleura by DeCandolle. Endlicher was the first to suggest this idea,
which he expresses in a very ambiguous manner ; in his ' Genera Plantarum,' p. 837, he
states that the seeds of the Magnoliacece have, in most cases, an external, fleshy, coloured
integument covering a crustaceous testa, with its raphe situated between it and the testa,
and terminated by a chalaza in its summit, but that sometimes there is no outer integu-
ment, the raphe in such case being found between the testa and endopleura. In this
definition, Endlicher evidently designates by the term chalaza, the aperture in the sum-
mit of the testa, which I have called diapyle, and such misapplication of the term chalaza
(a word, strictly speaking, confined to the peculiar thickening of the tegmen or inner
integument, where it is connected with the raphe around the point in which all further
trace of the continuity of the nourishing vessels ceases) has probably led to the error of
considering the true testa to be the tegmen of the seed. In the diagnoses of the several
genera of the Order (at least in the tribe Magnoliece), the first-mentioned character is
assigned in detail to each genus in succession; but as the latter very inexact feature
(where the raphe is found between the testa and inner integument) is applied to no single
genus, it was probably meant to refer to the Illiciece*, although this is nowhere explained
or described. Dr. Asa Gray, however (in his • Genera PI. Un. St.' i. p. 60. pi. 23), adopts
and amplifies this suggestion in unequivocal terms ; stating that in Magnolia the seed is

* On some future occasion I will state my observations upon the seeds of Drymis, which present anomalous appear-
ces worthy of notice.

AND PECULIAR FORM OF THE EMBRYO IN THE CLUSIACE.E. 253

exarillate, and he denominates the scarlet-coloured external tunic the testa, which pre-
ceding botanists have considered to be the arillus, while the hard crustaceous shell, called
testa even by Endlicher, is designated by him as the tegmen. This he infers from the
fact of having observed spiral vessels in the placentary attachment of the ovule {toe. cit.
fig. 7), which he thinks " clearly demonstrates that the baccate exterior integument of
the seed is formed of the primine of the ovule, and therefore is not an arillus*." Had
this distinguished botanist actually traced the growth of this last-mentioned tunic in its
different stages, from the primine of the ovule, he would have established an inexplicable
fact, but this he does not appear to have done ; simply therefore because the primine is the
more exterior tunic of the ovule, and the arillus is the outermost coating of the seed, it
does not necessarily follow that the one is the product of the other ; and notwithstanding
the argument of Dr. Gray, there is little reason to doubt that in Magnolia the scarlet
envelope is due to a subsequent growth over the primine, as occurs in other numerous
well-known cases. I would not, however, now presume to question the validity of an
inference standing upon such high authority as that of my valued friend, without being
able to offer reasons grounded upon observations made by me many years ago in Brazil,
upon living seeds of Talauma, a genus closely allied to Magnolia. 1st. I found the thick
outer tunic to consist of a fleshy or oily matter in distinct granules enclosed within a thin
external epidermis, and an inner one of a similar nature; this is the usual texture of
arillus, not of testa. 2nd. The coating called tegmen by Dr. Gray, and considered by him
as the innermost integument, is in reality the intermediate envelope in Talauma ; it is
black in the living state, with a small basal hilum ; a longitudinal furrow runs along its
ventral face for the reception of the raphe, and a brown fungous scar, through which the
raphe finds a passage to the interior, fills a hollow cup in the apex, where there exists a
distinct aperture (the diapyle) for this purpose : this process Dr. Gray, following the
example of Endlicher, considers to be the chalaza : the crustaceous envelope is thick and
osseous in texture, bearing all the characters of a testa, and certainly none of those of an
innermost integument of the seed. 3rd. The existence of a membranaceous inner integu-
ment around the albumen, first indicated by Gsertner, within the true testa, thickened
and discoloured around its summit by a well-marked chalaza, where it is attached by a
short neck to the fungous process that covers the diapyle, and where it unites with the

* St. Hilaire has expressed similar views in regard to Euphorbiacece (Lecons de Bot. p. 728), founding his notion
upon the authority of Schleiden, who, although a very acute observer and a physiological botanist of the highest
repute, is not always free from error in his conclusions, and who asserts that the external fleshy coating of the seed of
Euphorbia is derived from the primine. I have examined a great many seeds of arborescent Euphorbiacece in Brazil,
and have found them generally covered with a coloured fleshy arillus, having a distinct raphe extending from the
apical hilum to the basal diapyle of the bony testa, and which cord constantly occurs between the testa and arillus :
there always exists a more internal membranaceous integument with its basal chalaza. It is therefore clear in these
cases, as in the instances alluded to in the text, that the nourishing vessels proceeding from the placenta through the
funiculus to the foot of the primine, will, by the reversion of the ovule, necessarily have become extended with it, and
produced along its surface ; and it follows that the raphe, thus resulting and afterwards apparent as a free or imbedded
cord, will manifest itself always upon the outer face of the testa (the product of the primine), and that whatever
coating may posteriorly appear covering the raphe, such must be of subsequent and exterior growth, and therefore
an arillus.

2l2

254 MR. MIERS ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE SEED

raphe, is a development wholly unnoticed hy Dr. Gray, hy Endlicher, or by DeCandolle ;
hut it is an important feature, because it proves that the bony coating is the testa, and
not the tegmen as has been inferred. 4th. The raphe proceeding from the hilum is wholly
exterior to and free from the osseous coating, and interior to the outer tunic ; and this is
the constant position of raphe, when it is free, in regard to arillus and testa, — assuredly
not in respect to testa and tegmen. 5th. As the raphe consists of the nourishing vessels
originally existing in the funiculus or placentary attachment of the anatropal ovule, it
could never have existed between the primine and secundine, but must have been, as Dr.
Gray figures it, wholly exterior to the primine, and consequently, as we afterwards find
it, outside the testa, which is the product of the primine ; hence as the raphe is found in
a free state, though partially impressed in its soft substance, within the external tunic,
the inference is irresistible, that the latter must be of posterior growth, therefore arillus,
and in this manner enclosing the raphe. 6th. We have thus the evidence complete, of
the existence of the usual and distinct envelopes around the nucleus of the seed, viz. : —
an inner integument with its apical chalaza, an intermediate hard testa with its corre-
sponding diapyle, through which the nourishing vessels of the more exterior raphe pene-
trate, and the whole included within a scarlet-coloured soft arillus.

From all these facts we may safely infer, that the envelope, which is unquestionably an
arillus in the Garciniece and the Tovomitece, must be of the same nature in the Clusieai,
and that which is arillus in the Clusiece must be the same development in the Magno-
liacea : that which is granted in the one cannot be denied in the other. Although it be
true that the several envelopes of the seed in different families are not to be recognized
alone by their consistency, which may be, contrary to general rule, more or less membra-
naceous, ligneous, cellular, or composed of oily or resinous granules according to circum-
stances, yet they may be determined by their relative position in regard to raphe, chalaza,
diapyle, micropyle, hilum, &c, from which their true nature may always be inferred with
greater certainty*.

* The want of precaution in attending to the nature of the nourishing vessels proceeding from the placenta and
penetrating the different integuments, in order to promote the growth and perfection of the seed, has frequently led
to a misconception of its real structure. These vessels present themselves in the shape of a raphe-like cord under
three very different aspects : — 1st. When the cord, originating in the hase of the cell, terminates often at the opposite
extremity in the hilum of the contained seed; it is then properly the funicular cord, of which the common Cherry
affords a very good example : sometimes it is inappreciably short ; in other cases, as in Magnolia, it forms a very long
thread, by which the seed is suspended when it escapes from its cell. 2nd. When these vessels, existing in the form
of a thread, either free and exterior to the testa, or partially imbedded in its substance, spring from the point of attach-
ment of the hilum of the testa, and extending along its surface, penetrate its substance at a spot called the diapyle, to
unite with the chalaza of the inner integument, which is invariably opposite to the cotyledonary end of the embryo ;
this is the well-known raphe. 3rd. When the vessels passing from the hilum penetrate the inner integument and
extend in the shape of a thread beneath its surface, in order to attain the radicular (not the cotyledonary) extremity
of the embryo ; in this case they constitute the suspensor, which has sometimes been mistaken for a raphe ; it
occurs in Tropceolum, where its origin has been well illustrated and described by Dr. Giraud, in a memoir on the deve-
lopment of the embryo in that genus, published in the nineteenth volume of the Society's Transactions. The want of
attention to the existence and position of the true raphe has often led to erroneous inferences in regard to the affinities
of different genera, and among the Clusiacece may be cited the instance of Calophyllum. Gsertner (De Fruct. i. 200.
tab. 43. fig. 1) gives an analysis of its fruit, where overlooking the existence of the raphe, he has mistaken the extra-

AND PECULIAR FORM OF THE EMBRYO IN THE CLUSIACE.E. 255

Connected with the issue of this question is that of the origin and mode of growth of
the arilliform covering of seeds, which by St. Hilaire is considered to be of two kinds ;
one designated by him the true arillus, the other the false arillus ; the former he defines
as an envelope open at its extremity, while the latter entirely covers the seed*. This has
been well discussed by Dr. Planchon, in an able memoir on the subjectf, where he greatly
modifies the views of St. Hilaire, and proposes to give to the false arillus the name of
arillode. Under this point of view, both kinds of envelope are alike in colour, texture
and form, being either gland-like, lobed, laciniated, more or less cupuliform, or entire and
wholly concealing the testa ; their difference consisting in this, that the arillus, whether
abbreviated or entire, always covers the micropyle of the testa, while the arillode con-
stantly exhibits a minute or larger opening in its surface, around the micropyle, which is
never covered by it (loc. cit. p. 10), and he further points out the mode of distinguishing
the one from the other. " Si cette ouverture (le micropyle) est cachee par l'enveloppe, ou
si elle doit l'etre, dans le cas ou celle-ci serait prolongee, on a un veritable arille. Si le
micropyle, au contraire, n'est pas recouvert par l'enveloppe, ou ne peut l'etre meme par
cette derniere prolongee, nous aurons un faux arille du meme genre que celui de YEuo-
nymus." It will be seen that St. Hilaire points to Euonymus as an instance of his true
arillus : Dr. Planchon, on the contrary, selects that genus as offering the type of his
arillode. He traces the distinction that exists between them from their different sources
of origin, attributing the growth of the true arillus over the ovule to a gradual enlarge-
ment of the funiculus, and noticing its earliest appearance from a mere swelling of the
umbilical cord to its gradual increment and ultimate development ; but the arillode he
states to be derived from an enlargement of the mouth of the exostome or foramen of the
ovule, its margin being reflected and produced over the primine, thus growing upon it in
the form of an additional tunic. In either case, whether this accessory coating be of the
nature of arillus or arillode, it is clear, if it be entire, that the raphe must necessarily be
enclosed within it. The arillus, according to this view, is found in the Passifloracece,
Dilleniacece, Anonacece, Samydacece, Turneracece, Bixacece, Sapindacece, &c, while the
arillode is conspicuous in Celastracece, Cactacece, Malvaceae, Biittneriacece, Euphorbiaceoe,
&c. : in this latter family, however, the peculiar carunculoid swelling around the micro-
pyle (I do not allude to the fungous strophiole) is called arillode, while that integument
which I take to be the true arillus in that Order (note, p. 253) is considered by Dr. Planchon
to be a mere epidermis of the testa. It would indeed be difficult to discriminate between
a thin arillus and a thick epidermis, as both appear to be of the same nature, differing
only in their relative thickness. The origin of the arillus is now well established, but

ordinarily thick testa for the endocarp of the putamen, and calls the inner integument its testa. I have observed,
however, the existence of this cord springing from the point of attachment of the hilum to the base of the cell of the
putamen, and extending along one side to the summit of the cell, where it penetrates the very thick testa, to unite
with the inner integument at the cotyledonary end of the embryo. The very peculiar nature of this testa, together
with the small inferior radicle, and the existence of two large distinct fleshy cotyledons in the embryo, added to other
differences in the structure of the flower, and the peculiar venation of its leaves, all serve to remove this genus from
the Clusiacea, its position being probably in Lophiriacece, as was long ago suspected by Prof. Lindley.

* St. Hilaire, PI. Us. no. 43. p. 4.

f "Memoire sur le developpement et les caracteres des vrais et faux arilles," &c. Montpellier, 1844.

256 MR. MIERS ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE SEED

that of the arillode, as indicated by the interesting researches of Dr. Planchon, requires
to be confirmed by a series of more extensive and careful observations, before it be admitted
as a settled fact. The most instructive and conclusive evidence of the origin and subse-
quent extraneous growth of the arillus over the ovule, has been adduced by Cambessedes* ;
he found among the ripe seeds of Casearia grandiflora many that were incomplete ; and
here, although the anatropal ovule showed itself in a state of complete abortion, the
arillus had grown over it to its full state of development, proving that where the ovule
had ceased to grow, the increment of the funiculus was not stopped in its progress of
extraneous production.

Among the instances cited and figured by Dr. Planchon of the development of the
arillode, is that of Clusia flava, where he describes its ovules as presenting two short
cupulary membranaceous appendages, one covering the fourth part of the ovule, the other
much shorter and superimposed ; and while he inquires, whether one of these cups be due
to an expansion of the funiculus, and the other of the exostome, he seems inclined to
infer that both proceed from an enlargement of the foramen of the ovule. Such an
inference is opposed to the facts described in the foregoing pages, but his observation is
worthy of attention, although it is more probable that the appearances he describes are
those of a true arillus in progress of its development, the exterior swelling being perhaps
that enlargement which I have described as the stipitate foot of the arillus. According
to the views of Dr. Planchon, the exterior coating existing in the seeds of the Clusiece
must be a true arillus, because the micropyle, which I have mentioned as existing near
the hilum of the testa, is wholly covered by that envelope. It is proper to notice that
Cambessedes distinctly asserts that the seed of Clusia Criuva is enveloped in its apex by a
scarlet cupuliform arillus, in the work last referred to (p. 317. pi. 65. fig. 8), where it is
figured upon the extremity of the seed contrary to that of the hilum, and connected with
it by a raphe : this assuredly must be an error, made perhaps in transcribing the notes of
St. Hilaire, who by such swelling probably intended to figure the cupuliform caruncular
process surrounding the diapyle, which I have shown to exist in the same position in the
summit of the testa : that such a mistake evidently exists, is proved by the circumstance
of Cambessedes having described and figured the arillus in the apex of the seed, instead
of being at the base, as it would have been had it been in existence. Von Martius (Nov.
Gen. et Sp. hi. 166) describes the ovarium of Quapoya (Schweiggera) as containing
" ovula basi arillo vaginata," and Endlicher, upon no other authority than the above,
states that the seeds of Havetia are " basi arillo subcarnoso laxe cupulseformi cincta,"
and he assumes upon no better evidence the same in regard to those of Quapoya, which
in that genus Aublet affirms to be "pulpa rubra involuta."

The facts which I have here brought together, relative to the structure of the seeds in
this family, must in a considerable degree change our views of the affinities of the Clu-
siacece. They serve to bring the Order into close proximity with the Bhizobolacece, a
relationship founded upon analogies in the floral structure, long ago pointed out by Cam-
bessedes f, but now rendered still more evident by the great similarity observed in their

* St. Hilaire, Flor. Bras. Mend. ii. 232. pi. 126. fig. 11.
t St. Hilaire, Flor. Bras. Merid. i. 323.

AND PECULIAR FORM OF THE EMBRYO IN THE CLUSIACEjE. 257

extraordinary embryonal development. In this last-mentioned family, the embryo of its
exalbuminous seed exhibits, in like manner, a gigantic radicle furnished with exceedingly
minute cotyledons ; with this difference, however, that the cotyledons here are separated
from the great body of the radicle by a slender free neorhiza or neck ; but if we imagine
the suppression of this neorhizal extension in the ffliizobolacew, and the close approxima-
tion of its minute cotyledons to its monstrous radicular mass, there would be little or no
difference in the form of the embryo in the two families. At the same time that these
circumstances tend to draw closer the affinities of the Clusiacece to the Hypericacece and
Marcgraaviacece, they remove them to a considerable distance from the Ternstroemiacece,
with which Order they have been hitherto considered to be most intimately related. At
present, I will do no more than indicate these considerations, as it is my intention to discuss
this question more extensively upon a future occasion, when I treat on the general
organography, floral structure, and generic features of the whole Order, restricted as I
propose it to be. I will merely observe, that in the course of this investigation, I have
met with many singular deviations from usual forms, and numerous interesting facts
well deserving of record.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Tab. XXVI.

Fig. 1 . Seeds of IApophyllum latum : — natural size.

Fig. 2. A seed of the same, seen on the ventral face, with the prominent keel which covers the raphe : —

much magnified.
Fig. 3. The same, seen laterally.
Fig. 4. The same, with the arilliform covering removed, and the raphe separated, showing the testa with

its nearly apical diapyle, and basal micropyle.
Fig. 5. Half of the testa of the same removed, showing the inner integument, with its apical chalaza.
Fig. 6. The inner integument, with its chalaza.

Fig. 7. Half of the inner integument removed, exhibiting the position of the enclosed embryo.
Fig. 8. Embryo seen laterally, showing the small cotyledons in the apex, and the prominent striae upon

its surface.
Fig. 9. The same, seen on its ventral face, exhibiting the commissure between the cotyledons.
Fig. 10. The same, viewed from the summit.
Fig. 11. Transverse section of the same, showing the external row of ducts which form the longitudinal

striae ; the neorhiza is seen in the centre.
Fig. 12. Longitudinal section of the same, displaying one of the cotyledons, the gigantic epirhizal radicle

enclosing the axile neorhiza, which is terminated at its upper extremity by the minute plumule,

and at its base by its germinating point prior to its coleorhizal protrusion to form the root of

the future plant : — all also much magnified.
Fig. 13. A seed of Lamprophyllum latum, enveloped in its pulpy arillus.

Fig. 14. The same, with the pulp dried, and half of it removed, in order to show the enclosed seed.
Fig. 15. The testa seen on its ventral face, displaying its large hilum, and the branching nervures of its

imbedded raphe.

258 MR. MIERS ON THE SEED OF CLUSIACE^E.

Fig. 16. The same, seen laterally.

Fig. 17. The embryo seen on its ventral face, showing the minute plumule in the umbilicated hollow-
near its summit.

Fig. 18. A transverse section of the same, marking the central neorhiza.

Fig. 19. A longitudinal section of the same, with the axile neorhiza, and numerous viscous ducts distri-
buted through the mass of the immense epirhizal radicle : — all natural size.

Fig. 20. A seed of Tovomita rufescens, showing on its ventral face the attachment of the arillus to the
axile placenta of the fruit.

Fig. 21. The same, displaying the manner in which the free margins of the arillus overlap each other.

Fig. 22. The same, with the arillus removed, seen laterally.

Fig. 23. Embryo, with the testa removed.

Fig. 24. The same, cut longitudinally, to show the plumule and the neorhiza in the axis of an immense
epirhizal radicle.

Fig. 25. Portion of the summit of the embryo, showing the minute plumule in the hollow of its apex : —
all natural size.

Fig. 26. The plumule removed, showing the two very minute external cotyledons.

Fig. 27. A portion of the base of the embryo, showing the radicating point of the neorhiza: — both much
magnified.

Fig. 28. A seed of Commirhwa mecocarpa, seen laterally, enveloped in its fleshy arillus.

Fig. 29. The same, exhibiting on its dorsal face the manner in which the free margins of the arillus over-
lap each other.

Fig. 30. The arillus removed and spread open, denoting the cicatrix where it is attached to the hilum.

Fig. 31. The testa seen laterally, showing the hilum and branching nervures of the imbedded raphe.

Fig. 32. The embryo, with the testa removed, seen on its ventral face, with its apical umbilicus.

Fig. 33. Longitudinal section of the same, cut through the dorsal and ventral faces, showing the immense
epirhizal radicle enclosing the axile neorhiza, and its radicating point.

Fig. 34. Germination of the embryo of Xanthochymus, after Roxburgh, exhibiting the prolongation of the
plumule, with its basal cotyledons, and showing one radicating shoot springing from the neck
of the protruding neorhiza, and another from the basal point ; half of the radicle is here removed
to display the whole neorhiza, and the mode of its prolongation both upwards and downwards :
the radicle thus appears to exert no other function than to afford nutriment to the growing
neorhiza : — all natural size.

Trans. linn. Sac Vol.221, tab. 26. p.25$.

U'fc

<s**

S*

4©

2S z$

A I

J.Miers Esq dtl.

G-JffTmart, sc

[ 259 J

XXIX. Extract from a Memoir on the Origin and Development of Vessels in Monocc-
tyledonous and Dicotyledonous Plants. By Dr. Francisco Ereire Allemao, of
Rio de Janeiro. Translated and communicated by John Miers, Esq., F.R.S.,
F.L.S. Sfc.

Read January 16th, 1855.

IN 1849 I began a series of microscopical investigations upon several points of vegetable
anatomy, among which was one that attracted my chief attention, because of its greater
novelty, — the origin and development of vessels in the roots of plants.

In 1851, I read before the Vellozian Society of Rio de Janeiro a short memoir, in
which the most important facts that I had observed were collected, and which appeared
to me wholly new to science; at least I have found no record of them in the books
within my reach. That memoir, being accompanied by drawings, could not then be
printed, but I afterwards revised it, made it somewhat shorter, added other remarks, and
suppressed the drawings : in this form it was published in the following year (1852), as
the "Third Memoir of my Botanical Exercises:" (Trabalhos da Sociedade Velloziana,
p. 101).

In the year 1853 I continued the same pursuit, when my attention was not limited
to the examination of the growth of vessels in germinating seeds, but was directed also
to that of dicotyledonous plants considerably advanced towards a ligneous state : similar
observations, extended at the same time to the growth of monocotyledonous plants,
convinced me that their mode of development was exactly the same as in Dicotyledons.

This last investigation is not yet completed; it will be of considerable length and
accompanied by explanatory drawings, so that I know not when it will be finished : but I
send you npw an extract from it, with such details as may be requisite to make the
drawings that accompany this understood : I am the more anxious to do this, in order to
learn whether my observations are new, and worthy of the attention of European botanists,
or whether they are already known or sufficiently exact.

The Drawing A. shows the observations upon the growth of a young plant of Sida
carpinifolia.

Eig. 1 (Tab. XXVII.) represents the plant of its natural size scarcely developed, showing
the epigeal cotyledons still enveloped in the seminal integuments. The caulicle (radicle) is
linear and without any ramifications, that is to say, without any radicular fibres yet formed.

Eig. 2 shows the same plant much magnified, as observed under the microscope : the
cotyledons are thus seen with their nervures formed of tracheal vessels alone, of which
two constituting the midrib are continuous with those of the caulicle ; these are four in
number, distinct, entire, straight, parallel and equidistant, descending into the caulicle as
far as a : the lower portion of the caulicle does not yet exhibit any vessels, and the
radicular bulb, b, does not yet show any tendency to form roots.

VOL. XXI. 2 M

260 DR. ALLEMAO ON THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF

Fig. 3 is the same plant, still more grown, of its natural size.

Fig. 4 is the same, much magnified, as seen by the microscope. The cotyledons now
■exhibit their nervures, consisting of tracheae considerably increased ; the gemmule, c, is
now observed under the form of a cellular tumour without vessels ; the four tracheae in
the stem descend in a parallel direction as far as the radicular bulb or bourgeon, b, con-
stituting thus the medullary sheath : rootlets are not yet observable.

Fig. 5 represents of its natural size the same plant now having roots, one of the leaves
of the gemmule being at the same time fully developed.

Fig. 6 is the same, magnified and divided longitudinally, as seen by the microscope.
The cotyledons remain as in the preceding case, with the exception of their having now
acquired more nervures : the primordial leaf, f, is also seen with nervures consisting of
tracheae only, of which two, constituting the midrib, descend by the stem to meet the four
cotyledonary tracheae : in the stem or primary merithal* (radicle of authors), those
tracheae, a, are as yet solitary for two-thirds of the upper portion of their length, but in
the lower third they are accompanied and invested externally by dotted vessels, b : at
the point d, the limit between the stem and the root, the tracheae of the stem terminate,
and we see the commencement of the dotted or ligneous vessels, which begin to ascend in
bundles through the stem outside the tracheae, and descend through the roots without
being accompanied by tracheae : e is a more magnified figure of half the former vertical
section of the mesophyte at the vital point, where at e' is shown the termination of the
tracheae of the stem, and where the dotted vessels are seen ascending through the stem
and descending through the main or perpendicular root e", and also through a ramifica-
tion of the root at <?'".

From this investigation we may infer the following results : —

1. The tracheae, which are the first vessels formed, derive their origin in the stem at
the vital point or horizontal plane in which the leaves originate, whence they extend,
forming bundles, upwards in the leaves to constitute the nervures, which extending down-
wards through the stem form the medullary sheath.

2. Roots do not exist in the embryos, but are formed in the young plant, when, freed
from its seminal envelopes, it penetrates the earth : (there are exceptions to this rule in
some embryos, where, from a delay in the rupture of the integuments, the roots begin to
sprout while in the seed.) But there exists in such case the root-bud (" gommo ") or
radicular bulb, which is destined to produce it, and which bears some analogy to the
gemmule, and may be considered as a primary spongiole, because by its means the plant
absorbs nourishment before it has roots.

* According to the doctrine of Gaudich aud (Recherches Generates sur l'Organographie, &c. p. 5), every germinating
point or elementary leaf in a plant has its superior and inferior vascular system, the superior or ascending being
resolvable into three parts or " merilhalles," viz. the caulicular (tigellaire), the petiolar, and the laminar (limbaire),
or better designated as the superior, middle, and lower merithals, the line of separation between the two former being
called by him the "mesophyte" that between the two latter the "mesophylle :" the inferior or radicular descending
system is separated from the lower merithal by a point which he calls the " mesocauleorhize," which is the primary
vital knot (" nceud vital ") of the stem, constituting its real base, and the true summit of the root. — (Note of the
Translator.)

VESSELS IN MONOCOTYLEDONOUS AND DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS. 261

3. The fibrous, ligneous or reticulated vessels are of a formation posterior to the
appearance of the tracheae, their origin being at the vital point or horizontal plane from
which the roots proceed, and whence they extend in bundles upwards through the stem,
till they reach the extremity of the nervures of the leaves, being always exterior to the
tracheae, and downwards through the root till they attain its extremities, leaving almost
always in the centre a kind of canal filled with cellular tissue, which is true pith, and
which extends itself laterally, communicating with the herbaceous envelope by means of
medullary rays : but this pith is not enclosed by tracheae in dicotyledonous plants ; they
exist, on the contrary, in the roots of nearly all monocotyledonous plants, where, when true
tracheae do not exist, their place is supplied by mixed or scalariform vessels. I have here
carried my deductions beyond the points shown in the drawings, which are now pur-
posely curtailed ; but I have made this digression in order to explain my views : with the
same object several well-known facts have been repeated : all that appears here really
novel is the extension of two vascular systems, in opposite directions to each other, and
their increment at their respective extremities, by which is meant the propagation upward
and downward of fibres or vascular bundles.

4. Finally, the radicular branches, as appendicular or radiated organs (fig. 6, e, e'"),
are in their origin perpendicular to the cauline fibres, and without continuity with them.
This is contrary to the theory maintained by M. Gaudichaud.

Drawing B. — This exhibits the microscopical observations made upon a young rooting
bulb of Foarcroya gigantea, which tend to prove the facts before affirmed.

Fig. 1 : young bulb, of its natural size.

Fig. 2 shows the plane of a longitudinal section passing through the centre of the bulb.
Here, in the midst of an apparent confusion of vascular bundles, I obtained the result
shown in this figure only after numerous and patient dissections, but the result was
repeated frequently. The bulbous mass is formed of rather dense cellular tissue full of a
viscous lymph, the cells of which contain much feculaj i, and a large quantity of raphides,
«', or solitary prisms, i". It gives origin upwards to many sheathing and concentric leaves.
Of these the central one, a, which is commencing its earliest development, is composed
only of very slender cellular tissue : the one next in succession, exteriorly, is still cellular,
but beginning to receive tracheal ramifications, which are the upper extremities of
numerous simple tracheae, formed like a crown about the vital point, or horizontal plane,
which I have supposed to be the limit between the stem and the leaves, although it is
difficult to determine its exact place, as each leaf has its distinct plane, the intervals
being true merithalli. These small tracheae, b, are exceedingly slender and of a vermi-
cular or fusiform aspect ; they form a seat or curvature in the middle, the convexities of
which look toward the centre ; thence they extend upwards, penetrating the leaves in
great number, parallel to one another, and are prolonged downwards, crossing and
placing themselves outside the interior bundles, having a flexuose direction, as shown in
c, d, e. In the succeeding leaves there are no simple tracheae, but numerous tracheae
form bundles or cords, which penetrate in great numbers parallel to one another in each
leaf, till they reach the extremity, taking ulteriorly lateral and transverse directions

2 m2

262 DR. ALLEMAO ON THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF

anastomosing in a very beautiful manner : these vascular bundles or cords also, in their
descent, reach the base of the bulb. Now, if we take one of these bundles and examine
it in its whole length, viz. the bundle c, d, e, it will be seen that in c and d it is formed
only of trachea?, and that in e, besides tracheae, it has dotted vessels on the outer side
which extend upwards till they penetrate the leaves, I, and downwards they are in com-
munication with the root : at f is seen a crossing of tracheal bundles, which indicates
that the primitive bundles, instead of divaricating from each other, cross in the centre,
although I confess that such crossing may not be real, but apparent, and owing to error in
observation, notwithstanding that I have seen it more than once : g shows a portion of
two roots whose vascular system is formed of a certain number of bundles, disposed in a
parallel direction with admirable symmetry, among which are seen dotted and scalariform
vessels, h : no true tracheae are observable here.

We have in this case proved the same results which are noticed among Dicotyledons : a
great number of microscopical observations, made upon various plants under different
circumstances, have confirmed these views, which I consider to be unquestionable.

Francisco Freire Allemao.

Rio de Janeiro, December 11, 1853.

Notes by the Translator.

The foregoing microscopical observations of Dr. Allemao, which seem to have been
carefully made, are deserving of attention, inasmuch as they offer confirmatory testimony
of the truth of certain physiological facts which stand upon record. I am enabled by
the knowledge of his antecedent researches, published in the Proceedings of the Vellozian
Society, to explain his object in making the above communication : he was desirous of
testing the validity of the theory first suggested by Du Petit Thouars, and more recently
modified and supported by Gaudichaud, which contends, contrary to the views of Mirbel
and other eminent physiological botanists, that all woody fibres of the stem proceed from
the nascent leaf-buds and thence descend to the radicular extremity of plants. Dr. Alle-
mao states (loc. cit. Exerc. Bot. p. 104) that his observations in no way tend to support
this theory. The facts, he observes, are best demonstrated in the stem of Cucurbita
Pepo, where the dotted vessels are extremely large and conspicuous : here no reticulated
vessels are found in the ultimate leaves, or even in the last and its nearer internodes
(merithalli), although they are found in the lower and older leaves : he observed spiral
vessels only in the stems or leaves, as low as the ninth or tenth axil from the extremity
of each branchlet ; from that point, as low as the fourteenth and fifteenth axil, other
vessels are observed in the stem only ; but below this point he found them in the stem,
and more especially in the leaves, proving that all reticulated and dotted vessels ascend
through the stem, before they find their way into the leaves, in their progress of growth
upwards. On the other hand, we have evidence long ago established, which may be said
to be the touchstone of the various theories that have been advanced on this subject ; — the
fact of the formation of a circular tumour in the trunk of dicotyledonary plants, above
the line of a ligature tightly tied around it. This intumescence is undoubtedly produced

VESSELS IN MONOCOTYLEDONOUS AND DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS. 263

by the depositions left by the descending sap from the woody fibres, where its progress is
thus stopped. Hence the question arises, how is it that fibres ascending from the collar
of the root create this deposit above, and not below the impediment ? Dr. Allemao thinks
this may be accounted for by reasoning on the facts established in the preceding memoir,
viz. that in the development of the vascular fibres observed in the stem, there always
exists a vital centre, whence they extend themselves in two opposite directions. Now
this vital centre*, or central point in the formation of fibre, may be fixed, moveable, or
accidental : fixed in woody fibres, moveable in tracheae, and accidental in all adventitious
formations. If, for instance, we take a cutting of any young branchlet in which no
natural bud is distinguishable, and plant half of it in the ground, several vital points
that may be considered adventitious make their appearance, the lowermost of which will
give out rootlets, and the uppermost leaf-buds. Is it not therefore clear, asks Dr. Allemao,
that in the " vital zone " of this cutting, vital points or centres appear, which would never
have existed in the natural condition of the branch ? Applying this fact to the case of
the ligature before mentioned, it is evident that the cambium or elaborated sap, or what-
ever be the source of the tumour deposited between the wood and the bark, must assuredly
proceed from the leaves toward the root, and meeting with this obstacle, becomes accu-
mulated there : its tendency to organize itself not being distributed, a zone of adventi-
tious or occasional vital centres appears in that point, whose two forces are soon mani-
fested ; the ascending fibres continue to extend themselves without impediment, while
those which should have descended, unable to overcome the impediment presented to
their further progress, continue to grow, twisting and interlacing themselves so as to
form a tumour. Under this point of view, Dr. Allemao concludes that his principle of a
vital centre is established.

I cannot perceive any essential difference in these conclusions from the views of Gaudi-
chaud, who contends that all the various organs of plants spring from the development
of buds generated around the central medullary sheath of the stem, producing by their
extension beyond the surface of the stem, leaf-buds, out of which proceed leaves, scales,
calyces, corollas, stamens, carpels, ovules, cotyledons, &c, which are each only so many
modifications of one original vegetation — the phyton. These buds exist either in an
active or a passive state, and being in the latter case only rudimentary, they often remain
in the embryo-state of an organized cell, which may at any time under certain circumstances
become active. He shows that each active bud has a development of its own, expanding
in two opposite directions ; upwards to form fresh leaves, inflorescence, &c, and exhibiting
principally spiral vessels ; and downwards by means of dotted or scalariform vessels
towards the roots, producing in their progress depositions of woody fibre, which annually
increase the diameter of the stems. Dr. Allemao's general remarks tend to confirm these

* This same term, " noeud vital," was, I believe, first used in 1830 by Turpin (Me'm. Mus. xix. p. 16) to express
the latent bud, whether existing in the stem, in suckers, or in underground tubers, each " noeud vital " being analogous
to the embryo of the seed, and giving origin to two distinct systems of vessels, one ascending, the other descending.
He showed that the tubers of the Potato and Topinambour are true subterranean stems, furnished with numerous
distinct " neeuds vitaux," commonly called " eyes," which are altogether wanting in the Convolvulus Batatas, the tuber
of which is simply an expanded root. — J. M.

264 DR. ALLEMAO ON THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF

facts, although in the preceding communication his observations relate only to the deve-
lopment of the primary bud of an individual plant, that is to say, of the growing embryo
of a seed. He observes (loc. cit. p. 105) that Mirbel in one of his latest essays on this
subject (Acad. Sc. Paris, June 1843), in opposing the views of Gaudichaud, demonstrates
the fact that the circulating vessels ascend from the point of their origin in the stem, and
thence extend to the leaves, but that he does not here distinguish the difference between
tracheal and dotted vessels ; while, on the other hand, Gaudichaud comprehends in his
descending system the same vessels, both vascular and fibrous : his own observations,
however, conform only with the theory of Gaudichaud inasfar as regards the propagation
downwards of tracheal vessels, and with the latest views of Mirbel relative to the propa-
gation upwards of dotted or fibrous vessels ; and they are opposed to both, in respect
to the evolution of each fibre upwards and downwards in opposite directions*. There
appears to me here a misprint, or complete misapprehension of the views of Gaudichaud,
who clearly traces the source of each bud, not from the point of external growth, as Dr.
Allemao seems to infer, but, as I have above remarked, from the seat of its origin around
the medullary sheath, at the " nceud vital," or point of departure of each independent
ascending and descending system of vascular fibre. The origin of numerous distinct bud-
formations around the medullary sheath, and the extension of ascending spiral vessels
and of corresponding descending dotted vessels from each of these separately, are main-
tained throughout by Gaudichaud in his ' Recherches Generales ' as an essential part of his
theory ; and these are minutely demonstrated in pi. 7. fig. 41, 42, 44, pi. 8. fig. 4, 5, 6, &c,
in dicotyledonous plants, and in pi. 9. fig. 1, 2, 3, 4, and pi. 10, in monocotyledonous plants.
In support of his theory he also gives numerous other illustrations, even forcibly quoting
the same circumstances of the intumescence of a stem produced by a ligature, and the
germination of an apparently budless stem, both which facts Dr. Allemao considers to
strengthen his own views in opposition to those of Gaudichaud.

A precisely analogous development to that delineated in the preceding memoir was
pointed out by Mirbel in 1809, showing the origin and formation of similar vessels in the
germinating seeds of Nelumbo (Ann. Mus. xiii. 471. pi. 34. fig. 19), where they are depicted
as originating from the neck of the plumule, and branching thence into the nervures of the
cotyledonary leaves, while others tend downwards into the growing radicle : these several
vessels were first observed by Bonnet, and described by him as " mammary vessels," as
far back as 1754. Mirbel described all these ascending vessels to be of spiral structure,
and the others tending to and through the roots, to be strangulated or dotted vessels,
which, though incapable of being unrolled, he considered to be only modifications of the
spiral form, an opinion which he afterwards somewhat modified. Long prior to this (in
1802), Mirbel read a memoir to the Institute, expounding these facts ; and we find a very
concise account by Desfontaines, of these able researches, in the 5th volume of the ' Annales
du Museum', p. 80, with two elaborate plates, showing the ascending system of spiral

* His words are, " conforma se com a theoria de Seiior Gaudichaud quanto a propagacao de alto a baixo, sdmente
para as tracheas ; e com as obserracoes ultimas de Mirbel quanto a propagacao de baixo para cima, mas unicamente
para os vasos pontuados e lenhosos ; e emfim differe de todas quanto a evolucao de cada fibra em sentidos oppostos
para cima e para baixo."

VESSELS IN MONOCOTYLEDONOUS AND DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS. 265

vessels in the plumule and cotyledons, with the descending system of dotted vessels in the
radicle, as distinguished in the germinating embryo of the common French Bean.

Another fact related by Dr. Allemao is, that although the " bolbo radicular'''' is always
the main growing point of the radicle, he observed in JEupliorbiacece, four other cruciform
branches on one horizontal plane, proceeding from this radicle. This fact is not novel,
for it was noticed more than forty years ago by St. Hilaire (Ann. Mus. xix. 468), where
he describes the same feature in the germination of a Ranunculaceous plant (Cer oto-
cephalus) : here the main shoot is shown, growing in the ordinary way of an exorhizal
root, but four other branching rootlets are produced on one plane, from the collar of its
young root, which make their appearance through lacerations of the external tunic : their
earliest indication is in the form of tubercles, through the investing covering of which
these rootlets burst a passage, in all respects like the coleorhiza observed in the germi-
nating embryos of monocotyledonous plants, so that, although the main root here is
exorhizal, the secondary rootlets are distinctly coleorhizal. This coleorhiza is sometimes
extended to some distance, along with the rootlet ; but in other cases it forms merely an
areola around its base. St. Hilaire observed the same appearance in the growing embryos
of numerous other exorhizal plants, as those of Plantago, Valerianella, TJrtica, Senecio,
Sonchus, Calendula, Matricaria, Veronica, Phaseolus, Medicago, &c, although it is not
of general occurrence. In the singular mode of germination of the seeds of Tropceolum,
the radicle, though exorhizal, exhibits a kind of valve-like opening for the exit of the
plumule, which has been called a coleorhiza : a somewhat similar appearance is said also
to occur in the germination" of the seed of Viscum album, but that I apprehend can refer
only to the coleorhizal mode of bursting of the attenuated expansion of the thin covering
of the albumen which is spread over the growing radicle.

Dr. Allemao here considers the radicle of the embryo as part of the caulicle or stem,
and the root as originating in the subsequent growth of the embryo, after it is released
from its integuments, and produced by the expansion of the obtuse extremity of the
radicle, which he calls the " gommo," and Gaudichaud the " radicular bulb." This view
was also taken by Turpin nearly twenty years ago, and is figured as such in the germina-
tion of Solanum tuberosum, where all the radicular portion of the embryo is considered
as the tigelle, or part of the ascending system, while the true root is shown to begin from
its sprouting point, called by Dr. Allemao the " bolbo radicular" or " gommo." This idea,
though supported by some, has not been much countenanced, and I do not perceive the
advantage of this theory over that more generally received, which assigns to the radicle
the function of the elementary root, its commencement being at the point of union of the
cotyledons and their junction with the plumule. The contrary hypothesis is disproved
by numberless facts, and more especially by one to which I lately called the attention of
the Linnean Society, the germination of the embryo of Xanthochymus, as figured by Dr.
Roxburgh, where, in addition to the principal root thrown out at the base of the seed, at
the point which Dr. Allemao would call the radicular bulb, another secondary root is
seen sprouting from the summit of the nucleus, out of the ascending collar or tigelle, im-
mediately below the scales which appear to be the minute cotyledons, showing that the

266 DR. ALLEMAO ON THE ORIGIN, ETC. OF VESSELS IN PLANTS.

main body of the nucleus or radicle belongs to the descending system of the root. It is

more natural to conclude, in the case cited by Dr. Allemao, that the main descending

shoot growing out of the radicular bulb, and also the subsequent coleorhizal rootlets, are

productions of that axile portion of the radicle which I have called the " neorhiza ;"

and under this point of view it is easy to account for the coleorhizal character of the

secondary rootlets in the germination of Ceratocephalus described by St. Hilaire, which,

as a natural consequence of this structure, would assume that appearance. A very

singular example of this sort of production is shown by Klotzsch in the germination of

the seeds of Pistia*, where the many secondary rootlets or branches of the neorhiza force

their way through the epirhizal covering of the main root, extending it as a eoleorhiza,

in the form of a long cylindrical tube, which at length breaks away, leaving a long sheath

in the form of a thimble covering the extremity of each growing rootlet, and which

probably thus performs the function of a spongiole.

J. Miers.

* Ober Pistia. Berlin, 1853. Plate 1. fig. C, D, E.

EXPLANATION OE THE PLATE.

Tab. XXVII.

The explanation of the several figures is given in the text of the Memoir.

Trans Lvm.Soc ToIJH tab 27 p Z66

rAlernao del

G J or man, sc

[ 267 ]

XXX. Description of Peachia hastata, a new genus and species of the Class Zoophyta ;
with observations on the Family Actiniadae. By Philip Henry Gossb, Esq., A.L.S.

Read March 20, 1855.

IN the month of January 1854, and afterwards in March of the same year, the Rev.
Charles Kingsley found, in the vicinity of Torquay, many specimens of an Actinia, which
he kindly forwarded to me. As it appeared not only to be an undescribed species, but
to have characters which separate it generically from others, I venture to lay before the
Linnean Society my observations concerning it.

The body (Tab. XXVIII. fig. 1) is spindle-shaped or clavate, 4 inches in length, and
1 inch in greatest diameter, pellucid, very pale red, with numerous slender whitish lines,
running at equal distances down the whole length. These do not vary in width, and
are evidently the edges of the internal septa, seen through the translucent integument.
The red colour is dependent on a thin epidermis, which, as the animal is apt, when in a
sickly state, to distend itself greatly in parts, bursts, and separates into torn shreds,
displaying the pellucid body beneath.

The oval disk is very protrusile ; it is surrounded by a single circle of twelve (eleven in
one specimen) tentacles. These are short, thick at the base, tapering to a point ; and
are frequently carried recurved over the margin, bike rams' horns (fig. 2). Their mark-
ings are peculiarly elegant. Each tentaculum is pellucid-white, as to its ground colour ;
but its upper side, or that which faces the disk, is variegated with arrow-heads of white
and brown, in two parallel lines (fig. 3). The arrows point towards the base of the
tentacle, and the colours are arranged alternately, one of white with one of brown fitting
into its angle, and so on : there are about six of white and six of brown in each of the
two rows ; but towards the extremities they have a tendency to become confluent.

The disk is somewhat similarly marked with arrows or Vandykes ; but they point in the
opposite direction towards the circumference. The arrows of the outermost circle are
strongly marked, and form a star or flower of twelve points, of deep brown ; of which the
points diverge again, to embrace partially the bases of the several tentacles. Within this
circle there is a similar one of white, and within this, another of small brown arrows,
which are not united. ,

The' mouth is very evertile, but does not rise into a cone. Its lips are grooved in-
teriorly, and the grooves are deep brown, and appear to be confluent at some distance
down the throat. Prom the mouth protrudes a singular organ, to which I know of no
parallel in this class of animals. It is a sort of fleshy proboscis, the tip of which dilates
into a clubbed head, divided into short papilla? (figs. 2 a and 4 a). The papillae were
about twenty in number in my largest specimen, with a tendency to form groups, slightly
radiating ; each papilla consisting of a pellucid sheath and of a dark brown core.

VOL. xxi. 2 N

268 MR. GOSSE ON PEACHIA H.VSTATA.

This curious apparatus appeared to form one side of the mouth, — to be, in fact, an
enlargement of the paries or lip, at one part of the circumference, with nothing corre-
sponding to it on the opposite side. It was perforate, and, as I conjecture, led down to
the visceral cavity of the body, external to the stomach, constituting the orifice through
which the ova or young are ordinarily deposited. In the smallest specimen I could not
detect more than four or five of the cored papillae on this prominence. Under a lens,
when the animal was sickening, and the Lips were much protruded and everted, the organ
was evidently seen to be a tube, with thickened walls, enclosed within one paries of the
oesophagus, and with its margin studded with papilla?. Into the orifice, which was
corrugated, I could thrust a bristle with ease. Fig. 5 represents the mouth in this
condition.

The natural habits of this Zoophyte, as seen in freedom, are thus graphically described
by Mr. Kingsley in his letters to me. " They Lie (or rather stand) in wet, ribbed, clean
sand, at low-water mark, the disk just out of ground. On digging carefully (for the
animal retracts on the least shaking of the sand), you find that he is buried bolt-upright
to the depth of 9 inches, where his extremity stops ; the whole animal tapering gradually
from stem to stern. On being taken out (no easy matter, since its power of retraction,
if irritated, is far more rapid and springy than in any of the class, as far as I have tried
them), and put into a vase of salt water, he swells himself out with water like a Holo-
thurian, disclosing longitudinal septa. He also has a tendency to transverse constric-
tion, like Scolanthus and Chirodota ; but this has gone off in my specimens. All his
motions (at least before he has made a cold bath of his own skin by taking in water) are
rapid and spasmodic ; betokening, as does his whole make, a higher muscular organiza-
tion than that of the Actmice."

None of the specimens made the slightest attempt to adhere; nor did the posterior
extremities show any appearance of a sucking disk. There was, however, a strong corru-
gation in that part, radiating from a central orifice, into which I thrust the point of a
pin without resistance to the depth of £th of an inch.

All the three specimens which first came into my hands were more or less languid and
sickly when I received them. One of them was swollen into a balloon-like form, and
never expanded the tentacles at all. The others soon became invested with a thick
tenacious mucus, and though they retained the power of expanding and retracting the
tentacles, they burst the integument in one or more wounds, so that the convoluted bands
protruded. The latter organs were present in copious profusion, broad bands very much
frilled, with a slender " beading " or thickened border, which the microscope showed to
be moderately filled with minute slender thread-capsules, about g^o^h of an inch in
length, slightly curved ; they discharged the thread freely, but with unusual slowness,
the lengthening of the tip resembling the progress of the minute-hand of a watch. One
that I measured, of an average length, extended to about -^jjth of an inch, or eighteen
times the length of the capsule.

All these individuals successively became defunct by a sort of spontaneous dissolution
of the parietes of the body. The integument seemed to change into a viscid mucus, and
presently burst in many places, allowing the convoluted bands to protrude so copiously

MR. GOSSE ON PEACHIA HASTATA. 269

as to conceal and envelope the body. As this protrusion proceeded, I found that these
bands were not the ovaries, as I at first supposed, but were attached to them. The ovaries
were protruded also in the form of thick tubes, much convoluted, and of a salmon-colour,
studded with minute white specks. These tubes were filled to distension with their
contents, and were consequently plump, at least at one edge ; for, as well as I could
judge, they ran off at the opposite edge into a broad, exceedingly attenuated, gelatinous
ribbon. Along the thickened and tubular edge was attached the capsuliferous band, as a
mesentery ; this also having a thickened margin, but differing in structure, as well as in
appearance from the former. It was narrower and much more convolved ; the edge lying
in pretty regular figure-of-8 turns, or scrolls, like the frill of a cap ; the colour of this
band was dull yellowish, with the thickened border white. This border was, as I have
said above, principally composed of thread-capsules ; but in the salmon-red tubes I found
none of these organs. They were filled with ova, enveloped in a red mucus, which gave
the colour not only to the tubes themselves, but also to the body of the animal. These
ova were globose or pear-shaped bodies, very soft and elastic, the largest measuring ^jth
of an inch in length, by ra^h in diameter ; while others (of the globose form) probably
less advanced, were not more than Tyrth of an inch in diameter. Indeed they rather re-
sembled the planules of a Plumularia or Antennularia than proper ova, except that they
had no motion, and were not ciliated. They consisted of a granular brown substance,
becoming clear and colourless at the circumference. I could see no trace of a nucleus in
any, either with or without pressure.

The animals, so burst and apparently dead, I allowed to remain in a dish of pure sea-
water, with a growing leaf of Ulva, to preserve its vitality. To my surprise, they at
length were evidently everted, turned (by the continuance of the process of protrusion
through the ruptured integument) completely inside out, so that the membranous septa
of the interior now projected from the circumference ; while from each interseptal space
protruded the convoluted ovaries, with their mesenteries and frilled bands. Nor did it
appear that death had really ensued. As an animal, an individual, I could not consider
it otherwise than deceased ; for it was become a shapeless mass of viscera, from which the
original integuments were sloughing, in films of glairy membrane. But no putrescence
had set in ; and on examination with a lens, through the sides of a glass vase, to which I
had early removed the specimens, I found in each one, twelve days after they had been in
this dissolved state, that the ovaries maintained a perfectly clear, plump, healthy
appearance (fig. 6), with a more vivid rose-tint than at first ; and that the frilled bands
were slowly, but constantly, moving all over them; puckering and unfolding their
involutions, and altering their forms, by means of the cilia with which they were covered ;
— a beautiful provision for the respiration, so to speak, of the yet undeveloped embryos,
by the perpetual passage of currents of the surrounding water along the ovaries.

I was thus forcibly reminded of the mode in which the oviposition is effected in that
little lovely Medusa, Turris neglecta, — by the protrusion of the ovary, and the eversion
and gradual dissolution of the umbrella, as I have elsewhere described and figured* ; a
process, which I have now reason to believe is common to the higher kinds, at least, of

* Devonshire Coast, p. 352.

2n2

270 MR. GOSSE ON PEACHIA HASTATA.

the Pulmograde Medusae, since I have observed it- in several of the Covered-eyed genera.
The affinity between the Arachnoderm and Actinoderm classes of Radiata was already
known to be close ; and these curious facts may add another link to the connexion.

If the rupture and inversion of the body in this instance was a normal process, it still
would not be inconsistent with the function which I assign (from analogy with other
Actiniadce) to the curious papillated duct at the side of the mouth. Ova or living young
may be discharged through this orifice, at intervals, during life, and yet the most prolific
birth may be reserved for the period of the parent's decease, when the whole contents of
the ovaries are committed to the waves.

Whether it was so or not, however, I did not ascertain ; for, about a week later, or
eighteen days after the evolution, I perceived that the mucous integuments were decom-
posing and becoming offensive. The ovaries and their bands wore nearly the same
appearance as before ; but some of the former were dispersing in flocculent shreds, in
which I could not detect any embryos more advanced than those which I had before
examined. The frilled bands maintained spontaneous motion, but very slow. I there-
fore took the specimen from the vase and examined it. I found it completely inverted ;
the tentacles were set around the interior of one extremity, and the papillated orifice at
the edge of the mouth was very distinctly seen. The papillae are arranged around the
orifice in flat hand-like eminences, each containing three or four papillae, resembling
fingers. The dark-brown cores, so well-defined that they look like solid bodies, under
pressure appear to consist of pigment-cells or granules, of similar consistence to that of
the surrounding flesh.

The anal extremity was much more distinct than before ; the orifice being ^th of an
inch in diameter, and perfectly defined, with striae radiating from its margin, and the
thickened septa commencing in a circle around it.

No sac-like fundus was visible to the stomach, but it seemed to merge into the visceral
cavity, as described by M. Hollard (Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1851), and by Dr. Cobbold (Ann.
Nat. Hist. 1853) ; differing only in the fact just mentioned, that this cavity had a
posterior orifice.

The possession of an excretory orifice to the body is a character of sufficient importance
to separate this species from the genus Actinia. I therefore propose to constitute a
genus for it, by the name of Peachia, as a tribute to the zeal, industry, and success with
which marine zoology has been studied by Mr. Charles W. Peach. I am influenced in
this selection of a name, also, by the circumstance that a species discovered by that
gentleman in Cornwall, and named by him Actinia chrysanthellum, appears to resemble
the present species closely, and may prove to belong to the same genus. It is very
minute, whereas this is a zoophyte of large dimensions; and the describer has not
mentioned the existence of a posterior orifice, nor of any papillated structure in front.
The former may, however, have been overlooked.

The genus and species may be thus characterized : —

Peachia, Gosse.
Corpus elongatum, subcylindricum, pyriforme, v. fusiforme, ditrematum, liberum ; tenia-

MR. GOSSE ON PEACHIA HASTATA. 271

culis paucis, brevibus (disci diametrum haud superantibus), crassis, conicis, uni-
seriatis ; oviductu in tuberculum papillosum desinente.

1. Peachia hastata (Gosse), corpore roseo lineis aequalibus pallidis, tentaculis 12 albo-
hyalinis seriebus 2 parallelis macularum sagittatarum brunnearum notatis, disco
circulis duobus macularum brunnearum V-formium cincto, oviductus papillis nume-
rosis aggregatis.

2 ?. Peachia ? chrysanthelltjm, corpore cylindrico albido lineis insequaliter latis, ten-
taculis brunneo annulatis.

Actinia chrysanthellum, Peach.

Tbe principal interest of this form is the decided approach which it makes to a higher
type of existence than that of the Actinodermata. The sensitiveness to alarm, and the
spring-like rapidity of its motions, indicate a greater condensation in the nervous and
muscular systems; but the existence of a posterior opening to the digestive canal is a
still more decisive advance in structural rank. The approach to the Echinodermata,
through the Sipunculidce, is marked, not only by this important character, but also by
form, by the degeneration of the tentacles in number and dimensions, and by the
tendency to break up the body by spontaneous constriction.

The genus Edwardsia of M. Quatrefages, still further diminishes the interval between
the Actiniae and the Holothurice ; for the mouth and tentacula are, in that genus, seated
at the end of a delicate column, which is retractile within the coriaceous trunk, as it is
in Syrinx nudus ; and the balloon-like inflation at the posterior extremity reminds us of
the same animal. It is curious to trace also, in Syrinx itself, an approach to the
Actinoderm type, in the digestive canal terminating near the head, the greater portion of
the body being imperforate.

I may observe, in passing, that the genus Edwardsia is represented by two British
species. One was described and figured by myself in the " Annals of Natural History " for
Sept. 1853, under the name of Scolanthus callimorphus ; but, as I am now convinced that
notwithstanding the apparently simple posterior extremity in that species, it must be
referred to Edwardsia, the genus Scolanthus must be cancelled. The name will hence
become Edwardsia callimorpha. Another species is described by Mr. Kingsley (in litt.),
which appears to be E. Beautempsii of M. Quatrefages.

I will embrace this opportunity of making a few observations on the more typical
Actinice. Restricted as is the genus Actinia, by the separation from it of Adamsia and
Anthea among British, of Metridiwm and Actinecta, and many others among exotic
species, and by the creation of such genera as Capnea, Corynactis, Ilyanthus, &c, it is
still so immense a group, that any subdivision of it on sound principles is desirable,
especially when we consider the great difficulty of defining species in this tribe. Indeed,
I hold that, wherever we find several characters co-existent in a certain number of species,
none of which are common to other species, the species possessing such characters ought
to be elevated to the rank of a separate genus.

Applying these principles to the group before us, I find a number of Actinice, which

272 MR. GOSSE ON PEACHIA HASTATA.

have the well-marked character of projecting, from pores in the exterior of the body,
whenever they are irritated, thread-like fdaments, in great abundance and to great length,
which are again withdrawn into the body. These filaments, when examined with a high
power, are seen to be chiefly composed of thread-capsules, or "nettling-organs;" and I
have given elsewhere* evidence to show that their function is that of efficient weapons of
offence, paralysing even vertebrate animals, with which they are brought into contact.
Every one who has handled A. parasitica, venusta, or any of the species with missile
threads, is aware of the great tenacity with which these filaments adhere to the fingers.
This is owing to the penetration of the epidermis by the myriads of ejected threads, and
to the hold which their barbed structure enables them to retain. For when these nettling
organs are examined, say with a power of 500 diameters, the thread is perceived to be
armed in a manner which gives them a superiority over those of all the non-shooting
species ; and thus the structure of these organs affords us another excellent and constant
generic character. There are, indeed, in these species, always to be found many thread-
capsules of the ordinary form and structure, viz. linear-oblong, emitting a thread which
is apparently simple, and of great length, extending to about twenty times the length of
the capsule. But the principal portion of the capsules are of another form, being long-
oval with a distinct longitudinal chamber, and emitting a thread, never exceeding thrice
the length of the capsule, and more commonly one or one and a-half times, as in A. Bellis
(fig. 10), and in A. Troglodytes (fig. 11). The terminal portion of this thread (including
from half to more than three-fourths of its length, according to the species) is barbed
with close-set bristles radiating on all sides like the hairs of a bottle-brush, and more or
less reverted. In A. venusta (fig. 7), a zigzag lineation is discernible on the thread,
which seems to indicate that the hairs are set on in a spiral arrangement. Before emis-
sion, the thread-chamber is very distinct in this species (fig. 8), running through the
whole length of the capsule, slightly bent in a sigmoid curve, and gradually merging into
the capsule-walls at the discharging end. In some instances the thread is discharged, in
every respect agreeing with that just described, but perfectly simple and without barbs
(fig. 9) : I think that this occurs when the emission has been very slow ; that the barbed
hairs fly out only when the missile force is sudden ; that, otherwise, they continue
appressed to the sides, and invisible. I can discover no trace of the spiral in the un-
emitted thread.

This brush-like form of the nettling-thread I find in ten of our native species of Actinia
(which I shall presently enumerate), invariably co-existent with the power of emitting
filaments spontaneously. They are marked also by other characters, of less importance
because less definite : — the tentacles are generally of small size, slender, numerous, and
much crowded ; the body is soft, rarely coriaceous, and smooth, though commonly per-
forated with sucking glands, which are distinct from the emitting pores ; and the colours
of the body often have a tendency to run in longitudinal bands, and those of the tentacles
to form arrow-heads. The genus thus characterized I propose to call Sagartiaf.

The remaining British species (for I beg it to be observed that I am speaking only of

* ' Devonshire Coast,' passim ; 'Aquarium,' pp. 115, 143, 148.

f " There is a certain nomadic race called Sagartians. . . . The mode of fighting of these men is as follows : —

MR. GOSSE ON PEACHIA HASTATA. 273

such as I have had opportunities of personally examining) may be distributed into two
groups. The first contains such species as have the body studded with warts ; the skin
coriaceous ; the tentacles moderately few, generally thick, conical, and obtuse, and for the
most part marked on their facial surface with transverse dashes of opaque colour. They
do not discharge filaments under any annoyance (when wounded, however, the convo-
luted ovarian bands protrude) ; and the nettling threads of then* tissues are long and
simple, or at least never brush-like. That of A. crassicornis, indeed, is armed at its base,
as I have represented it elsewhere* ; but it is in a manner peculiar to itself, and totally
unlike that of the Sagartice. This fine species deviates, in some other subordinate parti-
culars, from the rest of the verrucose Actmice, and may possibly require ultimately to be
separated. For the present, however, I include it in this genus, which I propose to call
Bunodesf.

There now remains a group, for which, as it includes the most abundant of our species,
the everywhere-familiar Smooth Anemone (A. Mesembrycmthemum), I would retain the
appellation of Actinia. In addition to this well-known species we have two others on the
British shores, which I shall presently mention. Besides the negative characters which
mark these species — the absence of emitted filaments, and of surface- warts, — they have a
distinct positive one, in the existence of a series of spherical or oval bodies, of unknown
function, seated between the outermost row of tentacles and the margin of the disk. In
our native species these are conspicuous, from their opaque blue or white colour ; but in
exotic species, they occur of other hues. In Mesembrycmthemum, the oyarium-bands, and
the walls of the tentacles, are furnished with comparatively few thread-capsules, which
are linear, and very small ; those of the bands being about Tfooth of an inch in length,
and those of the tentacle-walls not more than xuVo th ; whereas the ovate capsules of the
Sagartice run from sioth (Dianthus) to ^fsth (parasitica) ; the length in most of the
species being about Tooth.

The marginal spherules, however, are almost wholly composed of capsules, very linear,
and about jgo^1 of an mch long. They very reluctantly emit the thread, which I have
therefore seen only in few instances. It is very subtile, and of considerable length ; but
I was not able in any case to trace it to its termination. From these facts I incline to
think, that the marginal spherules of Actinia may represent, in function, the missile fila-
ments of Sagartia %.

Among subordinate characters of this genus may be mentioned the very delicate and
smooth skin, destitute of both pores and sucking glands. The disk and tentacles are

when they engage with the enemy, they throw out ropes, which have nooses at the end ; and whatever any one catches,
whether horse or man, he drags towards himself; and they that are entangled in the coils are put to death." —
Herodotus, vii. 85.

* 'Devonshire Coast,' pi. xxviii. fig. 19. t Bow&iltis, verrucosus, clivosus.

X M. Hollard cannot conjecture the function of these marginal spherules. " Their position at the circumference,
the volume and great transparency of their capsules, their existence in a species eminently littoral, exposed, and very
sensible to the variations of the atmosphere, when the sea is out,— do not these circumstances indicate some physio-
logical relation between these little organs and the action of light?" — (Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1851, p. 272.)

Has not M. Hollard, however, overlooked the fact, that the spherules are never exposed to the atmosphere, since the
disk is expanded only under water ?

274

MR. GOSSE ON PEACHIA HASTATA.

unicolorous ; as is also the body generally, though this is sometimes varied by lines or
spots of another colour, which are by no means constant ; a line of different hue more
commonly encircles the base. The tentacles are moderately numerous, of medium thick-
ness, tapering to a point.

These three genera may be therefore defined thus : —

1. Sagartia, Gosse. — Actinia? basi adhserentes ; tentaculis conicis, facile retractilibus ;

sph&rulis marginalibus nullis ; corpus everrucosum, filamenta capsulifera e poris
emittens ; fills urticantibus brevibus, pilorum fasciculo dense armatis.

British species, viduata (=anguicoma, Price), Troglodytes, Aurora, Candida, rosea,
nivea, venusta, parasitica, Bellis, Dianthus. Probably also aurantiaca and pulcherrima
of Professor Jordan. The following exotic species, figured by Dana in the Zoophytes of
the American Exploring Expedition, seem to be referable to this genus : — Primula, the
beautiful decorata, and Fuegensis, both allied to our Bellis ; and Achates, reticulata, and
Paumotensis (perhaps the most magnificent of the whole tribe), which are evidently allied
to Dianthus.

2. Btjnodes, Gosse. — Actinia sphaerulis marginalibus nullis. Corpus verrucosum ; cute

coriacea, filamentis missilibus nullis ; filis urticantibus longis simplicibus ; tentaculis
plerumque crassis, conicis, obtusis.

British species, gemmacea, thallia, clavata, crassicornis, Monile (probably the young of
crassicornis) ?, Chrysoplenium ?, alba ?, miniata ? Of exotic species, Diadema, pluvia,
Gemma, Artemisia, of Dana's Zoophytes, probably come here.

3. Actinia, Linn. — Sph&rulce capsulifera? ad disci marginem seriatae. Corpus everruco-

sum, poris filamentisque missilibus destitutum ; cute laevi.

British species, Mesembryanthemum, margaritifera, Chiococca. Exotic species, Tabella
and graminea of Dana.

The following British species are of doubtful place ; — coccinea, intestinalis, biserialis,
vermicularis. The very curious biserialis of the late lamented Professor Eorbes has a close
parallel in the Phodora of Dana ; and these may perhaps form another genus, when more
is known about them. Intestinalis and vermicularis, both from the Shetland seas, show,
in their slender lengthened form, an approach to the free condition of Peachia, &c. The
latter of these is a deep-water species (eighty fathoms) ; and, as Professor Eorbes
observes, looked when unattached " more like a planarian worm than an Actinia."

The following table exhibits one manner in which the British
Actmiada? may be artificially distributed : —

noncoralligenous

Adherent

"Tentacles gathered into groups Lucernaria.

Tentacles scarcely (Adhering hase entire Anthea.

X Adhering base annular Adamsia.

Tentacles capitate Corynactu.

Tentacles truncate Capnea.

C emitting filaments Sagartia.

Tentacles conti-
nuous.

retractile.

Tentacles readily
retractile.

Tentacles conical

1 without filaments

fwarted Bunodes.

I smooth . . Actinia.

MR. GOSSE ON PEACHIA HASTATA- 275

,., ( Anterior extremity normal Ilyanthus.

\ Monotrematous ] ... ,
Non-adherent < *■ Anterior extremity forming a retractile column Edwardsia.

(_ Ditrematous Peachia .

If we take Sagartia as the typical genus, which its superior populousness, and the
perfection of its armature entitle it to be considered, we may trace, as from a central
point, some of the relations of the Actiniadce, inter se, as well as with other forms.

Adamsia comes very close to Sagartia, possessing the power of emitting filaments in
high perfection : probably the point of union between these genera will be S. parasitica ;
which, like Adamsia palliata, attaches itself to shells in which Paguri dwell ; and which
is pre-eminent in its genus for the abundance and the tenacity of its filaments. The
passage from Sagartia to Bunodes is perhaps through S. Dianthus and B. clavata;
the disk of the latter being very expansive, with the tentacles situated at its margin.
S. Bellis, in its power of assuming a saucer-like form for its thin expanded disk, to which
the narrow body serves as a foot-stalk, shows also a remote approach to Lucernaria, in
which this figure is permanent.

Lucernaria exhibits a beautiful link of connexion between the Actinoderm and the
Arachnoderm forms of Radiata. The Oceania turrita has its umbrella produced into a
long moveable spire, which looks exactly like a foot-stalk, by which it had been attached
when in a polype condition; while in Bougainvillcea we get the numerous tentacula
gathered into groups. The mobile, four-lobed mouth of Lucernaria closely resembles
the peduncle of a Medusa.

There is a curious analogy (I fear it is nothing more) between Lucernaria and the
genus Floscularia among the Rotifera : both are attached by a slender pedicel ; both
have a flower-like disk, jutting out into angles, which are beset with a multitude of fila-
ments (tentacles in the one case, setiform cilia in the other) that radiate in all directions.

The tender and soft-bodied little Sagartia Candida and S. rosea seem to lead off to
Corynactis Allmanni, though the points of resemblance are rather general than special.
But this latter genus passes into Capnea, by a remarkable species described by Mr. W.
Thompson of Weymouth, in the Zoological Transactions for 1853, under the name of
Corynactis heterocera, and which I had an opportunity of examining while alive. Pro-
fessor Forbes has observed the close affinity of his Capnea sanguinea to the Zoanthadce,
and the transition which the latter exhibit to the creeping and budding Hydroid polypes
is sufficiently apparent. Corynactis, in its capitate tentacles, shows also a relation to
Cyathus Smithii, among the coralligenous Anthozoa ; while the simply-conical form of
these organs in Balanophyllia regia agrees with Actinia, &c.

The transition from Sagartia to Actinia proper, I do not know how to trace, except
by characters common to the whole group. The soft-bodied species of the former genus,
which do not possess sucking glands, as Candida, venusta and nivea, are however cer-
tainly more closely allied to the smooth-skinned A. Mesembryanthemum than such coarse
species as S. Bellis, parasitica, &c, and this is all I can say.

I think, however, that Actinia makes a decided approach to Lucernaria, in the capsu-
liferous spherules of the margin ; for the oval appendages which are placed on the edge
of the disk, in the latter genus, alternating with the groups of tentacles, are, I doubt not,
consimilar in structure and function to those spherules.

vol. xxi. 2 o

276 MR. GOSSE ON PEACHIA HASTATA.

The nearest alliance of Anthea is with Actinia ; to which, in the texture of its skin,
and the absence of warts, pores and glands, it presents a close resemblance. The
received notion, that Anthea is incapable of entire retraction, I have elsewhere stated to be
incorrect ; and I have since had several opportunities of seeing it with the tentacles quite
concealed, and the animal assuming the ordinary butter-like shape of an Actinia. A
better character is the tendency which the tentacles have to form groups, like several
trunks of a tree united close to the ground. In this respect there is perhaps an approxi-
mation to Imcernaria ; remote, however, for the clusters thus formed are still in con-
tiguity with each other ; and the peculiarity cannot be discerned, except when the animal
is in the state of widest expansion.

Finally, the species viduata appears to be the point at which the genus Sagartia leads
off towards the Echinodermata. Though, in an Aquarium, it remains attached for
months together, yet, in freedom, its adhesion is evidently very slight. It comes on shore
by hundreds, after a gale, on the Devonshire coast ; and is frequently dredged on sandy
mud, sometimes adhering to a small bivalve-shell, but more commonly free, with the
posterior extremity contracted, so as to resemble a thick pedicel. It burrows in sand ;
and, in conformity with such a habit, it has the power of great elongation. A specimen
which I have kept for the last six months, sometimes forms a slender column 5 inches in
height. From this vermiform creature the transition is so brief to the free IlyantMs,
that we hardly need to seek a place for mtestinalis and vermicularis ; and from Ilyanthus
to the genera Peachia and Edwardsia, of which I have spoken in the former part of this
Memoir, and thence to the Siptmculidce, the road is patent.

These relations I have attempted to display by a diagram ; though I need scarcely say,
that such a representation cannot adequately express the varied consanguinities and
cross-alliances of the grand plan of Nature.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Tab. XXVIII.

Fig. 1 . Peachia hastata : natural size.

Fig. 2. The oval disk and tentacles; (a) the papillae of the oviduct : (magn. 2 diameters).

Fig. 3. A tentacle (magn. 2 diameters).

Fig. 4. The disk, with the papillae («) projecting: (2 diameters).

Fig. 5. The mouth of another specimen, showing the orifice of the oviduct : (4 diameters).

Fig. 6. A portion of the ovaries, with the convoluted bands : (10 diameters).

Fig. 7- Thread-cell of Sagartia venusla, with the barbed thread emitted.

Fig. 8. Thread-cell of the same, before emission.

Fig. 9. The same, with the unbarbed thread.

Fig. 10. Thread-cell and thread of S. Bellis.

Fig. 1 1 . Thread-cell and thread of S. Troglodytes.

N.B. All the thread- cells are magnified 560 diameters.

Tab. XXIX.
The Diagram above referred to.

Trans Lmn Soc VolXXl tab28.f.276

PE Gesse Esq dd

&Jarman sc

"Bwulinii* SocM m. t.XXIX. p. if A

HYDRO
IDA

ARACHNODERMATA

Bougainvillaea

AS THRO IDA

Carjo-
phyilisL
fmc&tzi'

ZOAN-
THWM

Capnea

Caryn-

actis

viduata

flyanthus

Kdwardsia

Paachia

Ckirodota

ECHINODERMATA

Ffoscularia

ROTI

FERA

,:.j™-... irj.

[ 277 ]

XXXI. Horae Carcinologicae, or Notices of Crustacea. I. A Monograph of the Leuco-
siadae, with observations on the relations, structure, habits and distribution of the
family ; a revision of the generic characters ; and descriptions of new genera and
species. By Thomas Bell, Esq., V.P.B.S., Pres. L.S. 8fc.

Read June 5th, 1855.

1 HERE is not perhaps another family amongst the whole of the Decapodous Crustacea
so distinctly isolated hy its general characters as the Letjcosiad^e. Belonging, as they
obviously do, to the large tribe of Oxystomata, to which they are allied by the important
character of the form of the buccal cavity and the structure of the foot-jaws, they have in
many respects but little tangible affinity with any other family of that group, by means of
intermediate aberrant forms, with the exception of a certain prima facie approach to the
Calappadm in the genus Oreophorus, to which further allusion will be made.

And not only is there such a remarkable absence of any osculant form within the limits
of this very natural group, but there is a no less striking want of any obvious approxima-
tion to this type in the other families of the Oxystomata ; for the relation suggested by
De Haan of the genus Matuta, or rather his family of Matutoidea comprising Matuta
and Sepatus, as leading to the Leucosiadce, appears to me quite devoid of any sound
foundation. Still less appearance is there of any important approximation to the Bani-
nadce, as suggested by the same learned writer.

I cannot, however, but believe that there is a structural approach to this family in a
genus which has hitherto been placed at a remote distance from it by all the authorities
on this subject, and particularly by Professor Milne-Edwards in his recent admirable
treatise, as it may be called, on the Catametopa. I allude to the genus Pinnotheres, which
in the work above mentioned is associated with the families Grapsidce, Gecarcinidm, Ocy-
podidce, &c, to which groups its affinity is probably much more slight than to the family
now under consideration. It will be reserved for a future occasion to examine into the real
relations of the somewhat anomalous family of the Pinnotheridce ; but I would observe,
that the general aspect of the male Pinnotheres is so similar to that of a true Leucosia
as to be obvious at the first glance ; and although I would not trust too much to external
form and general character or aspect, I think these points may be, and often are, under-
rated. There is frequently a physiognomical character, so to speak, which is indicative of
some close relation of affinity, which ought not to be cast aside hastily and without due
consideration as a mere analogical resemblance. I shall not on the present occasion enter
into a detailed investigation of the relation between these two types, but I may observe
that the form of the buccal opening, the foot-jaws, the eyes, the antennae and other im-
portant organs appear to me to afford indisputable indications of the affinity in question.

The approach of the genus Oreophorus to the Calappadce is, however, more apparent,

2o2

278 MR. BELL, HOILE CARCINOLOGIC.E ;

and in all probability constitutes a true relation of affinity. This remarkable genus was
first formed by Dr. Ruppell, who figures and describes a species, 0. horridus*, found by
him in the Red Sea. It is evidently constructed on a type approximate to the Calappadce.
Like them it has the power of concealing the feet under the body, so that when at rest
they are protected by the margin of the carapace, which is somewhat dilated laterally.
In this particular it resembles JEtlira, as well as Cryptopodia, Lambrus and others, with
which it has however no other near structural relation. The genus Nursia of Leach,
and the new genus Lithadia, which is closely allied to Ebalia, approach it in a slight
degree in this respect, and the latter still more in its general aspect and the extreme
rugosity of the body.

The tendency to a lateral dilatation of the carapace is indeed a very striking character
in several forms of this family. It has been already alluded to in reference to Oreophorus
and Lithadia : it appears also to a certain extent in Phlyxia and Ebalia. But in Iphis
it assumes a very different form, terminating in a long acute spine on each side, recalling
in some measure the aspect of the genus Matuta ; whilst in Ixa a still more remarkable
development is observed in an extraordinary lateral extension of the carapace itself, which
is twice as broad as it is long, besides its still further production into a somewhat cylin-
drical process on each side, the two processes together constituting about half the total
breadth.

The characters of a group so distinctly marked could not fail to strike the accurate and
observant mind of Fabricius, who, in the course of his re-formation of the whole class,
brought together all the species which were then known of the Leucosiadce into a single
genus, to which he gave the name of Leucosia. This name was retained by Leach for the
form which is evidently the typical one ; and he arranged into several well-defined generic
groups the species thus associated by his predecessor, together with others with which he
had become acquainted. All Leach's generic divisions have received the sanction of
subsequent naturalists ; and the only changes which have been introduced since his time
have consisted in the discovery of some new speciesf, if we except the mistaken application,
by Milne-Edwards, of the name of Ouaia to certain species which Leach had already
designated under the generic appellation of Persephona. This mistake however was a
very natural one, arising from the vague and brief terms in which Leach had indi-
cated rather than described or defined them. The specific and even the generic characters
given by this distinguished naturalist are often, from an inordinate desire for brevity,
extremely vague and incomplete ; and now that the number of known species and of
generic forms has become so immensely increased, it is often in vain that we endeavour
to reduce to any certainty the contracted and indefinite phraseology in which his characters
are expressed.

It is clearly of the greatest importance not only that the distinctive phrase applied to

* Krabben der Rothen Meeres, p. 18. t. 4. f. 5.

f Harrovia and Tlos, genera described by Adams and White in the " Crustacea" of the Voyage of the Samarang,
and placed among the Leucosiadce in that work, certainly do not belong to this family. Tphiculus is stated by those
authors to belong to the Parthenopidce, although located in their work with the Leucosiadce ; but as regards this genus,
I am led, by examination of the specimens in the British Museum, to the conviction that it is in truth a Leucosian genus,
and that they are right in the text and not in the note.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD.E. 279

a species should be as tangible and certain as possible, but that every new species should
be fully, as well as accurately described in detail. In this respect Leach was generally
very deficient. The only indications left of many of his species and even genera, consist of
half-a-dozen words, in many instances so vague that they have become useless, and, as
they are often not illustrated by figures, it would be impossible to identify the species to
which they refer, were it not for the existence of the specimens themselves in the British
Museum. This is particularly the case in respect to the present family, of which Leach
gives many new genera and species in his valuable repertory the ' Zoological Miscellany;'
but in so slight a manner that only the tickets applied to the specimens in the Museum
by Leach liimself afford any sure index to the species intended.

This however is not the only fault to which naturalists are prone with regard to the
definition or description of new species. Nothing is more common than that the only
characters given are deduced from a comparison of the development of certain organs with
the same parts in nearly allied species. Such specific characters are always objectionable.
To describe an organ in one species as longer or broader or thicker than the correspond-
ing organ in another species 'for instance, infers the necessity of an actual comparison of
one with the other, which, of course, is often impossible. Specific distinctive characters
should always be either absolute, or derived from points of comparison within the indi-
vidual itself. Another defect from which much confusion has arisen, is the want of a full
detailed description of each species, which is necessary, however nearly it may be allied
to another ; and this should include every organ of importance that can be easily and
certainly brought under review. The want of this desideratum has been the fruitful
source of errors in synonymy, and the cause of interminable and unsatisfactory research
and labour. I may be allowed to add, that the specific definitive phrase should be such
as to point out, as briefly as may consist with clearness and certainty, the points of
distinction from all those already known in the same genus ; whilst the description should
be so full as to enable the naturalist to ascertain whether any individual afterwards
observed is a new species, or identical with that described.

The admirable work of Professor Milne-Edwards, which has been the text-book of every
student of this class of animals ever since its publication, contains such a general view of
their organization as renders it unnecessary for me to enter into any considerable detail
of their structure, particularly as that work is in the hands of every one interested in this
subject. But in the fine work of De Haan on the Crustacea of Japan, there occurs so
concise and clear a summary of the characters of those organs on which the classification
depends, that I will venture to quote the passage at length : —

" Regiones pterygostomianse supra palpos maxillarum quintarum excavatse, extrorsum
marginatae, excavatione parallels usque ad oris apicem producta ; maxillarum quintarum
articuli secundi et tertii ter longiores quam lati[ores], triangulum describentes, margine
interno sunt obtusi ; maxillarum quintarum latinise externse maxillis quintis sequales et
palporum flagella tenuissima; maxillae secundse minimse, laciniis externis cum palpis
coalitis, et setis duabus a sibi invicem apice distinctis ; sella turcica brevissima vel nulla ;
apodemata sterno intermedio distantia ; branchiae sex, nulla maxillis, unica pedibus tertiis ;

280 MR. BELL, HORjE CARCINOLOGIC^E ;

pedes in eodem piano inserti ; orificia generationis masculina in sterno loeata, foeminina
in medio articulo tertio sterni ; abdomen arete cum sterno cohaerens, operculiforme, in
maritms 4- vel 5-, in fremitus 5-articulatum ; abdominis articuli primi organa vaginseformia
recta vel spiralia basi sejuncta in Leucosiis, vel compressa basi conjuncta in Iliis ; organa
excitantia articuli secundi, aut tertiam partem anteriorum sequant in Leucosiis, aut plane
desiderantur in Iliis et Philyris ; appendices abdominales foeminarum externa? oblongae
foliaceae et internse setacese sub angulo recto geniculatae."

I will now offer a few general remarks which may illustrate the bearing of their struc-
ture upon their habits. This structure is evidently not fitted for any rapid or energetic
movements such as belong to the Grapsidce and Ocypodidce, in which these powers are
amply provided for by the robust form and development of the ambulatory pairs of legs ;
nor does it afford any means of svdmming, as in the Portunidee, or still more in Matuta ;
nor is it fossorial, as in Carcmus and many others ; nor suited for climbing, as in the long
slender-legged Leptopodiadce ; nor for self-concealment, as in the Calappadce. It appears
that they must depend for their safety from external injury upon the protection of stones
and the hollows of rocks ; for their claws have no power of defence, and the ambulatory
legs are comparatively slender and ineffective. The carapace in most of them however is
remarkably hard, and its arched form gives it additional power of resistance.

The extreme minuteness of the eyes would agree with the idea of their lurking and
somewhat stationary habits ; and this, with the almost rudimentary form of the antennae,
appears quite inconsistent with any high development of the functions of relation. In
entire agreement with the view I have taken of the slow and feeble movements of these
animals, as deduced from a consideration of the structure of the organs of locomotion, is
the diminished extent of their respiration, evinced by the reduction of the number of their
branchiae to six pairs, whilst the foot-jaws and other manducatory organs are also small
and weak.

Of the habits of most of the animals of this family we have no recorded history ;
but the account which that excellent observer Roux has given of the species of Ilia as
noticed by himself on the shores of the Mediterranean, is in exact accordance with the
structure I have described, and the functions which have been predicated from that
structure. Speaking of this genus, he says*, "Les Ilia ont le tet tres dur; ce sont des
Crustaces qui vivent solitaires, cramponnes parmi les Flustres et les Madrepores, ou sur
les 6cueils, a de moyennes profondeurs ; leur marche est lente ; ils manquent d'agilite* ;
la forme de leur corps et la debilite de leurs pattes s'opposent a ce qu'ils puissent nager ;
on ne les voit courir qu'a 1' aspect du danger." And of J. nucleus he says, " Ce decapode
est extremement timide ; il habite les moyennes profondeurs coralligenes, d'ou il ne sort
que lorsque le hasard lui presente quelque proie facile a saisir. II ne s'approche jamais
des rochers du rivage. On le rencontre rarement parmi les algues, si ce n'est en Mars,
epoque a laquelle la femelle vient quelquefois y deposer des oeufs qui 6closent en 6te\"

The geographical distribution of the Leucosiada is as remarkable for the restriction of
the genera of which it is composed to special localities, as is the whole family with respect
to its zoological relations, which have already been considered. Every genus, without

* ' Crustaces de la Mediterranee.'

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSLUXE. 281

exception, is restricted to its own geographical limit. There is not, I believe, a single
instance of one species of any genus inhabiting the Old World, and another of the same
genus being found in the New. The numerous species of what may be considered the
typical form of the family, Leucosia, are without exception inhabitants of the Eastern seas,
ranging from the south of Australia by the Indian Ocean, the Philippines, New Guinea,
Borneo, the coasts of China and Japan ; but strictly circumscribed to these limits. The
genera Myra, Philyra, Myrodes, Platebalia, Ixa, Iphis, Iphiculus, and Arcania are also
confined to the same seas. Of Oreophorus one species is found in the Red Sea, and the
other has been taken in the Straits of Sunda. JEbalia is, as far as we are at present
informed, confined to the tract including the coasts of Great Britain, " La Manche," and
the Mediterranean ; and so much is it especially a British genus, that Professor Milne-
Edwards, when he published his great work, had never seen a specimen of either of the
three generally known species, excepting those in the British Museum, all of which were
natives of this country ; nor does he mention a specimen of either of them as then exist-
ing in the Paris Museum. Ilia is exclusively Mediterranean. The numerous species of
Persephona, and the new genera Leucosilia and Lithadia, are strictly American, and are
principally found on the Eastern coasts and the Galapagos Islands.

The majority of the species in this family are found at no great depth.

I know of scarcely any family of Crustacea, our knowledge of the species of which has
so much increased of late years as this. "When the great text-book of the class, the
admirable work of Milne-Edwards, appeared, there were only known to him twenty certain
species arranged in eleven genera. The great work of De Haan on the Crustacea of Japan
added several others, and the list has been increased by Messrs. Adams and White in
their description of the Crustacea from the voyage of the Samarang. The collections
made by Mr. Cuming in the Philippine Islands and by other voyagers, have placed within
my reach numerous others, some of which are in my own collection, but the greater number
are in the British Museum ; and I have to express my thanks to Mr. Adam White for the
exercise of his well-known courtesy and attention in assisting my access to the treasures
of that fine collection. In the present Monograph I have been enabled to add no less
than thirty-six new species, thus more than doubling the number previously known ; the
whole number now known and included in the present Monograph being sixty-five, con-
stituting eighteen genera.

Genus Letjcosia.

Char. Gen. — Testa ovato-orbicularis, subglobosa, laevis, polita ; fronte subproducto, fossulas antennarias
tegente. Orbita fissuris tribus. Fossae antennarioz obliquae, apertae. Pedipalpi externi caule exte-
riore lateribus parallelis, recto vel subcurvo, apice obtuso ; caule interiore acute triangulari. Pedes
antici crassiores, longitudine mediocres ; brachiis ad basin et ad latera tuberculatis ; digitis tenuibus
subinflectis ; pedum paria quatuor posteriora, a secundo ad quintum sensim breviora. Abdomen
Maris in nonnullis speciebus segmentis omnibus, primo et ultimo exceptis, in aliis tertio cum
quarto, et quinto cum sexto — Fcemin^e a tertio ad sextum coalitis.

The genus Leucosia must be considered as the type of the family ; and, as is often,
perhaps generally, the case with a typical genus, it includes a much larger number of

282 MR. BELL, HORJE CARCINOLOGIC^ ;

species than any other. Its characters are so defined, that none of the species exhibit any
approximation to another generic form. The genera Myra and JPersephona, and Ilia and
Leucosilia, have so much that is common to them all in their structure and general aspect,
that it requires close examination to determine their limits ; but in Leucosia, numerous
as the species are, not only the essential characters of the parts on which the generic
distinction usually depends, but also the general features of the whole form, are remarkably
similar in all the species, and obviously distinct from all others.

There are indeed in this genus many interesting points in the general form and colour
and other less essential characters, which although not of much physiological or functional
import, are curious as exhibiting coincidences which in many cases serve to indicate a
close relationship as strongly as those modifications of organs and functions which have
a more important bearing upon the habits of the species, and are commonly considered as
essential. The polished carapace ; — the absence of all hairiness or other clothing, which
is universal, with the exception of two species, L. Whitei and umdentata, in which a small
quantity of close hair exists amongst the tubercles of the arms ; — the existence of large and
distinct granulations, or rather tubercles, generally distinctly coloured, upon at least the
proximal part of the arm, extending forward in lines more or less numerous ; — the tendency
to a brown or purplish-brown colour in most of the species ; — and the occurrence, in very
many, of spots occupying the same situation on the carapace, four of which are paler
than the ground colour, and placed at the anterior part on the gastric region, and two
dark ones upon the posterior portion of the branchial ; — these are amongst the characters
of minor consequence to which I have alluded, and which, without having any bearing
upon function or habit, are interesting from the constancy or frequency of their occurrence,
and as indicative of certain structural or formal tendencies throughout the whole genus.

There is also one remarkable peculiarity which exists in almost all the species of Leu-
cosia, but I believe in no other genus, the variations of which constitute good specific
characters. This is a sinuous groove running along the side of the thorax, bounded above
by the lateral margin of the carapace, and beneath by the upper edge of the epimeral
plate ; the former loses itself in the posterior part of the branchial region, the latter is
continued into the posterior margin of the carapace. It commences in front of the first
pair of legs, where it forms a single or double notch, or a deep, almost circular cavity.
Its margins are usually tuberculated, and the tubercles are ordinarily largest at the ante-
rior part. A very few species, as for instance L. orbicularis, have no such groove, the epi-
meral piece or space between the lateral margin and the junction of the carapace with the
sternum being plain and smooth. De Haan is the only author who has noticed this
curious structure, and he has only mentioned its anterior limit, which he terms " memo
ante chelarum insertionem." This expression, however, gives no idea of its true extent or
course ; and I have called it " sinus thoracicus," as more expressive of its character, and
more easily available in specific description. Of its use I can offer no suggestion. It does
not appear to have any connexion with the interior of the body, nor can it be supposed to
have any important office, as in some species it does not exist.

In the year 1837, when Professor Milne-Edwards published his ' Histoire Naturelle des
Crustaces,' two species only of this genus were distinguished, L. Urania and craniolaris.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIADjE. 283

These were both known to the earlier naturalists. One of them is figured by Rumphius
and Seba, and both by Herbst in his great repertory of crustacean animals. Fabricius,
Lichtenstein, Leach, Desmarest, and others down to Edwards, have restricted their notice
to these two species. De Haan, in his admirable work on the Crustacea of Japan, form-
ing a portion of the great work of Siebold, adds four species, and Messrs. Adams and
White have described a seventh in the Voyage of the Samarang. The additions, however,
which have recently been made to the carcinology of the Eastern Seas by Hinds, Macgil-
livray and others, and especially by Mr. Cuming in his Philippine voyage, have enabled
me to swell the list of distinct species to no fewer than twenty. .

Leucosia Urania, Herbst. Testa subglobosa, antice producta, fronte rotundato ; brachiis
triedris, supra ad basin tuberculis paucis; sinu thoracico usque ad latera regionis
hepaticse antice attingente, granis supra marginato.

Rumph. t. 10. f. A. B. Seba, iii. t. 19. f. 4, 5.

Cancer Urania, Herbst, iii. t. 53. f. 3.

Leucosia Urania, Leach, Zool. Misc. iii. p. 21. Edw. Reg. Anim. de Cuv., Crust, t. 25. f. 2; Hist. Nat.

des Crust, ii. p. 122.
Hab. Maria orientalia. Muss. Brit., Bell.

The colouring of this species is remarkable. Of a general pale brownish-grey ; the
front, and a large mark proceeding backwards from it are white ; two large spots on the
posterior part of the carapace, and two smaller ones on each lateral margin, the articula-
tions of the fore legs, the basal portion of the fingers, and a ring on each joint of the
ambulatory feet, are all of a more or less deep orange colour*.

Specimens of the species are not unfrequently brought with other objects from China,
and these are almost always deprived of the abdomen, for the purpose of cleaning the
interior.

The tubercles on the arms are disposed in a remarkable manner. On the upper side
near the base there is a congeries of about five or six small ones, and immediately in front
of them four large ones disposed in a quadrate form. On each margin there is a series of
tubercles, which are large near the base, diminishing forwards. The anterior portion of
the three sides is free from tubercles, excepting on the margins.

Leucosia craniolaris, Linn. Testa rhomboidea, fronte tridentato ; brachiis serie tuber-
culorum ad latera, et tuberculis duobus tantum supra ad basin.

Cancer craniolaris, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 431. Herbst, t. 2. f. 17-

Leucosia craniolaris, Fabr. Supp. p. 350. Leach, Zool. Misc. iii. p. 21. Edw. Hist. Nat. des Crust, ii.

p. 122.
Hab. ad oras maris orientalis. Muss. Brit., Soc. Linn., Bell.

This well-known species is easily distinguished from every other by the paucity of the
tubercles on the arm. The three sides are bordered, as in other species, with a series of
tubercles, but there are no others, excepting two above and about the same number
beneath, at the base. The carapace is remarkably rhomboidal, the front tridentate, the

. * There are specimens in the British Museum in which this colouring is not distinct, but these are probably bleached.
VOL. XXI. 2 p

284 MR. BELL, HORjE CARCINOLOGICE ;

middle tooth being longer than the lateral ; the thoracic sinus terminates anteriorly in a
notch, which reaches upwards to the margin of the carapace between the hepatic and
branchial regions. The abdomen is long, lanceolate, and slightly hastate at the base.
This is one of the two species so often figured and described, and the only ones known
until within the last few years. It is very probably the Cancer craniolaris of Linnaeus,
and certainly that figured under this name by Herbst ; it is the Leucosia crcmiolaris of
Fabricius and all subsequent authors. There are several specimens in the British Mu-
seum, in the Banksian Collection of the Linnean Society, and in my own collection. It
inhabits the Eastern Seas, being found on the coast of China, &c.

There are several other species which resemble it in some degree in general form and
proportions, but the paucity of tubercles on the arm sufficiently distinguishes it from them
all, excepting L.rhomboidalis of De Haan, which is certainly very nearly allied to it, but
differs in the hairy surface of the arms.

Leucosia obtusifrons, De Haan. Fronte rotundato; sinu thoracico antice circulari,
tuberculis circumscripto ; brachiis ad latera et ad basin tuberculatis ; manibus
longioribus quam latioribus, serie granulorum ad marginem interiorem.

De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 133. t. 33. f. 2.
Hab. ad ins. Japoniam. Mus. Brit.

Leucosia unidentata, De Haan. Fronte unidentato; sinu thoracico antice circulari,
tuberculis perlatis circumscripto ; brachiis facie superiore seriebus binis tuberculorum.

De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 133. t. 33. f. 3.

Hab. Japonia, ins. Moluccenses, &c. Muss. Brit., Bell.

Leucosia rhomboidalis, De Haan. Testa rhomboidali, antice producta, mult6 longiore
quam latiore ; brachiis basi utrinque dense tomentosis, lateribus tuberculatis, supra,
plerumque lsevibus.

De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 132. t. 33. f. 5.
Hab. ? Mus. Brit.

Leucosia longifrons, De Haan. Testa subglobosa, fronte producto, integerrimo ; sinu
thoracico antice elliptico, granis non cincto ; brachiis lateribus tuberculatis et granulis
paucis ad basin.

De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 132. t. 33. f. 4.

Hab. ? Mus. Brit.

Leucosia orbicularis, mihi (Tab. XXX. fig. 1). Testa orbiculari, fronte lato, brevis-

simo, bidentato ; sinu thoracico nullo ; sterno in utroque sexu antice granulato.
Hab. ad oras Australia. Muss. Brit., Bell.

The carapace in this species offers the nearest approach to the orbicular form of any of
the genus. The front remarkably broad, scarcely projecting, and slightly bidentate;
hepatic region not distinct ; marginal line nearly smooth anteriorly, the marginal granu-
lations becoming conspicuous over the branchial region, and continued in an uninterrupted

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD.E. 285

line around the posterior margin. There is no trace of the thoracic sinus. External foot-
jaws extending quite to the extremity of the front, the anterior portion slightly granu-
lated, and the external stalk (palp) with the margin slightly curved. The sternum in
each sex is bordered anteriorly with a line of distinct granulations. Abdomen of the male
with the sides parallel to within one-third of the extremity, the remainder triangular,
with a strong projecting tooth. The anterior legs twice as long as the breadth of the
carapace ; the arm above covered with granulations for about half its length, the remainder
quite smooth ; wrist rounded, perfectly smooth ; hand half as long again as it is broad,
slightly flattened, without any carina or granulations ; the fingers long, curved, meeting
only at the points, and furnished with a few distant teeth.

Length of the carapace 0-9 in.

Several specimens of this species from Australia exist in my own collection and in the
British Museum.

Letjcosia pallida, mihi (Tab. XXX. fig. 2). Eronte tridentato, ultra orbita producto;
sinu thoracico in sulco brevi profundo antice terminato, granulis paucis supra inser-
tionem pedum anteriorum ; manibus utrinque subcarinatis omnino lsevibus ; digitis
inermibus.

Hab. in mari orientali. Mus. Brit.

Carapace contracted anteriorly, rounded and very convex behind ; front tridentate, pro-
jecting beyond the orbits; latero-anterior margin waved, granulated; hepatic region
slightly elevated ; posterior margin projecting ; thoracic sinus terminating anteriorly in a
deep hollow, in which are a few large granulations just above the insertion of the anterior
legs. Abdomen as in L. affinis. External pedipalp smooth in the male ; a slight projec-
tion on the middle of the inner stalk in some females. Anterior legs of moderate length ;
arm granulated on the upper surface, excepting an oval space on the distal third of its
length ; the under surface with all the middle and anterior portion smooth ; wrist small,
rounded, and smooth ; hand longer than it is broad, slightly carinated on each side, with-
out any granulations ; fingers meeting at the anterior third of their length, without any
teeth or tubercles.

Colour pale grey, marbled with a somewhat darker hue; four whitish spots on the
anterior part of the carapace, and two dark ones behind.

Length of carapace 0"8 in.

Several specimens of this pretty species are in the British Museum, obtained from
the Voyage of the Samarang.

In general colour it is very different from any other ; but it has the four anterior pale
and the two posterior dark spots which prevail so remarkably in this genus.

Letjcosia obsctjka, mihi (Tab. XXX. fig. 3). Testa suborbiculari, rostro ultra orbita
producto, minute tridentato; sinu thoracico angustissimo ; manibus longioribus
quam latioribus, utrinque carinatis, non granulatis ; digitis inermibus.

Hab. ad insulas Philippinas. Muss. Brit., Bell.

Carapace suborbicular, front tridentate, the middle tooth the longest ; margin granu-

2p2

a-

286 MR. BELL, HOR.E CARCINOLOGICLE ;

lated, latero-anterior portion slightly waved, posterior margin a little projecting. Thoracic
sinus deep, very narrow, terminating anteriorly in a narrow double notch, which is fur-
nished beneath with a few large granulations. External pedipalps in the male quite
smooth; in the female the stalk has the basal half much raised; the inner edge hairy.
Anterior legs rather longer than the carapace ; the arm granulated above, excepting the
anterior tubercle ; wrist smooth ; hand longer than broad, carinated on each side, wholly
without granulations, fingers meeting only at the points, without teeth or tubercles, the
fifth pair with the penultimate joint as broad as it is long. Abdomen in the male with
two rounded smooth elevations at the base, narrowest towards the centre ; in the female
broad oval, widened towards the anterior part.

Length of the carapace 0*9 in.

Colour rich brown above, the two posterior spots darker ; light brown beneath.

Several specimens in the British Museum and in my own collection were brought from
the Philippines by Mr. Cuming.

Leucosia marmorea, mihi (Tab. XXX. fig. 4). Testa longiore quam latiore, maculis sex
albidis ; sinu thoracico antice brevi, linea semicirculari granulata terminato ; fronte
minute tridentato, dente medio longiore ; brachiis ad basin et ad latera tuberculatis ;
manibus margine interno granulato, externo rotundato.

Hab. ad insulas Philippinas. Mus. Brit.

Carapace longer than broad by the whole length of the front, somewhat narrowed for-
wards, the latero-anterior margin nearly straight ; hepatic region with a slight elevation ;
thoracic sinus deep, extending forwards very little in advance of the insertion of the ante-
rior feet, and bounded by a semicircular granulated margin. Marginal granulations of
the carapace extremely small and not contiguous at the anterior part, gradually enlarging
and becoming flattened backwards. Front minutely tridentate, the middle tooth the
longest. External foot-jaws smooth, polished, with a line of minute impressed dots near
the margin. Anterior legs robust ; arm on the upper side with a line of large granulations
on the outer and inner margins, a few on the proximal portion, and two or three only
extending forwards, the rest of the upper surface smooth ; the under side with a line of
similar granulations on the inner margin. Wrist smooth, rounded, with a line of minute
granulations on the inner side ; hand rather longer than broad, somewhat tumid in the
middle, flattened towards the edges, the inner edge with a line of small granulations, the
outer smooth and rounded; fingers meeting only at their points, armed with distant
tubercles, and having a wide space near the joint. Abdomen (male) broad at the base,
then with the sides parallel, the penultimate segment rounded at the anterior margin, and
armed with a strong straight pointed tooth.

Colour rich yellowish-brown.

Length of carapace 1*4 in.

Leucosia punctata, mihi (Tab. XXX. fig. 5). Test& impresso-punctat&, fronte pro-

ducto, subemarginato ; brachiis supra, omnino granulatis.
Hab. in Mari Indico. Mus. Brit.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD^. 287

Carapace somewhat rhomboid, rounded at the posterior margin ; the front projecting
beyond the orbits, slightly emarginate ; hepatic region with a slight central elevation ;
thoracic sinus terminating anteriorly in a notch bordered with large granulations ; lateral
margin strongly granulated. External foot-jaws flat, smooth, with the outer margin
straight. Anterior margin of the sternum granulated. Anterior pair of legs nearly twice
as long as the postfrontal portion of the carapace; the arm long, with three series of
larger granulations on the upper side, extending to about two-thirds of its length, the
remaining portion entirely covered with smaller ones; the wrist somewhat triangular,
longer than it is broad, slightly granulated above and at the sides ; hand somewhat tumid
in the centre, slightly carinated on each side, the inner only granulated ; fingers touching
only at the point, with a large interval at the base. Abdomen (male) broadest at the
base, where it is furnished with two large oval protuberances ; the penultimate segment
oval, with its posterior margin truncate.

Length of carapace 0*8 in.

Colour greyish-brown, with two darker spots on the branchial regions.

This species, of which a single specimen exists in the British Museum, differs from all
others that I am acquainted with in the very distinct punctuation of the whole surface of
the carapace. The arm also is covered with minute granulations at the anterior portion,
which in most species is quite smooth. In other respects it very much resembles the
following species, L. affinis. Its habitat is not absolutely known, but it is in all proba-
bility from the Indian Ocean.

Leucosia affinis, mihi (Tab. XXX. fig. 6). Testa antice angustata, fronte valde pro-
ducto, subemarginato ; manibus longioribus quam latioribus, utrinque carinatis;
brachiis antice tumidis, lsevissimis, politis.

Hab. ad insulas Philippinas. <J Mus. Bell.

Carapace somewhat rhomboid, narrowed anteriorly, with a few scattered punctures ; the
front much produced, with a triangular elevation extending backwards, and a depression
on each side of the front, the extremity slightly emarginate, and extending beyond the
orbits. The thoracic sinus short, extending backwards but little beyond the insertion of
the anterior legs, terminating in front in a granulated notch. Anterior legs rather long,
the arm above with about three series of granulations, which are larger at the base,
becoming smaller forwards, the distal portion tumid, polished and free from granulations,
excepting at the inner margin ; the wrist rounded, with a single row of small regular
granulations on the inner side ; hand longer than broad, carinated on each side, the inner
with a granulated area, bordered with large granulations ; fingers meeting only at the
point. Poot-jaws and abdomen as in L. punctata.

Length of carapace 07 in.

This species greatly resembles the former in most of its characters ; it is however easily
distinguished by the almost total absence of punctures on the carapace, and especially by
the naked polished area on the distal portion of the arm.

A single specimen (male) is in my collection, received from Mr. Cuming.

288 MR. BELL, HOILE CARCINOLOGIC^E ;

Leucosia brevimana, milii (Tab. XXX. fig. 7). Testa subrhomboidali, fronte emar-
ginato, margine laterali vix granulato ; manibus seque longis ac latis, interne sub-
carinatis, lsevibus.
Hab. ad insulas Philippinas. Mus. Bell.

Carapace somewhat rhomboidal, rounded behind ; front ratber prominent, slightly emar-
ginate ; lateral margin scarcely granulated ; thoracic sinus deep, narrow, extending back
to the posterior part of the branchial region, its inferior boundary granulated, and con-
tinued into the posterior margin. External foot-jaws with the stalk longitudinally convex.
Arms with the upper side bordered by a row of large tubercles on each side, and an inter-
mediate one, consisting of not more than three or four at the base, the inner side present-
ing a smooth triangular area bounded by large tubercles ; wrists smooth, short and
small; hands as broad as long, smooth, slightly carinated on the inner side; fingers as
long as the hand, the moveable one rather the longer. Abdomen (female) broad oval, the
first and second joints with a broad carina in the middle.

Colour brownish-grey.

Length of carapace 0-8 in.

Brought from the Philippines by Mr. Cuming.

Distinguished from most other species by the absence of conspicuous granulations on
the lateral margin of the carapace, by the equal length and breadth of the hands, and by
the paucity of tubercles at the base of the arm.

A single female specimen is in my collection.

Leucosia margaritacea, mihi (Tab. XXX. fig. 8). Testa multo longiore quam latiore,
lsevissima, margaritacea; sinu thoracico margine hevi; brachiis supra tuberculis
albis, rubro cinctis.
Hab. in Oceano orientali. Mus. Brit.

Carapace about one-fifth longer than it is broad, somewhat rhomboidal (much resem-
bling L. punctata and affinis in general form), extremely smooth and polished, and of a
pearly lustre ; front prominent, obtuse ; thoracic sinus short, deep, with the margins not
granulated ; pedipalps and sternum smooth ; arms covered, excepting at the distal extre-
mity, with large granulations, which are ocellated, being white in the centre, surrounded
by a red ring ; wrist rounded, and wholly smooth ; hands longer than they are broad,
granulated only along the inner margin. Abdomen similar to that in L. punctata and
affinis.

Length of the carapace 07 in.

A single specimen, probably from the Indian Ocean, is in the British Museum.

This species exceedingly resembles L. punctata and affinis. From the former it may
be at once distinguished by the absence of all punctures on the surface of the carapace,
and from both by the absence of granulations on the margins of the thoracic sinus, and
by the red and white ocellated tubercles on the arm. The pearly glance on the whole
surface of the carapace is peculiar to this species, and appears not to depend upon any
change from external causes.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSLULE. 289

Letjcosia ocellata, mihi (Tab. XXXI. fig. 1). Testa rhomboidali, fronte tridentato;

regione gastrica maculis quatuor parvis rubris signata, quarum binae anteriores ocel-

latae.
Hab. ad oras orientales Australia?. Mus. Brit.

Carapace rhomboidal, nearly as broad as it is long ; front tridentate ; margin granulated,
excepting anterior to the hepatic region, latero-anterior margin waved; thoracic sinus
deep, extending to the fifth pair of legs ; the four spots on the gastric region, which are
in other species large and pale, replaced by very small red ones, of which the anterior
pair are distinctly ocellated. Sternum and pedipalps smooth. Buccal opening very broad
at the posterior part, becoming regularly narrowed forwards, forming nearly an equilateral
triangle. Anterior legs stout; arm covered, excepting on the anterior part, with four
rows of tubercles, each of which is white in the centre, surrounded with a red ring ; wrist
rounded, with a line of inconspicuous granules on the inner side. Hand rather longer
than broad ; the inner margin granulated ; fingers meeting only at the point ; the four
posterior pairs of legs with the joints tumid.

Length of carapace 0-7 in.

The four red spots on the carapace, of which the anterior pair are distinctly ocellated,
will at once distinguish this species from every other ; and it is remarkable that a similar
disposition to ocellation is observable in the colour of the tubercles on the arms.

Letjcosia h^ematosticta, Adams and White. " Thorace trapezoidali, supra valde convexo,
post angulum latero-anteriorem incisura profunda, maculis multis sanguineis rotun-
datis obsito."

"Hab. Maria orientalia."

Adams and White, Zool. Voy. of the Samarang, p. 54. t. 12. f. 2.

Mus. Brit.

This is one of the most beautiful little species of the genus ; and one of the most
peculiar in its form and markings. I have taken the above characters from the work of
Messrs. Adams and "White, in which the species is prettily figured.

Length of the carapace 0-5 in.

Lecjcosia Whitei, mihi (Tab. XXXI. fig. 2). Test& rhomboidea, fronte producto, mi-
nute tridentato ; regionibus hepatica et branchiali granulis tribus vel quatuor ; br%-
chiis tomentosis, tuberculis magnis omnino instructis.
Hab. ad oras Australia?. Mus. Brit.

Carapace rhomboid, nearly as broad as it is long ; front distinct, produced, with three
minute teeth; the hepatic region slightly raised, with three or four distinct granulations;
the anterior portion of the branchial with the same number of similar ones near the mar-
gin ; latero-anterior margin smooth ; latero-posterior granulated, bordered above with a
line of short woolly hair ; thoracic sinus deep, strongly waved above, the inferior margin
granulated, passing into the posterior marginal line, which is turned up, flattened and
crenate. Eyes visible from above. External foot-jaws simple and smooth. Abdomen of the
female broad oval, the division of the third, fourth and fifth segments indicated by grooves

290 MR. BELL, HOR.E CARCINOLOGIC^E ;

interrupted in the middle. First pair of legs rather short and thick ; the arm covered with
distinct round tubercles, which are largest near the base, which part is slightly hairy
between the tubercles ; wrist granulated ; hand tumid, scarcely longer than broad, with a
slight granulated carina on the outer and inner margins ; fingers flattened, carinated on
the outer side, without perceptible tubercles or teeth, and meeting only at the points.

Length of the carapace 06 in.

Colour light brown; the spots on the carapace small, of an angular form, and red
colour ; a large red spot on the upper surface of the hand.

A single female specimen was found by Mr. Macgillivray on the eastern coast of
Australia.

This is a very remarkable species, not only from its general form and character, but
particularly as being almost the only one of the genus which exhibits the slightest appear-
ance of hairiness or clothing of any kind.

Letjcosia Cumingii, mihi (Tab. XXXI. fig. 3). Testa suborbiculari, margine laevi; sinu
thoracico incisura inter regiones hepaticam et branchialem antice terminato ; regio-
nibus branchialibus valde tumidis.
Hab. ad insulas Philippinas. Mus. Brit.

Carapace suborbicular, of equal length and breadth ; the margin rounded, not granu-
lated ; front obtuse, rounded ; thoracic sinus deep, terminating anteriorly in a deep notch,
corresponding with an incision in the margin between the hepatic and branchial regions ;
the latter region very tumid. Pedipalps rather broad, the outer margin slightly curved.
Anterior legs stout, the arm short, with tubercles at the base and sides, beneath with a
triangular area smooth; wrist rounded; hand nearly as broad as it is long, slightly
carinated at the sides ; fingers meeting only at the points, the moveable one grooved
longitudinally.

Length of carapace 0*5 in.

Colour ; the carapace pale yellowish-white, with yellow markings. The fingers marked
with a transverse brown fascia ; the hand with a small brown spot near the articulation
of the moveable finger; and the abdomen with orange-coloured spots on the anterior
part.

One of the most remarkable of the genus, and distinguished at once by the deep notch
behind the hepatic region and the swollen form of the branchial.

I 4

Letjcosia pulchella, mihi (Tab. XXXI. fig. 4). Testa seque longa ac lata, margine late-
rali lsevi, tenui, subreflexo ; brachiis supra et infra omnino tuberculatis ; pedipalpis
externis antice paulb angustatis.
Hab. in mari Sinensi. Mu3. Brit.

Carapace rhomboidal, as broad as it is long, the lateral margin without granulations,
thin, expanded and slightly reflexed ; thoracic sinus narrow, without granulations ; front
obtuse, either slightly emarginate or rounded. External foot-jaws nearly as broad at the
apex as at the base. Anterior legs rather short ; the arm entirely covered with tubercles
above and underneath ; wrist subglobose, with a few granulations at the inner side ; hand

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIADjE. 291

as broad as it is long, acutely carinated on each, side, tumid in the centre ; fingers flattened,
triangular. Abdomen (male) broadly triangular.

Colour buff and white, beautifully mottled in some specimens, in one elegantly reti-
culated.

Length of carapace 04 in.

Of this pretty little species there are three specimens in the British Museum, from the
Chinese Seas. It is easily recognizable at first sight by the thin, somewhat reflexed,
smooth margin of the carapace, and the wholly granulated surface of the arms, characters
which I believe do not exist in any other species of the genus. The buccal opening, and
consequently the external foot-jaws, are remarkably broad anteriorly.

Lbucosia phyllocheira, mihi (Tab. XXXI. fig. 5). Manibus latioribus quam longiori-
bus, utrinque lamellatis ; pedibus omnibus posterioribus articulo penultimo lato, com-
presso, utrinque carinato.

Hab. ad insulam Borneo. Mus. Brit.

Carapace somewhat rhomboidal, as broad as the postfrontal portion is long ; front very
projecting, slightly emarginate, strongly carinated at the base, with a deep hollow on each
side ; thoracic sinus terminating in a marginal notch, above and in front of the insertion
of the first pair of legs. External foot-jaws nearly half the length of the whole body. An-
terior legs shorter than the carapace, the arm bordered with tubercles. Wrist small and
rounded ; hand broader than it is long, with a broad, flat, thin, laminated carina on each
side ; fingers rather broad, flattened, the immoveable one carinated beneath. The remain-
ing feet with the fourth joint toothed along the under side, the fifth with a single tooth
above, the penultimate short, flattened, and having a thin carina on each side, the terminal
one lanceolate.

Length of carapace 04 in.

This is certainly the most extraordinary known species of Leucosia. The form of the
legs, and particularly of the hands, which suggested the name, at once distinguishes it
from all others ; but the most remarkable anomaly in its structure is the extent of the
buccal opening, and the corresponding development of the external foot-jaws, the length of
which nearly equals that of the portion of the body posterior to them. This peculiarity will
be appreciated when it is recollected that in the normal forms the relative proportion is
not more than one in three. Whether this structure has any relation to the habits of
the species, we have no means of ascertaining ; but it would appear probable that such a
marked anomaly could scarcely exist in mere obedience to those abstract laws of structural
variation, which are often as difficult of solution as they are certain in fact.

A single male specimen from Borneo is in the British Museum.

Genus Ilia, Leach.

Char. Gen. — Testa subglobosa, postice dentibus quatuor armata, quarum utrinque una compressa ad
regionem intestinalem, et una conica ad branchialem ; fronte bifido. Orbita supra fissuris duabus.
Pedipalpi externi caule exteriore recto, apice obtuso. Pedes antici longissimi, graciles, manibus con-
tortis, antrorsura angustatis.
VOL. XXI. 2 Q

292 MR. BELL, HOILE CARCINOLOGIC^ ;

Ilia Nucleus, Auct. Testa minute conferte granulosa, granulis niajoribus distantibus
instructs.

Cancer Nucleus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1042. 20. Herbst, i. p. 87. t. 2. f. 14.

Leucosia Nucleus, Fabr. Suppl. p. 351. Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust, vi. p. 116.

Ilia Nucleus, Leach, Zool. Misc. iii. p. 24. Roux, Crust, de la Mediterr. t. 8. f. 1-8. Edw. Reg. Anim.

de Cuv., Crust, t. 25. f. 2; Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p. 124.
Hab. ad oras maris Mediterranei.

Ilia rugulosa, Roux. Testa glabra, sparsim granulosa, antice kevi.

Ilia rugulosa, Roux, /. c. t. 8. f. 9-12. Edw. /. c. p. 125.
Hab. cum praecedente.

I refer to tbe admirable figures by Roux, in his ' Histoire des Crustaces de la M6diter-
ran£e,' for a clear exposition of tbe characters of these two species, the only ones of the
genus yet known. I cannot believe that Ilia punctata of Edwards belongs to this genus
at all. The figure in Herbst of Cancer punctatus, on which he has partly founded it, is
undoubtedly that of a species of Myra, as is shown even by the form of the pedipalps, and
it may possibly be that of M. carinata of this memoir. The species provisionally named
Ilia Mariannes by Herklotz, and figured by him from a specimen in the Louvain Museum,
is obviously not an Ilia. The foot-jaws and abdomen it appears were wanting in the spe-
cimen, so that it would be difficult to state what may be its generic relation ; but it has
the appearance of Myra, or still more of Myrodes ; or it may possibly offer a new generic
type, as suggested by the author above-named.

Genus Persephona, Leach.

Char. Gen. — Testa ovalis vel orbicularis, depressa, dentjbus tribus ad partem posteriorem armata, regio-
nibus pterygostomianis angulatis. Orbita trifissa. Fossce antennarioe transversae. Pedipalpi externi
caule exteriore paulo dilatato, sensim angustiore, ad' apicem interne truncato. Pedes antici robusti,
testa haud bis longiores ; reliqui articulis ultimo et penultimo compressis. Abdomen Maris seg-
ments a tertio ad quintum, — Fcemin^e a quarto ad sextum coalitis.

The characters of this genus and those of the species named by Leach were so im-
perfectly given by him, in the ' Zoological Miscellany,' that Milne-Edwards, not having
access to the specimens themselves from which they were derived, was fain to content
himself with simply translating them, being wholly unaware that they referred to a
previously well-known species, and in fact he gave to that species the generic name of
Guaia. I have, I believe, been able successfully to unravel this complication by an
examination of the numerous specimens in the British Museum, to which Leach's names
were attached.

Persephona Guaia, Bell. Testa ovata, sparsim tuberculata, angulo pterygostomiano
obtusissimo, spina media postica lateralibus paulo altiore.

Cancer punctatus, Browne, Hist. Jamaica, i. t. 42. f. 3.

Cancrejo tortuga, Parra, Descrip. &c. t. 51. f. 2.

Cancer Mediterraneus, Herbst, ii. t. 37. f. 2.

Persephona Latreillii, Leach, Zool. Misc. iii. p. 22. Desmar. Cons, sur les Crust, p. 168.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIADJl. 293

Persephona Lamarckii, Leach, I, c. p. 23. Desmar. /. c. p. 168.
Guaia punctata, Edw. I. c. p. 127.
Hab. ad insulas Antillas.

After a careful collation of the specimens in the British Museum, I have found myself
compelled to come to the conclusion, that all those which had been designated by Dr.
Leach as of two distinct species, and named respectively P. Latreillii and P. Lamarckii,
are in fact specifically identical. They vary only in a slight degree in the prominence of
the angular ridge on the pterygostomian region; and even his own specific distinction
goes no further than the meagre expression, in the one case, " angulis subangulatwi dila-
tatis," and in the other, " angulis anticis gradatim et obtuse dilatatis." It appears that
all the specimens which were in the collection at that period were entirely faded, so as to
have lost that striking and beautiful marking which would have enabled him to identify
them with Herbst's figure. Browne gives no indication of these markings, either in his
figure or in the letter-press. It is also remarkable that Leach should have been un-
aware that those specimens were originally in. the Sloanian Collection, and therefore
brought from the West Indies. As the nomenclature has thus become confused, I have
ventured to change the specific name ; and retaining the generic one given by Dr. Leach,
have adopted for the species the name Guaia, which Milne-Edwards had applied gene-
rically.

I find that in this genus, as well as in many others, the relative position of the three
posterior spines affords a very fixed as well as tangible specific character. In the present
species, the middle spine is but little higher than the lateral ones, which are very distant ;
whilst in Lichtensteinii the three are much nearer to each other, and form almost an equi-
lateral triangle.

Persephona Lichtensteinii, Leach (Tab. XXXI. fig. 6). Testa orbiculari, angulo ptery-
gostomiano in dente producto, margine laterali unidentato ; spinis posticis sequalibus,
medio cum lateralibus triangulum sequilateralem designante.

Persephona Lichtensteinii, Leach, Zool. Miscell. iii. p. 22.
Hab. ? Mus. Brit. cJ et ? .

Carapace orbicular, depressed, sparsely granulated; the pterygostomian angle pro-
duced into a prominent tubercle or tooth ; another on the lateral margin on each side ;
the three posterior spines equal, and so placed as to form the points of an equilateral tri-
angle. Front broad and nearly straight. External foot-jaws with the inner stalk in the
male nearly plain, with only a slight longitudinal groove; in the female more deeply
grooved towards the inner margin. Anterior legs more slender than in the other species.
The arm wholly covered with small tubercles : a line of granules on the outer side of the
wrist. The two specimens in the British Museum are a male and a female ; unfortunately,
the abdomen is wanting in each.

Length of carapace l-2 in.

It is remarkable that the two specimens above referred to in the British Museum are
the only ones known of this species. There is no figure extant, nor any account of it
beyond the meagre definition given by Leach in the ' Zoological Miscellany,' and which is

2q2

294 MR. BELL, HOILE CARCINOLOGKLE ;

in fact scarcely intelligible. It is a remarkable and interesting form, and in its orbicular
outline resembles two new species whicb are in my collection, from the Western Coasts of
America. It differs from all others of the genus in having a tooth or produced tubercle,
on each side, on the margin of the carapace.

Pbrsephona orbicularis, mihi (Tab. XXXI. fig. 7). Testa orbiculari, angulo pterygo-
stomiano in tuberculo abrupte producto; spinis posticis sequalibus, angulum fere
rectum designantibus.

Hab. ad Valparaiso. Mus. Bell.

Carapace orbicular, the latero-anterior margin slightly waved, the regions rather
distinct, surface somewhat punctate, with numerous minute granules, which are more
thickly crowded on the lateral margin and on the posterior portion ; the front with a
very slight triangular notch; pterygostomian angle produced into a distinct tubercle;
the three posterior spines short, acute, recurved, the upper one forming with the two in-
ferior almost a right angle. External pedipalps with the stalk grooved longitudinally,
and in the female the inner grooved portion separated from the outer by a ciliated ridge.
Anterior legs, with the arm, wholly tuberculated, the wrist granulated ; fingers the length
of the arm. Abdomen (female) with the first three segments, and the base and margin
of the shield, tuberculated.

The colour is dull yellowish, regularly mottled with dull and pale red.

Length of carapace 1*5 in.

The only specimen I am acquainted with of this species is a female, which was brought
from Valparaiso by Mr. Miller, Surgeon R.N., and is in my collection.

Persephona Edwardsii, mihi (Tab. XXXI. fig. 8). Testa suborbiculari, antice sub-
producta, angulo pterygostomiano obsoleto ; spina postica media lateralibus mult6
altiore, paulb longiore.

Hab. ad insulas Galapagos. Mus. Bell.

Carapace nearly orbicular, somewhat produced and narrowed anteriorly, minutely
punctate, covered, excepting at the anterior portion, with very small distinct granules, of
which a distinct line borders the latero-anterior portion ; the anterior margin waved, the
pterygostomian angle obsolete, marked only by a slight elevation. Front broad, slightly
emarginate ; lateral and posterior margin much rounded, the spines placed in nearly a
right-angled triangle, nearly equal, recurved at the apex. Anterior legs with the arm
everywhere tuberculated, the wrist slightly granulated on the inner side, the hand mi-
nutely punctate. External pedipalps as in P. orbicularis. Abdomen (female) slightly
granulated at the posterior and lateral portions.

Colour pale buff.

Length of carapace 1*3 in.

Of this species two specimens were brought by Mr. Cuming from the Galapagos. They
were dredged in coral sand at 6 fathoms.

I have dedicated this species to my friend Professor Milne-Edwards.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD^. 295

Genus Leucosilia, Bell.

Char. Gen. — Testa orbicularis, subglobosa, fronte dentibus binis divergentibus terminata ; regione in-
testinali unidentata. Fossa antennaria obliquae, e dentibus frontis excavatas. Orbita fissuris tribus.
Pedipalpi externi caule exteriore subcurvo apice obtuso. Pedes antici robusti, longitudine mediocres.
Abdomen Maris segmentis tertio, quarto, quinto coalitis, penultimo unidentato, — Fosmin^: late
ovatum, valde convexum.

Species unica, Leucosilia Jurinii (Tab. XXXII. fig. 1).

Guaia (Ilia) Jurinii, Sauss.

Hab. ad insulas Galapagos. Muss. Brit., Bell.

Carapace orbicular, very convex, the sides rounded, the surface covered with large con-
tiguous granulations, excepting on the frontal and part of the hepatic regions, which are
smooth : there is a small elevation on each hepatic region. The front with two small,
triangular, divergent teeth, forming the hood-shaped roof of the antennary fossae, which
are oblique and open. Orbits with three small fissures. There is a single obtuse tooth
or tubercle on the intestinal region. External pedipalps with the outer branch very
slightly curved, not dilated as in Myra, nor narrowed forwards as in Persephona, but
with nearly parallel margins. Abdomen in the male very long, triangular, the penulti-
mate segment with a strong, sharp tooth directed backwards ; in the female broad oval,
very convex, with a broad central carina. The whole body above and below, with the
exception before stated, covered with large granulations. Anterior legs much resembling
those in Persephona, half as long again as the carapace, the arm granulated, the hand
short and thick, the fingers very slightly curved, armed with very small distinct tubercles,
the points crossing a little when closed.

Length of carapace 0*8 in.

The grounds upon which I have considered it necessary to constitute this species a
separate genus from those with which it is most nearly allied, particularly from Perse-
phona, are perhaps rather to be found in its general habit and aspect, than in any very
prominent distinctions in the structure of those organs upon which the generic characters
are usually understood to depend; although even in these essential respects there are
sufficient peculiarities to justify the separation. It is impossible not to be struck at first
sight with the remarkable globular form of the body in each sex, so different from the
oval form of Myra and of the male of Persephona, as well as from the depressed character
of both sexes of the latter genus ; whilst the existence of only a single small tubercle on
the posterior part of the carapace removes it obviously from all the species of both these
genera, which have invariably three teeth at that part ; and from Ilia, in which there are
four. The general form of the body approaches the last-named genus more than any
other, but in its more important characters it is essentially different from it. From Per-
sephona it differs in the form of the antennary fossae, and consequently in that of the front,
the two teeth of which form the roof of those cavities in the present genus.

This species appears to be the same as that which has received from M. de Saussure the
name of " Guaia {Ilia) Jurinii," and there are several specimens in the British Museum

296 MR. BELL, HOR.E CARCINOLOGICE ;

to which that name has been attached. The specimens in my possession were taken by
Mr. Cuming at the Galapagos Islands.

Genus Myra, Leach.

Char. Gen. — Testa ovato-globosa, postice tridentata. Orbita fissuris tribus profundis. Fossa anten-
nari<B obliquae. Pedipalpi externi caule exteriore ad marginem exteriorem dilatato. Pedes antici
longissimi, graciles, manibus rectis. Abdomen Maris segmentis a tertio ad sextum, — Fcemin^e a
quarto ad sextum coalitis.

Of this genus a single species only has hitherto been described ; namely, Myra fugax
of Leach {Leucosia fugax, Fabr.). To this I have now to add four new species, of all of
which there are specimens in the collection of the British Museum and my own. In this
genus there is a close resemblance on the one hand to Ilia, and on the other to Perse-
phona. To the former it is connected by M. fugax, and to the latter by M. mammillaris ;
but from both it is distinguished by characters sufficiently marked. From Ilia it is at
once known by the absence of the peculiar twist of the hand, and from Persephona by the
dilatation of the external stalk of the pedipalps. The five species are all natives of the
Eastern Seas.

Myra fugax, Fabr. Testa subglobosa, in medio elevata, non carinata, spina postica

media, lateralibus bis longiore, spinis lateralibus compressis.
? Rumph. Mus. 1. 10. f. C.
? Browne, Jam. t. 42. f. 3.

?? Cancer punctatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1054. 36. ? Herbst, i. p. 89. t. 2. f. 15, 16.
Leucosia fugax, Fabr. Suppl. p. 351.
Myra fugax, Leach, Zool. Misc. iii. p. 24. Edw. Hist. Nat. des Crust, ii. p. 126 ; Reg. Anim. Cuv., Crust.

t. 25. f. 3. De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 134. t. 33. f. 1.
Hab. in mari orientali.

There is considerable doubt as to the identity of this species with the figures above
referred to of Brown and Herbst, as well as with the Cancer punctatus of Linnaeus. The
figure of Herbst very possibly belongs to M. carinata of this paper.

Myra affinis, mihi (Tab. XXXII. fig. 2). Testa ovato-globosa, spinis posticis brevi-
bus, subsequalibus ; pedibus anticis thorace vix bis longioribus ; manu digitis tertia
parte longiore.

Hab. ad insulas Philippinas. Mus. Brit.

This species very much resembles M. fugax, but differs in several obvious characters,
shown in the following comparative view : —
Myra fugax.

Anterior legs in the male three and a half times as

long as the carapace.
Fingers half the length of the hand.
Middle spine long, acute.
Male abdomen more than twice as long as it is

broad.

Myra affinis.
Anterior legs not twice as long as the carapace.

Fingers two-thirds the length of the hand.
All the spines short and obtuse.
Male abdomen much less than twice as long as
broad.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD^E. 297

These characters, taken in both cases from males, are constant, as far as we can judge
from the examination of several specimens in the British Museum.
Length of carapace 1*3 in.

Myra carinata, mihi (Tab. XXXII. fig. 3). Testa ovata, minute granulata, carinata;

spina postica media, lateralibus ter quaterve longiore, lateralibus conicis, acutis.
?? Cancer punctatus, Herbst.
?? Ilia punctata, Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p. 125.
Hab. ad insulas Philippinas. Muss. Brit., Bell.

Carapace ovate, minutely granulated, particularly at the posterior part, distinctly but
slightly carinated along the centre ; the hepatic ridge and lateral margin granulated, the
former having a small tubercle ; the pterygostomian tooth broadly triangular ; the cen-
tral spine on the intestinal region at least three times as long as the lateral ones, which
are conical and acute. The anterior pair of legs in the female twice the length of the
carapace, exclusive of the spine ; the arm covered with tubercles ; the hand slightly tumid
near the base, but less so than in M. fugax, narrowed forwards ; fingers closed through-
out their length, finely toothed. Abdomen in the female with the fourth, fifth and sixth
segments united, as in M. fugax.

Length of carapace 1 in.

The most obvious distinction between the present species and the one previously known,
consists in the carinated form of the carapace, which, although not very strongly marked,
is quite distinct, and differs obviously from the rounded surface of M. fugax. Another
important distinction is in the comparative length of the three spines on the hinder part
of the carapace, the central one being in the present species so much longer in proportion
to the lateral ones than it is in the former. Whether this is the species figured by Herbst
as Cancer punctatus I am not sure, but it resembles very closely his figures assigned to
that species. As Professor Milne-Edwards refers to that authority for his Ilia punctata,
and as those figures certainly do not represent an Ilia at all, I am inclined to doubt the
existence of such a species of that genus, and to refer it to Myra.

Myra elegans, mihi (Tab. XXXII. fig. 4). Testa bis longiore quam latiore (spina

postica non inclusa), margine anteriore setoso.
Hab. in mari orientali. Mus. Brit.

Carapace oval, twice as long as broad, the central posterior spine nearly half the length
of the carapace, the lateral ones extremely small ; a slight longitudinal carina, which is
granulated, and there are patches of granules on the branchial and cardiac regions ; front
produced, slightly emarginate. Prom the front to the hepatic region the margin has a
line of stiff curved setae. External pedipalps quite plain ; the outer margin of the palp
less dilated than in other species. The legs very slender; the arm granulated. The
fingers longer than the hand ; the four posterior pairs of feet, particularly the fifth pair,
with the last two joints strongly ciliated. Abdomen of imperfect female oval, with the
third to the fifth segments united.

Length of carapace, without the spine, 0-4 in. ; of the spine, 0-2 in.

Of this small and gracile species, one specimen, an imperfect female, exists in the

298 MR. BELL, HORiE CARCINOLOGICLE ;

British Museum. It has a prima facie resemblance to a young M. carinata, but differs
from that species in its proportions, in the arrangement of the granules, in the hairy
bine on the anterior margin, and in the ultimate and penultimate joints of the posterior
feet being ciliated.

Myra mammillaris, mihi (Tab. XXXII. fig. 5). Test& ovata, glabra, tuberculis parvis

elevatis sparslm instructs ; dentibus posticis brevissimis, rotundatis.
Hub. ad oras Australia?. Muss. Brit., Bell.

Carapace oval, somewhat produced before and behind, the surface polished, and studded
with numerous small distinct globular tubercles, which also form a line along the
middle of the back, around the margin, on the hepatic region, and on the pterygostomian
crest. Front somewhat waved, slightly emarginate, a small tooth over the inner canthus
of the orbit. The teeth on the posterior part rounded, not longer than broad, the lateral
ones compressed. External foot-jaws tuber culated on the anterior portion, the palp some-
what dilated outwards. Sternum with lines of minute tubercles anteriorly. Eirst pair
of legs in the male twice the length of the carapace, stouter than in the other species of
the genus ; the arm covered with depressed tubercles ; a scabrous line on the inner mar-
gin of the wrist, and on the outer and inner edge of the hand ; the fingers half the length
of the hand, sulcated and scabrous. The remaining legs filiform, slender, the surface
punctated, the terminal joint awl-shaped, sulcated.

Length of carapace 2 in.

Of this fine species there are several specimens in the British Museum and in my own
collection. It was brought from South Australia. Its prima facie relation to Perse-
phona is striking, but it differs from that genus in the essential generic characters, par-
ticularly in the form of the hand, and of the palp of the external foot-jaws.

Myra variegata of Riippell (Krabben des Roth. Meeres, p. 17. t. 4. f. 4) is not a Myra,
but is probably a young individual of a species of Philyra.

Genus Mtrodes, Bell.

Char. Gen. — Testa ovata, rostro emarginato terminata, postice dentibus tribus, quarum media longior,
armata. Orbita fissuris tribus, brevibus. Fossa antennarice fere longitudinales. Pedipalpi externi
caule exteriore subcurvo, haud dilatato. Pedes antici testa vix longiores ; manibus pyriformibus,
haud longioribus quam latioribus ; digitis tenuibus valde elongatis, curvis, apice aduncis. Abdomen
Maris triangulare, segmentis tertio ad sextum coalitis, — F(emin.<e ?

This genus, which is nearly allied to Myra, differs from it in the following particulars.
The antennary fossae are less oblique in their direction, being so placed that the anten-
nules He nearly longitudinally. The palp of the external foot-jaws is merely curved on its
outer edge, instead of being first dilated and then distinctly narrowed towards the apex,
as in Myra. But the most remarkable peculiarity is in the form and length of the ante-
rior legs, which in Myra are almost filiform, and, even in the female, more than twice as
long as the carapace ; whilst in the present genus they are not longer than that part, if in
both cases we except the fingers. The hand especially, which in Myra is always many
times longer than it is broad (in M. fug ax <5 not less than seven times), is in My r odes as

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD^E. 299

broad as it is long. The fingers differ from those in any other genus of the family,
with the exception of Nursilia, in their beautiful tenuity, their curvature, and their
hooked points, which cross each other considerably when closed.

This genus may be considered as bearing the same relation to Myra, as Leucosilia does
to Persephona ; and as Myra and Persephona represent each other in the different hemi-
spheres, so may Myrodes and Leucosilia.

Species unica, Myrodes eudactyltjs, mihi (Tab. XXXII. fig. 6).
Hab. ad insulas Philippinas. Muss. Brit., Bell.

Carapace minutely and sparsely granulated, distinctly but slightly carinated ; hepatic
region with a small ridge, and a marginal tooth ; cardiac region separated from the
branchial on each side by a slight depression ; the posterior teeth rather small, the middle
one the longest and placed a little higher than the others. Rostrum distinct, bifid, the
two tooth-like projections forming the covering of the antennary fossse, which are very
open. External foot-jaws with the palp evenly curved on the outer edge, but without the
dilatation which characterizes Myra. Anterior legs short, the arm minutely granulated ;
hand swollen at the base, narrowed forwards, as broad as it is long ; the fingers slender,
elegantly curved, longer than the hand, armed with sharp teeth and hooked at the extre-
mity. • Abdomen in the immature female lanceolate, with a rather broad shallow carina.

Length of carapace 0 9 in.

This beautiful species was brought by Mr. Cuming from the Philippines.

Genus Philyra, Leach.

Char. Gen. — Testa orbicularis, depressa, inermis, fronte epistomate breviore. Fossa antennarice fere
transversales. Orbita supra aperta, trifissa. Pedipalpi externi caule exteriore dilatato. Pedes octo
posteriores tarso compresso, lamelloso. Abdomen Maris hastato-lanceolatum, — Fosmin^e articulo
ultimo angusto valde producto.

The character which has hitherto been considered as the essential one in this genus,
namely the extraordinary dilatation of the palp of the foot-jaws, varies greatly in degree
in the different species now known ; the outline in some being scarcely less than semi-
circular, whilst in others it is not more curved than in Myra, This is another instance
of the importance of taking into account the whole organization of the animal, instead of
depending upon a single character of a single organ. The form of the carapace, the
absence of all armature, the character of the legs and other parts, are in the present in-
stance quite as important, and even more to be relied on, than the form of the palp of the
external foot-jaws.

Philyra scabriuscula, Pabr. Testa depressa, granuloso-scabra, fronte epistomate multo
breviore ; brachiis tuberculatis, manibus ad marginem interiorem lineis duabus gra-
nulans.

Hab. in mari Indico. Muss. Brit., Soc. Linn., Bell.
Vide Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p. 132. t. 20. f. 9, 10.

VOL. XXI. *2 R

300 MR. BELL, HOR.E CARCINOLOGICjE ;

Philtra globulosa, Fabr. Testa, globosa, lsevi, margine laterali granulato ; fronte vix
epistomate breviore, brachiis granulatis.

Hab. ■ ? Mus. Brit.

Vide Edw. Regne Anim. Cuv. t. 24. f. 4.

Philtba porcellana, Fabr. Testa globosa, minute punctata ; fronte epistomate parum
breviore; margine granulato; bracbiis cylindricis tuberculatis ; manibus inflatis,
laevibus.

Hab. ?

A specie praecedente anne distincta?
Vide Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p. 133.

It appears that Leach considered this as not specifically distinct from Ph. globulosa,
which is very probably correct. ^

Philtra Pisum, De Haan. " Fronte epistomate parum breviore ; regionibus pterygosto-
mianis medio angulatis; thorace granulato; chelis in maribus thoracem dimidio
superantibus ; digitis in longitudinem 5 sulcatis, margine interno denticulatis."
Testa? longit. una 0'8.

Crust. Japon. p. 131. t. 33. f. 7-
Hab. ad Japoniae oras.

Philtra plattcheira, De Haan. " Parva ; regionibus pterygostomianis medio angulatis ;
fronte epistomate parum breviore ; chelis in maribus thorace bis longioribus, digitis
valde depressis, lsevibus, margine interno integerrimis." Testae longit. una 0*5.

Crust. Japon. p. 135. t. 33. f. 6.

Hab. cum praecedente et ad insulas Philippinas. Mus. Bell.

Of the foregoing species I have only seen specimens of the first two and of the last.
Of Ph. scabriuscula there are several in the Banksian Collection of the Linnean Society,
in the British Museum, and in my own collection. Philyra globulosa is in the British
Museum; and of Ph. platycheira I have a specimen from the Philippines. I have
endeavoured to select those characters which are essentially distinctive. Those of De
Haan's two new species, I have taken verbatim from his work.

Philtra l^evis, mihi (Tab. XXXII. fig. 7). Testa, corpore, pedibus omnino lsevibus.
Hab. ad Portum " Adelaide" Australiae. Mus. Brit., Bell.

Carapace orbicular, smooth, but not polished ; lateral margin thin, with a minute notch
between the hepatic and branchial regions succeeded by a very slight angle, a minute
projection over the second and another over the fifth pair of legs, and a small semicircular
one on the middle of the intestinal region, the posterior margin flattened and turned up.
Front with two small acute teeth in the centre, and two broader ones at the inner canthus
of the orbit. The epistome not extending beyond the front. A rather prominent ridge
on the pterygostomian region, which is without any granulations. The external foot-jaws
with the palp dilated at the outer side, and then narrowed towards the apex ; the buccal

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD^E. 301

opening a little expanding forwards. Anterior legs in the male robust, rather more than
twice the length of the carapace ; the arm cylindrical, entirely smooth ; the wrist and
hand smooth and polished ; the latter somewhat tumid ; the fingers as long as the hand,
longitudinally grooved, armed with tubercles on the opposing edges, with a hiatus at
their base. The anterior legs of the female much shorter and smaller than in the male.
The remaining feet quite smooth and polished, the penultimate joint flattened, and with
sharp edges; the nail long and styliform. Abdomen in the male with the first two
segments waved, the third, fourth, fifth and sixth united, and forming, with the seventh,
an elongated triangle somewhat hastate at the base, where there are two large elevations,
and there is a broad groove along the centre. In the female the second to the sixth joints
are united, forming a large, very convex shield, and the seventh joint, which is very
narrow, is produced almost to the edge of the buccal orifice.

Colour brown, with several small yellower spots placed symmetrically, four of which
are constant, and occupy the same situation as those which so distinctly characterize
Leucosia, and which do not, I believe, exist in any others of the family.

Length of carapace 0-9 in.

I have received a large number of this interesting species from Port Adelaide in South
Australia. The males and females were nearly equal in number. It may be at once
distinguished from every other hitherto known, by the absence of all appearance of granu-
lations on every part of the body, and even on the arms. There are also some specimens
in the British Museum, from Van Diemen's Land, which differ from mine only in the
less degree of prominence of the tubercles on the male abdomen.

Philyea Adamsii, mihi (Tab. XXXIII. fig. 1). Testa glabra, regionibus partim et

linea longitudinali granulatis ; margine posteriore utrinque bituberculato.
Hab. ? Mus. Brit.

The carapace of this little species is depressed, glabrous, with a granulated longitudinal
line and patches upon several of the regions, which are separated by shallow sulci ; front
emarginate, posterior margin with two or three small tubercles on each side. External
pedipalps with the palp not much dilated. Anterior legs more than twice the length of
the carapace ; arm subtriedrous, tuberculated above and below ; a line of small granules
on the outer side of the wrist ; hand with a slight external and internal carina granulated ;
fingers sulcated. Male abdomen composed of four pieces, by the union of the second,
third and fourth and of the fifth and sixth segments.

Length of carapace 0-4 in.

Obtained during the voyage of the Samarang, by Mr. Adams, after which indefatigable
and intelligent naturalist I have named the species.

Philyba punctata, mihi (Tab. XXXIII. fig. 2). Testa orbiculari, laevi, punctata;

angulo pterygostomiano obsoleto ; brachiis triquetris.
Hab. ad oras Africae occidentalis. Mus. Brit.

Carapace nearly orbicular, smooth, punctate in every part ; the margin distinct, with a

2r2

302 MR. BELL, HORiE CARCINOLOGICLE ;

line of granulations ; the pterygostomian angle scarcely existing. External foot-jaws with
the palp moderately expanded. Anterior legs of moderate length, the arms triquetrous,
minutely granulated ; the hand smooth, half as long again as it is broad, the fingers very
slightly toothed. Abdomen (male) with the third, fourth and fifth segments united;
the others distinct.

Length of carapace 0-5 in.

It was dredged in Simon's Bay, South Africa, in sand, at the depth of from four to
seven fathoms.

This species bears a considerable resemblance to Ph. globulosa. It is however much
smaller, and is readily distinguished by the three-sided arm, and the less expanded palp
of the foot-jaws.

Philyra carinata, mihi (Tab. XXXIII. fig. 3). Testa partim granulosa, inter regiones

cardiacam et branchialem lsevi, medio carinata ; manibus lineis duabus granulosis.
Hab. ad Insulam Borneo. Mus. Brit.

Carapace rather longer than broad, evenly rounded, partially covered with distinct
granulations of various sizes, a broad space between the cardiac and branchial regions
quite smooth, a slight carina along the middle, margin distinct and granulated; front
nearly straight, slightly grooved. External foot-jaws with the palp but little dilated.
Anterior legs of moderate size, the arm angular, granulated, excepting a long angular
area which is smooth ; hand as broad as it is long, with a bine of small granulations on
the upper surface and on the inner margin. Abdomen with only the fourth and fifth
articulations united.

Length of carapace 0'6 in.

Distinct from all others by the carina on the carapace.

Philyra macrophthalma, mihi (Tab. XXXIII. fig. 4). Testa, ovata, minutissime gra-

nulata ; pedunculis oculorum elongatis ; abomine (maris) angusto, lineari.
Hab. in mari Indico, ad Ins. " Sooloo." Mus. Brit.

Carapace ovate, narrowed posteriorly, covered with very minute granulations ; front
nearly straight, grooved ; pterygostomian angle carinated ; margin distinct, granulated.
Eyes on foot-stalks as long as the front is broad, projecting forwards. Eoot-jaws with
the palp much dilated externally. Anterior legs short, smooth ; hand as broad as it is
long, fingers stout, strongly tuberculated at the edge, with a hiatus between them near
the base ; remaining feet with the last two joints ciliated.

Abdomen (male) nearly linear, bituberculated at the base.

Length of carapace 0*5 in.

The most remarkable character in this species is the length of the foot-stalks of the eyes,
which is far greater than in any other of the family which I have seen. The linear form
of the male abdomen is also remarkable.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD^. 303

Genus Ebalia, Leach.

Char. Gen. — Testa rhomboidalis vel subhexagona; fronte producto, emarginato. Orbita supra, fissuris
duabus. Fossa antennarice tectae, obliquae. Pcdipalpi externi ad marginem epistomatis extendentes,
caule exteriore margine externo recto, interiore acuminato. Pedes antici breves, crassi ; posteriores
sensim breviores, ungue forti, styliformi terminati. Abdomen Maris segmentis plurimis, — Fcemin^e
a tertio ad sextum confluentibus.

Of this genus the three species most commonly known are natives of the coast of
Great Britain. The only other form to which it closely approximates is Lithadia. It
was established by Leach, and is a perfectly natural and distinct genus. Dr. Milne-
Edwards's opinion that our three forms are merely varieties cannot be admitted. The
distinctions are tangible and constant.

Ebalia Pennantii, Leach. Testa granulate, eminentia longitudinali et transversali
cruciformi; margine latero-anteriore bilobato; abdomine maris segmentis a tertio
ad sextum confluentibus.

Cancer tuberosus, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. t. 9 a. f. 19.

Ebalia Pennantii, Leach, Malac. Brit. t. 25. f. 1-6. Edw. Hist. Nat. des Crust, ii. p. 129. Bell, Brit.

Crust, p. 141.
Hab. ad oras Britannise. Muss. Brit., Bell.

The largest species of the genus.

Ebalia Bryeri, Leach. Testa minute granulate ; margine laterali integro, subrevoluto,
posteriore bilobato ; regione cardiac^ bituberculat&, branchiali utrinque unitubercu-
lata ; brachio haud bis longiore quam latiore. Abdomen maris segmentis a tertio ad
quintum, — fceminse a tertio ad quartum coalitis.

Cancer tumefactus, Mont. Trans. Linn. Soc. ix. p. 86. t. 2. f. 3.

Ebalia Bryerii, Leach, Malac. Brit. t. 25. figg. 12, 13. Edw. I. c. p. 129. Bell, Brit. Crust, p. 145.

Hab. ad oras Britanniae australes. Muss. Brit., Bell.

Ebalia Cranchii, Leach. Test& granulate, carinata, tuberculis quinque ; margine latero-
anteriore fere integro ; brachio ter longiore quam latiore.

Ebalia Cranchii, Leach, Malac. Brit. t. 25. f. 7-11. Edw. I. c. p. 129. Bell, Brit. Crust, p. 148.
Hab. ad oras Britannise rarissime. Muss. Brit., Bell.

Ebalia granulosa, Edw. (Tab. XXXIII. fig. 5). Test& granulata, tuberculis sex;
margine latero-anteriore bilobo.

Ebalia granulosa, Edw. 1. c. p. 130.
Hab. ad insulam Corcyram. Mus. Brit.

Two specimens of this rare and very distinct species are in the British Museum ; they
were brought from the Island of Corfu.

Genus Phlyxia, Bell.
Char. Gen. — Testa rhomboidea, tuberculis tribus postice instructa. Orbita supra emarginata, fissuris
duabus. Fossa antennariee cum orbitis communicantes. Antennulce elongata?. Pedipalpi externi caule

304 MR. BELL, HOILE CARCINOLOGICiE ;

exteriore lato, margine externo curvo, antice angustato ; caule interiore segmento penultimo late-
ribus parallelis, ultimo triangulari. Abdomen in utroque sexu segmentis a tertio ad sextum coalitis.

A genus very nearly allied to Ebalia, but distinguished from it by several obvious
characters ; as the three tubercles on the posterior margin of the carapace, the rounded
notch in the superior margin of the orbits, the communication of these cavities with the
antennary fossa?, and the form of the external foot-jaws. There are three species in the
British Museum, two of which are from Port Jackson, and the third from New Zealand.
The latter, P. Icevis, differs considerably from the other two, but must be referred to the
same genus.

Phltxia cbassipes, mihi (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 2). Testa subcarinata, rostro quadrato,
quadridentato ; pedibus anticis testa plus quam dupl6 longioribus ; brachiis rotundis
medio tumescentibus.

Hab. ad oras Australiae orientales. Mus. Brit.

Carapace rhomboidal, slightly carinated, the rostrum prominent, with four minute teeth,
depressed in the centre ; a triangular tooth on the margin of the hepatic region, and three
slight projections on that of the branchial; posterior margin with three teeth, the central
one conical, and placed a little above the other two, which are broadly triangular. Eyes
conspicuous above ; orbits with a broad rounded notch, and two small fissures. External
foot-jaws smooth, the basal segment elongated, with parallel sides, the second joint of the
stalk rhomboid, with a process where it joins the basal ; terminal joint triangular ; palp
broad at the base, slightly curved on the outer margin, narrowed forwards ; anterior legs
twice and a half the length of the carapace ; arm smooth, round, slightly thickened above
the middle ; wrist curved, smooth ; the hand twice as long as it is broad, rounded, the
fingers greatly deflexed, flattened, nearly as long as the hand, the moveable one with a
notch near the base to receive a broad tubercle on the other; the remaining legs
diminishing regularly in length from the second to the fifth, the joints slightly tumid,
carinated on each side, the nail very long, slender and curved. Abdomen in each sex
with the third to the sixth joints united, in the male lanceolate triangular, in the female
with the shield formed by the united joints very round, the seventh joint very small and
distinct from the others.

Length of carapace 05 in.

There are three specimens of this species in the British Museum, brought from Port
Jackson. It may be considered as the type of the genus.

Phltxia lambbifobmis, mihi (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 1). Testa carinata, rostro triangulari

emarginato, margine latero-anteriore inciso, latero-posteriore acute carinato.
Hab. ad oras Australia; orientales. Mus. Brit.

Carapace rhomboidal, approaching to orbicular, granulose, tuberculated, carinated, the
margin with a strong notch between the hepatic and branchial regions, an obtuse tooth
on the former, and a sharp carina on the latter ; of the three posterior teeth, the one on
the intestinal region is acute and recurved, the marginal ones conical ; anterior legs nearly
twice as long as the carapace, rather slender, the fingers slightly deflexed.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAM. 305

Phlyxia l^evis, mihi (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 3). Brachiis triedris; testa laevi, margine

laterali unidentato.
Hab. ad Novam Zealandiam. Mus. Brit.

Carapace rhomboidal, smooth, rostrum obtuse, slightly emarginate ; margin of the
branchial region with a single minute tooth, posterior margin with three obtuse teeth ;
anterior legs not twice as long as the carapace ; arm three-sided, triangular, granulated ;
hand half the length of the arm, smooth, slightly carinated on the outer side, fingers
hardly deflexed.

Length of carapace 04 in.

The generic characters are much less strongly marked in this species than in either of
the others, but the form of the foot-jaws, the three teeth on the posterior margin of the
carapace, its rhomboidal form and other points of structure, sufficiently show its close
relation to them. It may be considered perhaps as osculant between this genus and
Ebalia.

Genus Lithadia, Bell.

Testa rhomboidea, rudis, regionibus gibbosis, rostro bifido, resupinato terminata. Orbita supra et extror-
sum aperta. Fossa antennariai obliquse. Pedipalpi externi caule exteriore ensiformi, antice obtuso ;
interiore lanceolate, exteriore longiore. Pedes antici robusti, rudes; brachiis tuberculatis, ad
marginem exteriorem cristatis; manibus cristatis, digitis approximatis. Abdomen Maris segmentis
tertio, quarto et quinto coalitis; Fcemin^e ?

The grounds upon which I have thought it necessary to assign a distinct generic rank
to the species to which the above characters belong, closely allied as it is to Ebalia, are
the extremely different general aspect of the whole animal, arising from the rough and
strong prominence of the different regions, the projecting spines, the large and prominent
granulations, so unlike any other form in this family, excepting Oreophorus, and some
distinct though not very striking differences in the form of the external foot-jaws, the legs,
and particularly the abdomen in the male.

Species unica, Lithadia Cumin gii, mihi (Tab. XXXIII. figs. 6, 7).
Hab. ad oras Americae centralis (Puerto Portrero). Mus. Bell.

Carapace very strongly marked by rude elevations, sharply circumscribing deep
hollows. In the younger specimen of the two in my possession, the elevations are more
numerous and distinct, and the sulci separating them are continuous; the difference
in the older specimen arising from the confluence of several of these elevations, by which
the sulci become merely four irregular circumscribed hollows, covered within with
distinct granulations*. Posterior branchial lobe forming a triangular tooth; posterior
lobes of the cardiac region similarly modified. Rostrum slightly turned up, emarginate.

* This difference is so remarkable, that the specimens might be considered as of distinct species were there not other
instances of similar variations in the surface, either from difference of age or from some ordinary law of variety. The
tubercles, for example, which in the normal form of Eurynome aspera are quite separate, and are distributed very
equally and distinctly over the carapace, are occasionally more or less confluent, forming a few tabulated surfaces ; and
it has, in this state, been described by Risso as a distinct species, under the name of Eu. scutellata. I have specimens
exhibiting intermediate states.

306 MR. BELL, HOR.E CARCINOLOGICLE ;

External foot-jaws, sternum and abdomen covered with distinct large and elevated
granulations. Abdomen in tbe male elongate triangular ; the first and second segments
transversely linear, the third, fourth and fifth united, with a minute tooth at the poste-
rior angles, two rounded elevations on the hinder portion, and a slight mesial carina ; the
sixth segment oblong quadrate, the posterior margin armed with a strong tooth projecting
backwards. First pair of legs very irregular, the arms tuberculated and granular ; the
hand nearly as broad as it is long, distinctly carinated on the outer side ; fingers nearly
touching each other throughout their whole length, and slightly tuberculated.

Colour pale brown ; the hollows of the carapace grey : there are four minute red dots
on the abdomen.

Length of carapace 0*7 in., breadth 06.

Two specimens (males) were obtained by Mr. Cuming, at Puerto Portrero, Central
America, on fine sand, at thirteen fathoms.

Genus Oreophortjs, Ruppell.

Char. Gen. — Testa tuberosa, postice supra pedes dilatata. Fossa antennaria obliquae. Pedipalpi externi
caule exteriore arcuato, apicem versus sensim angustiore. Pedes anteriores longi, robusti; octo
posteriores subasquales, sub scuto dorsali reconditi. Abdomen Maris? — F<eminjE late ovatum,
segmentis a tertio ad sextum coalitis.

This genus, established by Ruppell, constitutes the sole form of the present family
which can be considered as offering a distinct approach to any other in its general
characters. Its relation to the Calappadce, and particularly to the typical genus of that
family, has been already adverted to ; and the principal character by which it is allied to
that group, and by which also the genus Calappa is distinguished from its congeners,
namely the latero-posterior expansion of the carapace, by which the ambulatory legs are
capable of being concealed, obtains in all the species at present known. The species first
discovered, and on which the genus was founded by Dr. Ruppell, was described and
figured by him in his work on the Crustacea of the Red Sea. A second species was
obtained by Mr. Adams in the Straits of Sunda, and appears in the Natural History
(Crustacea) of the Voyage of the Samarang ; and a single specimen of a third, now first
described, the habitat of which is unknown, exists in the British Museum.

There is a certain approach to this genus in the general aspect of Lithadia, particularly
in the hollows and elevations of the shell.

Oreophortjs horridus, Ruppell. Testa subtriangulata, regionibus branchialibus fortiter

et oblique carinatis ; chelis mediocribus, manu digitis longiore.

Oreophorus horridus, Ruppell, Krab. der Roth. Meer. p. 19. t. 4. f. 5. Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p. 13 1.
Hab. in Mari Rubro.

The discovery of two other species since Riippell's publication has rendered a new spe-
cific distinctive character necessary. The strong deep carina extending obliquely across
each branchial region distinguishes it from both the others, and the comparatively normal
form of the claws from 0. reticulatus.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD^. 307

Oreophorus reticulatus, Adams and White. Testa subpentagona, reticulata; digitis
maximis, maim bis longioribus.

Oreophorus reticulatus, Adams and White, Crust. Voy. of the Samarang, p. 54. t. 6. f. 1.
Hab. in Mari orientali. Mus. Brit.

Readily distinguished from the other species by the enormous development of the
fingers, the immoveable one being half as long as it is broad, and both twice as long as
the hand. It is beautifully figured in the work above referred to.

Oreophorus nodosus, mihi (Tab. XXXIII. fig. 8). Testa nodosa, margine undato;

manu tumida, ad margines carinata, bisulcata, digitis longiore.
Hab. ? Mus. Brit.

Carapace generally rugose, but without the deep hollows which are seen in 0. reticu-
latus, or the regular elevated carinse on the branchial region of 0. horridus. It is of a
general semicircular form, with irregularly waved margin, a strong projection on the
hepatic region, a large prominence on the anterior, and a double one on the posterior part
of the branchial region ; front emarginate. External pedipalps with the outer stalk slightly
arched ; the inner with a longitudinal groove close to the inner edge, and a slight carina
along the middle Hue. Anterior legs of moderate length and size, the arm nodose, the
hand inflated, with two longitudinal sulci, and an external and internal carina ; the fingers
slender, curved, and shorter than the hand. The abdomen is wanting in the only specimen
known, which is a male.

Length of carapace 0"7 in. ; breadth 0*8.

The specimen in the British Museum is, I think, doubtless an old and faded one, and is
consequently thin and slight compared with its original condition. It is of a delicate pink
colour.

Genus Nursia, Leach.

Char. Gen. — Testa polyhedra, fronte producto. Orbita extrorsum aperta. Fossae antennariot transversae.
Pedipalpi externi caule exteriore curvo, dilatato, antice et postice ohtuso ; caule interiore margine
interno recto, articulo penultimo quadrato, ultimo triangulari. Pedes antici digitis deflexis. Abdo-
men Maris articulo penultimo apicem prope processu dentiformi instructum.

Nursia plicata, Ilerbst (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 4). Testa utrinque 4-dentata, medio tuber-
culis tribus triangulum delineantibus, postice linea elevata transversa tuberculum
gerente, fronte 4-dentato.

Cancer plicatus, Herbst, iii. No. 253. t. 59. f. 2.
Nursia Hardwickii, Leach, Zool. Misc. iii. p. 20.
Hab. in oceano Indico. Mus. Brit.

Carapace somewhat broader than it is long, produced anteriorly, granulated ; a notch
between the hepatic and branchial regions, the latter tumid, broadly margined, the mar-
gin with four obtusely triangular dentiform projections, of which the posterior are the
most prominent, projecting considerably beyond the line continued from the lateral mar-
gin of the carapace. The anterior regions are carinated, and an elevated line runs between
the hepatic and branchial regions, each terminating in a tubercle, which, with its fellow

vol. xxi. 2 s

308 MR. BELL, HOR,E CARCINOLOGKLE ;

and a single tubercle on the cardiac region, forms an equilateral triangle ; a transverse
elevated line crosses the posterior part of the branchial and the cardiac regions, on the
centre of which is the single tubercle just mentioned, and another elevated line crosses
the posterior part of the carapace, also having a tubercle on the centre.

Length of carapace 0 5 in.

I have no doubt whatever that Herbst's figure belongs to this species. It is consider-
ably broader in proportion to the length than the specimens in the British Museum, but
these also differ in this respect from each other. I have restored Herbst's name, which I
do with the less hesitation, as his is the only original figure which has hitherto appeared,
and we have no other original notice of the species than the short but correct and ex-
pressive description given by Leach. I have also given a figure of the species on account
of the imperfection of that of Herbst. The specimens in the British Museum, which are
the only ones with which I am acquainted, were brought from India by the late General
Hardwicke. These differ among themselves in some particulars, but, as it appears to me,
not sufficiently to justify a specific distinction.

Ntjrsia abbreviata, mihi (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 5). Testa orbiculari, margine undato,

linea elevata longitudinali, altera transversali decussata ; fronte integro.
Hab. in oceano Indico. Mus. Brit.

Carapace very flat, nearly orbicular, the front slightly projecting, entire ; the margin
granulated and waved, forming seven slight rounded prominences, exclusive of the front ;
an obtuse elevated line runs down the middle of the carapace from the front to the cardiac
region, crossed by a transverse one which is granulated, commencing between the anterior
and posterior lobes of the branchial region, and crossing over the genital. The anterior
legs (in the female) are of moderate length, the hand not one-third longer than broad,
with two granulated lines on the upper side ; the fingers short, meeting at the greater part
of their length, but with a hiatus near the base. The external foot-jaws have the outer
stalk or palp considerably curved, rounded at each extremity ; the inner stalk with the
internal margin straight, meeting its fellow the whole length. The abdomen in the
female (the only sex I have seen) broad ovate, the fourth, fifth and sixth segments
united, and indications of them in slight transverse depressions.

Length of carapace 0*4 in.

Genus Nursilia, Bell.

Char. Gen. — Testa latior quam longior, margine polygono, fronte producto. Orbita bifissa, extrorsiim
aperta. Fossa antennarice obliquae. Pedipalpi externi epistomati superantes, caule exteriore curvo,
medio dilatato; interiore elongato, margine interno arcuato. Pedes antici graciles, manu tumida,

digitis curvis dentatis manu longioribus. Abdomen Maris ? — Fceminje valde convexum,

articulo ultimo inter bases pedipalporum externorum producto.

This genus has a close affinity with Ntirsia, but differs from it in the form of the pedi-
palps, the interior margin of which is curved, so that a space exists between them except-
ing at the apex ; the anterior legs are much more slender, and the form of the hand and
fingers is very different, resembling almost exactly that of Myrodes.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIADyE. 309

Species unica, Nursilia dentata, milii (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 6).
Hab. in oceano Indico. Mus. Brit.

Carapace rather broader than long, the margin laminated ; a slight fissure between the
hepatic and branchial regions, an obtusely triangular tooth on the margin of the former,
and three slight angular projections on the latter ; several small projecting teeth on the
surface of the carapace, and a longitudinal carina, on the posterior half of which are three
strong spines curved forwards ; an elevated line on the branchial region. External foot-
jaws extending forwards to the frontal margin, meeting only at the apex, and leaving an
interspace, the posterior part of which is filled by the last joint of the abdomen. The
anterior legs are long and slender, the hand tumid on the proximal portion ; the fingers
longer than the hand, very slender, curved at the extremity, and finely toothed. The
abdomen of the female extremely convex, the terminal joint somewhat triangular, and
extending forwards between the base of the foot-jaws.

A single specimen, a female, is in the British Museum.

Genus Arcania, Leach.

Char. Gen. — Testa globulosa, spinis seu tuberculis elevatis plurimis armata. Orbita supra et extrorsiim
aperta. Fossa antennaria longitudinales. Pedipalpi externi caule exteriore recto, lineari, apice
interiore emarginato-truncato ; caule interiore gradatim acuminato. Pedes antici gracillimi. Abdomen
Maris lanceolatum, segmentis a tertio ad sextum vel ad quintum coalitis.

This genus is closely allied to Iphis, from which it differs in the more globular form of
the body, in the number and character of the spines with which it is armed, and in the
form of the external foot-jaws.

Arcania Erinaceus, Herbst. Corpore atque membris dense spinosis, spinis spinulosis.

Cancer Erinaceus, Herbst, t. 20. f. 111.

Leucosia Erinaceus, Fabr. Suppl. p. 352.

Arcania Erinaceus, Leach, Zool. Miscell. iii. p. 24. Edw. Crust, ii. p. 134.

Hab. in mari Indico. Muss. Brit., Soc. Linn., Bell.

A well-known species, figured by Herbst and by several subsequent authors. It differs
from other species in the numerous spines with which it is armed, and in the spines being
themselves spinulose.

Arcania undecim-spinosa, De Haan. "Thorace spinuloso, spinulis obtusis, ambitu
11-spinoso, spinis acutis simplicibus ; brachiis granulatis, digitis manibus longio-
ribus."

De Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 135. t. 33. f. 8.
Hab. in Japonia.

Arcania novem-spinosa, Adams and White. "Thorace lsevi, granuloso, marginibus
latero-anterioribus spinis duabus, latero-posterioribus spinis duabus, posteriore spina
longa recta."

Iphis novem-spinosa, Adams and White, Crust, of the Voyage of the Samarang, p. 56. t. 13. f. 1.

2 s2

310 MR. BELL, HOILE CARCINOLOGICLE ;

A close examination of the specimen in the British Museum, described by Messrs.
Adams and White as " Iphis," has fully confirmed the impression I had received from
their figure that this is a true Arcania. Its general form is that of this genus, differing
greatly from that of Iphis ; and its resemblance to A. undetim-spinosa of De Haan is very
close. In fact it scarcely differs excepting in the number of spines.

Arcania septem-spinosa, mihi (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 7). Testa globulosa, paulb latiore
quam longiore, tuberculata, spinis septem tuberculatis armata, laterali utrinque reli-
quis longiore.

Hab. ? Mus. Brit.

Approaching Iphis in form, particularly in the transverse diameter of the carapace a
little exceeding the longitudinal, and being furnished with two lateral spines longer than
the others. The spines in this species, as in Arc. tuberculata and Brmaceus, are them-
selves tuberculated. The posterior pair of marginal spines, which are flattened, show this
character in a very beautiful manner, as is seen in the figure (d). The anterior legs are
slender, the arm slightly curved, covered with tubercles ; the hand smooth, swollen at the
proximal portion ; the fingers very thin, curved, nearly as long as the hand, toothed, and
meeting only at the points. The remaining feet are wanting in the specimen, excepting
one, and the rest have been added in outline in the figure, from the nearly allied species.

Length of carapace 0*4 in.

Arcania tuberculata, mihi (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 8). Testa paulo longiore quam latiore,
omninb tuberculata, margine spinis novem tuberculatis instructo ; brachiis granu-
latis, manibus lsevibus.
Hab. ad ins. Borneo. Mus. Brit.

Carapace subglobose, covered with various-sized tubercles ; at the lateral and posterior
margin there are nine spines occupying the same situations as those in the larger species,
and obviously replacing them ; these spines are themselves tuberculated. The whole of
the under surface is granulated, as is the arm ; the hand quite smooth.
Length of carapace 04 in.

Arcania gracilipes, mihi (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 9). Testa granulosa, tuberculis quindecim

supra, et tribus ad marginem posteriorem instructs ; pedibus anticis tenuissimis.
Hab. ad ins. Borneo. Mus. Brit.

The whole carapace is granulated ; there are fifteen distinct tubercles on the upper part
and sides, and three on the posterior margin. The anterior feet are extremely slender,
the fingers as long as the hand, and meeting only at the points.

Length of the carapace 0*3 in.

Arcania l^vimana, mihi (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 10). Testa granulata, tuberculis nume-

rosis distinctis, ad marginem spinis novem simplicibus armata ; manibus glabris.
Hab. ad insulas Philippinas. Mus. Brit.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD^E. 311

Readily distinguished from the two former species by the number and character of the
tubercles, and from Arc. tuberculata by the spines being simple.

Length of carapace 0*4 in.

Of each of the last four species of Arcania, there is a single specimen in the British
Museum. Prom their small size, it is not improbable that some of them are young, but
certainly not of any previously described species.

Genus Iphis, Leach,

Char. Gen. — Testa rhomboidalis, transversa, angulis rotundatis, utrinque spina longissima horizontali
armata, fronte emarginato. Orbita aperta, bifissa. Antennulce fere longitudinaliter inflexae. Pedi-
palpi externi caule interiore sublineari, antice paulo angustiore. Pedes filiformes, graciles.

This genus is at once distinguished from Arcania by the rhomboidal form of the cara-
pace, in which it somewhat resembles Ebalia. Its nearest affinity however is to Arcania,
which it approaches in the armature of the periphery of the carapace, in the foot-jaws, the
feet and other parts. One species of this genus only is at present known, viz.

Iphis septem-spinosa, Herbst.

Cancer septem-spinosus, Fabr. Mantissa, i. p. 325. Herbst, i. t. 20. f. 112.

Leucosia septem-spinosa, Fabr. Suppl. p. 351.

Iphis septem-spinosa, Leach, Zool. Miscell. iii. p. 25. Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p. 139.

Iphis novem-spmosa of Adams and White is referred to the genus Arcania.

Genus Ixa, Leach.

Char. Gen. — Testa elliptico-rhomboidalis, processu utrinque subcylindrico a regione branchiali producto ;
regionibus sulco profundo separatis. Orbita supra bifissa. Pedipalpi externi caule exteriore lato,
obtuso, interiore lougiore. Pedes omnes filiformes, tenues. Abdomen Fcemin-iE articulo ultimo usque
ad oris aperturam producto.

Species unica, Ixa cylindrtjs, Fabr.

Cancer Cylindrus, Fabr. Mantissa, 251. Herbst, i. p. 108. t. 2. f. 29, 30, 31.

Leucosia Cylindrus, Fabr. Suppl. 352. Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust, vi. p. 119. Licht. Berl. Mag. 1815, p. 143.

Ixa Cylindrus, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 334.

Ixa canaliculata, Leach, Zool. Misc. iii. p. 26. t. 129. f. 1. Edw. Reg. Anim. Cuv., Crust, t. 24. f. 1; Id.

Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p. 135.
Ixa megaspis, Adams and White, Voyage of the Samarang, Crust, p. 55. t. 12. f. 1.
(Senior) Ixa inermis, Leach, I. c. t. 129. f. 2. Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p. 135.
Hob. in mari Indico. Muss. Brit., Soc. Linn., Bell.

A careful examination of all the specimens of this genus to which I have access,
amounting to about twelve, has led me to conclude that they all belong to one species.
The variations which exist between any two of them are nearly as great as those which
have given rise to the establishment of a distinct specific name in the case of I. me-
gaspis of Messrs. Adams and White. I possess two specimens which were obtained by
Mr. Hinds, which differ so much from others, that until I had carefully examined the
whole of those I have alluded to, I had provisionally given them a distinct specific name.

312 MR. BELL, HORiE CARCINOLOGIC^E ;

The form and size of the lateral process vary considerably. In some it is cylindrical, in
others it is somewhat corneal ; in some it is either direct or even bent slightly backwards,
in others the apex is turned forward ; in some there is a filiform appendage at its apex, in
others there is not a vestige of this armature. The degree of granulation of the different
parts also varies.

With respect to I. inermis of Leach, I see no difference but what might be supposed to
depend upon great age ; and the distinction is really less on examining the actual speci-
mens, than appears to be the case from merely a comparison of the figures. Under these
circumstances, I have ventured to give the references to the three supposed species, as
synonyms of the old Cancer Cylindrus of Pabricius.

I have already observed that the genus Harrovia of Adams and White has no rela-
tion whatever to the present family. Iphiculus of the same authors, arranged by them
amongst the Letjcosiad^:, but stated in the same place to belong to the Parthenopidje,
appears to me to be nearly allied to the former family, and most probably associated with
them. Certainly it has no near affinity with the Parthenopid^e. Tlos may be safely
considered as allied to the Leucosiad^e. Unfortunately, neither the eyes, the orbits,
the antennulae, the antennary fossae, nor the foot-jaws, are mentioned in the generic
characters, or figured in the plates. See the Crustacea of the Voyage of the Samarang,
pp. 55, 57. pi. 12. f. 5, pi. 13. f. 2. 5.

It is only since the foregoing paper has been in the press, that I have had an oppor-
tunity of seeing the magnificent work of Mr. James D. Dana, on the Crustacea obtained
in the United States exploring expedition under the command of Mr. Charles Wilkes of
the United States Navy. This work reflects equal credit on the author, and on the
American Government for the liberal and handsome manner in which it has been
published.

In this publication two species only are described as belonging to the present family,
and of these one appears to me at least very doubtful as to its relation to it. I shall
quote the characters of both as they are given by Mr. Dana : —

" Iphis longipes. Carapax parce granulosus, suborbicularis, non latior quam longus
[longior], armatus spinis duabus longissimis lateralibus latitudine carapacis vix
brevioribus (una in latere utroque) et duabus minutis antero-lateralibus, duabus
parvulis postero-lateralibus, et una postica corporis dimidium longitudine fere
aequante. Prons bilobatus parce prominens. Pedes 8 postici prselongi."

Iphis longipes, Dana in op. cit. p. 396. t. 25. f. 4.

"Taken from the stomach of a Tetraodon, among the reefs of Viti Lebu, Feejee Islands."

Of this species I have only to observe, that its form and characters rather tend to in-
crease a doubt which I have before entertained of the propriety of generically separating
the species of Iphis and Arcania. They appear to pass into each other by the present
species on the one hand, and by Iphis novem-spinosa of Adams and White, which I have
already transferred to Arcania, on the other.

MONOGRAPH OF THE LEUCOSIAD.E. 313

Genus Nticia, Dana.

" Carapax parce transversus, antice non productus, latere non dilatatus, inermis, superficie paulo tuber-
culatus, fronte bilobatus et non saliens. Oculi paulo remoti, grandiores, marginales. Area bucealis
bene triangulata. Maxillipedis externi articulus 3tius triangulatus ; palpus angustus, extus rectus.
Pedes toti breves, et crassi, digiti in piano subverticali claudente, eodem cum manus articulatione."

Ntjcia speciosa, Dana, I. c. p. 397. t. 25. f. 5.

It is unnecessary to quote the description of the only species upon which this genus is
founded. It appears to me that it is scarcely admissible into the family of Letjcosiad^e,
on account of the extraordinary size of the eyes, the thickness of the legs, and other
characters, no less than the general form and aspect of the body. I give this opinion
with deference in the absence of an actual specimen.

EXPLANATION OP THE PLATES.

Tab. XXX.

Fig. 1. Leucosia orbicularis, a. side view of the carapace; 6. male abdomen; c. female abdomen.

Fig. 2. Leucosia pallida, a. side view ; b. female abdomen.

Fig. 3. Leucosia obscura. a. side view ; b. male abdomen ; c. female abdomen.

Fig. 4. Leucosia marmorea. a. side view ; b. male abdomen.

Fig. 5. Leucosia punctata, a. side view; b. anterior leg; c. male abdomen.

Fig. 6. Leucosia affinis. a. side view; b. anterior leg; c. male abdomen; d. female abdomen.

Fig. 7- Leucosia brevimana. a. side view ; b. female abdomen.

Fig. 8. Leucosia margaritacea. a. side view ; b. anterior leg ; c. male abdomen.

Tab. XXXI.

Fig. 1. Leucosia ocellata. a. side view; b. anterior leg; c. female abdomen.

Fig. 2. Leucosia Whitei. a. side view ; b. anterior leg ; c. female abdomen.

Fig. 3. Leucosia Cumingii. a. side view; b. anterior leg; c. female abdomen.

Fig. 4. Leucosia pulchella. a. side view ; b. anterior leg ; c. male abdomen ; d. female abdomen.

Fig. 5. Leucosia phyllocheira. a. side view; b. anterior leg; c. posterior leg.

Fig. 6. Persephona Lichtensteinii. a. side view.

Fig. 7- Persephona orbicularis, a. female abdomen.

Fig. 8. Persephona Edwardsii. a. female abdomen.

Tab. XXXII.

Fig. 1 . Leucosilia Jurinii. a. side view ; b. anterior leg ; c. foot-jaw ; d. male abdomen ; e. female

abdomen.
Fig. 2. Myra affinis. a. side view ; b. male abdomen ; c. female abdomen.
Fig. 3. Myra carinata. a. male abdomen.
Fig. 4. Myra elegans. a. side view ; b. female abdomen.
Fig. 5. Myra mammillaris. a. male abdomen.
Fig. 6. Myrodes eudactylus. a. side view ; b. anterior leg ; c. foot-jaw ; d. male abdomen ; e. immature

female abdomen.
Fig. 7> Philyra Icevis. a. side view ; b. male abdomen.

314 MR. BELL, HOR.E CARCINOLOGICJS.

Tab. XXXIII.

Fig. 1 . Philyra Adamsii. a. side view ; b. anterior leg ; c. male abdomen.
Fig. 2. Philyra punctata, a. side view ; b. male abdomen ; c. female abdomen.
Fig. 3. Philyra carinata. a. side view ; b. male abdomen.

Fig. 4. Philyra macrophthalma. a. side view; b. detached eye; c. male abdomen.
Fi». 5. Ebalia granulosa, a. anterior leg; b. posterior leg.

Fig. 6. Lithadia Cumingii. a. side view ; b. anterior leg ; c. foot-jaw ; d. male abdomen.
Fig. 7. Lithadia Cumingii, jun. a. side view ; b. anterior leg ; c. foot-jaw.

Fig. 8. Oreophorus npdosus. a. posterior view of the carapace; b. anterior leg; c. posterior leg; d. foot-
jaw.

Tab. XXXIV.

Fig. 1. Phlyxia lambriformis. a. side view ; b. foot-jaw ; c. antennary fossae ; d. male abdomen ; e. female

abdomen.
Fig. 2. Phlyxia crassipes. a. male abdomen.

Fig. 3. Phlyxia latvis. a. side view ; b. male abdomen ; c. female abdomen.
Fig. 4. Nursia plicata.

Fig. 5. Nursia abbreviata. a. antennary fossae, orbits and foot-jaw ; b. under side of body.
Fig. 6. Nursilia dentata. a. side view; b. antennary fossae, orbits and foot-jaw; c. under side of body.
Fig. 7. Arcania septem-spinosa. a. anterior leg ; b. female abdomen ; c. one of the central tubercles

enlarged ; d. posterior spine enlarged.
Fig. 8. Arcania tuberculata. a. male abdomen.
Fig. 9. Arcania gracilipes. a. abdomen of immature female.
Fie 10. Arcania Itevirnana. a. female abdomen.

Tmurui Urn, Sec Vo

vtrby act *a£

■ , , ■

■ ' .-.■■■■ Sot !■''■ XXI 131

i.d not liik-

Ford U Wgst Imp

Trans. Luitl.Soc I'/. XXI * 32

';a.t hiK ,

Ford. * H

Jhvie. Lam. Sac Vol XXI. tJ3.
h

■ ' ■ rxd. TLdt ~Wbb~-

Trans. Zinti. Sac Vol XXi t34

za, tjxt . tz£k

[ 315 ]

XXXII. Extracts from the Minute-Books of the Linnean Society of London.

1849.
Mar. 20.

IT was unanimously resolved : —

•i

That the Council express its deep regret at the severe loss which the Society has
sustained by the Death of its late Treasurer, Edward Forster, Esq., and its high sense of
his long-continued and valuable services ; and that this Resolution be communicated to
his Nephew, Edward Forster, Esq., with the request that it may be also communicated
to the other Members of his Family.

1850.
May 24. An Oil Painting, by Maguire, of the late Bishop of Norwich, President of
the Society, was presented by the following Fellows, viz. : —

W. W. Saunders, Esq.

R. H. Solly, Esq.

W. H. Solly, Esq.

J. D. C. Sowerby, Esq.

W. Spence, Esq.

Sir G. T. Staunton, Bart.

R. Taylor, Esq.

W. Tebbitt, Esq.

R. Wakefield, Esq.

J. Walton, Esq.

Alfred White, Esq.

Dean of Winchester.

J. E. Winterbottom, Esq.

W. Yarrell, Esq.

J. Yates, Esq.

T. Bell, Esq.

J. Hogg, Esq.

J. J. Bennett, Esq.

T. Horsfield, M.D.

F. Boott, M.D.

R. Hudson, Esq.

J. S. Bowerbank, Esq.

F. H. Janson, Esq.

R. Brown, Esq.

T. C. Janson, Esq.

G. B. Buckton, Esq.

B. Kennedy, Esq.

G. Busk, Esq.

H. Lee, M.D.

H. Cuming, Esq.

J. Miers, Esq.

J. C. Dale, Esq.

D. W. Nash, Esq.

G. E. Demies, Esq.

F. G. P. Neison, Esq.

W. H. Fitton, M.D.

R. Owen, Esq.

J. Gadesden, Esq.

A. Peckover, Esq.

Viscount Goderich.

S. P. Pratt, Esq.

J. Gould, Esq.

G. Ransome, Esq.

G. R. Gray, Esq.

L. Reeve, Esq.

R. Heward, Esq.

H. F. Richardson, Esq.

1852.

Dec. 7.

The Bye-Law proposed

by the Council on the

at the end of Chapter X. as follows : —

" Sect. X. The Society shall not, and may not, make any Dividend, Gift, Division, or
Bonus in Money, unto or between any of its Members,"

having been hung up in the common Meeting-Boom of the Society, and read
by the President, or Vice-President in the Chair, at the last two successive
General Meetings of the Society, was put to the Ballot, and confirmed by the
Fellows at large in the terms of the Charter.

1853.
May 24. Among the Presents announced was a Portrait of Linnaeus, copied by Prof.
Pasch from the original by Roslin, in the possession of the Boyal Academy of
vol. xxi. 2 T

316 , EXTRACTS FROM THE MINUTE-BOOKS.

Sciences at Stockholm, for Archbishop Troil, by him presented to Sir Joseph
Banks, and now presented to the Society by Robert Brown, Esq., President, for
which the Special Thanks of the Society were directed to be given.

It was moved by Dr. Wallich, seconded by Dr. Boott, and unanimously
resolved : —

That the most grateful and cordial Thanks of the Society be offered to Mr. Brown,
for the admirable manner in which, for more than three years, he has conducted the
business of the Society as its President ; together with the great and sincere regret of the
Members that advancing years and the infirmities attending on them should have in-
duced him to relinquish an office, in which it would have been their earnest desire long
to have availed themselves of his invaluable services.

1854.
Mar. 21. The Treasurer, Mr. Yarrell, having communicated to the Council that the
President has very liberally given a Donation of one hundred guineas for the
use of the Society, it was moved by Mr. Miers, seconded by Dr. Boott, and
unanimously resolved : —

That the cordial Thanks of the Council be given to Thomas Bell, Esq., the President
of the Society, for his liberal Donation.

[ 317 ]

CATALOGUE

OF THE

LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Continued from page 498 of Vol. XX. of the Society's Transactions.

Titles. Donors.

ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES.
Amsterdam : —

Kon. Nederlandsche Instituut van Wetenschappen. Verhandelingen der 1"* The Institute.
Klasse. 3de Reeks, Deel 1-5. Amsterdam, 1848-52. 4to.

Instituut of Verslagen en Mededeelingen. Nos. 3 & 4 (1844), Nos. 1-4

(1845), and Nos. 1-4 (1846). ib. 1844-46. 8vo.

Tijdschrift voor de Wis- en Natuurkundige Wetenschappen. Deel 2-5. ib.

1849-52. 8vo.

Jaarboek voor 1847-51. ib. 1847-52. 8vo.

Traduction du Memoire accompagnant l'Adresse au Roi, par l'Institut Royale

des Pays-Bas, pour les Sciences, les Lettres, et les Beaux-Arts. (1851.) 8vo.
Kon. Akademie der Wetenschappen. Verslagen en Mededeelingen. Deel 1, and The Academy.
Deel 2, Stuk 1 & 2. Amsterdam, 1853-54. 8vo.

Verhandelingen. Deel 1. ib. 1854. 4to.

Basel : — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Bericht. Nos. 1, 2, & 4-10. Basel, 1835-52. 8vo. The Society.

Verhandlungen. Heft 1. ib. 1854. 8vo.

Batavia : —
Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. Verhandelingen. The Society.
Deel 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22 & 23. Batavia, 1827-50.
8vo. & 4to.
Bibliothecae Societatis Artium Scientiarumque quae Bataviae floret, Cata- Dr. Bleeker.
logus Systematicus : curante P. Bleeker, anno 1846; editio altera, curante
J. Munnich. ib. 1853. 8vo.
Natuurkundige Vereeniging voor Nederlandsch Indie. Natuurkundig Tijd- The Association,
schrift voor Nederlandsch Indie. Nieuwe Serie; Deel 3, and Deel 4,
Afl. 5 & 6. Batavia, 1854. 8vo.
Berlin : —

Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen aus den Jahren 1846- The Academy.
53. Berlin, 1848-54. 4to.

Bericht aus den Jahren 1848-54. ib. 8vo.

2t2

318

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.
ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES {continued).
Berlin (continued) : —

Verein zur Befbrderung des Gartenbaues in den Konigl. Preussischen Staaten.

Verhandlungen; Neue Reihe; Jahrg. 1, and Jahrg. 2 (Jan. — Juni). Berlin,

1853-54. Svo.

Berne : — Annalen der allgemeinen Schweitzerischen Gesellschaft fur die gesamm-

ten Naturwissenschaften ; herausgegeben von Fr. Meisner. Band 1 & 2.

Bern, 1824. 8vo.

Berwick-upon-Tweed: — Proceedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists' Club.

Vol. II. No. 7, and Vol. III. Nos. 1-5. Berwick-upon-Tweed, 1849-54. 8vo.

Bologna : — Accademia delle Scienze dell' Istituto. Rendiconto delle Sessioni dal

1846-54. Bologna. 8vo.
Bombay : —

Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Nos. 12-19.

Bombay, 1849-54. 8vo.
Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at the Hon. East India
Company's Observatory, Bombay, in the years 1846-51. ib. 1849-54. 4to.
Bonn : — Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der Preussischen Rhein-

lande, &c. Jahrg. 10, and Jahrg. 11, Heft 1 & 2. Bonn, 1852-54. 8vo.
Boston, U.S. :—
Society of Natural History. Journal. Vol. V. No. 4, and Vol. VI. Nos. 1-3.
Boston, 1847-53. Svo.
Proceedings. Vols. I. to III., and Vol. IV. Sheets 1-24. Boston and Cam-
bridge (Mass.), 1844-54. Svo.
American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Memoirs. New Series. Vols. III.
& IV., and Vol. V. Part 1. Cambridge (Mass.), 1848-53. 4to.
Proceedings. Vol. I. pp. 297-366, Vol. II., and Vol. III. Sheets 1-13.
Boston, 1848-54. 8vo.
Breslau : —

Nova Acta Academiae Caesareae Naturae Curiosorum. Tom. XXII. — XXIV.;

cum Supplementis Tom. XXI. et XXII. Vratislavice et Bonnes, 1846-54.

4to.

Vorwort zum 24""° Bande der Verhandlungen der K. Akademie. ib. 1853. 4to.

Fest-bericht der zehnjahrigen Stiftungsfeier des Vereins deutscher Aerzte in

Paris, von H. L. Meding. Breslau, 1854. 4to.
Uebersicht der Berathungen, &c, betreffend den Plan einer freien Central
Akademie fur das deutsche Reich, ib. 1850. 4to.
Brussels: — Academie Royale des Sciences, &c. de Belgique.

Memoires. Tomes XXL— XXVII. Bruxelles, 1848-53. 4to.
Memoires couronnes et Memoires des Savants etrangers. Tome XX., and
Tomes XXII.— XXV. ib. 1847-54. 4to.

. Collection in 8vo. Tome V. Pt. 1 & 2, and Tome VI. Pt. 1. ib.

1852-53. 8vo.
Bulletins. Tome XIV. Partie 2, Tomes XV.— XX., Tome XXI. Partie I,

and Annexe aux Bulletins de 1853-54. ib. 1847-54. Svo.
Observations des Phe"nomenes peViodiques. (Extr. des Mem. de l'Acad.,
Tomes XXIII.— XXVIII.) 4to.

Donors.

The Society.

R.Kippist. Libr.L.S.

The Club.
The Academy.

The Society.
The Company.
The Association.

The Society.

The Academy.

The Academy.

The Academy.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

319

Titles. Donors.

ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES (continued).

Brussels. Academie R. des Sciences, &c. (continued) : —

Annuaire. Bruxelles, 1848-54. 12mo. The Academy.

Catalogue des Livres de la Bibliotheque de 1' Academie Royale des Sciences.

ib. 1850. 8vo.

Rapport adresse a M. le Ministre de l'Interieur, sur l'etat et les travaux de

l'Observatoire Royale, par M. A. Quetelet. ib. 1848. 8vo.

Memoire sur la Chimie et la Physiologie Vegetales, et sur l'Agriculture, par

Henri Le Docte. ib. 1849. 8vo.

Expose general sur l'Agriculture Luxembourgeoise, par le meme. ib. 1849.

8vo.

Memoire sur la Fertilisation des landes de la Campine et des Dunes, par

A. Eenens. ib. 1849. 8vo.

Memoire sur le Pauperisme dans les Flandres, par M. E. Ducpetiaux. ib.

1850. 8vo.
Calcutta : —

Asiatic Society. Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of, by E. Blyth, Esq.

Calcutta, 1849. 8vo.
Public Library. Catalogues for 1846-48. Calcutta, 1846. 8vo.
Cambridge: — Philosophical Society. Transactions. Vol. VIII., and Vol. IX.

Parts 1-3. Cambridge, 1849-53. 4to.
Cherbourg : — Societe des Sciences Naturelles. Memoires. Tome I. Livr. 1 & 2.

Cherbourg, 1852-53. 8vo.
Copenhagen : — Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab.
Skrifter. 5te Rcekke, Bind 1-3. Kjobenhavn, 1849-53. 4to.
Oversigt i aar. 1848-53. ib. 8vo.

Tables du Soleil, executees d'apres les ordres de la Societe R. des Sciences
de Copenhague, par MM. Hansen et Olufsen. Copenhague, 1853. 4to.
Cornwall: — Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society. Annual Reports for 1848-53.

Falmouth. 8vo.
Dodabetta: — Meteorological Observations, made in the year 1848, by T. G.

Taylor. Madras, 1848. 4to.
Dublin :—

Royal Irish Academy. Transactions. Vol. XXL Part 2, and Vol. XXII.
Parts 1, 3, 4 & 5. Dublin, 1848-55. 4to.
Proceedings. Vol. III. Part 3, Vols. IV. & V., and Vol. VI. Part 1. ib.
1847-54. 8vo.
Geological Society. Journal. Vol. III. Part 4, Vols. IV. & V., and Vol. VI.

Parts 1 & 2. Dublin, 1847-55. 8vo.
University Museum. Reports 1 & 2. Dublin, 1846-47. 8vo.
Edinburgh :— Royal Society. Transactions. Vols. XVIIL, XIX., XX., & XXI.
Part 1. Edinburgh, 1848-54. 4to.

Proceedings. Nos. 31-44. ib. 1847-54. 8vo.

Report on the completion of the Observations made in the Observatory at

Makerstoun, by J. A. Brown, ib. 1850. 4to.
Frankfort:— Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Museum Sencken- The Society,
bergianum. Band 1-3. Frank/urt-am-Main, 1833-45. 4to.

The Society.

The Proprietors.
The Society.

The Society.
The Society.

The Society.

The Hon. East India
Company,

The Academy.

The Society.

The Editor.
The Society.

320 CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles. Donors. -

ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES {continued).

Frankfort. Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft {continued) : —

Abhandlungen. Band 1. Lief. 1. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1854. 4to. The Society.

Geneva : — Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle. Memoires. Tomes XII. The Society.

& XIII. Genive, 1849-54. 4to.
Glasgow: — Philosophical Society. Proceedings.Vol.il. Glasgow, 1848. 8vo. The Society.
Gottingen : —

Abhandlungen der Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Band 4 & 5. The Society.
Gottingen, 1850-53. 4to.

Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts Universitat, und der Konigl. Gesell-

schaft, von 1848-54. ib. 8vo.

Sacularfeier (l8te) der Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, am 29 No-

vember, 1851. ib. 1852. 4to.
India :— Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India. Journal. Vol. VI. The Hon. East India

Parts 2-4, Vol. VII., and Vol. VIII. Parts 1-4. Calcutta, 1847-53. 8vo. Company.

Lausanne :— Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin. Nos. 16-25 & The Society.

27-32. Lausanne, 1847-54. 8vo.
Leeds : — Philosophical and Literary Society. Reports 28-30 & 33. Leeds, The Society.

1848-53. 8vo.
Liege : — Societe Royale des Sciences. Memoires. Tomes I. — IX. (with 4to. The Society.

Atlas to Tome IV.) Liege, 1843-54. 8vo.
Liverpool: — Literary and Philosophical Society. Proceedings. Nos. 4-8. Liver- The Society.

pool, 1848-54. 8vo.
London : —

Art-Union. Annual Reports (16-18), with Lists of Subscribers. London, The Art-Union.
1852-54. 8vo.

Almanacs for 1851-55. ib. 12mo.

Athenaeum. Rules and Regulations, and Lists of Members for 1848 & 1850, The Committee.
Donations to the Library, &c. London, 1848-51. 12mo.

Annual Report, &c, for 1851-52. 1 sheet.

British Association. Reports of the 17th to the 23rd Meetings. London, The Association.

1848-54. 8vo.
British Museum : —

List of the Specimens of British Animals. Part 5. Lepidoptera. London, The Trustees.

1850. 12mo.
List of the Specimens of Dipterous Insects. Part 5. Suppl. 1, and Part 6. The Author.
Suppl. 2, by F. Walker, Esq., F.L.S. ib. 1854. 12mo.

Catalogue of the Mollusca. Parti, ib. 1849. 12mo.

Entomological Society. Transactions. Vol. V. Parts 4-9. London, 1848-49. The Society.
8vo.

. New Series. Vols. I. & II., and Vol. III. Parts 1-4. ib. 1850-55.

8vo.
Exhibition of the Works of Industry of all Nations, 1851. Reports of the Her Majesty's Com-
Juries. London, 1852. 8vo. missioners.

. Tasmanian Contributions to. Hobart Town, 1851. 4to. J. Milligan, Esq.

Geological Society. Transactions. Second Series. Vols. V. & VI. London,
1840-42. 4to.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 321

Titles. Donors.

ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES [continued).
London [continued) : —

Geological Society. Quarterly Journal. Nos. 14-42. London, 1848-55. 8vo. The Society.

Charter and Bye-Laws. ib. 1853. 8vo.

List of Fellows for 1849. 8vo.

Geological Survey of Great Britain. Memoirs. Vol. I., and Vol. II. Parts 1 & 2. Her Majesty's Go-
London, 1846-48. 8vo. vernment.

. British Organic Remains. Decades 1-4, 6 & 7< ib. 1849-53. 4to.

Horticultural Society. Transactions. Second Series. Vol. III. London, 1843- The Society.
48. 4to.

Journal. Vol. III. Parts 3 & 4, and Vols. IV.— IX. ib. 1848-55. 8vo.

Lists of Fellows for the years 1846 & 1851. ib. 8vo. ■ — -

London Institution. Catalogue of the Library. Vol. IV. 1852. 8vo. The Institution.

Medical and Chirurgical Society : —

Medico-Chirurgical Transactions. Vols. XXXI.— XXXVII. London, 1848- The Society.
54. 8vo.

. General Index to Vols. I. — XXXIII. ib. 1851. 8vo.

Microscopical Society. Transactions. Vols. I. — III. London, 1844-52. 8vo. The Society.
Palaeontographical Society. Publications of: —

Monograph of the Crag Mollusca, by S. V. Wood, Esq. Parts 1 & 2. London, The Society.
1848-50. 4to.

Monograph of the Eocene Mollusca, by F. E. Edwards, Esq. Part 1 . ib. 1849.

4to.

Monograph of the Entomostraca of the Cretaceous Formation of England,

by T. R. Jones, Esq. ib. 1849. 4to.

Monograph of the Fossil Reptilia of the London Clay, by R. Owen, Esq., —

and T. Bell, Esq. Parts 1 & 2. ib. 1849-50. 4to.

Monograph of the British Fossil Corals, by MM. H. M.-Edwards and

J. Haime. Parts 1 & 2. ib. 1850-51. 4to.

Monograph of the Permian Fossils of England, by W.King, Esq. ib. 1 850. 4to.

Monograph of the Mollusca from the Great Oolite, by J. Morris, Esq., and

J. Lycett, Esq. Part 1. ib. 1850. 4to.

Monograph of the Fossil Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations, by R. Owen,

Esq. ib. 1851. 4to.

Monograph of the Fossil Lepadidee of Great Britain, by Charles Darwin, Esq.

ib. 1851. 4to.

Monograph of British Oolitic and Liasic Brachiopoda, by T. Davidson, Esq.

Part 3. ib. 1851. 4to.
Ray Society. Reports and Papers on Botany. Edited by Arthur Henfrey, Esq., A. Henfrey, Esq.,
F.L.S. 2 vols. London, 1846-49. 8vo. F.L.S.

The Correspondence of John Ray. Edited by Edwin Lankester, M.D., F.R. The Editor.

& L.S. ib. 1848. 8vo.
Bibliographia Zoologias et Geologiae, by Prof. Louis Agassiz ; enlarged and R.Kippist,Libr.L.S.
edited by H. E. Strickland, M.A., and Sir W. Jardine, Bart. Vols. I— IV.
ib. 184S-54. 8vo.
Monograph on the subclass Cirripedia [Lepadidce), by Charles Darwin, Esq., The Author.
F.R. & L.S. ib. 1851. 8vo.

322 CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles. Donors.

ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES {continued).
London (continued) : —

Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions for 1847-1853, and Part 1 for 1854. The Society.
London. 4to.

Proceedings. Vol. V. Nos. 67-76, Vol. VI., and Vol. VII. Nos. 1-12. ib.

1846-55. 8vo.

Lists of the Members for 1847-53. ib. 4to.

Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. Vols. IX. — XV. London, 1848-55. 8vo. The Society.
Royal Asiatic Society. Journal. No. 18. London, 1848. 8vo. The Society.

. Vol. XL Part I, Vols. XIL, XIIL, & XIV. Part 1. ib. 1849-51.

8vo.
Annual Report, ib. 1852. 8vo.

Royal Astronomical Society. Memoirs. Vols. XVII. — XXIII. London, 1849- The Society.
54. 4to.

Monthly Notices. Vols. VIIL— XIV. ib. 1848-54. 8vo.

Royal College of Physicians. Pharmacopoeia Collegii Regalis Medicorum Lon- The College,
dinensis. Londini, 1851. 8vo.

Catalogue of the Fellows, Licentiates, &c. London, 1848-50. 8vo.

Royal College of Surgeons : —

Descriptive Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in its Museum. Vols. The College.
I. — V. London, 1846-49. 4to.

Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue. Fossil Organic Remains of Mam-

malia and Aves. ib. 1845. 4to.

. Histological Series. Vol. I. ib. 1850. 4to.

List of the Fellows, &c. ib. 1849-52. 8vo.

Royal Geographical Society. Journal. Vols. XVIII. — XXIV. London, 1848- The Society.
54. 8vo.

. Index to Vols. I.— X. ib. 1844. 8vo.

. Index to Vols. XL— XX. ib. 1853. 8vo.

Catalogue of the Library, ib. 1852. 8vo.

Royal Institution. Notices of the Proceedings. Vol.1. London, 1854. 8vo. The Institution.

Lists of the Members for 1849-53. ib. 8vo.

School of Mines. Records of. Vol. I. Parts 1 & 2. London, 1852-53. 8vo. Her Majesty's Go-
vernment.

Society of Arts. Transactions. New Series. Parts 1 &2. London, 1847-49. 8vo. The Society.

Journal of the Society of Arts, and of the Institutions in union. Vols. I. &

II., and Nos. 113-134. ib. 1853-55. 8vo.

Zoological Society. Transactions. Vol. III. Part 6, and Vol. IV. Parts 1-3. The Society.
London, 1849-53. 4to.

Proceedings. Nos. 181-258. ib. 1848-53. 8vo.

Reports of the Council and Auditors for 1848-54. ib. 8vo.

Lists of the Fellows, &c, for 1848 & 1854. ib. 8vo.

Lyons : —

Societe Royale d' Agriculture.

Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles. Tomes X. & XI. Lyon,l84f- The Society.

48. 4to.
. 2eme Serie. Tomes I.— V. ib. 1849-53. 8vo.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LTNNEAN SOCIETY.

323

Titles.
ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES {continued).
Lyons {continued) : —
Societe Linneenne.

Annales. Annies 1847-52. Lyon. 8vo.

. Nouvetle Serie. Tome I. ib. 1853. 8vo.

Academie des Sciences, Belles-lettres, &c.

Me*moires. Classe des Sciences, Tomes I. & II.; and Classe des Lettres,
Tomes I. & II. Lyon, 1848-50. 4to.

. Nouvelle Serie. Classe des Sciences, Tomes I. & II.; and Classe

des Lettres, Tome I. ib. 1851-52. 4to.
Madras : —

Magnetical Observations, made in the years 1846-50. Madras, 1854. 4to.
Meteorological Observations, ib. 1841-50. 4to.
Madrid : — Real Academia de Ciencias.

Mem»rias. 3ra Serie. Ciencias Naturales. Tomo I. Pte 1 & 2. Madrid,

1850-51. 4to.
Resumen de las Actas, &c. ib. 1847-51. 4to.
Estatutos de la Academia. ib. 1 848. 4to.
Manchester: — Literary and Philosophical Society.

Memoirs. 2nd Series. Vols. VIII. — XL London, 1848-54. 8vo.
Markree Observatory : —

Catalogue of Stars near the Ecliptic, observed at Markree during the years
1848-54. Vols. I.— III. Dublin, 1851-54. 8vo.
Mauritius : — Royal Society of Arts and Sciences.

Transactions. Vol. I. Parts 1 & 2. Mauritius, 1848-49. 8vo.
Reports of the Secretary and Auditors, ib. 1850. 8vo.
Montpellier : — Academie des Sciences et Lettres.

Me"moires de la Section des Sciences, annee 1848. (pp. 105-202.) Mont-
pellier, 1848. 4to.
Moscow: — Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes. Nouveaux Memoires. Tome IX.
Moscou, 1851. 4to.
Bulletin. Tome XX. Nos. 2-4, Tomes XXL— XXV., and Tome XXVI.
Nos. 1 & 2. ib. 1847-53. 8vo.
Munich : —

Konigl. Baierische Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Abhandlungen der Mathematisch-physikalischen Classe. Band 5. Abth. 2

& 3, Band 6, and Band 7, Abth. 1 & 2. Munchen, 1848-51. 4to.
Bulletin, ib. 1847-50. 4to.
Almanach fur das Jahr 1849. ib. 12mo.
Die Chemie in ihrem Verhaltnisse zur Physiologie. Festrede vorgetragen

am 28 Miirz, 1848, von Dr. M. Pettenkofer. ib. 1848. 4to.
Denkrede auf J. G. Zuccarini, gelesen am 28 Miirz, 1848, von Dr. C. F. P.

von Martius. ib. 1848. 4to.
Rede bei Eroffnung der Sitzung der K. B. Akademie am 28 Miirz, 1848, von

Dr. von Martius. ib. 1848. 4to.
Ueber den Antheil der Pharmacie an der Entwicklung der Chemie. Festrede
von Dr. L. A. Buchner, jun. ib. 1849. 4to.
VOL. XXI.

Donors.

The Society.

The Academy.

Hon. E. I. Comp.

The Academy.

The Society.

H. M. Government.

The Society.

The Academy.
The Society.

The Academy.

2u

324

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Munchen, 1851.

4to.
ib. 4to.

Titles.
ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES {continued).
Munich {continued) : —

Konigl. Baierische Akademie, &c.

Denkrede an H. F. Link; von Dr. C. F. P. von Martius.

4to.
Schilderung der Naturverhaltnisse in Siid-Abyssinien. Festrede von Dr. J.

R. Roth. ib. 1851. 4to.
Ueber den Chemismus der Vegetation; von A. Vogel, jun. ib. 1852. 4to.
Ueber das Klima von Munchen; von Carl Kuhn. ib. 1854. 4to.
Munchner Verein fur Naturkunde.
Statuten. Munchen, 1849. 8vo.
Namen der Mitglieder. ib. 1849. 8vo.
Naples : — Accademia delle Scienze.

Rendiconto. Nos. 35-42, 44 & 45, and 49-51. Napoli, 1847-51.

. Nuova Serie. Nos. 1-3 (1852), and Nos. 1-5 (1853).

Relazione sulla Malattia delle Vite nei contorni di Napoli, &c, fatta da una
Commissione della R. Accad. delle Scienze. ib. 1852. 4to.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne : — Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club.

Vol. I., and Vol. II. Parts 1-3. Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1850-53. 8vo.
New York: — Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History. Vol. IV. Nos. 10-12,

and Vol. V. New York, 1847-52. 8vo.
Paris : —

Academie des Sciences de l'Institut de France.

Memoires. Tomes XX.— XXIV. Paris, 1849-54. 4to.
Me'moires presentes par divers Savants. Tomes X. — XIII. ib. 1848-52. 4to.
Comptes rendus. Tomes XXVI.— XXXVIII. ib. 1848-54. 4to.
Socie'te' Botanique. Bulletin. Tome I. No. 1. Paris, 1854. 8vo.
Societe Entomologique.

Annales. 2eme Serie. Tome V. Trim. 4, and Tomes VI. — X, Paris, 1847-52.
8vo.

. Seme Serie. Tome I. ib. 1853. 8vo.

Museum d'Histoire Naturelle.

Archives. Tome IV. Livr. 3, Tomes V. & VI., and Tome VII. Livr. 1 & 2.

Paris, 1849-54. 4to.
Catalogues methodiques de la Collection du Museum : —
Mammiferes, Oiseaux, &c. Partie 1. ib. 1851. 8vo.
Reptiles. Livr. 1 & 2. »6. 1851. 8vo.
Insectes. Livr. 1 & 2. ib. 1850-51. 8vo.
Philadelphia : —
Academy of Natural Sciences.

Journal. New Series. Vol. I. Parts 2-4, and Vol. II. Parts 1-3. Philadel-
phia, 1848-53. 4to.
Proceedings. Vols. IV. & V., and Vol. VI. Nos. 1-6. ib. 1850-52. 8vo.
Memoir of Samuel George Morton, late Prof. Acad. Nat. Sciences, by C. D.

Meigs, ib. 1851. 8vo.
Notice of the Origin, Progress, &c. of the Academy, by W. S. W. Ruschen-
berger. ib. 1852. 8vo.

Donors.

The Academy.

The Society.

The Academy.

The Club.
The Lyceum.

The Academy.

The Society.
The Society.

The Administration
of the Museum.

The Academy.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

325

The Association.

The Academy.

Titles. Donors.

ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES {continued).
Philadelphia (continued): —

American Philosophical Society.

Transactions. New Series. Vol. X. Parts 2 & 3. Philadelphia, 1852-53. 4to. The Society.

Proceedings. Vol. V. (Nos. 40-50.) ib. 1848-53. 8vo.

St. Petersburg: — Academie Imperiale des Sciences.

Memoires. * 6eme Serie. Sciences Naturelles. Tome VI. St. Petersbourg, The Academy.
1848-49. 4to.

Memoires presentes par divers Savants. Tome VI. ib. 1851. 4to.

Recueils des Actes des Seances publiques de 1' Academie, tenues en 1845-48.

ib. 1847-49. 4to.
Singapore : —

Meteorological Observations made at the Magnetical Observatory, Singa- Hon. E. I. Comp.
pore, in 1841-45. Madras, 1850. 4to.
Stettin : — Entomologischer Verein.

Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. 1-14. Stettin, 1840-53. 8vo.
Linnaea Entomologica. Band 1-8. Berlin, 1846-53. 8vo.
Stockholm : — Kongl. Vetenskaps-Academien.

Handlingar for 1846-52. Stockholm, 1848-53. 8vo.
Ofversigt. Arg. 5-10. ib. 1849-54. 8vo.

Arsberattelse om Zoologiens Framsteg, under aren 1843-50 ; af C. H. Bohe-

man, S. Loven, & C. J. Sundevall. ib. 1847-53. 8vo.

Ars-Ber'attelser om Botaniska Arbeten for 1845-50; af J. E. Wikstrom. ib.

1850-54. 8vo.

Register ofver J. E. Wikstrom's Ars-berattelser i Botanik for 1820-38 ; af

N. J. Anderson, ib. 1852. 8vo.

Ars-berattelse om Framstegen i Kemi och Mineralogi, under aren 1846-49,

af Jac. Berzelius & L. F. Svanberg. ib. 1846-51. 8vo.

Register ofver alia af Berzeliustill K. V. A. afgifna Ars-berattelser (1821-

47) ; af A. Wiemer. ib. 1850. 8vo.

Berattelse om Framstegen i Fysik, under aren 1849-51 ; af S. Edlund. ib.

1851-54. 8vo.

Ars-berattelser om Technologiens Framsteg, for 1845-49; af G. E. Pasch.

ib. 1851-52. 8vo.

Tal om Sambandet och vaxelverkan mellan Naringarne, Kyrkan, och Sam-

hallet; af A. von Hartmansdorff. ib. 1851. 8vo.

Landtbruket fbrr och nu. Tal, hallet den 9 April, 1851 ; af J. T. Nathhorst.

ib. 1851. 8vo.
Turin : — Reale Accademia delle Scienze.

Memorie. Serie Ida. Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche. Tomo VII. — XIV. The Academy.
Torino, 1845-54. 4to.
Upsal : — Regia Societas Scientiarum.

Nova Acta. Voll. VII.— XIV. Upsalia, 1815-50. 4to. The Society.
. Series 3. Vol. I. Fasc. 1. ib. 1851. 4to.

Van Diemen's Land : — Royal Society.

Papers and Proceedings. Vol. I., and Vol. II. Parts li& 2. Hobart Town,
1851-53. 8vo.

The Society.
2tj2

326 CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles. Donors.

ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES {continued).
Van Diemen's Land (continued): —

Royal Society. Rules. Hobart Town, 1848. 8vo. The Society.
. Report for 1848. ib. 1849. 8vo.

Victoria: — Transactions of the Philosophical Society. Vol. I. No. 1. Melbourne, Dr. F. Mtiller.

1854. 8vo.

Vienna : —

K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt.

Abhandlungen. Band 1. Wien, 1852. 4to. The Institute.

Jahrbuch. Jahrgang 1-4, and 5, Nos. 1 & 2. ib. 1850-54. 4to.

Zoologisch-botanischer Verein.

Verhandlungen. Band 1 & 2. Wien, 1852-53. 8vo. The Association.

Washington : —

American Association for the Advancement of Science.

Proceedings of the Second Meeting. Boston, 1850. 8vo. R.C.Alexander,M.D.

Fourth Meeting. Washington, 1851. 8vo. The Smithsonian Institution.

Smithsonian Institution.

Contributions to Knowledge. Vols. I. — VI. Washington, 1848-54. 4to. The Institution.

Annual Reports (3 — 7) of the Board of Regents, ib. 1849-53. 8vo.

Report to the Smithsonian Institution, on the Discovery of Neptune ; by — ■ —

B. A. Gould, jun. ib. 1850. 8vo.
Reports of the Secretary of War ; with Reconnoissances of Routes from San

Antonio to El Paso: by J. E. Johnston, ib. 1850. 8vo.
Catalogue of North American Reptiles in the Museum of the Smithsonian

Institution. Part 1 . Serpents. By S. F. Baird and C. Girard. ib. 1 853.

8vo.
Report of the Commissioners of Patents for 1850. Parts 1 & 2. ib. 1851.

8vo.
Smithsonian Report on Recent Improvements in the Chemical Arts ; by

Prof. J. C. Booth and C. Morfit. ib. 1851. 8vo.
. Directions for Collecting Specimens of Natural History, ib.

1851. 8vo.

Registry of Periodical Phenomena. 1 sheet. — —

Reports on Sugar and Hydrometers ; by Prof. Bache and McCulloch.

Tables used with the Custom-House Hydrometers. 8vo.

Notices of the Public Libraries in the United States ; by C. C. Jewett,

Libr. S. I. Washington, 1851. 8vo.
Reports (Second and Third) on Meteorology; by J. P. Eaper. ib. 1851.

obi. fol.
Catalogue of the described Coleoptera of the United States ; by F. E. Mels-

heimer; revised by S. S. Haldeman and J. L. Le Conte. ib. 1853.

8vo.
Directions for Collecting, Preserving, &c, Specimens of Natural History.

2nd edit. ib. 1854. 8vo.
York :— Proceedings of the Yorkshire »Philosophical Society. Vol. I. London, The Society.

1855. 8vo.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

327

Titles.
ACADEMIES and SOCIETIES {continued).
Zurich : —
Allgemeine Schweitzerische Gesellschaft fur...Naturwissenschaften.

Denkschriften. Band 1, Abth. 1 & 2. Zurich, 1829-33. 4to.

Neue Denkschriften. Band 1-10. Neuchatel, 1837-49. 4to.

. Band 11 & 12. (2te Dekade, Band 1 & 2.) Zurich, 1850-52. 4to.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Meteorologische Beobachtungen. Zurich, 1837-46. 4to.

. ib. 1847-48. 8vo.

Mittheilungen. ib. 1847-48. 8vo.

Denkschrift zur Feier des 100-jahrigen Stiftung-festes der Naturforschenden
Gesellschaft, am 30 Nov. 1846. ib. 1846. 4to.
Anonymous.

Account of the Restoration of the Tomb of the Tradescants. and of the Grave-
stone of Elias Ashmole. London, 1853.
Account of the Ganges Canal. 4to. Sir

Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Museum of the Hon. East India Company.

London, 1851. 8vo.
Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of the Hon. East India Company.

Vol. I. ib. 1854, 8vo.
Catalogue of J. M. Stanley's Indian Portrait Gallery. (Portraits of North

American Indians.) Washington, 1852. 8vo.
Correspondence (between Lord Colchester and Mr. G. W. Earl) relating to

the Discovery of Gold in Australia. London, 1853. 8vo.
Decimal Coinage; by one of the Million, ib. 1854. 8vo.
Dream of the New Museum. Oxford, 1855. 8vo.
Journal of a Tour through the Highlands of Scotland, during the summer of

1829. Norton Hall, 1830. 12mo.
Letter to the Right Hon. Lord John Russell, on the Constitutional Defects of

the University and Colleges of Oxford ; by a Member of the Oxford Convo-
cation. London, 1850. 8vo.
Report to the House of Representatives (32nd Congress), relative to Dr. W. T.

G. Morton's Discovery of the Anaesthetic Properties of Sulphuric Ether.

1852. 8vo.
Report of the Provisional Directors of the London (Watford) Spring Water

Company. 1852. 8vo.

Donors.

The Society.

The Society.

J. F.Young, M.D.,
F.L.S.
P.T.Cautley,K.C.B.

The Company.

The Smithsonian

Institution.
Mr. Earl.

The Author.

Dr. Daubeny.

B. Botfield, Esq.,

F.L.S.
The Author.

W. T. G. Morton,
M.D.

The Company.

The NaturalHistory

Society of Basle.

Dr. N. P. Hamberg.

The Editor.

Acosta (C.) Trattato della historia, natura, et virtu delle droghe medicinali, &c.

Venetia, 1585, 4to.
Acrel (J. G.) Praes., Diss. Acad, de usu Linnaeae medico. Resp. J. D. Lundmark.

Upsaliae, 1788, 4to.
Adams (A.) Ed. — Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang, under the command

of Capt. Sir E. Belcher, C.B., F.R.A.S. & G.S., during the years 1843^6.

Nos. 2-7. London, 1848-50, 4to.
Adams (C. B.) Synopsis Conchyliorum Jamaicensium. 1845, 8vo. R. C. Alexander, M.D

Monographs of Stoastoma and Vitrinelta. Amherst, Mass. 1849-50, 4to. The Author.

Contributions to Conchology, nos. 1-9. Ib. 1849-51, 8vo.

328

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.
Adams (C. B.) Catalogue of the Land Shells which inhabit Jamaica. 1851, 8vo.
Anderson (N. J.) Salices Lapponiae. Upsaliae, 1844, 8vo.

Conspectus Vegetationis Lapponicae. lb. 1846, 8vo.

— Catabrosa algida, Fr. Stockholmiae, 1849, 8vo.

Ansted (D. T.) The Gold-seeker's Manual. London, 1849, 8vo.

Babbage (C.) Of the Constants of Nature : Class Mammalia. (Brussels, 1853,)

4to.
Babington (C. C.) Manual of British Botany, 3rd edition. London, 1851, 12mo.
Baird (S. F.) & Girard (C.) Characteristics of some new Reptiles in the Museum

of the Smithsonian Institution, parts 2 & 3. 1852, 8vo.
Barton (W. P. C.) Flora of North America, 3 vols. Philadelphia, 1821-23, 4to.
Batka (J. B.) Ueber die Abstammung der Sennes-Blatter. 4to.

Ueber die Entstehung der Harze in der Natur. 4to.

Bauhin (C.) Prodromos Theatri Botanici. Francof. ad Mcenum, 1620, 4to.
Beke (C. T.) On the Alluvia of Babylonia and Chaldaea. London, 1839, 8vo.

Enquiry into M. Antoine d'Abbadie's Journey to Kaffa, to discover the

source of the Nile. lb. 1850, 8vo.

2nd edition. lb. 1851, 8vo.

Bellardi (L.) Monografia delle Columbelle fossili del Piemonte. Torino, 1848, 4to.

Monografia delle Mitre fossili del Piemonte. lb. 1850, 4to.

Bentham (G) Plantae Hartwegianae (pp. 285-308). 1848, 8vo.

Bentley (R.) On a species of Smilax, and a new commercial sort of Sarsaparilla

obtained from it. 1853, 8vo.
Berger (R.) Diss, inaug. de Fructibus et Seminibus ex formatione Lithanthracum.

Vratislaviae, 1848, 4to.
Berkeley (M. J.) Notes on the Cryptogamic portion of the Plants collected in

Portugal by Dr. F. Welwitsch, 1842-50. London, 1853, 8vo.
Bertoloni (A.) Flora Italica, torn. 6, fasc. 5, & tomi 7-9. Bononiae, 1847-53, 8vo.

Miscellanea Botanica, nos. 6-14. lb. 1847-53, 4to.

Piante della Liguria, Manipolo 1. Modena, 1847, 4to.

Sermo de Robigine Tritici. Bononiae, 1848, 4to.

Osservazioni intorno alia Phalaris aquatica, L. Bologna, 1850, 8vo.

Bertoloni (Jos.) Historia Lepidopterorum Agri Bononiensis. Bononiae, 1844, 4to.

Illustratio Rerum Naturalium Mozambici. Diss. 1. De Coleopteris. lb.

1849, 4to.

Illustrazione dei Prodotti naturali del Mozambico, Diss. 4. Bologna,

1849, 4to.

Illustrazione di Piante Mozambicesi, Diss. 1-3. lb. 1850-54, 4to.

Binney (A.) & Gould (A. A.) The terrestrial air-breathing Mollusks of the United
States, &c, vols. 1 & 2. Boston, 1851, 8vo.

Birkett (J.) Address delivered at the opening of the Session 1854-55 of the Medical
School of Guy's Hospital. London, 1854, 8vo.

Blasius (G.) Anatome Animalium. Amstelaedami, 1681, 4to.

Bleeker (P.) Bijdrage tot de kennis der Ichthyologische Fauna van Amboyna,
Banka, Borneo, Celebes, Ceram, &c. Batavia, 1853, 8vo.

Bijdrage tot de kennis der Ichthyologische Fauna van Japan. Amster-
dam, 1853, 4to.

Donors.
The Author.
Dr. C. Hartman.

The Author.

C. Stokes, Esq.
The Author.

Nat. Hist.Soc.,Basle.
The Author.

W. Pamplin, Esq.,

A.L.S.
The Author.

The Executors of

Dr. A. Binney.
The Author.

Nat. Hist. Soc, Basle.
The Author.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

329

Titles.
Bleeker (P.) Aanhangsel op de Bijdrage tot de . . . Muraenoiden en Symbranchiden

van den Indischen Archipelago. Batavia, 1853, 4to.
Diagnostische Beschrijvingen van nieuwe . . . Fisch-soorten van Sumatra.

lb. (1853,) 8vo.
Overzigt der

Geschiedenis van het

Bataviaasch Genootschap van
Kunsten en Wetenschappen van 1778-1853. lb. 1853, 4to.

Algemeen Verslag der Werkzaamheden van de Natuurkundige Vereeni-

ging in Nederlandsch Indie. lb. 1854, 8vo.

Blume (C. L.) Museum Botanicum Lugduno-Batavum, nos. 1-14. Lugduni-

Batavorum, 1849-50, 8vo.
Bonaparte (C. L.) Conspectus Systematis Ornithologiae ; ed. alt. reform. Amster-

dami, 1849. 1 sheet.

Notice sur ses Ouvrages Zoologiques. Paris, 8vo.

Tableau des Perroquets. 1854, 8vo.

Tableau des Oiseaux-Mouches. 1854, 8vo.

Coup d'ceil sur l'ordre des Pigeons. Paris, 1855, 4to.

Braselmann (J. E.) Bemerkungen ueber die Entwickelung, &c. des Kafers, Orckesia

micans. 8vo.
Braun (A.) Monography of the North American species of Equisetum : translated,

with additions, by G. Engelmann. 1843, 8vo.

On the North American species of Iso'etes and Marsilea. 1847, 8vo.

Brief Notice of the Charce of North America. 1843, 8vo.

Das Individuum der Pflanze, in seinem Verhaltniss zur Species, &c.

Berlin, 1853, 4to.

Brickenden (L.) & Mantell (G. A.) On the fossil remains of Reptiles, and on
Chelonian Foot-tracks, from the Devonian strata of Morayshire. London,
1852, 8vo.

Brotero (F. de Avellar) Noticia biographica do. Lisboa, 1847, 8vo.

Brown (R.) Supplementum primum Prodromi Florae Novas Hollandias. Londini,
1830, 8vo.

— Botanical Appendix to Capt. Sturt's Expedition into Cen tral Australia. 8 vo.

Buch (L. von) Lagerung von Braunkohlen in Europa. Berlin, 1851, 8vo.

Ueber Blattnerven und ihre Vertheilung. lb. 1852, 8vo.

Buckley (S. B.) Descriptions of some new species of Plants. 1843, 8 vo.
Bunbury (C. J. F.) Journal of a residence at the Cape of Good Hope, with Notes

on the Natural History, &c. London, 1848, 12mo.

Burmeister (H.) Die Labyrinthodonten, Abth. 1 & 3. Berlin, 1849-50, 4to.

Burn (J. H.) Descriptive Catalogue of the London Traders', Tavern, and Coffee-
house Tokens, current in the 17th Century: presented to the Corporation
Library by Henry B. H. Beaufoy, Esq. London, 1853, 8vo.

2nd edition. lb. 1855, 8vo.

Cambiaso (F. L.) Memoria sulla Vite ed i Vini delle Cinque Terre. Genova,

1825, 8vo.
Cantor (T.) Catalogue of the Malayan Fishes. Calcutta, 1850, 8vo.

Description of two species of Indian Eels. Batavia, 1853, 8vo.

Carey (J.) Ainsworth's Latin Dictionary, 2nd edition. London, 1823, 4to.
Carter (H. J.) Geology of the Island of Bombay. (1852.) 8vo.

Donors.
The Author.

Joseph Woods, Esq.,

F.L.S.
Dr. Asa Gray,

F.M.L.S.

The Author.
The Authors.

Dr. Welwitsch.
The Author.

Dr. Asa Gray.
The Author.

The Library Com-
mittee, Guildhall.

Joseph Woods, Esq.,

F.L.S.
The Author.

T.C

,Janson,Esq.,F.L.S.
The Author.

,

330

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.
Cheshire (E.) Results of the Census of Great Britain in 1851. London, 1853, 8vo.

Abstract of the Census of Great Britain. lb. 1853, 8vo.

Cleghorn (H. F. C.) On the Hedge-Plants of India, and the conditions which adapt
them for special purposes, &c. 8vo.

Remarks on Calysaccion longifolium, Wight. London, 1851, 8vo.

Cogswell (C). On the Endosmotic Action of Medicines. London, 1851, 8vo.
On the Local Action of Poisons. lb. 1852, 8vo.

Coleman (W. H.) & Webb (R. H.) Flora Hertfordiensis. London, 1849, 12mo.

Cosson (E.) Notes sur quelques Plantes critiques, rares, ou nouvelles; et addi-
tions a la Flore des environs de Paris. Paris, 1848, 12mo.

Cox (C.J.) On the Destructive Powers of the Scolytus destructor and Cossus ligni-
perda. London, 1849, 4to.

Cullen (W. H.) Flora Sidostiensis, or a Catalogue of the Plants of Sidmouth. Sid-
mouth, 1849, 12mo.

Curtis (J.) List of Insects, &c, either injurious to Agriculture, or of interest to the
Farmer. 1 849, 8vo.

Curtis (W.) Botanical Magazine, Third Series, by Sir W. J. Hooker, vols. 4 — 10,
and nos. 121-126. London, 1848-55.

Cuvier (G.) & Valenciennes (A.) Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tomes 21 & 22.
Paris, 1848-9, 8vo.

D'Alton (E.) & Burmeister (H.) Der Fossile Gavial von Boll in Wiirtemberg,
zoologisch geschildert. Halle, 1854, fol.

Dana (J. D.) Synopsis of the Genera of Gammaracea. 8vo.

Isothermal Oceanic Chart, illustrating the Geographical Distribution of

Marine Animals. 1853, 8vo.

Darwin (C.) Monograph on the Fossil Lepadidce, or pedunculated Cirripedes of

Great Britain. London, 1851, 4to.
Geological Observations on Coral Reefs, Volcanic Islands, and on South

America ; being the Geology of the Voyage of the Beagle, under Capt. Fitzroy,

R.N., in 1832-36. lb. 1851, 8vo.

Journal of Researches into the Natural History and Geology of the

Donors.
The Author.

countries visited during the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle. New edition. lb. 1852,
8vo.
Daubeny (C.) Guide to the Oxford Botanic Garden. Oxford, 1850, 12mo.

lb. 1853, 12mo.

" Can Physical Science obtain a home in 'an English University ? "

Oxford, 1853, 8vo.

Address to the Members of the University (of Oxford), delivered May

20th, 1853, on the completion of the arrangements for receiving the Fielding
Herbarium. lb. 1853, 12mo.

On the Variation in the relative proportion of Potash and Soda present

in certain samples of Barley grown in plots of ground artificially impregnated
with one or the other of these Alkalies. 8vo.

Davidson (T.) Sketch of a Classification of recent Brachiopoda. 1852, 8vo.

Decaisne (J.) Notice historique sur M. Adrien de Jussieu. 1854, 8vo.

Histoire et Culture de lTgname de Chine (Dioscorea Batatas, Dne.).

8vo.

The Authors.
The Author.

R. Botanic Society.

Robert Dickson,
M.D., F.L.S.
The Author.

Dr. Burmeister,

F.M.L.S.
The Author.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

331

Titles.
De Candolle (A. P.) Notices 1 — 3 sur les Plantes rares ou nouvelles, qui ont fleuri

dans le Jardin de Botanique de Geneve. Geneve, 1823-30, 4to.
De Candolle (Alph.) Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, partes 12

& 13. Parisiis, 1848-52, 8vo.

Sur les Causes qui limitent les especes vegetales du cote du Nord, en

Europe et dans les regions analogues. 1847, 8vo.

Du mode d'action de la Chaleur sur les Plantes; et en particulier, de

l'effet des Rayons solaires. 1850, 8vo.

Sur l'origine des Datura Stramonium et especes voisines. Geneve, 1854,

Donors.

The Author.

The Museum of
Practical Geology.
The Author.
M. H. F. Delessert.

The Author.

J.Woods,Esq.,F.L.S.
The Earl of Derby.

The Author.

8vo.
De la Beche (H. T.) Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geolo-
gical Society, Feb. 16, 1849. London, 1849, 8vo.

Inaugural Discourse at the opening of the Museum of Practical Geology,

Government School of Mines, 6th Nov. 1851. lb. 1851, 8vo.

De la Rive (A.) A. P. De Candolle : sa vie, et ses travaux. Paris, 1851, 12mo.
Delessert (B.) Recueil de Coquilles, decrites par Lamarck et non encore figurees.

Paris, 1841, fol.
Delicata (J. C. Grech) Plantae Melitae lectae. Holmiae, 1849, 8vo.

Flora Melitensis. Melitae, 1853, 8vo.

Delile ( ) Description du Clypeola cyclodontea. Montpellier, 1831, 8vo.

Derby (Earl of) Gleanings from the Menagerie and Aviary at Knowsley Hall.

Hoofed Quadrupeds. Edited by J. E. Gray, Esq. Knowsley, 1850, fol.
DesMoulins (C.) Erythraa et Cyclamen de la Gironde. Bordeaux, 1851, 8vo.

Etudes organiques sur les Cuscutes. Toulouse, 1853, 8vo.

Dickinson (J.) Flora of Liverpool. London, 1851, 8vo.

Dickinson (W.) Essay on the Agriculture of East Cumberland. Carlisle, 1853, 8vo,
Dillwyn (L. W.) Materials for a Fauna and Flora of Swansea and the neigh-
bourhood. Swansea, 1848, 8vo.

Donati (A.) Trattato de' Semplici, Pietre, e Pesci marini che nascono nel lito di

Venetia. Venetia, 1631, 4to.
Drach (S. M.) An easy Rule for formulizing all Epicyclical Curves with one Moving

Circle, by the Binomial Theorem. 1849, 8vo.
Dumeril (A.) Rapport sur deux Memoires de M. Guerin, sur la Muscardine et sur M.Guerin-Meneville

les Vers rongeurs des Olives. Paris, 1851, 8vo.

Description des Reptiles nouveaux ou imparfaitement connus, de la Col-
lection du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, ler Memoire. 1852, 4to.

Monographic de la Tribu des Torpediniens ou Raies electriques. 1852,

TheNaturalHistory
Society of Basle.
The Author.

The Author.

Joseph Woods,
Esq., F.L.S.

8vo.

Prodrome de la Classification des Reptiles Ophidiens. Paris, 1853, 4to.

Dunal (M. F.) Considerations sur la nature et les rapports de quelques-uns des

Organes de la Fleur. Paris, 1829, 4to.

Considerations sur les Fonctions des Organes Floraux, colores et glandu-

leux. lb. ] 829, 4to.

Edwards (H. M.) Rapport sur diverses questions relatives a la Sericiculture. Paris, M.Guerin-Meneville.

8vo.
Ellesmere (Earl of) Address at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Geogra- The Society.

phical Society, May 22, 1854. London, 8vo.
VOL. XXI. 2 X

332

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.
Endlicher (S.) Ed. — Iconographia Generum Plantarum. Vindobonae, 1838, 4to. J

Generum Plantarum supplementum quartum. lb. 1847, 8vo.

Eschricht (D. F.) On the Gangetic Dolphin (translated from the Danish by

N. Wallich, M.D., V.P.L.S.). 1852, 8vo.
Fabre (E.) D'une nouvelle espece de Graminee (Spartina versicolor). Montpellier,
1850, 8vo.

Editio altera. 1850, 8vo.

Falconer (H.) Report (to the Bengal Government) on the Teak Forests of the

Tenasserim Provinces. Calcutta, 1852, 8vo.
Falconer (H.) & Cautley (P. T.) Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis. Letter-press, Part 1.

London, 1846, 8vo.

Illustrations, Parts 1-9. lb. 1845-49, fol.

Ferguson (W.) On the Geological features of part of the District of Buchan,
Aberdeenshire. 1849, 8vo.

Notes on the Geology of Dunbar Shore. 1851, 8vo.

— The Raised Beaches of the Frith of Clyde; with notices of the discovery

of numerous ancient Canoes in the neighbourhood of Glasgow. 8vo.

Fischer (F. E. L.) Synopsis Astragalorum Tragacanthorum. Mosquae, 1853, 8vo.

Fischer de Waldheim (G.) Notice sur quelques Sauriens Fossiles du Gouvernement
de Moscou. 1846, 4to.

Entomographie de la Russie, tome 5. Moscou, 1851, 4to.

Flower (T. B.) Flora Thanetensis ; or a Catalogue of the Plants indigenous to the

Isle of Thanet. Ramsgate, 1847, 12mo.
Forbes (E.) Monograph of the British Naked-eyed Medusa. London, 1848, 4to.

Introductory Lecture on the relations of Natural History to Geology

and the Arts. lb. 1851, 8vo.

Introductory Lecture (at the Museum of Practical Geology) on the

Educational Uses of Museums. lb. 1853, 8vo.

On the Fluvio-Marine Tertiaries of the Isle of Wight. 1853, 8vo.

Literary Papers of; selected from his writings in the Literary Gazette.

London, 1855, 12mo.

Forbes (E.) Ed. — Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. ' Herald,' under the command
of Capt. H. Kellett, R.N., C.B., during the years 1845-51. Parts 1-3 (Fossil
Mammals, Reptiles, and Fish), by Sir John Richardson, C.B., M.D. &c. lb.
1852-54, 4to.

Gagnebin de la Ferriere (A.) Fragment pour servir a l'histoire scientifique du Jura,
&c. ; avec un appendice geologique par Jules Thurman. Porrentruy, 1851, 8vo.

Gardiner (W.) Flora of Forfarshire. London, 1848, 12mo.

Garner (R.) Natural History of the County of Stafford. London, 1844, 8vo.

Gaudichaud (C.) Premiere note sur la chute des feuilles. 1852, 4to.

Observations relatives a une presentation, sur l'accroissement en dia-

metre des tiges des Vegetaux Dicotyles. 1852, 4to.

Refutation de toutes les objections qui ont ete presentees a l'Academie

des Sciences, Fevr. 16, 1852, centre les nouveaux principes phytologiques. 4to.

Note sur un Pommier produisant plusieurs sortes de pommes. 1852, 4to.

Remarques generates sur le Rapport qui a ete fait dans la Seance du

11 Mai dernier, sur un Memoire de M. Trecul, &c. 1852, 4to.

Donors.
Woods,Esq.,F.L.S.

The Translator.

Joseph Woods,
Esq., F.L.S.

The Reporter.

Her Majesty's Go-
vernment.

Adam White, Esq.,
F.L.S.

The Author.

R. Kippist,Libr.L.S.
The Museum of
Practical Geology.
The Author.

Lovell Reeve, Esq.,
F.L.S.

Sir John Richard-
son, F.L.S.

Wm.Pamplin,Esq.,

A.L.S.
The Author.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

333

Titles.

Gaudichaud (C.) Responses aux observations qui nous ont ete faites, par MM. Ach.
Richard, Ad. Brongniart, et Adr. de Jussieu. 1852, 4to.

Gehin (J. B.) Catalogue des Coleopteres de sa Collection, ler fascicule. Metz,
1851, 8vo.

Gibb (G. D.) Examination of the Sap of the Sugar Maple tree (Acer saccharinum, L.).
8vo.

Gibbes (R. W.) Monograph of the Fossil Squalida of the United States. Phila-
delphia, 1848, 4to.

Girard (C.) Revision of the North American Astaci, with observations on their
habits, &c. 1852, 8vo.

Bibliography of American Natural History for the year 1851. Washing-

ton, 1852, 8vo.
Researches upon Nemerteans and Planarians, no. 1.

Philadelphia, 1854,

4to.

Gistl (J.) Systema Insectorum, torn. 1. fasc. 1. Monachii, 1837, 8vo.
Glover (R. M.) Manual of Elementary Chemistry. London, 1855, 8vo.
Goppert (H. R.) Flora des Quadersandsteins in Schlesien. 4to.

Zur Kenntniss der Balanophoren ; insbesondere der Gattung Rhopalo-

cnemis, Jungh. 4to.

Fossile Holtzer, gesammelt wahrend Middendorff's Sibirischer Reise. 4to.

Gosse (P. H.) A Naturalist's Rambles on the Devonshire Coast. London, 1853,

12mo.
Gould (A. A.) Expedition Shells ; described for the work of the United States'

Exploring Expedition, commanded by Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., in 1838-42.

Sheets 1-12. Boston, 1846, 8vo.
Gould (J.) Birds of Australia, part 8. London, 1842, fol.
Gray (A.) Characters of some new genera and species of Composite from Texas.

1846, 8vo.

Notices of European Herbaria, particularly those most interesting to the

North American Botanist. 8vo.

Notice of the Botanical Writings of the late C. S. Rafinesque. 8vo.

Notice of a new genus of Plants (Darbya) of the Order Santalacem.

1846, 8vo.
— ' Plantee Fendlerianae Novi-Mexicanae. Boston, 1848, 4to.

The Botanical Text-Book, 3rd edition. New York, 1850, 8vo.

Plantae Wrightianae Texano-neo-Mexicanae, parts 1 & 2. Washington,

1852-53, 4to.
Note upon Carex loliacea, L., and C. gracilis, Ehrh. 8vo.

Brief characters of some new genera and species of Nyctaginece from

Texas and New Mexico. New Haven, U.S., 1853, 8vo.

Characters of some new genera of Plants, mostly from Polynesia. Cam-

bridge, U.S., 1853, 8vo.

United States' Exploring Expedition, during the years 1838-42, under

the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S. Navy. Botany — Phanerogamia, vol. 1.
New York, 1854.

Note on the Affinities of the genus Vavcea, Bth.

Gray. Cambridge, Mass., 1854, 4to.

Plantae Novae Thurberianae. lb. 1854, 4to.

also of Rhytidandra,

Donors.
The Author.

C. Cogswell, M.D.
The Author.

2x2

334

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.
Griffith (E.) Animal Kingdom, vol. 12, containing the Mollusca and Radiata.

London, 1834, 8vo.
Griffith (W.) Posthumous Papers, bequeathed to the Hon. East India Company;
arranged by John McClelland, F.L.S. : viz. —

Itinerary Notes of Plants collected in the Khasyah and Bootan Mountains,

Affghanistan, &c, vol. 2. Calcutta, 1848, 8vo.
Notulae ad Plantas Asiaticas, parts 2-4. lb. 1849-54, 8vo.
Icones Plantarum Asiaticarum, parts 2-4. lb. 1849-54, 8vo.
Palms of British East India. lb. 1850, fol.
Griffith (W. P.) Architectural Botany. London, 1852, 4to.

Suggestions for a more perfect and beautiful period of Gothic Architec-
ture, &c. lb. 1855, 8vo.

On the principles to be observed in designing Mediaeval Decorations and

Ornaments, &c. 1855, 4to.

Gronow (L. T.) Catalogue of Fish, now in the British Museum, collected and de-
scribed by L. T. Gronow. London, 1854, 12mo.

Guerin (E.) Prodrome d'une Monographic des Myzines. 1837, 8vo.

Note sur un groupe naturel de Coleopteres de la famille des Malaco-

dermes. 1843, 8vo.

Note sur les Acariens, les Myriapodes, les Insectes, et les Helminthes,

observes jusqu'ici dans les Pommes de terre malades. 1845, 8vo.

Rapport sur les moyens propres a, detruire les Insectes nuisibles aux

Forets, &c. Paris, 1846, 8vo.

Recherches sur la Muscardine, faites a la Magnanerie de St.-Tulle. lb.

Donors.
S. Hanley, Esq.,
F.L.S.

The Hon. East India
Company.

The Author.

The Editor, J. E.

Gray, Esq.
The Author.

8vo.

Essai sur les Lepidopteres du genre Bombyx, qui donnent, ou qui

donneront de la Soie. lb. 1847, 8vo.

Muscardine. (Extr. des Ann. Soc. Sericole.) lb. 8vo.

Note sur le dommage cause en 1846 aux recoltes d'Olives par le ver ou

larve du Dacus Olece. lb. 1847, 8vo.

Necessite d'introduire l'etude de la Zoologie dans l'enseignement agri-

cole. lb. 1847, 8vo.

Essai sur les Insectes utiles et nuisibles. lb. 1848, 8vo.

Etudes sur les Maladies des Vers-a-soie. lb. 1849, 8vo. 1 —

De la culture de la Cochenille en Algerie. lb. 1850, 8vo.

Enumeration des Insectes qui consomment les Tabacs. lb. 1850, 8vo.

Extrait des materiaux recueillis a la Magnanerie experimentale de Sainte-

Tulle, en 1850, sur les Maladies des Vers-a-soie. lb. 1850, 8vo.

Insectes nuisibles aux Recoltes. lb. 1851, 8vo. ■ — -

Gutch (J. W. G.) Literary and Scientific Register and Almanack for 1850. Lon-

don, 1849, 12mo.
Haidinger (W.) Ed. — Naturwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen, band 2-4. Wien, The Editor.
1848-51.

Berichte iiber die Mittheilungen von Freunden der Naturwissenschaften

in Wien, band 3-7. lb. 1848-51.

Hamilton (E.) Flora Homceopathica, 2 vols. London, 1852-53, 8vo.
Hare (R.) Exposure of the Errors of the French Academicians respecting Tor-
nados. Philadelphia, 1852, 8vo.

The Author.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

335

Titles. Donors.

Hartman (C. J.) Handbok i Skandinaviens Flora, 4de upplagan. Stockholm, 1843, 8vo. The Author.

5de Upplagan. lb. 1849, 8vo.

Svensk och Norsk Excursions- Flora. lb. 1846, 12mo.

Andra Upplagen, med Rattelser, &c, af Carl Hartman.

lb. 1853,

12mo.

Dr. C. Hartman.

The Author.

The Editor, Dr. C.

Hartman.
The Author.

Dr. N.P. Hamberg.

J. Woods, Esq.,

F.L.S.
The Author.

Academia Natural

Curiosorum.
The Author.

Hartman (C, jun.) Flora Gevaliensis; s. Enumeratio Plantarum circa Gevaliam
sponte crescentium. Diss, inaug., Prses. E. Fries. Gevahse, 1847, 8vo.

Anteckningar vid de Skandinaviska Vaxterna i Linne's Herbarium.

1849-51, 8vo.

Hartwig (P.) De Amylo. Diss, inaug. Botanico-Medica. Berolini, 1848, 8vo.
Harvey (W. H.) Phycologia Britannica; or History of British Sea- weeds, vol. 3.

London, 1851, 8vo.
Hassall (A. H.) History of the British Freshwater Alga, 2 vols. London, 1845, 8vo.
Hedin (S. A.) Praeside, Diss, inaug.; Quid Linnaeo Patri debeat Medicina? Resp.

C. Carlander. Upsaliae, 1784, 4to.
Heis (E. von) Ueber die mathematische Form des Kiels des Papiernautilus (Argo-

nauta Argo). 8vo.
Henfrey (A.) Rudiments of Botany. London, 1849, 12mo.

On the Anatomy of the Stem of Victoria regia. lb. 1852, 4to.

On the Reproduction and supposed existence of Sexual Organs in the

higher Cryptogamous Plants. lb. 1852, 8vo.

Heyfelder (J. F.) Ueber Resectionen und Amputationen. Bonn, 1855, 4to.

Hoeven (J. Van der) Bijdrage tot de Kennis van den Potto van Bosnian. Am-
sterdam, 1851, 4to.

Hogg (J.) Remarks on Mount Serbal being the true Mount Sinai ; on the Wilder-
ness of Sin ; on the Manna of the Israelites ; and on Sinaic Inscriptions. Lon-
don, 1849, 8vo.

D'Hombres-Firmas (Le Baron) Notes sur Fressac (Gard), et Description de deux
anciennes Terebratules inedites. 8vo.

Memoire sur le Rhinoceros minutus de St. Martin-d'Arenes, pres d'Alais

(Gard). 1854, 8vo.

Second extrait de son Itineraire pour les voyageurs naturalistes dans les

Cevennes. 1854, 8vo.

Troisieme memoire sur les Ossemens Fossiles des environs d'Alais. 8vo.

Etudes Hydrogeologiques sur les Puits Artesiens du Dep. du Gard. 8vo.

Observations d'Achromatopsie. 8vo.

Hooker (J. D.) Rhododendrons of the Sikkim- Himalaya (parts 1-3). London,

1849-51, fol.
Botany of the Antarctic Voyage; part 2, Flora Novae Zelandiae, 2 vols. TheAuthor,andPub-

Ib. 1853-5, 4to. . lisher(L. Reeve, Esq.).

Hooker (W. J.) Icones Plantarum; 1st Series, vols.3 &4. London, 1840-41, 8vo. R.Kippist,Libr.L.S.

2nd Series, vols. 1-4. lb. 1842-8, 8vo. T.Bell, Esq., Pres. L.S.

2nd Series, vol. 5. lb. 1852, 8vo. L. Reeve, Esq., F.L.S.

2nd Series, vol. 6. lb. 1854, 8vo. W.Pamplin,A.L.S.

Victoria regia ; or Illustrations of the Royal Water- Lily, in a series of The Publishers,

figures by W. Fitch. lb. 1851, fol. Messrs. Reeve & Co.

The Publisher, L.
Reeve, Esq., F.L.S.

336

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.
Hooker (W. J.) Species Filicum ; vol. 2, parts 1 & 2. {Large paper copy.) London,

1851-3, 8vo.

— Century of Ferns {Coloured). lb. 1854, 8vo.

Ed. — Niger Flora : including Spicilegia Gorgonea, by P. B. Webb, Esq.,

and Flora Nigritiana, by Dr. J. D. Hooker and George Bentham, Esq. lb.

1849, 8vo.
Hope (F. W.) Descrizione di alcune specie d' Insetti fossili. 1847, 8vo.
Catalogo dei Crostacei Italiani e di molti altri del Mediterraneo. Na-

poli, 1851, 8vo.
Descrizione di tre nuovi Crostacei del Mediterraneo.

lb. 4to.

Horsfield (T.) Plantae Javanicae rariores ; descriptiones et characteres elaboraverunt

I. J. Bennett et Robertus Brown; pars 4. Londini, 1852.
Hunt (R.) Introductory Lecture on the importance of cultivating Habits of Obser-
vation. London, 1851, 8vo.
Irmisch (T. von) Zur Morphologie der Monokotylischen Knollen- und Zwiebel-

gewachse. Berlin, 1850, 8vo.
Jones (J. D.) An extraordinary case of Laesion within the Uterus ; with Partial

Reparation before Birth. London, 1849, 8vo.
Jones (T. R.) The Article " Tunicata," from the Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Phy-
siology. 8vo.
Journals : —

Alpina : herausgegeben von C. U. von Salis und J. R. Steinmuller, band 1-4.

Winterthur, 1806-9, 8vo.

Neue Alpina : herausg. von J. R. Steinmuller, band 1. lb. 1821, 8vo.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Parties Zoologique et Botanique. 3eme Serie,

tomes 9-20. Paris, 1848-53, 8vo.

4eme Serie, tomes 1 & 2. lb. 1854, 8vo.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd Series, vols. 2-15. London,

1848-55, 8vo.
Bonplandia : Zeitschrift fur angewandte Botanik ; Jahrg. 1, nos. 1-3, and J. 3,

no. 10. Hanover, 1853-5, 4to.
Botanical Gazette ; edited by Arthur Henfrey, Esq., F.L.S., vols. 1-3. London,

1849-51, 8vo.
Botanische Zeitung; von Prof. H. von Mohl und Prof. D. F. L. von Schlech-

tendal; Jahrgang 7-9, and Jahrg. 10, nos. 1-36. Berlin, 1849-52, 4to.
Calcutta Journal of Natural History, no. 30. Calcutta, 1847, 8vo.
Gardeners' Magazine of Botany ; conducted by T. Moore, Esq., W. P. Ayres,

Esq., and A. Henfrey, Esq.; vols. 1-3. London, 1850-51, 4to.

New Series [" Garden Companion"]. lb. 1852, 4to.

Journal (London) of Botany; edited by Sir W.J. Hooker, K.H. &c; vols. 1-6.

London, 1842-7, 8vo.
Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany ; edited by Sir W. J. Hooker,

K.H. &c; vols. 1-6, and nos. 72-7. lb. 1849-55, 8vo.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia, vol. 2, nos. 3-12, and

vol. 3, nos. 1-4. Singapore, 1848-9, 8vo.
Linnaea : herausgegeben von D. F. L. von Schlechtendal ; bands 1-24, 25, heft

1 & 2, & 26, heft 2, 4 & 5. Berlin and Halle, 1826-54, 8vo.

Donors.
The Publisher,
W.Pamplin,A.L.S.

The Author.

T. Horsfield, M.D.,

V.PL.S.
The Museum of
Practical Geology.
A. Henfrey, Esq.,

F.L.S.
The Author.

The Natural History
Society of Basle.

Richard Taylor,Esq.,
Under Sec. L,S.
The Editor.

A. Henfrey, Esq.,

F.L.S.
Hon. E. I. Comp.
The Publishers.

Thomas Bell, Esq.,

Pres. L.S.
The Publishers.

The Editor.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

337

Titles.
Journals {continued) : —

Literary Gazette, nos. 1772-2004. London, 1851-5, 4to.

Madras Journal of Literature and Science, vol. 2. Madras, 1835, 8vo.

Nya Botaniska Notiser, for 1852, 1853 & 1854, nos. 1-8, utgifne af K. F. The-

denius. Stockholm, 8vo.
Pharmaceutical Journal and Transactions ; edited by Jacob Bell, Esq., F.L.S.

vols. 8-14. London, 1849-55, 8vo.
Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, 3rd Series, vols. 32-37-

London, 1848-50, 8vo.

4th Series, vols. 1-9. lb. 1851-5, 8vo.

Phytologist; edited by E. Newman, Esq., F.L.S. ; vols. 2-4, and nos. 152-7.
London, 1844-55, 8vo.

New Series, nos. 1 & 2. lb. 1855, 8vo.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science; by E. Lankester, Esq., M.D., and

G. Busk, Esq. ; vols. 1 & 2, and vol. 3, nos. 1-3. London, 1853-5, 8vo.

Scientific Memoirs ; selected from the Transactions of Foreign Academies, and

from Foreign Journals. Edited by A. Henfrey, Esq., and T. H. Huxley,

Esq. Natural History, parts 1-4. London, 1852-3, 8vo.

Tasmanian Journal of Natural Science, &c, vols. 1-3. Hobart and Laun-

ceston, 1842-9, 8vo.
Zoologist; edited by E. Newman, Esq., F.L.S.; vols. 3-12, and nos. 147-152.
London, 1848-55, 8vo.
Jussieu (A. de) Elements of Botany ; translated by J. H. Wilson, Esq., F.L.S.

London, 1849, 8vo.
Kelaart (E. F.) Prodromus Faunae Zeylanicae ; being Contributions to the Zoology

of Ceylon, vol. 1, & vol. 2, part 1. Colombo, Ceylon, 1852-4, 8vo.
Kerndt (C. H. T.) De fructibus Asparagi, et Bixm Orellance. Lipsiae, 1849, 8vo.
Kunth (C. S.) Enumeratio Plantarum omnium hucusque cognitarum, tomus 5.

Stutgardiae et Tubingae, 1850, 8vo.
Kunze (G.) Index Filicum in hortis Europaeis cultarum. Halis, 1850, 8vo.

Notes on some Ferns of the United States. ] 848, 8vo.

Landsborough (D.) Treasures of the Deep ; or specimens of Scottish Sea-weeds.

Glasgow, 1847, 4to.

Lankester (E.) & Redfern (P.) Reports on the results of Microscopical Examina-
tions of Waters supplied from the Thames and other Sources. 1852, 8vo.

Laplace ( ) GSuvres de, tomes 5-7- Paris, 1846-7, 4to. The

Laterrade (J. F.) Flore Bordelaise, et de la Gironde, 4eme edition. Bordeaux,
1846, 8vo.

Lehmann (C.) Plantae Preissianae : s. Enumeratio Plantarum quas in Australasia
annis 1838-41 collegit Lud. Preiss, Ph.D.; vol. 2, fasc. 2 & 3. Hamburgi,
1848, 8vo.

Ueber die Gattung Nymphcsa. Svo.

Novarum et minus cognitarum Stirpium pugillus 9. lb. 1851, 4 to.

Leidy (J.) On the Intimate Structure and History of Articular Cartilages. 1849, 8vo.
Le Jolis (A.) Me'moire sur une espece peu connue de Lin de la Nouvelle Zelande ;

et Revue des plantes confondues sous le nom de Phormium tenax. Cherbourg,
1848, 8vo.

Donors.

The Publisher.
Dr. Cleghorn.
The Editor.

Richard Taylor, Esq.,
Under Sec. L.S.

The Editor.

The Microscopical

Society.
The Publishers.

Messrs. Gunn and

Milligan.
The Editor.

The Translator.

The Author.

G. Bentham, Esq.

W.Pamplin,A.L.S.

The Author.

The Watford Spring
Water Company.
French Government.
The Author.

Richard Kippist.
Libr. L.S.

The Author.

338

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.
Le Jolis (A.) Procedure au 15e siecle, relative a la Confiscation de Biens saisis sur
un Anglais, &c. Cherbourg, 1851, 8vo.

Note sur 1'CEdipode voyageuse, trouvee a Cherbourg. (lb. 1851,) 8vo.

Notice sur l'origine et 1'etablissement de la Foire Saint-Clair, de Queyne-

ville. (lb. 1852,) 8vo.

Quelques Reflexions sur l'etude de la Botanique, et Details sur le mode

de Reproduction des Algues Zoospores. (lb. 1852,) 8vo.
Lindley (J.) Vegetable Kingdom, 3rd edition. London, 1853, 8vo.
Linne (Carl von) Anteckningar ofver Nemesis Divina. Upsala, 1848, fol.
Lloyd (J.) Flore de la Loire Inferieure. Nantes, 1844, I2mo.

Flore de l'Ouest de la France. lb. 1854, 12mo.

Ludwig (C. G.) Definitiones Generum Plantarum. Lipsiae, 17479 8vo.

Lyell (Sir C.) Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological

Society, Feb. 15, 1850. London, 1850, 8vo.
Maclear (T.) Contributions to Astronomy and Geodesy, Series 1 & 2. London,

1851-53, 4to.
Mantell (G. A.) On the Structure of the Maxillary and Dental Organs of the Igua-

nodon. London, 1848, 4to.

Observations on Belemnites, and other Fossil Remains of Cephalopoda.

lb. 1848, 4to.

Observations on the Osteology of the Iguanodon and Hylceosaurus. lb.

Donors.
The Author.

1849, 4to.
Petrifactions and their Teachings ; or a Handbook to the Gallery of Or-

Dr. C. Hartman.
The Author.

Nat. Hist. Soc, Basle.
The Society.

The Board of Ad-
miralty.
The Author.

ganic Remains of the British Museum. lb. 1851, 8vo.
Maps, Charts, &c. : —

Chart of the Discoveries on the Arctic Sea up to 1852.

Chart, showing the N.W. Passage, discovered by H.M. Ship 'Investigator';

also the Coast explored in search of Sir John Franklin by Sir James Ross,

Sir John Richardson, Captain M'Clure, &c, in 1848-53.

Map of the extra-tropical part of S. Africa, constructed by W. J. Burchell, Esq.,

D.C.L., and in which his track is laid down.

Marshall (W.) The new Water-weed, Anacharis Alsinastrum ; some account of it.

London, 1852, 8vo.
Martins (C.) Essai sur la Vegetation de l'Archipel des Feroe, comparee a celle des

Shetland et de l'lslande Meridionale. Paris, (1848,) 8vo.
Martius (C. F. P. von) Historia Naturalis Palmarum, voll. 3. Monachii, 1823-50,
fol.

Ueber die Botanische Erforschung des Konigreichs Bayern. Miinchen,

1850, 8vo.

Liste der in der deutschen Flora enthaltenen Gefasspflanzen. lb. 1850,

8vo.
Versuch eines Commentars iiber die Pflanzen in den Werken von Marc-

grav und Piso iiber Brasilien. No. 1. Kryptogamen. lb. 1853, 4to.
Maund (B.) & Henslow (J. S.) The Botanist, vols. 1-5 (wanting nos. 8, 9, 11 & 12).

London, 1837-41, 4to.
Maury (M. F.) On the probable relations between Magnetism and the Circulation

of the Atmosphere. Washington, 1851, 4to.

The Admiralty.

Dr. Burchell.

The Publisher, W.
Pamplin, A.L.S.
The Author.

B. Maund, Esq.,
F.L.S.

The Author.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

339

Titles.
Maury (M. F.) Investigations of the Winds and Currents of the Sea. With a
Chart. Washington, 1851, 4to.

Sailing Directions ; to accompany the Wind and Current Charts. 4th edit.

lb. 1852, 4to.

Mayr (G.) Zwei neue Wanzen aus Kordofan. 8vo.

Miers (J.) Illustrations of South American Plants, parts 3-5. London, 1846-50,

4to.
Moore (T.) Handbook of British Ferns. London, 1848, 12mo.

2nd edition. lb. 1853, 12mo.

Illustrations of Orchidaceous Plants, parts 1-11. lb. 1853-5, 8vo.

The Ferns of Great Britain and Ireland ("Nature-printed"), parts 1-3.

lb. 1855, fol.

Morton (S. G.) Catalogue of Skulls of Man and the inferior Animals in the Col-
lection of Dr. Morton, 3rd edition. Philadelphia, 1849, 8vo.

Observations on the Size of the Brain in various Races and Families of

Man. lb. 1849, 8vo.

Letter to the Rev. J. Backman, D.D., on the question of Hybridity in

Animals. Charleston, S. C, 1850, 8vo.

Additional Observations on Hybridity in Animals, &c. lb. 1850, 8vo.

Notes on Hybridity. (Appendix.) Philadelphia, 1850, 8vo.

Motschoulsky (V. de) Enumeration des nouvelles especes de Coleopteres. 1851, 8vo.

Etudes Entomologiques. Helsingfors, 1853, 8vo.

Sur les causes physiques de l'Epidemie Cholerique. 1853, 8vo.

[Monographic des Cecidomyia qui attaquent le Froment] (lingua Ros-

sica). 1852, 8vo.

[Traite sur les Sauterelles nuisibles a l'Agriculture.] (lb.) 1853, 8vo.

Miiller (F.) Second General Report on the Vegetation of Victoria. Melbourne,

1854, fol.
Muntingius (A.) Phytographia curiosa ; exhibens arborum, fruticum, herbarum et

florum icones: ed. Franc. Kiggelaer. Amstelaedami, 1713> fol.
Murchison (R. I.) Addresses delivered at the Anniversary Meetings of the Royal

Geographical Society in 1852 and 1853. London, 8vo.

Siluria : the History of the oldest known Rocks containing Organic Re-
mains, lb. 1854, 8vo.

Nageli (C.) Gattungen einzelliger Algen, physiologisch und systematisch bearbeitet.

Zurich, 1849, 4to.
Nees von Esenbeck (C. G.) Vergangenheit und Zukunft der Kaiserl. Akademie der

Naturforscher. Breslau, 1851, 4to.
Newman (E.) Letters of Rusticus, on the Natural History of Godalming. London,

1849, 8vo.

List of the Birds of Great Britain (1 sheet).

The "Zoologist" of Birds observed in Great Britain (1 sheet).

Newport (G.) On the Identification of a new genus of Parasitic Insects, Anthopho-

rabia. 1849, 8vo.

On the Impregnation of the Ovum in the Amphibia. Series 1 & 2.

Donors.
The Author.

1851-53, 4to.
Nobrega (G. J. de)
VOL. XXI.

H. Bradbury, Esq.
The Author.

TheNatural History
Society of Basle.
The Society.

The Author.

On the Cultivation of Cochineal. 1849, 8vo.

2 x

340

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.
Northampton (Marquis of) Address read at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal

Society, June 9, 1848. London, 1848, 8vo.
Norton (C. B.) Literary Register for 1853. New York, 1853, 12mo.
Nylander (W.) Conspectus Florae Helsingforsiensis. (1850,) 4to.
— Additamentum. 1851, 4to.

Observationes nonnullae ad Synopsin Lichenum Holmiensium. Holmiae,

1853, 8vo.

Osculati (G.) Coleopteri raccolti nella Persia, Indostan, ed Egitto : e Note del

Viaggio. Monza, 1 844, 8vo.
Owen (R.) Description of the Skeleton of an extinct Gigantic Sloth (Mylodon ro-

bustus, Owen). London, 1842, 4to.

On Parthenogenesis ; or the successive reproduction of procreating indi-
viduals from a single ovum. lb. 1849, 8vo.

Paravey ( ) Sur divers sujets relatifs a. l'histoire des Vegetaux. 8vo.

Partiot (L.) Memoire sur les Cyclostomes. Toulouse, 1848, 8vo.

Passerini (C.) Memoria sopra due specie d' Insetti, nocivi, uno alia Vite, e 1' altro

al Cavolo-arboreo. 8vo.
Notizie relative ad Insetti Coleotteri dannosi, ed alcuni ospitanti, della

pianta del Fico (Ficus Carica). Firenze, 1851, 8vo.
Percy (J.) On the Importance of special Scientific Knowledge to the Practical

Metallurgist. London, 1852, 8vo.
Pereira (J.) Elements of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, 3rtf edition, 2 Vols.

London, 1849-53, 8vo.

On Grains of Paradise. lb. 1843, 8vo.

On the Ceylon Cardamom. lb. 1842, 8vo.

Some Observations on Potato- Starch. lb. 1843, 8vo.

On the Chinese Gall, and the Gall of Bokhara. lb. 1844, 8vo.

Notices of some rare kinds of Rhubarb. lb. 1845, 8vo.

On the Circular Polarization of several Terebinthinate Substances. lb.

1845, 8vo.

Historical Notice of the Chloride of Formyle. lb. 1846, 8vo.

The varieties of the Almond. lb. 1846, 8vo.

On Xyloidine, or Gun-Cotton. lb. 1846, 8vo.

On the Fruit of Amomum Melegueta, Rose. lb. 1847, 8vo.

Notices of several Pharmaceutical Substances recently received from

St. Petersburgh. lb. 1848, 8vo.

■ On the light and heavy varieties of Carbonated and Calcined Magnesia.

lb. 1848, 8vo.

On Cod-liver Oil.

Donors.

The Society.

The Author.

Sir R.I. Murchison,

F.L.S.
The Royal College

of Surgeons.
The Author.

The Author?
J.Curtis,Esq.,F.L.S.
JosephWoods,Esq.,

F.L.S.
The Author.

SirH.T.delaBeche.

The Author.

lb. 1849, 8vo.
Pettenkofer (D. M.) Die Chemie in ihrem Verhaltnisse zur Physiologie und

Pathologic Festrede vorgetragen am 28 Marz, 1848. Miinchen, 1848,

4to.
Pittard (S. R.) The Articles " Symmetry" and " Tempero-Maxillary Articulation,"

from the Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiology. 8vo.
Playfair (L.) On the National Importance of Studying Abstract Science. London,

1851, 8vo.
Industrial Institutions on the Continent. lb. 1852, 8vo.

The Museum of
Practical Geology.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

341

T. S. Ralph, A.L.S.
T.C.Janson,F.L.S.
The Author.

Charles Cogswell,

M.D., F.L.S.
The Author.

Titles. Donors.

Polleck (T.) Chemische Untersuchung des Wachsiihnlichen Bestandtheiles der Professor Goppert,

Balanophora elongata, Bl. 4to. F.M.L.S.

Quekett (J.) Practical Treatise on the Use of the Microscope. London, 1848, 8vo. T. C. Janson, Esq.
Raddi (G.) Crittogame Brasiliane. Modena, 1822, 4to. J.Woods, Esq., F.L.S.

Agrostographia Brasiliensis. Lucca, f823, 8vo.

— Descrizione di una nuova Orchidea Brasiliana. Modena, 1823, 4to.

Continuazione della descrizione dei Rettili Brasiliani, &c. lb. 1822, 4to.

Rainey (G.) On the Structure of the Sudoriparous Glands. 1849, 8vo.

Ralfs (J.) & Jenner (E.) British Desmidieee. London, 1848, 8vo.

Ralph (T. S.) Icones Carpologicae ; or Figures and Descriptions of Fruits and

Seeds, part 1. London, 1849, 4to.
Ramsay (A. C.) On the Science of Geology and its applications. London, 1852, SirH.T.DelaBeche

8vo.
Rand (S. T.) Short Statement relating to the Mic-mac tribe of Indians in Nova

Scotia and Prince Edward Island. Halifax (N.S.), 1850, 8vo.
Reeve (L.) Initiamenta Conchologica ; or Elements of Conchology, parts 9 & 10.

London, 1849, 8vo.

Conchologia Iconica, vols. 5-7, and vol. 8, Monographs of Amphidesma,

Hinnites, Mactra, Nassa, and Pecten. lb. 1849-54, 4to.

Rengger (J. R.) Naturgeschichte der Saiigethiere von Paraguay. Basel, 1830, Nat.Hist.Soc.,Basle.

Svo. ,

Richard ( ) Proposition sur l'etude des moyens propres a detruire les Insectes M.Guerin-Meneville.

nuisibles a 1' Agriculture. Paris, 1849, Svo.
Roffavier ( ) Notice sur M. Champagneux. Lyon, 1846, 8vo. M. Mulsant.

Rogers (H. D.) Address delivered at the Meeting of the Association of American Prof. Rogers.

Geologists, &c, held in Washington, May 1844. New Haven, 1844, 8vo.
Rogers (R. E. & W. B.) On the Absorption of Carbonic Acid Gas by Liquids.

lb. 1848, Svo.

On a new process for obtaining Chlorine Gas. Svo.

Rogers (W. B. & H. D.) Contributions to the Geology of the Tertiary Formations

of Virginia, Series 1 & 2. 1835-39, 4to.

Account of two remarkable trains of angular Erratic Blocks, in Berkshire,

Massachusetts. 1846, Svo.

The Society.

The Author.

Sir C.Lyell, F.L.S.
The Author.

Rosse (Earl of) Address read at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Society,

Nov. 30, 1849. London, 1850, Svo.
Royle (J. F.) Report on the progress of the culture of the China Tea Plant in the

Himalayas, from 1835 to 1847. Svo.
Ryckholt (Baron de) Resume Geologique sur le genre Chiton, L. 8vo.
Salm-Dyck (Jos. Princeps de) Caclea in Horto Dyckensi cultae, anno 1849. Bonnae,

1850, Svo.

Salmon (J. D.) Flora of Surrey, fasc. 1. London, 1852, 8vo.

Salvianus (H.) Aquatilium Animalium Historia. Romse, 1554, fol. Nat. Hist. Soc, Basle.

Schaerer (L. E.) Enumeratio critica Lichenum Europaeorum. Bernae, 1850, 8vo. R.J.Shuttleworth,Esq.
Schimper (W. P.) Recherches anatomiques et morphologiques sur les Mousses. The Author.

Strasbourg, 1S48, 4to.
Thedenia ; ett nytt Vaxtslagte ; Ofversattning af K. F. Thedenius. The Translator.

Stockholm, 1853, 8vo.

2 y2

342

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.
Schiodte (J. C.) Specimen Faunae Subterranean. (Translated from the Danish by

N. Wallich, M.D., V.P.L.S.) 1851, 8vo.
Schlagintweit (H. & A.) Einfluss der Hohe auf die Dicke der Jahresrringe bei den

Coniferen. Leipzig, 4 to.
Ueber die Vegetations- verhaltnisse des Oberen Mollgebietes. lb. 1850,

4to.
Schlechtendal (Dr. F. L. von) Hortus Haleneis, tam vivus quam siccus, fasc. 1-3.

Halis Saxonum, (1841-53,) 4to.

Betrachtungen iiber die Zwergmandeln, und die Gattung Amygdalus

iiberhaupt. 4to.

Schleiden (M.J.) Grundziige der Wissenschaftlichen Botanik, 3te Auflage, 2TheiIe.

Leipzig, 1849-50, 8vo.
Schoolcraft (H. R.) History, Condition and Prospects of the Indian Tribes of the

United States, vols. 1-3. Philadelphia, 1851-3, 4to.
Schreber (J. C. D. von) & X. von Wulfen. — Original Letters to Dr. A. W. Roth.

(MS.) 4to.
Seemann (B.) Botany of H.M.S. ' Herald,' under the command of Capt. Henry

Kellett, R.N., C.B., during the years 1845-51, parts 1-6. London, 1852-4, 4to.
Selby (J. S. D.) Address to the Members of the Berwickshire Naturalists' Club,

at the Anniversary Meeting, Sept. 13, 1848. 8vo.
Sendtner (O.) Ueber die klimatische Verbreitung der Laubmoose durch das

GSsterreichische Kustenland und Dalmatien. 1848, 8vo.
Severinus (M. A.) " Antiperipatias :" h. e., adversus Aristoteleos de Respiratione

Piscium diatriba. Amstelodami, 1661, fol.
Sidney (E.) Blights of Wheat, and their Remedies. London, 1846, 12mo.
Signoret (V.) Revue critique du groupe des Tettigonides et de la tribu des Cerco-

pides. 1853, 8vo.
Smith (W.) Synopsis of the British Diatomacece ; 'the plates by T. West; vol. 1.

London, 1853, 8vo.
Smyth (W. W.) On the value of an extended knowledge of Mineralogy and the

processes of Mining. London, 1852, 8vo.
Solander (D. C.) Descriptiones Conchyliorum (copy of the original MS. by the

late George Humphrey), 3 vols. (MS.) 8vo.
Solly (E.) Syllabus of a complete Course of Lectures on Chemistry. London,

1849, 8vo.
Sommering (S. T.) Ueber die ktirperliche Verschiedenheit des Negers vom

Europiier. Frankfurt, 1785, 8vo.
Sowerby (G. B.) Thesaurus Conchyliorum, parts 9, 12 & 14. London, 1848-53,

8vo.

Parts 10, 11, 13 & 15. lb. 1849-54, 8vo.

Sowerby (J.) Exotic Mineralogy, nos. 13, 16, 18 & 20. London, 1817-18, 8vo.

Sowerby (J. D. C.) Supplement to English Botany, nos. 74-6. London, 1848, 8vo.

Sowerby (J. E.) Ferns of Great Britain, illustrated by J. E. Sowerby: the descrip-
tions, &c. by Charles Johnson, Esq.; parts 1-8. London, 1854-5, 8vo.

Spcnce (W.) Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Entomological
Society, Jan. 22, 1849. London, 1849, 8vo.

Donors.

The Translator.

The Authors.

The Author.

The Commissioners
of Indian Affairs.

Prof. Treviranus,
F.M.L.S.

The Author.

The Club.

The Author.

The Natural History
Society of Basle.
The Author.

Sir Henry T. De la
Beche.

The Author.

The Natural History
Society of Basle.

The late G. B. Sow-
erby, Esq ,F.L.S.

Purchased.

The late G. B. Sow-
erby,Esq.,F.L.S.

J. W. Salter, A.L.S.

J. E. Sowerby, Esq.

The Author.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

343

Donors.
The Author.
Thomas Bell, Esq.,

Pres. L.S.

T. C. Janson, Esq.,
F.L.S.

The Author.
The Editor.

Titles.
Spence (W.) Memoir of the Rev. William Kirby, M.A., F.L.S. 1850, 8vo.
Spix (J. B. de) Species novae Testudinum et Ranarum, quas in itinere per Brasi-

liam, annis 1817-20, collegit et descripsit. Monachii, 1824, fol.
Species novas Lacertarum, quas in itinere per Brasiliam . . . collegit et

descripsit. lb. 1825, fol.
Stainton (H. T.) Insecta Britannica. Vol. 3, Lepidoptera Tineina. London, 1854,

8vo.

Entomologist's Companion, 2nd edition. London, 1854, 12mo.

Stainton (H. T.) Ed. — Entomologist's Annual for 1855. London, 1855, 12mo.

2nd edition. lb, 1855, 12mo.

Standish and Noble. Practical Hints on planting Ornamental Trees. London, Mr. Standish.

1852, 12mo.
Stanley (E.) Heads for the arrangement of local information, 2nd edition. London, The Author.

1848, 8vo.

Stannius (H.) Das peripherische Nervensystem der Fische. Rostock, 1849, 4to.

Steenstrup (J. J. S.) Reclamation contre la Generation alternante et la Digenese.

Copenhague, 1854, 8vo.
Steetz (J. E.) Die Familie der Tremandreen und ihre Verwandschaft zu der Familie

der Lasiopetaleen. Hamburg, 1853, 8vo.
Storer (D. H.) History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. Cambridge (U. S.), 1853,

4to.
Stover (D. H.) Leben des Ritters Carl von Linne; nebst den biographischen merk-

wiirdigkeiten seines Sohnes, des Prof. Carl von Linne; 2 Theile. Hamburgh,

1 792, 8vo.
Sullivant (W. S.) Contributions to the Bryology and Hepaticology of North Ame- The Author

rica, part 2. 1849, 4to.

Account of undescribed Plants of Central Ohio. 8vo.

Swete (E. H.) Flora Bristoliensis. London, 1854, 8vo.

Tassi (A.) Discorso letto nella Sala del Museo dell' Universita di Pisa. Pisa, 1848,

8vo.

Osservazioni nuove sui Cirri delle Cucurbitacee. 8vo.

Taunton (W. D.) Remarks on the Sea-Serpent, Dragon, and Leviathan of the

Scriptures. Hertford, 1853, 8vo.
Temminck (C. J.) Coup d'oeil general sur les possessions Neerlandaises dans

l'Inde Archipelagique, tomes 1 & 2. Leide, 1845-7, 8vo.
Tenore (M.) Delia Zurloa, nuovo genere nella Famiglia delle Meliacee. (1840,)

4to.

Descrizione di due Alberi lattiflui exotici del genere Ficus. (1840,) 4to.

Delia Macria, nuove genere di piante. Modena, 1847, 4to.

Dell' Erba Baccara degli Antichi. Napoli, 1852, 4to.

Index Seminum quae anno 1854, in horto R. Botanico Neapolitano pro

mutua commutatione offeruntur. (1 sheet.)

Thedenius (C. F.) De enervibus Scandinavia? speciebus generis Andrcim. Holmiae,

1849, 8vo.

Stockholmstraktens Phanerogamer och Ormbunkar. lb. 1850, 8vo.

Bidrag till Kiinnedomen om Stockholmstraktens Laf- vegetation. (1852,)

8vo.

Dr. J. van der
Hoeven.

Dr. Asa Gray.
The Author.

G. R. Gray, Esq.,
F.L.S.

The Author.

344

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Titles.

Thomson (T.) Western Himalaya and Tibet ; a Narrative of a Journey through the
Mountains of N. India, in 1847-8. London, 1852, 8vo.

Thomson (W.) Remarks on the Dentition of British Puhnonifera. 1851, 8vo.

Thunberg (C. P.) Voyage en Afrique et en Asie, principalement au Japon, pendant
les annees 1770-79. (Traduit du Suedois.) Paris, 1794, 8vo.

Thurman (J.) Essai de Phytostatique, applique a la Chaine du Jura, et aux con-
trees voisines. 2 tomes. Berne, 1849, 8vo.

Treviranus (L. C.) De compositione fructus in Cactearum atque Cucurbitacearum
ordinibus. Bonnae, 1851, 4to.

Turner (H. N., jun.) On the Evidences of Affinity afforded by the Skull in the
Ungulate Mammalia. 1850, Svo.

Valentia (George, Viscount) Voyages and Travels in India, Ceylon, the Red Sea,
Abyssinia, and Egypt. 3 vols. London, 1811, Svo (with Atlas, 4to).

Varley (C.) On Chara vulgaris. , London, 1845, 8vo.

Wagler (J.) Serpentum Brasiliensium species novae. Monachii, 1824, fol.

Walker (F.) Insecta Saundersiana : or Characters of undescribed Insects in the
Collection of W.W. Saunders, Esq. Diptera, pts. 1, 3 & 4. London, 1850-3, Svo.

Insecta Britannica. Diptera, vols. 1 & 2. lb. 1851-3, Svo.

Wallace (A. R.) Palm Trees of the Amazon, and their uses. London, 1853, 8vo.

Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro. lb. 1853, 8vo.

Wallich (N.) Brief notice concerning the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of

India. London, 1S53, 8vo.

Attempt to define the Species of Hedychium. lb. 1853, 8vo.

Wallman (J.) Lefnads-Teckning ofver Dr. Georg Wahlenberg. Stockholm, 1853,

8vo.
Forsok till en systematisk Uppstallning of Vaxtfamiljen Characece. lb.

1853, 8vo.

Walpers (G. G.) Annales Botanices Systematica;, tomi 1-3. Lipsiae, 1848-53, 8vo.
Ward (S. H.) On Wardian Cases for Plants, and their applications. London,

1854, 8vo.

Warington (R.) On a New Medium for Mounting Microscopic Objects. London,
1848, 4to.

On the Adjustment of the Relations between the Animal and Vegetable

Kingdoms. lb. 1850, Svo.

Observations on the Natural History of the Water-Snail and Fish, kept

in a limited portion of water. 1852, 8vo.

On preserving the Balance between Animal and Vegetable Organisms in

Sea- water. 1853, 8vo.

Webb (P. B.) & Berthelot (S.) Histoire Naturelle des lies Canaries, tome 1, tome 2,
partie 2, and tome 3, partie 2, sect. 2 & 3. Paris, 1839-50, 4to.

Webb (P. B.) Observations sur le groupe des Ulicinees; et enumeration de ses
especes. 8vo.

Otia Hispanica; s. Delectus Plantarum rariorum ...perHispanias sponte

nascentium. lb. 1853, 4to.

Fragmenta Florulae ^Ethiopico-iEgyptiacae, ex plantis praecipue ab A.

Donors.
L. Reeve, Esq.,

F.L.S.
The Author.
R. Kippist,Libr.L.S.

The Author.

The late G. B. Sow-
erby, Esq., F.L.S.
The Author.
Thomas Bell, Esq.,

Pres. L.S.
W. W. Saunders,

Esq., F.L.S.
T.C.Janson,F.L.S.
The Author.
L. Reeve, Esq., F.L.S.
The Author.

J. E. Wikstrom.

W.Pamplin,A.L.S.
The Author.

M. P. B. Webb.
The Author.

Figari, M.D., Musaeo I. R. Florentino missis. Parisiis, 1854, 8vo.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

345

Titles.
Weddell (H. A.) Revue du genre Cinchona. Paris, 1848, 8vo.

Description d'un cas remarquable d'Hybridite- entre des Orchide'es de

genres differents. 8vo.

Notice sur quelques Rubiacees de l'Amerique tropicale. 8vo.

— — Revue de la famille des Urticees. 8vo.

Wendland (H.) Index Palmarum, Cyclanthearum, Pandanearum, Cycadearum, quae
in hortis Europaeis coluntur. Hannoverae, 1854, 8vo.

Westwood (J. O.) Addresses delivered at the Anniversary Meetings of the Ento-
mological Society. London, 1851-53, 8vo.

Wight (R.) Illustrations of Indian Botany, vol. 2. Madras, 1849-50, 4to.

Icones Plantarum Indiae Orientalis, vol. 3, part 4, and vols. 4-6. lb.

1848-53, 4to.

Wild (I. J.) Letter to Lord Brougham, containing Proposals for a Scientific Ex-
ploration of Egypt and Ethiopia. London, 1850, 8vo.

Williams (C.) Curiosities of Animal Life. London, 1849, 12mo.

Wirtgen (Ph.) Ueber Scrofularia Neesii, Wtg. ; nebst einer iibersichtlichen Zusam-
menstellung der Scrofularien der Rhein-Flora. 8vo.

Wittwer (W. C.) Geschichtliche Darstellung der verschiedenen Lehren iiber die
Respiration der Pflanzen. Miinchen, 1850, 8vo.

Woodhouse (S. W.) Report of an Expedition down the Zuni and Colorado Rivers,
under the command of Captain L. Sitgreaves, in 1851. Washington, 1853, 8vo.

Worm (O.) Museum Wormianum. Lugduni-Batavorum, 1655, fol.

Wrottesley (John, Lord) Speech in the House of Lords, on the 26th of April 1853,
on Lieut. Maury's Plan for Improving Navigation. 2nd edition. London,
1853, 8vo.

Wydler (H.) Die Knospenlage der Blatter. Berne, 1850, 8vo.

Yarrell (W.) History of British Fishes, 2nd edition, 2 vols. London, 1841, 8vo.

History of British Birds, 2nd edition, 3 vols. lb. 1845, 8vo.

Yates (J.) On the French System of Measures, Weights, and Coins; and its

adaptation to general use. London, 1854, 8vo.
Zannichelli (G. G.) Istoria delle piante che nascono ne' lidi intorno a Venezia.

Venezia, 1835, fol.
Zanoni (J.) Rariorum Stirpium Historia: ed. Cajetanus Montius. Bononiae, 1742,

fol.

Donors.
The Author.

JosephWoods, Esq.,

F.L.S.
Dr. von Martius,

F.M.L.S.
The Author.

Nat . Hist. Soc, Basle.
The Author.

The Natural History
Society of Basle.

,

[ 347 ]

DONATIONS

TO Til I.

MUSEUM OF THE L1NNEAN SOCIETY,
Exclusive of Presents of single Specimens of Animals, Plants, &c.

Continued from Page 508 of Vol. XX. of the Society's Transactions.

Donations.

.DRIED Specimens of Plants from Assam and Bootan; forming part of the
Herbarium of the late William Griffith, Esq., F.L.S.

An extensive Collection of Dried Plants, formed principally in the neighbour-
hood of Adelaide, S. Australia ; but partly also at Swan River and King
George's Sound, W. Australia ; by Sir George and Lady Grey.

Specimens of Animal and Vegetable Productions of Van Diemen's Land,
from the Exhibition of the Industry of all Nations. Presented through
Joseph Milligan, Esq., F.L.S., Secretary of the Royal Society of Van
Diemen's Land.

1. A Case, containing stuffed specimens of twelve species of Tasma-

nian Birds, collected by Mr. Bonney.

2. Two Necklaces, as worn by the Aborigines of Van Diemen's Land,

composed of the shells of a species of Elenchus, from which the
cuticle has been removed, by soaking them in vinegar, and after-
wards using friction.

3. Specimen of the Native Bread of Tasmania (Mylitta australis),

obtained at Glenorchy, Van Diemen's Land.

4. Gum of Acacia mucronata, from Flinders' Island, Bass's Straits.

5. " Blood Juice," obtained from a tree on Norfolk Island.

6. " Gum Kino," from the Blue Gum-tree and other Eucalypti.

7. Cross section of the trunk of a tree (the largest ever met with) of

the " Iron- wood," or " Lignum-Vitae " of Tasmania (Notelaa
ligustrina), from Macquarie Harbour.

8. Two Slabs of the "Musk-wood" (Eurybia argophylla).

9. Specimens of the "Pink-wood" (Carpodontos lucida), from Mac-

quarie Harbour.

Donors.

The Hon. East India
Company.

The Committee of the
WellingtonAthenaeum,
New Zealand.

Mr. Bonney.

Joseph Milligan, Esq.

T. Y. Lowes, Esq.

Joseph Milligan, Esq.
Sir W. Denison.
Joseph Milligan, Esq.

— Brownrigg, Esq.
Joseph Milligan, Esq.

2z

348

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Donations.

10. Specimens of "White-oak" Timber of Norfolk Island (Lagunea

or Hibiscus Patersonii).

11. Specimen of the Timber of the Norfolk Island Pine (Araucaria

excelsa).

12. Section of ditto at a knotty point.

13. Specimen of the "Iron-wood" of Norfolk Island (Olea apetald).

14. Specimen of the Timber of the Oyster Bay Pine (Callitris au-

stralis) ; central vertical section.

15. Veneers of the "Native Cherry-tree" of Tasmania (Exocarpus

cupressiformis) .

16. Ditto of the "He-oak" (Casuarina stricta).

17. Ditto of the "She-oak" [Casuarina quadrivalvis).

18. Ditto of the Tasmanian "Honeysuckle-tree" (Banksia australis).

19. Piece of a knot of the Myrtle-tree of Tasmania (Fagus Cunning-

hamii).

20. Section of a small stem of Richea pandanifolia from Macquarie

Harbour.

Dried Specimens of about 300 species of Plants from the Cape of Good
Hope ; also the Nest of a Spider from Jamaica.

Microscopic Sections of 100 kinds of Woods from Van Diemen's Land.

An extensive Collection of Dried Specimens of North American Plants.

The Herbarium of British Plants, formed by the late William Withering,
M.D., F.L.S., Author of the ' Botanical Arrangement of British Plants.'

Seventy species of Portuguese Plants, collected by Count Hoffmansegg.

Specimens of six species of Plants, new to the Society's Collection, from the
neighbourhood of Perth, W. Australia.

Specimens of about sixty species of British Mosses.

Calabash (fruit of the Crescentia Cujete), from Bermuda; and portion of a
sheet of Arrowroot Fibre, as prepared for manufacture into paper.

Specimens of Marine Alga, &c. from Norfolk Island.

Dried Specimens of Melilotus arvensis and Filago Jussieei, from the neigh-
bourhood of Saffron W alden, Essex.

Specimens of Kino, and of three varieties of Rice from the Kingdom of
Nyami, Upper Gambia ; together with the fruits of Amomum Danielli,
A. cereum, A. latifolium, A. exscapum, and A. Granum Paradisi; from
Western Africa.

Dried Specimens of 148 species of Plants, described either in the ' Flora
Graeca,' or the 'Florae Graecae Prodromus;' from Dr. Sibthorp's Her-
barium.

Specimens of a remarkable prostrate variety of Brornus mollis, and of Viola
flavicornis, from the neighbourhood of Lowestoft.

Donors.
Sir Wm. Denison.

Joseph Milligan, Esq.

Rev. E. Freeman.

Joseph Milligan, Esq.

R. C. Alexander, M.D.,
F.L.S.

J.E.Bicheno,Esq.,F.L.S.

F. Boott, M.D., F.L.S.

Beriah Botfield, Esq.,
F.L.S. (Grandson of
Dr. W.).

F. Brent, Esq., of Liver-
pool.

Mr. F. Y. Brocas.

C.Cogswell,M.D.,F.L.S.

Jon. Couch, Esq., F.L.S.
J. Clarke, Esq., F.L.S.

W. F. Daniell, M.D.,
F.L.S.

C.Daubeny,M.D., F.L.S.

F.K.Eagle, Esq., F.L.S.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 349

Donations. Donors.

Dried Specimens of Ferns, collected in Northern India by M. P. Edgeworth, The Rev. R. Ewing.
Esq., F.L.S.

The Herbarium of the late Thomas Walter, Esq., of South Carolina, Author John Fraser, Esq., A.L.S.
of the ' Flora Caroliniana.'

Dried Specimens of Australian Plants, collected partly in the neighbourhood John Gould, Esq., F.L.S.
of Victoria, Port Essington, and partly in Western Australiaj by the late
Mr. Gilbert.

Specimens of Alsophila pruinata, Hymenophyllum chiloense, H. Wilsoni, and R. J. Gray, Esq., of Exe-
Cheilanthes sp. ?, collected on the Island of Chiloe, by Mr. William ter.
Lobb.

Capsule of a species of Martynia [M. lutea}), from the ' Jardin des Plantes, Daniel Hanbury, Jun.,
Montpelier.' Esq.

Dried Specimens of Eichhornia speciosa, from the neighbourhood of Santarem,

Para, Brazil.

Specimens of the Fruit of a new species of Amomum from Liberia, and of a

Cardamom, apparently undescribed, from Sierra Leone.

Specimens of the Fruits of four species of Cardamom, two species of Gar-

denia, one of Melia, and of Quisqualis indica ?, all from China.

Pods of Wistaria sinensis from Shanghae, and those of a species of C<esal-

pinia, known as " Soap-pods," from Tinghae, in the Island of Chusan,
China.

Fruits of Hycenanche globosa, Xanthoxylum piperitum, Amomum Korarima, a

species of Momordica, and a Melia from China ; and a medicinal seed,

apparently allied to the genus Gynocardia, imported from China, under

the name of " Tae-fung-tsze."
A Stick, on the upper part of which the Linncea borealis is carved in relief, C. Hartman, M.D.

and which is said to have been cut and carved by Linnaeus himself, on

his journey through Lapland in 1732.
A Collection of Dried Plants, formed in Mexico, Guatemala, Columbia, and Mr. Hartweg.

California, by Mr. T. Hartweg.
Specimens of Helix obvoluta and of Athyrium fontanum, both collected at Rev. William Hawker.

Ashford, Hants.
Dried Specimens of Australian Leguminosm, including nearly 100 additional Robert Heward, Esq.,

species of Acacia; collected by the late Allan Cunningham, Esq., F.L.S. F.L.S.
Dried Specimens of Ceylon Plants, collected by John Fraser, Esq., and of

Melastomacece, chiefly Brazilian.
Model of the Monument erected in Chelsea Churchyard, to the memory of W. T. IlifF, M.D., F.L.S.

Philip Miller, as restored in 1852.
Specimens of two Peruvian Composites (Baccharis genistelloides, and a species

of Senecio ?), said to possess important medicinal properties.
Specimens of the Fruits of Pawlownia imperialis, Nymphaa alba, and Nuphar R. Kippist, Libr. L.S.

luteum.
A Collection of 154 species of Russian Plants. Dr. Modest Kittary.

2z2

350

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Donations.

Dried Specimens of about 50 species of Plants, principally from the Dept. of
the Loire Infe'rieure.

Dried Specimens of Banksia prostrata, Hakea undulata (in fruit), and a
cluster of the fruit of Sabal Blackburniana, from the College Botanic
Garden, Dublin.

Ball of Larch Leaves, formed round a Plant of Conferva cegagropila, together
with a Specimen of the Conferva. Both obtained from the same pond,
in Shropshire.

Specimens of the Flower and Leaf of Victoria regia, and Gourds of Cucumis
prophetarum and Momordica Charantia.

Specimens of the fruit of Tacsonia mollissima, Disemma Herbertiana, Solarium
ciliatum, and Banksia marcescens, from the Glasnevin Botanic Garden,
Dublin.

Two Male Catkins of Zamia furfuracea, and Dried Specimens of Tritoma
Burchellii, two species of Eucomis, and numerous other plants, all from
the Botanic Garden, Chelsea.

Dried Specimens of Plants collected in an excursion to the North of Sydney,
New South Wales, by C. Moore, Esq.

Dried Specimens of Drynaria Billardieri, D. pustulata, Pteris esculenta, Pla-
tyloma falcata, Cheilanthes tenuifolia, Todea africana, and Ahophila
australis, from Mr. S. Mossman's Australian Collections.

Dried Specimens of 85 species of Plants from Victoria, the greater part new
to the Society's Herbarium.

Specimens of about 50 species and varieties of British and Scandinavian
Hieracia, many of the latter supplied by Professor Blytt of Christiania.

Two Collections of Australian Plants, one formed in the neighbourhood of
Moreton Bay, by Mr. Strange ; the other in that of the M'Intyre River,
N. S. Wales, by Mr. J. E. Ker.

Dried Specimens of Plants from New Zealand, collected by F. P. Pascoe,
Esq., F.L.S.

Specimens of Elaphomyces granulatus ; also, of the Fruits of Elceis melano-
cocca, from the Guinea Coast ; Momordica Charantia, Jambosa malac-
cemis, Cicca disticha, Bradleia sp., Emblica officinalis, &c, from the
East Indies ; and Specimens (in fruit) of the Myrospermum pubescens,
from the Balsam Coast, San Salvador.

Two large specimens of Lycoperdon giganteum, Batsch, from Muntford Wood.

Dried Specimens of about 20 species of rare British Plants.

Dried Specimens of Plants, from Van Diemen's Land.

Specimens of Banksia prionotes and Hakea ruscifolia ; and of the Fruit of
Areca Catechu, Caryota urens, Elate sylvestris, Borassus flabelliformis,
Lvffa acutangula, var., L. pentandra, Tamarindus indica, Nelumbium spe-
ciosum, Hakea dactyloides, &c. &c.

Donors.
M. J. Lloyd.

J. T. Mackay, LL.D.,
A.L.S.

R. Marnock, Esq., F.L.S.

D. Moore, Esq., A.L.S.

Thomas Moore, Esq.,
F.L.S.

Dr. Ferdinand Miiller.

Daniel Oliver, Jun.,Esq.,
F.L.S.

William Pamplin, Esq.,
A.L.S.

F. P. Pascoe, Esq., F.LS.

Jonathan Pereira, M.D.,
F.L.S.

S. M. Peto, Esq.

Miss E. Potts.

J. S. Prout, Esq.

T. S. Ralph, Esq., A.L.S.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

351

Donations.

Dried "Specimens of New Zealand Plants, Fruits of Hartighsea spectabilis,
Entelea arborescens, and Laurus Tawa, liber of Hoheria populnea, Speci-
men of a Parasite upon the Balana antarctica, together with Specimens,
prepared for Microscopic examination, of the Sporules of species of
Asero'e and Trichia, the Blood of the Antarctic Whale, &c. &c.

Cones of 1 7 species of Pinus, chiefly from Mexico and California.
A Collection of about 340 species of Lichens, Hepaticte, Mosses and Fungi,
formed by Mr. H. W. Ravenel, of Aiken, S. Carolina.

Dried Specimens of Cayenne Plants, gathered by H. C. Rothery, Esq., and
Norfolk Island Ferns, collected by C. J. Simmons, Esq.

An extensive Collection of Dried Plants from South-western Australia, col-
lected principally by Mr. James Drummond, A.L.S., and the late Mr.
Gilbert ; including several hundred species not before in the Society's
Herbarium.

Specimen of Polyphemus Goliathus, from the Collection of M. Gory.

Thirty-two mounted Microscopic preparations of Desmidieae, Diatomacea, &c,

chiefly from the neighbourhood of Wareham, Dorset.
Dried Specimens of 45 species of Plants, collected by Mr. F. Strange, in the

neighbourhood of Richmond River, N. S. Wales.

Dried Specimens of about 80 species of Plants, from the neighbourhood of
Swan River ; together with Fruits of Banksia grandis, B. prionotes, B,
Menziesii, B. littoralis, B. attenuata, Xylomelum occidentale, and Seeds
of Macrozamia Preissii : collected by Mr. Duffield.

Pods of the " Iulaki" a species of Hymeruea, the seeds of which are sur-
rounded by a farinaceous substance, much eaten by the natives of the
River Amazons, where it was collected by Mr. H. W. Bates.

An extensive Collection of Dried Plants, formed in the Upper Himalaya, by
J. E. Winterbottom, Esq., F.L.S., and Capt. Richard Strachey.

Lithographed Print, by C. Hahn, from J. Hiibner's painting, " Considerate
Lilia," in a carved oak frame.

Specimen of a monstrous Mushroom, bearing a second pileus, in an inverted
position, on the top of the first.

A Collection of Dried Specimens of Ferns, found in the Island of Java, prin-
cipally by Dr. Junghuhn.

Dried Specimens of Plants, collected at Balmaine, N. S. W., and in the
neighbourhood of Moreton Bay.

Specimens of 7 species of Brazilian Podostemacea.

Dried Specimens of about 1200 species of Portuguese Plants, collected by

Frederick Welwitsch, M.D.
Fruits of Mauritia vinifera ?, Copernicia cerifera, and Sideroxylon Argan, Brot.
Dried Specimens of Indian Graminea.

Donors.
T. S. Ralph, Esq., A.L.S.

Francis Rauch, Esq.

H. W. Ravenel, Esq.,
(through the Rev. M.
J. Berkeley, F.L.S.).

H. C. Rothery, Esq.,
F.L.S.

W. W. Saunders, Esq.,
F.L.S.

Dr. Schaum.

The Rev. William Smith,
F.L.S.

Mr. H. Sowerby.

S. Stevens, Esq., F.L.S.

Messrs. Strachey and
Winterbottom.

R. Taylor, Esq., Under-
Sec. L.S.

Mr. W. Taylor.

Dr. de Vriese, of Leyden.

R. Wakefield, Esq.,F.L.S.

M. A. Weddell.
Dr. Welwitsch.

R. Wight, M.D., F.L.S.

352

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Donations.

Specimens (in fruit) of British Salicornia;, principally from the coast of Sussex,
and of Myosotis muliiflora and Ulex Gallii from Glamorganshire.

Dried Specimens of New Zealand Plants, collected by William Crompton, Esq.

Models of the Female Cone, and of a detached Scale, with portions of the
Cone itself, of Encephalartos Coffer, which ripened at Chatsworth in
1 848 ; together with Nuts of E. Coffer and E. horridus, and Scales of a
Male Cone of Ceratozamia mexicana, also from Chatsworth.

An Iron Safe for the Preservation of the Society's Books and Papers.

Two Plaster Casts, from Busts by W. Behnes, of the late Bishop of Norwich,
Pres. L.S., and Dr. Maton, V.P.L.S.

Plaster Cast from a Bust of the late Baron Benjamin Delessert.

Portrait of Linnasus (formerly in the possession of Sir Joseph Banks), copied
by Professor Pasch from the original picture by Roslin, belonging to the
Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.

Portrait (in crayons), by Russell, of the late A. B. Lambert, Esq., V.P.L.S.

Portrait (in oil) of the late Sir Joseph Banks, Bart., Pres. R.S., painted by
the late Thomas Phillips, Esq., R.A.

Portrait (in oil) of the late President, the Lord Bishop of Norwich ; painted
by Maguire.

Lithographed Portraits, by Maguire, of
Prof. Ansted.
Prof. Bell.

Sir J. P. Boileau, Bart.
C. L. Bonaparte, Prince of Canino.
J. S. Bowerbank, Esq.
The Marquis of Bristol.
Robert Brown, Esq.
Dr. Buckland.
John Curtis, Esq.
Charles Darwin, Esq.
Edward Doubleday, Esq.

Lithographed Portrait of the late W. A. Bromfield, M.D., F.L.S.

Engraved Portrait of Dr. Brotero, Author of the ' Flora Lusitanica.'

Engraved Portrait of Lieut. James Holman, R.N., F.R. & L.S.; from a
Painting by J. P. Knight, Esq., R.A.

Portrait of Dr. J. D. Hooker in the Rhododendron districts ; engraved in
mezzotint by Walker, from a Painting by Frank Stone.

Lithographed Portrait of Mr. Kirby in his 90th year.

Engraved Portrait (from a Painting by B. R. Faulkner) of John McCulloch,
M.D., F.R.S.

Engraved Portrait, from a Painting by Thornton, of Sir J. E. Smith.

Donors.

Joseph Woods, Esq.,
F.L.S.

Mrs. Yates.

James Yates, Esq., M.A.,
F.L.S.

T. Bell, Esq., Pres. L.S.
R. Brown, Esq., Pres.L.S.

M. Francois Delessert.

Robert Brown, Esq.,
Pres. L.S.

Capt. Sir Everard Home,
Bart., R.N.

(For List of Donors, see
p. 315.)

Prof. E. Forbes.

J. E. Gray, Esq.

Dr. Lindley.

Sir Charles Lyell.

Sir R. I. Murchison.

The Bishop of Norwich.

Robert Paterson, Esq.

The Rev. Edwin Sidney.

William Spence, Esq.

William Thompson, Esq.

►George Ransome, Esq.,
F.L.S.

Miss Bromfield.

Dr. Welwitsch.

The Engraver, J.R.Jack-
son, Esq.

Lovell Reeve, Esq.,F.L. S .

The Rev.W. Spence,F.L.S.
Mrs. McCulloch.

Mrs. Barnard.

[ 353 ]

DIRECTIONS

FOR

PLACING THE PLATES

OF

THE TWENTY-FIRST VOLUME.

Tab. 1. Atamisquea emarginata to face page 6

2. Development of Ovules of Orchis pyramidalis and Orchis Morio 10

rSpecies of Bolboceras 30

5. Structure and oeconomy of Selandria Robinsoni, &c 42

6. Species of Sciaphila 58

7- Hyalisma ianthina and Soridium Spruceanum 58

8. Anthophorabia fasciata 84

9. Ichneumon Atropos, larva of Monodontomerus, &c 94

10. Monodontomerus, Heteropus ventricosus', Anthophorabia fasciata, &c. 102

11. Development of the Spores and Elaters of Marchantia polymorpha 110

12. Pentaphylax euryoides 116

13. Ixionanthes Chinensis 116

14."

15. /-Development of Ferns from their Spores 138

16..

17- Oxytheca spiculata 148

18. Oxycladus aphyllus 148

19. Species of Badhamia and Corynites Ravenelii 154

20. Anatomy of Meloe 184

21. Aquilaria Agallochum 203

22. Acradenia Franklinice 209

23. Species of Myrmica 220

24. Ancistrocladus Vahlii, and Elaters of Trichia 223

25. Hypocephalus armatus, and Cyrtognathus rostratus , . . . . 236

351

DIRECTIONS FOR PLACING THE PLATES.

Tab. 26. Embryos of Cltisiacea

27. Development of Vessels in Plants . . . .

28. Peachia hastata, and Thread-cells of Sagartia

29. Diagram of the relations of Actiniada . . .
30.

to face page 258

266

276

276

31.
32.
33.
34.

Species of LeucosiacUe 314

END OF THE TWENTY-FIRST VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

ka

vy